UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG

emu.edu/catalog 2020-21 2020-21 UG Catalog Home

Exported on 08/31/2020 Table of Contents Table of Contents ...... 2 Welcome to EMU...... 4 Academic Calendar ...... 5 Introduction...... 7 Academic and Degree Information...... 16 EMU Core...... 34 Undergraduate Programs of Study...... 47 Special Programs ...... 127 Course Descriptions ...... 133 Academic Support ...... 248 Admissions ...... 250 Tuition and Fees...... 255 Financial Assistance ...... 256 Administration and Faculty ...... 261 Program Directory Accounting - 46 Marketing - 92 Art - 47 Mathematics - 94 Aviation - 49 Music - 94 Bible - 51 Neuroscience - 97 Biochemistry - 53 Nonprofit Management - 98 Biology - 54 Nursing - 98 Business - 57 Peacebuilding - 102 Chemistry - 59 Philosophy and Theology - 105 Clinical Lab Science- 61 Photography - 105 Computer Science - 61 Physics - 107 Criminology and Restorative Justice - 62 Political Science - 107 Digital Media and Communication - 63 Pre-Law - 108 Economics - 65 Pre-professional Health Sciences - 109 Education - 66 Psychology - 110 Engineering - 70 Recreation and Exercise - 111 English - 71 Religious and Intercultural Studies - 113 Environmental Science - 73 Social Work - 112 Gender Studies - 76 Sociology - 115 Global Development - 77 Spanish - 117 Global Studies - 79 Theater - 119 Health and Physical Education - 81 Writing - 119 History - 82 Youth Ministry - 121 Honors - 84 Accelerated Degrees - 121 Humanitarian Action - 86 Career Pathways - 122 Human Resources - 87 Interfaith Studies - 87 Journalism - 88 Leadership - 88 Liberal Arts - 91 Welcome to EMU Greetings and welcome to Eastern Mennonite University in 2020! I am glad you are here, and I believe your precious time among us at EMU will be filled with significant academic, spiritual, and social growth. I know all our lives have been turned upside down in this first half of 2020 by the global pandemic. And yet amidst the disruption and disorientation, we have seen creativity and courage flourish from our resilient community of learners. We know “God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in times of trouble” (Psalms 46). Our mission is unwavering. We are committed to "prepare students to serve and lead in a global context" in the spirit of Micah 6:8: "to do justice, love mercy, and walk humbly with God." Our faculty and staff will inspire and challenge you to take seriously our values of Christian discipleship, service, community, peace, and global engagement. You will grow in wisdom, faith, and compassion as you meet people from different cultures and with unique life experiences. You will make new friends for life as you prepare for a future career. You will leave a legacy as you shape our community in powerful and positive ways. May God be present as you discern your calling and journey with us in the years ahead. At EMU we “Lead Together” in this formative season for you, filled with wondrous discovery and distinguished achievements. Blessings to you,

Susan Schultz Huxman, Ph.D. President, Eastern Mennonite University

4 Academic Calendar

Fall 2020 Semester

August 25 Start of fall semester Traditional undergraduate classes begin

September 1 Graduate and professional studies classes begin

October 14 Session 1 ends

15 Classes cancelled 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. (Thursday evening classes meet)

16 Session 2 classes begin at 8 a.m.

November 24 Traditional undergraduate in-person classes end Thanksgiving recess begins, 10 p.m.

30 All classes resume (Traditional undergraduate online instruction through December 4)

December 7 Reading day for traditional undergraduate programs

8 Traditional undergraduate final exams begin

11 Traditional undergraduate final exams end, 1 p.m.

18 Graduate and professional studies classes end End of fall semester

5 2020-21 UG Catalog Home

Spring 2021 Semester

January 12 New student registration

13 Spring Semester classes begin

13 Spring Semester Convocation

18 MLK Jr. Day of Service and Learning

March 6 Mid-Semester Recess Begins

15 Classes Resume

April 2 Easter Recess Begins

5 Classes Resume

22 Academic and Creative Excellence Festival

30 Last Day of Classes

May 3 Final Exams Begin

6 Final Exams End

8 Baccalaureate

9 102nd Annual Commencement

Program Directory6 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

In 1930 the university was accredited by the Introduction Virginia Board of Education as a junior 1200 Park Road college. Seventeen years later, in 1947, a Harrisonburg, VA 22802-2462 four-year degree program was approved by Phone: (540) 432-4000 the state of Virginia, and regional Fax: (540) 432-4444 accreditation by the Southern Association of Email: [email protected] Colleges and Schools was achieved in 1959. Website: www.emu.edu By 1965 a graduate theological school had evolved. Eastern Mennonite Seminary, The information in this undergraduate which seeks to prepare persons for Christian catalog applies to the academic year ministry—especially in the local 2020-21. The university reserves the right to congregation—offers an intensive, well- change programs of study, academic rounded program of biblical, theological, requirements, the announced university historical and practical studies. calendar, and other matters described herein without prior notice, in accordance with During the early 1960s, the university established procedures. This undergraduate instituted a unique interdisciplinary core catalog is descriptive and is not to be curriculum, Christianity and Civilization. construed as a legal contract. That program has evolved into a curriculum entitled the EMU Core which is not only interdisciplinary but also cross-cultural in its Historical Sketch focus. The year 1917 was a year of revolution and The first graduate program (other than war—revolution in Russia and, for seminary)—counseling—began in 1993. It Americans, first-hand encounter with was followed by two others in the next two modern warfare as the U.S. entered World years—conflict transformation and War I. It seems, in retrospect, an education. An adult degree completion inauspicious time for pacifist Mennonites program was established in 1994. A who abhor war and revolution to be distinctive MBA program began in the fall launching a new educational venture. But of 1999 followed by a Master of Science in the people of God respond to a time clock Nursing (MSN) program in 2010, an MA in governed by faith. Biomedicine in 2012 and the first Doctor of Therefore, the humble beginning of Eastern Nursing Practice (DNP) was offered in Mennonite University in the peaceful 2018. Shenandoah Valley of Virginia provides a The school's name was changed from moving counterpoint to a year of rapine and "college and seminary" to "university" in violence seldom matched in the annals of August 1994. human history. Biblical studies, liberal arts, graduate Eastern Mennonite School, as it was first programs and professional training— EMU called, began as a Bible academy and is now is still evolving, but its roots reach deep into a fully accredited university with over 1,800 Mennonite heritage which takes history students in the undergraduate, seminary, seriously and reveres humble service guided and graduate programs. EMU was founded by faith and knowledge. to provide a setting for young men and women of the Mennonite Church to deepen their biblical faith, study the liberal arts and Accreditation gain specific skills in a variety of professions. That tri-part objective has • Southern Association of Colleges and remained central to the purpose of the Schools Commission on Colleges university, and its history is the story of an (SACSCOC) ever-broadening curriculum and program. Introduction – 7 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• State Council of Higher Education for university participating in the Virginia Virginia (SCHEV) Tuition Assistance Grant Program. Here is • Council for Accreditation of Counseling EMU's SCHEV profile. and Related Educational Programs (CACREP) NCATE Teacher Education • Commission on Collegiate Nursing Accreditation Education (CCNE) Our teacher education program has carried • Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) the highest national accreditation standards • National Council for Accreditation of in the nation for more than 45 years. EMU Teacher Education (NCATE through is National Council for Accreditation of CAEP) Teacher Education (NCATE) accredited • Association of Clinical Pastoral Education through the Council for the Accreditation of (ACPE) Educator Preparation (CAEP). • Association of Theological Schools in the United States and Canada (ATS) CACREP Counseling Accreditation Student achievement goals, measures, and performance data is available on emu.edu. EMU’s MA in Counseling program is More information on the individual accredited in community mental health accreditations and certifications is available counseling by the Council for Accreditation below. of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP). Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on CCNE Nursing Accreditation Colleges (SACSCOC) EMU’s undergraduate and master's Eastern Mennonite University is accredited programs in nursing are approved by the by the Southern Association of Colleges and Virginia Board of Nursing and accredited by Schools Commission on Colleges to award the Commission on Collegiate Nursing associate, baccalaureate, master’s, and Education. The school nurse certification doctorate degrees. Contact the Southern program is approved by the Pennsylvania Association of Colleges and Schools Department of Education. Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 or call 404-679-4500 for questions about the CSWE Social Work Accreditation accreditation of Eastern Mennonite EMU is accredited by the Council on Social University. Work Education (CSWE), which serves as the national accrediting and standard-setting State Council of Higher Education agency for both graduate and undergraduate social work programs. The EMU social work for Virginia (SCHEV) program also draws on the National The university is authorized by name to Association of Social Workers’ Code of operate by the State Council of Higher Ethics to inform its goals, objectives, and Education for Virginia (SCHEV). Student ethical principles. s and prospective students may find the information resources of the SCHEV of use in planning for college and careers, including SCHEV’s institutional profile for each Virginia public college and university, and for each independent college or 8 – Introduction Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Seminary Accreditations Our community of learning integrates Christian faith, academic rigor, artistic creation, and reflective practice informed by Association of Theological Schools the liberal arts, interdisciplinary (ATS) engagement, and cross-cultural encounter. Eastern Mennonite Seminary is accredited by SACS as well as the Commission on Accrediting of the Association of Vision Theological Schools in the United States We will open new pathways of access and and Canada. achievement for all students who aspire to grow as unifying leaders equipped with intercultural competence, oriented toward UMC Pastor Ordination peace and justice, and rooted in an active faith modeled on the life and teachings of The seminary is approved by the United Jesus. Methodist Church for the training of candidates for ordination. Values Association for Clinical Pastoral EMU’s mission and vision are grounded Education (ACPE) in the enduring biblical values of The seminary’s clinical pastoral education Christian discipleship, community, service, and peace. program is accredited by the Association for Clinical Pastoral Education, Inc., an These values are embodied throughout the accrediting agency in the field of clinical university in our distinctive commitment to pastoral education recognized nationally by peacebuilding, social justice, cross-cultural the U.S. Secretary of Education through the engagement, and sustainability. Rooted in U.S. Department of Education. the Anabaptist tradition, we follow Jesus’ call to bear witness to truth, serve with compassion, and walk boldly in the way of Council of Mennonite Seminaries nonviolence and peace. The seminary is also a member of the Council of Mennonite Seminaries, which includes Anabaptist Mennonite Biblical Mission and values approved by EMU Seminary, Elkhart, Indiana, and Mennonite Board of Trustees, June 23, 2017. Brethren Biblical Seminary, Fresno, Vision approved by EMU Board of California. Trustees, November 9, 2019.

EMU Mission, Vision, Values EMU Policies What does the Lord require of you, The following policies are some of the key but to do justice, love mercy, and to policies of EMU related to the conduct of walk humbly with your God? — the university and its individual members. These, and additional policies and Micah 6:8 procedures, are detailed in student and employee handbooks and the undergraduate Mission catalog, graduate catalog and seminary catalog. EMU students, faculty and staff are EMU prepares students to serve and lead expected to conduct themselves according to in a global context. all policies laid out in handbooks and catalogs. As questions of conduct, policy or procedure arise, students, faculty and staff Introduction – 9 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 are encouraged to review handbooks and Family Educational Rights and catalogs for the appropriate policy. Privacy Act These policies are also available at The Family Educational Rights and Privacy www.emu.edu/policies Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights with respect to their education records. These rights include: Nondiscrimination Policy 1. The right to inspect and review the Eastern Mennonite University does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, student’s education records within 45 national or ethnic origin, sex, disability, age, days of the day the university receives sexual orientation, gender identity, or any a request for access. legally protected status. As a religious Students should submit to the university institution, EMU expressly reserves its registrar a written request that identifies rights, its understandings of, and its the records(s) they wish to inspect. The commitments to the historic Anabaptist registrar will make arrangements for identity and the teachings of Mennonite Church USA, and reserves the legal right to access and notify the student of the time hire and employ individuals who support and place where the records may be the values of the university. inspected. If the records are not maintained by the university registrar’s EMU’s designated coordinator for matters office, the registrar shall advise the related to the nondiscrimination statement, which is part of EMU’s affirmative action student of the correct official to whom plan, is the university provost. the request should be addressed.

This statement was updated by EMU’s 2. The right to request the amendment of Board of Trustees on July 16, 2015. the student’s education records that the student believes is inaccurate, Title IX misleading, or otherwise in violation of In accordance with the requirement of the the student’s privacy rights under FER Title IX Education Amendments of 1972, PA. EMU's designated Title IX coordinator, A student who wishes to ask the Rachel Roth Sawatzky, shall be responsible university to amend a record should for coordinating the university's compliance write the university official responsible with its responsibilities under Title IX. "No for the record, clearly identify the part of person in the United States shall, on the the record the student wants changed, basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied benefits of, or be subjected to and specify why it should be changed. If discrimination under any education the university decides not to amend the program or activity receiving Federal record as requested, the university will financial assistance." notify the student in writing of the For more information regarding Title IX decision and the student’s right to a policies and procedures, go to https:// hearing regarding the request for emu.edu/titleix/. If you have questions amendment. Additional information contact Title IX Coordinator Rachel Roth regarding the hearing procedures will be Sawatzky at (540) 432-4849 or provided to the student when notified of [email protected]. the right to a hearing.

3. The right to provide written consent before the university discloses 10 – Introduction Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

personally identifiable information Eastern Mennonite University’s current from the student’s education records, definition of directory information is listed except to the extent that FERPA author below in accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 izes disclosure without consent. as amended. The university discloses education records without a student’s prior written Directory information may be consent under the FERPA exception for unconditionally released to the public without the consent of the student, unless disclosure to school officials with he/she has specifically asked that prior legitimate educational interests. A school consent be obtained before releasing such official is defined as a person employed information. Directory information by the university in an administrative, includes: supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law • a student’s name enforcement unit personnel and health • enrollment status (full-time or staff); a person or company with whom part-time) the university has contracted as its agent • date of birth to provide a service instead of using • programs of study university employees or officials (such as • participation in officially an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); recognized activities and sports a person serving on the Board of • weight and height of members of Trustees; or a student serving on an athletic teams official committee, such as a disciplinary • dates of attendance or grievance committee, or assisting • degrees, awards, and honors another school official in performing his (including Dean’s List and or her tasks. graduation honors) received • the most recent previous A school official has a legitimate educational institution attended educational interest if the official needs by the student to review an education record in order to • student level (first-year, fulfill his or her professional sophomore, etc.) responsibilities for the university. • degree sought and anticipated graduation date 4. The right to file a complaint with the • photograph U.S. Department of Education Students will be notified each year by the concerning alleged failures by the university registrar’s office as to what is university to comply with the considered directory information. requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the office that Relationship Violence and Sexual administers FERPA is: Misconduct Policy Family Policy Compliance Office Eastern Mennonite University (EMU) is U.S. Department of Education committed to establishing and maintaining a 400 Maryland Avenue, SW community rich in equality and free from all Washington DC 20202-5920 forms of discrimination and harassment. As an institution rooted in the values of Christian discipleship, community, service, Directory Information and peacebuilding; EMU commits itself to the highest standards of personal and Introduction – 11 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 professional conduct. Relationship violence ongoing sexual violence prevention and and sexual misconduct are prohibited at healthy relationship education, and EMU. Relationship violence and sexual establishing and maintaining a community misconduct are community issues and can that is survivor-supportive. only be prevented through active community participation. The purpose of the Relationship Violence and Sexual Misconduct Policy is to define As a Christian institution of higher relationship violence and sexual misconduct, education, EMU affirms that relationship describe the process for reporting violations violence and sexual misconduct is harmful of the policy, outline the procedure used to to the individuals involved as well as to the investigate and resolve alleged violations of campus community. Furthermore, instances the policy, and identify resources available to of relationship violence and sexual members of the EMU community who are misconduct are often experienced as trauma involved in an incident of relationship and can thus have lasting impacts even many violence and/or sexual misconduct. years after the originating event/incident. EMU recognizes that healing from sexual violence is a process that often takes time, Conduct Prohibited Under This Policy resources, and empathic support. Many The university prohibits the following individuals in the university community are conduct under this policy regardless of the survivors of multiple forms of trauma, sex, sexual orientation and/or gender including: historical trauma, repeated identity/expression of the complainant or victimization, marginalization, respondent: discrimination, and other forms of violence. EMU seeks to ground this policy and procedures within this awareness and Relationship Violence understanding. Domestic Violence The university will take prompt and equitable action to eliminate relationship Dating Violence violence and sexual misconduct, prevent its Intimate Partner Violence recurrence, and repair the harm that has been caused. When the conduct has a Stalking propensity to create a hostile, manipulative, Retaliation or coercive environment on campus, the university obligates itself to respond in support of victims/survivors, the campus community, and others who have been Sexual Misconduct and Sexual Violence impacted. EMU commits itself to Sexual Harassment proactively build a campus community that prioritizes health and safety. The university Gender-based harassment strives to achieve this by ensuring the safety of those who have been harmed, holding Sexual Assault accountable those who have done harm, and Sexual Exploitation addressing the root causes of relationship violence and sexual misconduct. EMU commits itself to the prevention of The complete version of this policy and its relationship violence and sexual misconduct, procedures is available at emu.edu/titleix/ and commits itself to response efforts that relationship-violence-policy. are focused in the following ways: through policies that reflect EMU values and meet federal and state guidelines, a response procedure that is clear and supportive, 12 – Introduction Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Online Privacy Notice Policy and We also use "cookies" on official EMU Website Governance websites. A cookie is a piece of data stored on a visitor's computer to help us improve This privacy notice discloses the privacy your access to our site and identify repeat practices for official websites of Eastern visitors to our site. Usage of a cookie is not Mennonite University. Official EMU linked to any personally identifiable websites use the domain name ‘emu.edu’ or information on our site, except during its subdomains, are publicly available and browsing sessions when you voluntarily are managed by university staff to support provide such information to us. university business. This privacy notice applies solely to information collected by We also use Google Analytics to collect and official websites. It will notify you of the process data about your visit. We do not following: pass any personally identifiable information to Google and are prohibited from doing so 1. What personally identifiable information by the Google Analytics terms of service. For is collected from you through the more information about Google Analytics website, how it is used and with whom it please see “How Google uses data when you may be shared. use our partner’s sites or apps” located at ww 2. What choices are available to you w.google.com/policies/privacy/partners/ . regarding the use of your data. We are the sole owners of the information 3. The security procedures in place to collected on this site. We do not sell or rent protect the misuse of your information. this information to anyone. We will not 4. How you can correct any inaccuracies in share your information with any third party the information. outside of our organization, other than as necessary to fulfill your request and as described above. Information Collection, Use, and Sharing We use an outside credit card processing company to bill you for goods and services. We do not automatically collect personally This company does not retain, share, store identifying information for visitors to or use personally identifiable information for official EMU websites unless you voluntarily any secondary purposes beyond filling your provide it to us—for example by requesting order. information, registering for an event, applying for admission, or logging in using an EMU account. Should you decide not to Your Access to and Control Over provide personally identifiable information Information you may not be able to receive some of the You may opt out of any future contacts services we offer online. from us at any time. You can do the We do automatically collect information following at any time by contacting us via generated as a routine part of visiting official the email address or phone number given on EMU websites. This information may our website: include your computer’s IP address, details • See what data we have about you, if any. about your web browser, and the date and time of your browsing session. We use this • Change/correct any data we have about information and other information collected you. from our servers to monitor the performance • Have us delete any data we have about of our systems, to respond to security you. threats, to analyze usage patterns and trends, • Express any concern you have about our and to improve our websites. use of your data.

Introduction – 13 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Security Intellectual property refers to any copyrightable or patentable work. We take precautions to protect your information. When you submit sensitive Policy with respect to students attempts to information via the website, your balance student and institutional needs. information is protected both online and Intellectual property created by students is offline. considered the property of the student. The university, however, reserves the right to use Wherever we collect sensitive information such material, with appropriate discretion that information is encrypted and and attribution, in promotion of the transmitted to us in a secure way. You can university. Intellectual property created by verify this by looking for a lock icon in the students and employees jointly is considered address bar and looking for "https" at the to be jointly owned by the creators. (The beginning of the address. employee shall have decision-making powers While we use encryption to protect sensitive in regard to permissions and sales of jointly information transmitted online, we also created property.) protect your information offline. Only To view the complete Intellectual Property employees who need the information to perform a specific job are granted access to Policy, contact the provost office at: provost personally identifiable information. We keep @emu.edu the computers and backup devices in which we store personally identifiable information in a secure environment. Student Complaint Policy Eastern Mennonite University welcomes open communication from students Changes regarding its policies and practices. Student We may make changes to this policy from feedback helps administrators determine time to time, prompted by changes in effectiveness and clarify and improve technology, law, or other factors. We reserve processes and procedures. If a student has a the right to make changes without notice. complaint it should be communicated to the administrator responsible for the area of the complaint. Most complaints can be dealt Questions and concerns with through informal communication If you have questions or concerns about this between the parties. policy or about official EMU websites please When a student wishes to lodge a more contact us via telephone at 540 432 4357 or formal written complaint in writing, the via email at [email protected]. following student complaint form is submitted: http://emu.edu/about/student- Intellectual Property Policy complaint-form/ (excerpt from Intellectual Property Policy) This form is directed to the executive The purpose of this policy is to clarify issues assistant to the president, who determines related to the ownership, use, and sale of the appropriate person to respond to the intellectual property created by university stated concerns. A formal written response personnel. Eastern Mennonite University will occur within five business days of wishes to foster an intellectual environment notification of the concern. This response that encourages creativity, innovation, and will be copied to the executive assistant to excellence while managing its resources for the president per the student complaint the benefit of all constituents. In this policy policy, detailed in the university handbook. the university seeks to foster these goals and In the event that a student is not satisfied honor traditions in the academic setting with the response to the complaint, the while recognizing federal laws. student may choose to follow up by utilizing 14 – Introduction Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 the Conflict and Grievance Policy and Procedure for resolution, available in student handbooks or at the Student Life or Provost’s offices. The university recognizes its obligation to ensure that students who make complaints do not suffer adverse treatment as a result of the complaint. In the event that a student alleges such treatment, the student shall be referred to the Conflict and Grievance Policy and Procedure for resolution. If an issue cannot be resolved by the university’s internal processes, students may file a formal complaint with the State Council of Higher Education for Virginia (SCHEV) at http://www.schev.edu/index/ students-and-parents/resources/student- complaints/student-complaint-form. Approved by President’s Cabinet May 21, 2003 Revised March 12, 2007 Revised February 11, 2009 Updated March 2015 Updated July 2018

Research Misconduct Policy Consistent with the mission, vision and values of Eastern Mennonite University and with its Life Together statement, the university holds faculty and students to the highest standards in the conduct of research. While EMU aims to prevent any instances of researcher misconduct, the university takes seriously the need to investigate possible instances of misconduct. EMU is committed to a process of considering complaints made in good faith while protecting the positions and reputations of complainants and all those asked to participate in investigations. Read the full Research Misconduct Statement https://resources.emu.edu/ confluence/x/KAEeAw

Introduction – 15 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Academic and Degree • Leadership and Organizational Information Management, Aviation concentration (degree completion) • Liberal Arts The Baccalaureate Degree • Marketing* The baccalaureate degree at Eastern • Mathematics* Mennonite University assumes an ability to • Music think logically, act rationally and perform • Nursing** creatively. It reflects sustained study in the • Nursing (RN–BSN degree completion)* arts and sciences. The bearer of the degree • Organizational Leadership* will have completed an academic major in a • Peacebuilding discipline or a defined course of study at the post-secondary level. • Peacebuilding and Development • Photography • Political Science Undergraduate Academic • Psychology* Programs • Recreation and Sport Management • Social Work Majors • Sociology • Spanish Language and Hispanic Studies The baccalaureate degrees are offered in the • Writing Studies following majors. Unless otherwise noted, the degree is a bachelor of arts : * Results in a bachelor of science degree. **Results in a bachelor of science in nursing • Accounting* (BSN) degree • Art † See departmental information for degree • Bible, Religion, and Theology options. • Biochemistry* • Biology* Pre-Professional and Professional • Business Administration* Programs • Chemistry* • Clinical Laboratory Science* The following pre-professional and professional programs are available: • Computer Science† • Digital Media and Communication • Early/Primary Education Licensure • Economics • Elementary Education Licensure • Engineering* • Secondary Education Licensure • English • Pre-Engineering • Environmental Science • Pre-Professional Health Sciences • Global Development • Global Studies • Health and Physical Education* Minors • History In addition to majors, the following minors • History and Social Science are offered: • International Business • Accounting • Leadership and Organizational • Art Management (degree completion)* • Bible and Religion • Biology • Business Administration 16 – Academic and Degree Information Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• Chemistry • Bible • Coaching • Business Administration • Computer Science • General Studies • Criminology and Restorative Justice • Education: Para-Professional • Digital Communication • Interdisciplinary Studies • Digital Video Production The associate in science degree may be • Economics earned with a major in: • English • Environmental Science • Health Science • Environmental Justice • Environmental Studies Accelerated Programs • Gender Studies • Global Development The following accelerated programs are available to students who qualify: • Global Studies • History • BS in Psychology to MA in Counseling • History and Social Science • BA in Peacebuilding and Development, • Honors Program Peacebuilding, or Global Development to • Human Resource Management MA in Conflict Transformation or MA in • Humanitarian Action Restorative Justice • Interfaith Studies • Journalism • Kinesiology and Exercise Science Application for Degree and • Leadership Commencement Participation • Marketing Students are eligible to participate in • Mathematics commencement activities provided degree • Music requirements will be completed by • Neuroscience December following spring commencement. Students are not considered a graduate in • Nonprofit Management terms of transcript or diploma until final • Peacebuilding coursework is complete. • Philosophy and Theology • Photography Students expecting to graduate must file an application for degree provided by the • Physics university registrar's office. To be included • Political Science in commencement planning, students must • Pre-Law submit the application for degree by January • Psychology prior to commencement. • Recreation and Sport Management Candidates for graduation are expected to be • Religious and Intercultural Studies present for commencement. • Sociology • Spanish Degrees will be conferred in absentia upon • Theater written request to the provost's office. • Writing Studies • Youth Ministry Requirements for Associate in Arts and Associate in Science Associates Degrees Degrees The associate in arts degree may be earned Degree: Associate of Arts with a major in: Semester Hours: 60 Academic and Degree Information – 17 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 A minimum of 60 semester hours (SH) and Requirements for a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 Baccalaureate Degrees overall and within the major are required. Each student takes EMU Core courses as A minimum of 120 semester hours (SH) listed, a two-year major, and electives. A and a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 minor is optional. At least 30 SH must be 0 overall as well as within the major are completed through EMU, including at least required. (Some majors require a higher nine semester hours in the major and six grade point average.) Each student takes the hours in any minor. required general education courses, courses required to complete a major, and electives. A minor is optional. Associate in Arts (AA) and Associate in Science (AS) A student who completes two majors, which leads to two different degrees, may specify Each student satisfies EMU Core which degree s/he will receive. Both majors requirements as listed below. will be recognized as having been completed under the single degree. Christian Faith Alternatively, a student may receive two Anabaptist Biblical Perspectives - 3 baccalaureate degrees from Eastern Life Wellness - 2 Mennonite University by completing a total of at least 150 semester hours including the requirements for two majors, which lead to Communication different degrees. Transitions - 1 College Writing - 3 Residence Requirements University Research* - 1 Speech: Exploring Voice in Vocation - 2 At least 25% of the credits required for the degree (usually 30 SH) must be completed through EMU. Cross-Cultural Learning This will include the final 30 SH leading to Cross-Cultural Designate - 2-3 graduation unless a written exception is Foreign Language - 3 approved. At least nine semester hours in the major and six hours in any minor must be taken in residence. Critical Thinking Creative Arts (1 course) EMU Core Curriculum History (1 course) Requirements Literature (1 course) Mathematics (1 course) See the catalog section on the EMU Core Natural Sciences (1 course) for details of EMU Core curriculum Social and Behavioral Sciences (1 course) requirements.

Total: minimum of 27 credits Convocation Graduation *University Research will be taken only by Requirement first-year students who fulfill College Traditional undergraduate students are Writing prior to enrollment at EMU. required to fulfill a convocation graduation requirement by logging a minimum of 80 convocation points. Points are accrued by attending convocations, break-out sessions, or alternative events identified in the

18 – Academic and Degree Information Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 convocation schedule. Although attendance institution satisfies the EMU Core at campus worship events is optional, it also requirements by completing the following provides a way to earn convocation points. courses: Students who transfer 16 or more credits • six semester hours of cross-cultural earned prior to matriculation at EMU experience/designate courses (may be (including credit earned through high transferred) school/college dual enrollment) may be credited an amount of convocation points • an Anabaptist Biblical Perspectives (ABP) based on the number of credits transferred, course anticipating that the student may not be • CORE 401 Senior Seminar OR NURS 439 enrolled at EMU for four years. Professionhood III (for students in the Questions about the convocation graduation Accelerated Second Degree Nursing requirement should be addressed to the Program) Student Life division. The student must have completed at least one course in each of the following areas, either at EMU or at a previous college: Major and Minor Requirements natural science/mathematics, social/ Each student shall complete course behavioral sciences, and fine arts/ requirements for one major as designated by humanities. the department. Completion of a minor is optional. Students are required to complete A student whose first language is other than major, minor, and general education English may, upon assessment, be required requirements as they appear in the EMU to complete WRIT 130 College Writing catalog in effect when they first enrolled as a and/or WRIT 150 Speech: Exploring Voice degree-seeking student. Upon request, in Vocation. students may be permitted to complete updated major or minor requirements if curriculum changes occur during their time Academic Policies of enrollment. The academic calendar year consists of two 15-week semesters offered August/ Any former student who returns to EMU September through April/May and a May- after an absence of two or more consecutive August summer term. The semester hour semesters, not including the summer term, (SH) is used to designate credit earned. A regardless of the timing of the original full-time load is defined as 12-18 SH per enrollment, may be subject to the current semester. To register for more than 18 SH, a requirements at the time of readmission. student must obtain written approval from the university registrar. First-year-level courses are numbered 100-199; sophomore, Student Assessment 200-299; junior, 300-399; and senior, The university reserves the right to require 400-499. Courses marked with an asterisk students to participate in institutional * are normally offered in alternate years. See testing programs as part of ongoing the schedule of course offerings, available assessment of student outcomes. from the university registrar's office, for final information on courses to be offered each semester. Requirements for Students with a Previous Bachelor’s Degree Student Classification A student who has earned a bachelor's A student's class level is determined by the degree from another regionally accredited number of semester hours earned by the beginning of each semester. Academic and Degree Information – 19 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Classification is as follows: SP Satisfactory Progress. Indicates satisfactory achievement to date in a course 23 SH or fewer—First-year which is intended to extend beyond the 24-55 SH—Sophomore current grading period. This is not a final 56-89 SH—Junior grade. 90 SH or more—Senior W Withdrawal*. Indicates the student withdrew from the course between the fifth and ninth weeks of the semester. Does not Grading System and Quality calculate into grade point average. Points Pass/Fail Option*. Allowed in elective A Excellent. courses for juniors and seniors with A=4.0 quality points university registrar's office approval by the A-=3.7 quality points end of the fourth week of the semester. A B Very good. grade of C- or above submitted by the B+=3.3 quality points instructor will result in a "pass" grade on the B=3.0 quality points student's record. Any grade below a C- is B-=2.7 quality points reported on the student's record as received C Satisfactory. from the instructor. C+=2.3 quality points Repeat Courses. When a course is repeated, C=2.0 quality points both the initial grade and subsequent C-=1.7 quality points grade(s) appear on the transcript. Credit is D Unsatisfactory. awarded only once and the higher grade is D+=1.3 quality points computed into the grade point average. D=1.0 quality point F Failure. Zero quality points *Deadlines will be prorated for courses that meet for a period shorter than a semester. I Incomplete. Allowed at the discretion of the instructor only in case of an emergency or an unforeseen problem. The instructor Grade Point Average (GPA) will determine the date by which the student EMU uses the four-point system (A=4). The must complete requirements for the course grade point average (GPA) is computed by and will submit the final grade within the dividing the number of quality points following time frames: earned by the number of semester hours graded. • An "I" grade for a fall semester course must be resolved to a final grade not later than March 31 of the following Continuing Enrollment semester. A continuing student is automatically • An "I" grade for a spring semester course awarded unconditional readmission for a must be resolved not later than subsequent year when meeting criteria September 30 of the upcoming fall outlined under Continuance of Admission semester. Status in the admissions section. • An "I" grade for a summer course must be resolved not later than November 30 of the upcoming fall semester. Academic Review At the end of each semester, the academic An "I" grade not resolved by the dates record of all students enrolled in six or more identified will be changed to an "F" by the semester hours is reviewed according to the university registrar's office. satisfactory academic progress criteria as P Pass. Does not calculate into grade point outlined in the Policy for Review and average. Given in certain courses designated Readmission of Undergraduate Students. Pass/Fail. Students may be granted unconditional 20 – Academic and Degree Information Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 readmission, placed on academic warning, higher. The honor and corresponding grade or denied readmission. Students who are point average are listed as follows: placed on academic warning or denied readmission will receive written notification cum laude: 3.60-3.79 of their readmission status from the magna cum laude: 3.80-3.89 university registrar within 30 days of the end summa cum laude: 3.90-4.00 of the semester. To qualify for graduation honors as Appeal Process previously specified, a student must have completed at least 48 graded (A-F) semester Any student who is denied readmission may hours at EMU. submit a written letter of appeal to the chair of the Academic Review Committee. The appeal letter should include any additional Grade Reporting information not previously available, Grades will be available to students through particularly information of an academic myEMU (my.emu.edu) within one week nature. The Academic Review Committee after the close of each semester. A written will review the appeal, considering copy of the grade report may be sent by extenuating circumstances and the student’s student request to parents, guardians, or non-academic record, and report its decision other person designated by the student. to the student within 30 days of receipt of Cash settlement of accounts may be required the letter. Any student who chooses to go for the release of written grade reports. beyond the first appeal must direct a second appeal in writing to the appropriate dean within ten days of receiving the committee’s Grade Appeal Process decision on the first appeal. Grade appeals are not subject to the normal “Appropriate dean” is defined as the dean of grievance procedures. A student who wishes the school housing the student’s major. to appeal a grade must follow the timeline When a student is listed as undeclared, pre- and steps listed below: major or liberal arts major, the Academic Review Committee chair will assign a Timeline: An appeal to any grade assigned second appeal to a dean who doesn’t have between September 1 and December 31 other potential appeals forthcoming. must be initiated by February 15 of the following year. An appeal to any grade assigned between January 1 and May 15 Academic Honors must be initiated by July 1. An appeal to any grade assigned between May 16 and August The Dean's List, compiled at the end of 31 must be initiated by October 15. each semester, includes degree-seeking students who achieve a semester GPA of at 1. The student should confer with the least 3.75 with no W, I or F grades for 12 or instructor who gave the grade, stating more semester hours of standard grades (P the reason(s) the student feels a change grades not included). of grade is warranted. At this conference Baccalaureate degree candidates for the instructor has the obligation to graduation from the traditional explain to the student the basis for undergraduate program who have earned a determining the grade which the student cumulative grade point average of 3.60 or above with no grade below C- at EMU are has been awarded. considered honor graduates. A student who 2. If the instructor does not feel that a receives a grade below C- in one course may change in grade is warranted, the retain eligibility for honors by repeating the student may appeal to the chair of the course at EMU and earning a grade of C- or department in which the course is offered. Academic and Degree Information – 21 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

3. A final appeal may be made to the previous school. Transfer credits will not be respective academic dean if the included in the EMU GPA, except for conference with the department chair instances in which the student's enrollment at the other institution was sponsored by does not result in a satisfactory EMU. resolution of the appeal. The student is responsible to ask the department chair to provide for the dean a written Credit through Testing summary of their conference regarding A maximum of 30 credits earned through the grade in question. testing may be applied toward a degree. At each level of appeal, there is the This includes credit earned through the responsibility to confer with the instructor programs described below as well as through who may be required to review the basis any other testing program the university used in determining the grade which was chooses to recognize. Individual programs awarded to the student. may have more specific criteria. An All grade changes must be authorized by the exception to the maximum will apply for up person who agreed to the change and must to 36 nursing credits earned by testing use the formal grade change process of the through Excelsior College, Albany, New university registrar's office. York. Students in the traditional undergraduate Transcripts program may apply CLEP/ DSST credit toward EMU Core requirements only in the To assure the confidentiality of academic area of foreign language. Credit earned records, any request for a transcript must be through Advanced Placement (AP) testing made in writing and must come from the may be applied toward Core requirements as student. Requests must be made to the indicated by the university registrar's office. university registrar's office (www.emu.edu/ Students in the LOM and RN to BS registrar/transcript-ordering) and should programs may use approved testing options allow one week for processing. Cash to meet EMU Core requirements where settlement of accounts is required for release appropriate equivalents have been identified. of transcripts. The registrar's office will transcript credit earned through EMU-administered testing Credit Taken by EMU Students at only for students pursuing a degree at EMU. Other Institutions A student must secure advance written Advanced Placement (AP) Credit approval from the university registrar before enrolling for work at another institution, if High school students taking the AP the credit is to be transferred and applied to examinations may receive university credit if degree requirements at EMU. they achieve a satisfactory score. Information on scores required and credit awarded may be obtained by contacting the university Transfer Credit Grades registrar's office. In the traditional undergraduate program, credit will be awarded for appropriate Credit by Examination transfer courses in which the student has earned a grade of C or better (or higher Upon recommendation of the appropriate grade according to departmental instructor, an EMU student may request to requirements). All transfer courses will be earn credit or demonstrate proficiency in a recorded with the same titles and grades as course for which the student has not they appear on the transcript from the previously enrolled. A testing fee is required. 22 – Academic and Degree Information Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

The student initiates the request at the than two independent study courses may be university registrar's office. Testing for taken in one year. Registration will use a foreign languages may occur through the 299 or 499 course number. CLEP process. Before registering for independent study, the student submits a detailed proposal of the CLEP/DSST Examinations project in writing to the supervising faculty member. It must receive the approval of the The university grants credit for general and faculty member, the department chair, and subject examinations in the College-Level the university registrar. Examination Program (CLEP) and DANTES Subject Standardized Tests (DSST). Information on the CLEP/ DSST Academic Advising programs may be obtained by contacting the career services office. Each student is assigned an academic advisor. Academic advisors assist students in planning a program of study reflecting their Foreign Language Testing Option interests, abilities, and educational life goals. Students may satisfy the foreign language While the advisor assists the student in requirement of the EMU Core curriculum monitoring his or her academic progress, it or earn foreign language credit by achieving is ultimately the student's responsibility to the requisite score on the American Council meet all academic requirements for his or on the Teaching of Foreign Language Oral her academic program. Furthermore, Proficiency Interview. Credit will not be students are expected to familiarize awarded for testing in English language. themselves with the academic policies Contact the career services office for details. provided in the undergraduate catalog and the student handbook. Service-Learning Credit Registration A maximum of 9 SH may be earned by persons who enter a term of voluntary Course registration information is available service under mission and service agencies. through myEMU (my.emu.edu) and is Credit requirements are arranged on a provided to current students prior to each contractual basis between the individual and registration period. Students are responsible the respective dean's office prior to the term to consult an advisor prior to their initial of service. Students are not considered to be registration for an upcoming semester. enrolled at EMU while earning service- Students should also consult an advisor prior learning credit. For information on service- to making any schedule changes. learning credit, contact the respective dean's Students changing from full-time to part- office. time status who are receiving financial aid are required to notify the financial assistance Independent Study office. Qualified students may undertake Students enrolled with an F-1 visa must independent study as a means of increasing maintain full-time enrollment and should self-reliance and of being able to pursue a see the international student advisor with topic of special interest. It does not normally any related questions. substitute for required courses and does not Semester-long courses* may be added duplicate regular course offerings of the through the fifth day of classes, and courses university. may be dropped with no grade through the Sophomore status or higher is required to end of the fourth week. Courses dropped register for independent study. No more during the fifth through ninth weeks will be recorded with a W (withdrawal) grade. No Academic and Degree Information – 23 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 course may be dropped after the ninth week made by the last day to drop a class without of the semester. record. If a student does not receive a passing grade in a course which has not been dropped, an Senior Citizen Participation F grade will be assigned. The university welcomes senior citizens 62 *Add, drop, and withdrawal deadlines will years of age or older to attend classes by be prorated for courses that meet for a perio permission of instructor without d shorter than a semester. Specific dates are registration. Individuals who would like to provided by the registrar's office. participate in lab or other activity components, or who would like access to course materials through the learning Registration for Graduate Courses management system must register and pay In selected cases a junior or senior student fees to audit the class. may be permitted to enroll in a graduate course to satisfy an undergraduate degree requirement or to apply toward a graduate Leaving the University Between program following completion of the Semesters bachelor's degree. Policy and procedure Students who do not plan to return to the details are available from the registrar's university after the end of a semester should office. notify the institution of their intention by completing a form available from the registrar's office. A student who is not Part-Time Enrollment enrolled at EMU for one semester or more Part-time status is defined as a course load of must complete an application for 11 SH or fewer per semester. Admission to readmission prior to re-enrollment. the university is required in order to enroll for six or more semester hours. Students may register for fewer than six hours by Withdrawing from the University completing the necessary registration form During a Semester available from the university registrar's Undergraduate students who intend to office. withdraw from Eastern Mennonite University shall schedule a meeting with the assistant provost for Auditing student success (Campus Center, 321) who Matriculated as well as non-matriculated determines the official withdrawal date. It students may audit lecture classes, provided shall be no later than the date the student they register and pay fees. Classes with a meets with the assistant provost for student laboratory component (e.g. art, computer, success but may be earlier. The official physical activity, music performance, and withdrawal date is based on class attendance lab science courses) may be audited only dates and other extenuating circumstances. with written approval of the instructor. A student who withdraws during the Regular attendance, preparation, and semester must complete an application for examination are not required, and the readmission prior to re-enrollment. student receives no credit. The audited course appears on the student's transcript with an "AU" grade. If a student chooses to Medically Excused Status test out of a course previously audited, full Medically Excused (including what was tuition will be charged. Audit-to-credit previously known as Medical Leave) status is changes must be made by the last day to add available for undergraduate students who, classes. Credit-to-audit changes must be due to a documented concern that is

24 – Academic and Degree Information Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 affecting their personal health, are unable to taken during the term. The petition must complete all or some of their coursework include clear and documented evidence. during a semester at Eastern Mennonite The Assistant Provost for Student Success University. Medically excused status is will consult with the CARE team to usually only requested during the final 40% determine if the retroactive withdrawal will of the semester, after the traditional be granted. If it is granted, all grade changes withdrawal period is over. requested during the term in question will be changed to a “W”. A student requesting medically excused status should meet with/contact the 1-If the Assistant Provost for Student Assistant Provost for Student Success (email, Success is unavailable, the Dean of Students phone, etc.) and complete the medically may complete the medically excused excused application form. The application process. requires documentation from a health care provider or verification from an appropriate university official (Dean of Students, Title IX coordinator, etc.). After documentation Administrative has been received, the Assistant Provost for Student Success will meet with the CARE Withdrawal Team to determine if the application for If a student has not attended a course(s) on a medically excused status is accepted. regular basis (i.e. has multiple absences over a period of at least two weeks) and has not Students requesting medically excused status responded to efforts by the instructor or may need to apply for readmission (as a re- other EMU personnel to address the admit student) through the Admissions absences, the university registrar may Office, which will contact the Dean of administratively withdraw the student from Students for approval of fitness to return to the course(s.) The primary designated school campus through the process described official will be consulted regarding the below. The Dean of Students may consult potential withdrawal of an international other university officials during this student. readmission process. The re-admit application is free and does not require a Any decision to withdraw a student will be student to resend any admissions referenced with the assistant provost for documentation, unless they attend another student success and the respective academic institution during time away from EMU. dean and made in consultation with the instructor of the course(s) involved. The A request for medically excused status for withdrawal date will reflect the final date the the current semester should be made prior to student attended the course(s) according to the last week of class in the fall or spring instructor records. For all types of semester, or prior to the last day of class in withdrawals or leaves, refunds (if applicable) summer term. Requests made after the last will be finalized by the business office week of classes may only be made if there are according to written protocols in extraordinary circumstances that prevented consultation with the financial aid office the student from requesting medical leave/ after the withdrawal or leave form has been excused status. completed and submitted to the business Students may request a retroactive medically office. Students are generally required to excused status if they experienced check out of the residence hall within 48 extraordinary medical or personal problems hours of completing the withdrawal process during a semester. Within two years of or may be required to leave sooner in the having completed such a semester, a student case of an administrative withdrawal. At the may petition the Assistant Provost for time of withdrawal or leave, their ID will be Student Success to receive a retroactive deactivated, and they will no longer have medically excused “W” in some or all classes card access to residence or dining halls.

Academic and Degree Information – 25 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Leaving or Withdrawing while Student Academic Integrity Policy Subject to Disciplinary Processes Eastern Mennonite University fosters a A student who leaves or withdraws from the culture where faculty, staff, and students university in the midst of a disciplinary respect themselves and others. In this process remains subject to disciplinary culture, faculty, staff, and students gain procedures and outcomes. Outcomes may confidence in their desire and ability to be determined whether the student is discover their ideas, construct new present for a disciplinary hearing or is knowledge, and think critically about their absent. own ideas and the ideas of others. In doing so, EMU community members grow as competent thinkers and writers. Academic Forgiveness Policy EMU faculty and staff care about the Students who are readmitted to EMU after integrity of their own work and the work of an absence from enrollment at any college or their students. They create assignments that university for at least four successive promote interpretative thinking and work semesters may request to have the Academic intentionally with students during the Forgiveness Policy applied. To qualify, the learning process. Honesty, trust, fairness, student must earn a 2.0 GPA for the first 12 respect, and responsibility are characteristics SH following re-enrollment and submit a of a community that is active in loving written request to the Academic Review mercy, doing justice, and walking humbly Committee. The following regulations before God. govern this option: • The request must be made within 60 days At EMU, academic integrity means after completing the first 12 SH of credit following readmission. • honesty in producing one’s own work. • The option will be granted only once to a • use of documented course information student. and aids. • Eligible students will receive degree • submission of work that is one’s own. credit for only those courses in which • honesty in representation of research grades of C or better were earned prior to results, one’s credentials, and facts or readmission. opinions. • Quality points earned for all courses • honesty in use of technology, including completed prior to readmission will not cell phones and the Internet. be included in calculating the new • honesty in acknowledging sources used cumulative GPA. in research and presented in papers and • All grades will remain on the transcript. other assignments. • honesty in establishing and maintaining the appropriate parameters of Class Attendance collaborative work. Students are expected to attend all classes regularly, although attendance policies in Academic integrity includes specific courses are left to the discretion of the respective professor. Students are respons • using accurate quotations. When used, ible for all work missed during absences. quotations are exact, word-for-word as they appear in the original document. Every quotation, including a short phrase or a single word if it is unusual, includes

26 – Academic and Degree Information Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

the required citation and quotation paragraphs. Professors would like to see marks. your original work, not the work of a • using appropriate paraphrasing with machine. documentation. Paraphrasing is more EMU defines plagiarism as occurring when a than rewording the original material. It person presents as one’s own someone else’s must be nearly entirely in the writer’s language, ideas, or other original (not own words, using new phrases and common-knowledge) material without synonyms. The writer may repeat acknowledging its source (adapted from the technical terms. Place quotation marks Council of Writing Program around any exact words that are Administrators, 2005, www.wpacouncil.org) retained. The sentence structure should . not be the same as in the source. In the paraphrase, do not add interpretations, Academic integrity violation for students ideas, and assessment that are not in the may be evidenced as a: original source. • documenting and citing work that was Minimal Violation created for a previous assignment, A minimal violation of academic integrity whether for the current course or for codes includes doing the following without another one. appropriate documentation: • using appropriate documentation when using words from a class speaker, 1. using a minimal number of distinguishing including the class instructor, in an words from a source. assignment, i.e. cite professors’ lectures. 2. rearranging the word order of a sentence. • using common knowledge appropriately. 3. producing a similar sentence or style Common knowledge is information that from a source. is easily observed, commonly reported 4. using an idea or argument from a source. facts (George Washington was the first 5. reproducing one’s own work from a president of the United States.), or previous work. proverbs. Common knowledge does not (These items are adapted from “Westmont need to be cited, but be certain that College Plagiarism Policy” (2002), these words are in the public domain. www.westmont.edu.) When in doubt, ask the professor. • using a dictionary to produce original Substantial Violation work in a second language. When using software like Google Translate, to A substantial violation of academic integrity translate words, sentences, or codes includes (but is not limited to): paragraphs from one’s native language 1. cheating on a quiz, test, or exam. to the second language, the student is 2. copying or attempting to copy someone copying and not learning the language or else’s work, including paraphrasing or applying skills learned in the classroom. quoting a professor’s classroom lectures, Use a translation dictionary (i.e. English- handouts, and presentations without Spanish, English-Bulgarian) to find the appropriate documentation. precise word or idiom needed to 3. falsifying results and credentials, construct a sentence. Entries in a withholding data, misrepresenting facts. dictionary are more accurate than 4. using someone else’s work as one’s own software that translates phrases and work.

Academic and Degree Information – 27 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

5. using quotations with no documentation. minimal violation occurs, either within the 6. using an online source by copying and same class or in multiple classes with the pasting with no documentation. Online same instructor, faculty will document this as a substantial offense using the Academic sources may appear free. In this case, free Integrity Violation form. means economically free. While a source may not be paid for, it is to be used only for its specified use. A citation must be Procedures for Substantial Violations¹ given if words, graphics, or ideas are At EMU, when academic integrity codes are used. violated to this level, the following 7. presenting material as one’s own from a procedure will be followed. site that sells essays. Some of the papers- The professor will: for-sale sites do have disclaimers that state the work must be cited. Remember, • notify the student of the violation. if a source can be found, the professor • determine whether the student is guilty can also find it. of the violation. 8. frequently committing minimal • contact the respective chair or program violations within a single document or director’s office to check on previous repeatedly over time. student violations in order to determine 9. Assisting another student to cheat or to first, second or third offense. copy one’s own or someone else’s work • document the finding and the action without appropriate documentation. either taken (First-time offense) or 10. Using Google Translator or other repeated (Second and Third-time software to translate work from one’s offenses) on the Violation of Academic native language to the language of Integrity Record. instruction and submitting the work as • meet with the student to obtain the one’s own work. student’s signature, either acknowledging her/his violation or Undergraduate academic departments and acknowledging discussion in which the graduate units are responsible for establishing right-of-use parameters for non- professor explained the charges to the print materials (e.g. presentations). student. In the event that a student refuses to sign, the professor will document that the violation was Procedures (Graduate, Seminary, and discussed with the student and the Undergraduate) student refused to sign. (Under some When a student violates academic integrity circumstances, the professor may want values, the student and professor/advisor will to request another professor present as work together to restore the student to witness. Students have the option to community. include a faculty or staff member, e.g. academic advisor, student life personnel, Procedures for Minimal Violations coach.) When a first-time minimal violation is • submit the Violation of Academic noted, the professor will use this as an Integrity Record to the respective chair or opportunity to teach the student/s explicitly program director. Copies are forwarded about academic integrity. A minimal to the dean. violation should be reported to the respective dean’s office using the Academic The dean will: Integrity Violation form. When a second

28 – Academic and Degree Information Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• for undergraduate students, inform the (e.g. essay taken from Internet, test Vice President for Student Life of answers from another source). At the violations and actions taken. discretion of the professor, educational • for all students, follow steps described and restorative outcomes could include below for Second and Third-time enrolling in an Academic Integrity offenses. workshop, provided by EMU’s Writing The student will either: Program Director, revising and re- submitting the assignment. 1. accept the decision or • Second-time substantial violation: If 2. submit an appeal to the respective dean the student repeats the above violation in writing within five (5) working days in the same or another course or following notification of the Academic commits another violation in the same or Integrity Violation report. Reasons for the another course, a professor may give the appeal must be clearly stated and based student an F for the course, and the on one of the following: student may receive a Letter of Probation. 1. Significant and relevant new evidence, • Third-time substantial violation: If the 2. Alleged procedural error that may have student commits the violation for the affected the decision, or third time, the professor may give the 3. Unduly harsh and arbitrary student an F for the course, and the consequences of the academic integrity student may receive a Letter of Indefinite violation. Suspension/Disciplinary Withdrawal. On the basis of these factors, the dean will • Letters of Probation and Indefinite review the appeal and, in consultation with Suspension/Disciplinary Withdrawal will the course professor, make a decision to be sent by the dean of the school which uphold or modify the academic integrity houses the student’s major. violation record. This decision will be communicated to the student in writing • Upon re-enrollment and a subsequent within five (5) days after the receipt of the violation, the professor may give the appeal. The decision is final. student an F for the course, and the student may be subject to a Letter of Each dean will maintain a database recording all violation of academic integrity Dismissal at the discretion of the reports. Reports of substantial violations will university. be kept as part of the student’s permanent • When a professor gives a student an F for record, unless a report is withdrawn the course, the student will not be following appeal. allowed to withdraw from the course. Consequences for Undergraduate The student is prohibited from attending Students class after the professor assigns the F grade. The course continues to apply • First-time substantial violation: If a towards the number of credits the student cheats on a quiz, test, blog, student is pursuing that semester. forum, other online assignments, or exam or plagiarizes material in an assignment, assignment receives an F or Consequences for Graduate Students 0 grade at faculty discretion. For an • Educative violation: At the faculty extreme first time offense, a professor member’s discretion, this first-time may give the student an F for the course violation may be used for the purpose of

Academic and Degree Information – 29 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

instruction when a student plagiarizes Student Handbook; on graduate, seminary, any type of assignment (quiz, test, blog, and undergraduate websites; and at z:// forum, other online assignments, or provost/policies. The Academic Integrity Policy flow chart is also available at z:// exam or plagiarizes material in an provost/policies. assignment). At the discretion of the professor, grade consequences may occur and educational and restorative Reviewed by Undergraduate Council, outcomes could include enrolling in an Graduate Council, and Faculty Senate Academic Integrity workshop, provided Approved by Academic Cabinet, March 25, by EMU’s Writing Program Director, 2009 and revised October 6, 2010 revising and re-submitting the assignment. Revised by Academic Cabinet, February 26, 2013 • First-time substantial violation: If a Revised by Academic Cabinet, November student cheats on a quiz, test, blog, 19, 2014 forum, other online assignments, or Revised by Provost’s Council, December 16, exam or plagiarizes material in an 2015 assignment, a professor may give the student an F for the course (e.g. essay Revised by Graduate Council, April 1, 2019 taken from Internet, test answers from and Approved by Provost’s Council, April 10, 2019 another source) and the student may receive a Letter of Probation. When a professor gives a student an F for the Responsible party course, the student will not be allowed to The provost is responsible for this policy. withdraw from the course. The student is prohibited from attending class after the Policy Review professor assigns the F grade. The course continues to apply towards the number This policy is to be reviewed annually. of credits the student is pursuing that ¹ Adapted from American Association of semester. Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers (2007) Academic Dishonesty: • Second-time substantial violation: If Developing and Implementing Institutional the student commits the violation for the Policy second time, the student may receive a Letter of Indefinite Suspension/ Disciplinary Withdrawal. (See Student Policy for Review and Handbook, University Policies.) Readmission of Undergraduate Students

Faculty and staff who violate academic integrity codes are subject to review by the Definitions Provost’s office. Unconditional readmission - granted to students when all satisfactory academic The graduate, seminary, and undergraduate progress criteria are met units use this policy for processing academic integrity violations with the exception of Academic Warning - granted to students student appeal. (See above.) This policy when not all satisfactory academic progress appears in yearly course catalogs; the criteria are met; students on academic

30 – Academic and Degree Information Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 warning may be required to sign and comply with an academic plan Seme Cumu Total % of Academic Probation - granted to students sters lative Credi Credit after they have been denied readmission and of GPA ts s their appeal for readmission has been enrol Earn Attem approved; students on academic probation lmen ed pted are required to sign and comply with an academic plan t that are Academic Plan - a contract for students on academic probation (or on academic Passe warning) with specific academic criteria that d must be met for a student to be granted (cumu readmission lative)

Policy 2 1.7 20 67% At the end of each semester, the academic record of all students enrolled in six or more 3 1.8 30 67% semester hours is reviewed by the Associate Provost according to the following satisfact ory academic progress criteria in the table 4 1.8 40 67% below. The academic review is to be completed and students notified of their readmission status 5 1.9 50 67% within 30 days after the end of each semester. 6 1.9 60 67% Satisfactory Academic Progress Criteria 7 2.0 70 67%

Seme Cumu Total % of sters lative Credi Credit 8 2.0 80 67% of GPA ts s enrol Earn Attem 9 2.0 90 67% lmen ed pted t that 10 2.0 100 67% are Passe 11 2.0 110 67% d (cumu lative) 12 2.0 120 67%

1 1.7 10 67% Students previously enrolled on an unconditional readmission status

Academic and Degree Information – 31 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

1. Students who meet satisfactory satisfactory academic progress criteria academic progress criteria are granted are granted another semester of unconditional readmission for the academic probation. subsequent semester. 3. Students who do not meet the terms of 2. Students who do not meet satisfactory their academic plan are denied academic progress criteria are granted readmission for the subsequent an academic warning for the subsequent semester. semester. Students who are granted a Appeal Process semester of academic warning will be required to meet with the assistant dean Any student who is denied readmission may during the first week of the semester to submit a written letter of appeal to the chair review their academic progress as well as of the Academic Review Committee. The appeal letter should include any additional the criteria needed to return to good information not previously available, academic standing. particularly information of an academic 3. Students enrolled in their seventh nature. The Academic Review Committee semester who do not meet the will review the appeal, considering satisfactory academic progress criteria extenuating circumstances and the student’s will be denied readmission for the non-academic record, and report its decision subsequent semester. (Students are to the student within 30 days of receipt of the letter. Any student who chooses to go denied aid after their seventh semester - beyond the first appeal must direct a second federal and institutional - according to appeal in writing to the appropriate dean federal financial aid regulations.) within ten days of receiving the committee’s decision on the first appeal. Students previously enrolled on academic warning status Students whose appeals are granted are required to sign and comply with an 1. Students who meet the satisfactory academic plan. academic progress criteria are granted unconditional readmission for the Policy Considerations subsequent semester. 1. The policy for Review and Readmission of 2. Students who do not meet the Undergraduate Students is intended to satisfactory academic progress criteria comply with federal regulations are denied readmission; students may be governing financial aid and satisfactory denied for one or two semesters. academic progress. Students previously enrolled on academic 2. Repeated courses will be included in the probation status calculation for % of attempted credits that are passed. Students previously enrolled on academic probation status will be reviewed according 3. Students who receive a “W” in a course to their academic plans. will have those course credits included for calculating % of attempted credits 1. Students who meet the terms of their that are passed. academic plans and meet the 4. For purposes of calculating total credits satisfactory academic progress criteria earned and % of attempted credits that are granted unconditional readmission are passed, incomplete courses will be for the subsequent semester. considered a “W” (withdraw) until the 2. Students who meet the terms of their student receives a grade. For students academic plans but do not meet the who are being reviewed after their

32 – Academic and Degree Information Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

seventh semester, academic review outcomes will be determined on a case- by-case basis. The academic review outcomes may result in academic warning, academic probation or denial of readmission. 5. College credits earned while enrolled in high school (dual enrollment, Advanced Placement, International Baccalaureate) will not be calculated into the “semester of enrollment” criteria (satisfactory academic progress criteria). 6. Transfer credits attempted and earned toward a student’s degree will be calculated into the satisfactory academic progress criteria (semester of enrollment, total credits earned, % of attempted credits that are passed). Reviewed and approved by Academic Review Committee: April 12, 2019 Reviewed and approved by Provost’s Council: June 6, 2019

Academic and Degree Information – 33 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 EMU Core EMU Core Learning Outcomes At Eastern Mennonite University we engage Christian Faith: Students will articulate learning through combining the life of the Christian approaches, explain Anabaptist mind and the heart and the hands of a faith traditions, and recognize expressions of servant - a liberal arts education put into these approaches and traditions in action. Our mission statement embraces contemporary life. these ideals: Communication: Students will enhance successful interpersonal collaboration by EMU prepares students to serve and lead developing effective communication skills in a global context. Our community of through written, oral, aural, visual, and learning integrates Christian faith, technological forms. academic rigor, artistic creation, and Cross-Cultural Learning: Students will reflective practice informed by the liberal develop a critical awareness of themselves arts, interdisciplinary engagement, and and others in local and global contexts. cross-cultural encounter. Critical Thinking: Students will serve and To that end, the EMU Core, our general lead in a global context by applying education program at Eastern Mennonite integrative learning, ethical reasoning, and University, is a call to action through active problem-solving in the liberal arts. learning in the liberal arts emphasizing engaging faith, peacebuilding, creation care, experiential learning, and cross-cultural EMU Core Outline participation. This outline applies to traditional undergraduates seeking baccalaureate Creative arts and humanities invite our degrees. See EMU Core requirements for students to examine and make meaning of associate's degrees in academic and degree their complex world. An understanding of information. See program-specific EMU social and behavioral sciences allows our students to explore the world of human Core requirements for leadership and diversity. Knowledge of the natural sciences organizational management, RN to BS, and and mathematics encourages students to accelerated second degree nursing programs employ skills in investigation leading to within the program descriptions. effective action. In today's world, with rapid technological changes, cultural shifts, and an information explosion, college graduates Christian faith need to know how to learn, unlearn, and • Anabaptist Biblical Perspectives (1 relearn. course) - 3 SH The kinds of work our graduates may be • Christian Identity and Witness (1 course) - doing in the future cannot even be imagined 3 today. As a faith-based university committed • CORE 201 Life Wellness - 2 Details to following God as revealed through scripture and the way of Jesus, we offer study in the liberal arts informed by the Communication Anabaptist Mennonite faith. It is through such an education that our future • CORE 101 Transitions - 1 Details generations will be equipped to "do justice, • College Writing - 3 love mercy, and walk humbly with God" as • CORE 120 University Research* - 1 they serve and lead in a global context. Details • WRIT 150 Speech: Exploring Voice in Vocation - 2 Details • Writing Intensive Designates (2 courses)

34 – EMU Core Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Cross-Cultural learning Anabaptist Biblical Perspectives (AB) • Cross-Cultural Social Science - 3 In Anabaptist Biblical Perspectives courses, students will show how reading the Bible • Foreign Language - 3 informs how we live, while exploring major • Cross-Cultural Designate (may be foreign practices and beliefs of Mennonites and language) - 2-3 other Anabaptists. The course must be • Community Learning Designate (1 completed through EMU. course) • ABP 101 Covenant and Community: An Introduction to the Bible - 3 Details Critical thinking • ABP 201 Ethics in the Way of Jesus - 3 • Creative Arts (1 course) - 1-4 Details • History (1 course) - 2-3 • *BIST 212 And the Word Became Book: • Literature (1 course) - 2-4 History of the Bible - 3 Details • Mathematics (1 course) - 2-4 • *BIST 223 Four Portraits of Jesus: • Natural Sciences (1 course) - 2-4 Reading the Gospels - 3 Details • Senior Seminar (1 course) - 2 • *BIST 323 Life and Letters of the Apostle • Social and Behavioral Sciences (1 course) Paul - 3 Details - 2-3 • *BIST 341 Old Testament Studies - 3 Details Total: Minimum of 35 credits, plus writing • THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and intensive and community learning Justice - 3 Details designated courses *University Research will be taken only by Christian Identity and Witness (CW) those first-year students who fulfill College Writing prior to enrollment at EMU. In Christian Identity and Witness courses, students will explore major practices and A course may be applied to only one EMU beliefs of Christians and analyze religious, Core requirement, with the following philosophical, cultural, and economic exception: a course which meets an EMU questions from a Christian perspective. The Core requirement may also count as a course must be completed through EMU or writing intensive or community learning by taking an approved course at another designate. Codes used to indicate EMU Christian college. Core designate courses in the schedule of undergraduate course offerings are listed • CHST 212 Introduction to Youth Ministry - with the designate descriptions below. 3 Details • CHST 223 Spiritual Formation: Sacred Christian Faith Pauses - 3 Details • *CHST 234 Mission in a Changing World - Students choose one Anabaptist Biblical 3 Details Perspectives course and one Christian Identity and Witness course offered by the • CHST 312 Missiology - 3 Details department of Bible, religion, and theology, • *CHST/HIST 365 Mennonite History and as well as "Life Wellness" which focuses on Thought - 3 Details stewardship of the body. All graduates are • *CHST 372 Church Leadership for expected to recognize expressions of Transformation - 3 Details Christian approaches and Anabaptist • CHST 435 Martyrs, Merchants, and traditions in contemporary life. Refer to the Mendicants: 1500 Years of the Christian department of Bible, religion, and theology section for complete course descriptions. Movement - 3 Details

EMU Core – 35 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• *HIST/CHST 365 Mennonite History and College Writing Thought - 3 Details This first-year course develops academic • PHIL 201 Introduction to Philosophy -3 reading, thinking, and writing skills in Details various discourse communities. Refer to the • *PHIL 212 Ways of Knowing - 3 Details department of language and literature • *PHIL 334 Moral Philosophy - 3 Details section for complete course descriptions. Th e following are guidelines to follow for • *PHIL 412 Philosophy of Religion - 3 writing placement. Decisions are made on Details an individual basis. • *REL 201 Introduction to Religious Studies - 3 Details A student who scores 5 on the AP Language • *REL 310-315 Topics in Religion - 3 and Composition exam earns 3 hours of credit, satisfies the writing course Details requirement, and will enroll in CORE 120 • *REL 323 Contemporary Culture - 3 University Research. • *REL 423 Judaism, Christianity, Islam: Comparative Monotheisms - 3 Details Students who wish to meet the EMU Core writing requirement through dual • THEO 201 Introduction to Theology - 3 enrollment writing courses may be asked to Details demonstrate writing and research skills • *THEO 312 Topics in Christian Theology - equivalent to the objectives of the EMU 3 Details course WRIT 130 College Writing. The • *THEO 412 Liberation Theologies - 3 following points apply to instances where a Details student wishes to meet the EMU Core writing requirement through dual enrollment writing courses: Life Wellness • Students with a grade below B in their • CORE 201 Life Wellness- 2 Details dual enrollment writing course (or in the This largely experiential course focuses on second semester of a two-part writing creation care and stewardship of the body in sequence) will be placed in WRIT 120 or relation to doing justice, loving mercy, and 130 based on their ACT/SAT English walking humbly with God. This course is scores and grades in junior and senior not available for first-year students and is year high school English courses. ideally taken in the second year at EMU. (Education students seeking PreK-3, • The director of the writing program may, PreK-6, SPED, or Health and Physical upon review of a student's overall record, Education [PreK-12] licensure, substitute recommend that a student with a grade HE 202 Health and Safety for CORE 201 of B or better in dual enrollment writing Life Wellness.) enroll in a first-year writing course at EMU. Communication • The director of the writing program may request a writing sample from a student Students develop effective communication in the process of deciding which EMU skills through a first-year writing course, an writing course/s to recommend. orientation and discussion course, two additional writing intensive designate • Students who have satisfied the writing courses, and speech communication. course requirement through dual enrollment will enroll in CORE 120 University Research.

36 – EMU Core Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

If a student takes WRIT 110, 120, or 130 research expectations as they complete a two times and does not pass, the director of single research project. Students complete the writing program, in consultation with the study within 4-7 weeks during the the academic deans, will provide a second half of their first semester. recommendation regarding next steps for the student to gain readiness for our writing courses. Writing Intensive Designates (WI) WRIT 130 College Writing - 3 Students complete two Writing Intensive (WI) designate courses in addition to This course is taken by first-year students College Writing or Advanced Writing noted with an SAT evidence-based reading and above. WI courses emphasize writing as a writing score of 480-670 or an ACT English way of learning and development of the score of 19-26 and high school English writing process. Prerequisite for all WI grades of A and B in junior and senior courses: WRIT 130 or 140. courses. • ACTG 422 Intermediate Accounting III - 3 WRIT 140 Advanced College Writing - 3 Details This course is for first-year students with an • *BIOCH 398 Advanced Cell Biology - 3 SAT evidence-based reading and writing sco Details re over 670 or an ACT English score over 26 • BIOL 235 Ecology: Adaptation and Enviro and for students who receive a score of 4 on nment - 4 Details the Advanced Placement (AP) language and • BIOL 485 Faith, Science, and Ethics - 2 composition exam. Details WRIT 120 Introductory College Writing • *BIST 323 Life and Letters of the Apostle - 3 Paul - 3 Details This course is for first-year students who • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 benefit from an introductory course Details developing skills for success in college • CCSSC 386 A Multicultural History of writing. Students with an SAT evidence- Washington D.C. (WCSC) - 3 Details based reading and writing score below 480 • CCSSC 387 The Urban Landscape: Race, or an ACT English score below 19 and high Space, and Inequality (WCSC) - 3 Details school English grades below B in junior and • CHST/HIST 435 Martyrs, Merchants, and senior courses enroll at the introductory level. A grade of C- or better must be Mendicants: 1500 Years of the Christian achieved in the course as a prerequisite for Movement - 3 Details enrollment in WRIT 130 College Writing. • CMUS 250 Music History I - 3 Details • CMUS 260 Music History II - 3 Details CORE 101 Transitions - 1 • *CS 365 System Administration - 2 This course is for all first-year students. Details Students engage in small groups to explore • *CS 445 Analysis of Algorithms - 2 Details the academic, empathic, and vocational • *ECON 311 Contemporary Economic skills that support a successful transition to Issues - 3 Details EMU. Discussion and community-building is emphasized. • *ECON 331 History of Economic Thought- 3 Details CORE 120 University Research - 1 • *ECON 401 Development Economics - 3 This course is only for first-year students Details who have fulfilled their college writing • ED 235 Curriculum and Organization in requirement prior to enrollment at EMU. Early Education - 4 Details Students participate in a guided study to be oriented to EMU's digital resources and EMU Core – 37 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• ED 401 Examining Foundations of • SOC/PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - Education - 2 Details 3 Details • ENGR 325 Engineering Ethics - 2 Details • SOC 392 Junior Seminar in Social • ENGR 491 Senior Capstone Project - 2 Research - 3 Details Details • SOWK 330 Social Policy Analysis - 3 • ENVS 430 Environmental Sustainability Details Capstone - 2 Details • SOWK 400 Social Work Practice II - 3 • *HIST 411 The History of Recent America, Details 1941-Present - 3 Details • SPAN 320 Constructing Identities - 3 • HIST/CHST 435 Martyrs, Merchants, and Details Mendicants: 1500 Years of the Christian • SPAN 325 The Latino Experience - 3 Movement - 3 Details Details • HUM 200 Foundations of Humanities - 2 • THR 360 Playwriting - 2 Details Details • *THR 361 Screenwriting - 2 Details • HUM 490 Seminar in Humanities - 4 • VACA 283 Art History: Western - 4 Details Details • WRIT 200 Introduction to Creative Writing • MKTG 410 Strategic Marketing -3 Details Management - 3 Details • WRIT 210 News and Feature Writing - 3 • *MATH 364 Geometry - 2 Details Details • NURS 310 Conceptual Framework of • *WRIT 351 Fiction Writing Workshop - 3 Nursing - 2 Details Details • NURS 311 Conceptual Framework Bridge • *WRIT 352 Creative Nonfiction Workshop Course - 3 Details - 3 Details • NURS 440 Transition to Practice - 3 • *WRIT 380 Expository Writing - 1 Details Details • *WRIT 381 Argumentative Writing - 1 • *PE 415 Exercise Physiology of Sport - 3 Details Details • *WRIT 383 Professional Writing - 1 • *PPX 371 Peace & Security in East Asia - 3 Details Details • PPX 401 Human Rights & Dignity - 4 Speech: Exploring Voice in Vocation Details • *PPX 421 Genocide in the 20th Century - 4 WRIT 150 Speech: Exploring Voice in Vocation - 2 Details • *PPX 431 Political Reconciliation - 4 Students develop compassionate listening Details and speech communication skills while • PSYC 341 Cognitive Psychology - 3 exploring a calling within a discipline. This course is ideally taken in the spring semester Details of the first year. Prerequisite: WRIT 130, • PSYC 472 Research in Psychology - 2 WRIT 140, or CORE 120. Refer to the Details Language and Literature section for • PXD/SOC 225 Theories of Social Change - complete course description. 3 Details • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy - 3 Details Cross-Cultural Learning • *RSM 309 Recreation and Sport Program Students complete at least 8-9 SH of cross- and Event Planning - 3 Details cultural designate courses including an experiential component (usually CCSSC 201), at least one foreign language, and an 38 – EMU Core Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

additional cross-cultural designate course For additional information on any cross- which may also be a foreign language course. cultural offerings, students are encouraged In addition to these cross-cultural designate to contact the cross-cultural programs office. hours, students also complete a community learning designate course. Option 1: Semester Cross- Cultural Program Cross-Cultural Experiential Component The semester program is the recommended • CCSSC 201 Cross-Cultural Social cross-cultural option. Each semester Science - 3 program comprises 15 SH taken as five courses. A semester cross-cultural usually This course provides the foundation for includes one faith course meeting the intercultural learning and is offered in Christian Identity and Witness (CIW) conjunction with the off-campus requirement and a language course (where programs including semester programs appropriate) fulfilling the foreign language (Option 1), summer 3 or 6 week programs requirement. Other coursework represents (Option 2) or WCSC semester or summer history and culture, additional language programs (Option 3). studies, or an area of faculty expertise, and fulfills cross-cultural designate credit. Course Qualifying students may also satisfy the work during a semester cross-cultural does experience requirement by completing: not satisfy EMU Core Critical Thinking requirements. • CCSSC 202 Cross-Cultural Integration - 1 Semester cross-cultural programs scheduled for 2020-21 include: International students, multicultural students and students with previous Spring 2021 qualifying cross-cultural experiences Guatemala & Peru. Leaders Kristopher reflect on their learning to fulfill the and Kathryn Schmidt experiential component of the cross- cultural requirements. Permission must 1. CCSSC 201 Cross-Cultural Social Science: be granted by the cross-cultural director Guatemala & Peru - 3 Details to take this course once the 7-8 SH of 2. CCSOC 304 Global Health and Education cross-cultural designates (including in Peru - 3 foreign language) are complete. 3. CCHIS 314 Religion, History and Culture of Peru - 3 Students who transfer at least 58 credits taken prior to matriculation at EMU are eligible to complete the experiential Spanish Language: (two of the following courses, placement based on previous requirement through: knowledge) - 6 • CCSSC 211: Cross-Cultural Community • CCSPA 110 Elementary Spanish I Immersion - 3 • CCSPA 120 Elementary Spanish II This course is offered on campus during • CCSPA 210 Intermediate Spanish I the semester and includes a significant • CCSPA 220 Intermediate Spanish II experience (at least 40 hours) in the • CCSPA 312 Adv. Conversational Spanish I home of a local family from a different Details language and culture than that of the • CCSPA 322 Adv. Conversational Spanish II student. Requirements also include at least 20 hours in partnership with an Intensive English Program student.

EMU Core – 39 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Option 2: Summer Cross-Cultural Special Programs section for more Seminars (3-6 weeks) information. Summer seminars provide exposure to cross- cultural contexts for 3-6 weeks. A three- Cross-Cultural Designates (CC) week experience comprises the core experiential course. Six-week seminars The following courses may be selected as include a second 3 SH course. The student cross-cultural designates to complete the elects complementary courses (see the number of required courses. (Please note following list of cross-cultural designates) to that students entering EMU prior to fall complete the required three cross-cultural 2018 will need 9 SH to fulfill CC courses. Cross-cultural seminars scheduled requirements unless they elect to pursue the for summer 2021 include: revised Core requirements.) Indonesia • BIOL 161 Food and Population - Leaders: Carmen and Luke Schrock-Hurst 3 (Offered through EMU Lancaster) Details • *BUAD 441/ECON 411 International • CCSSC 201 Cross-Cultural Social Science: Business/Economics - 3 Details Indonesian Peace, Development and • *CMUS 201 Topics: World Music - 2 Urbanization - 3 Details • CCCHS 317 Christian Development and • *ECON 401 Development Economics - 3 Growth in a Muslim Nation (CIW) - 3 Details Middle East • *ECON 411/BUAD 441 International Leaders: Tim Seidel and Chris Hoover Economics/Business - 3 Details Seidel • ENGL 201 Global Literatures I: Beginnings • CCSSC 201 Cross-Cultural Social Science: - 2 Details Middle East - 3 • ENGL 202 Global Literatures II: 1300-1650 • CCLNG 110 Arabic Language - 3 - 2 Details • ENGL 203 Global Literatures Navajo Nation III: 1650-1800 - 2 Details Leaders: Jim and Kathy Yoder • ENGL 204 Global Literatures IV: 1800- • CCSSC 201 Cross-Cultural Social Science: Present - 2 Details Navajo Nation - 3 • GEOG 231 Cultural Geography - 3 Details • GS 101 Introduction to Global Studies - 2 Puerto Rico Leaders: Jenni Holsinger and Adam Yoder Details • HIST 121 Global Past I: Civilization (to • CCSSC 201 Cross-Cultural Social Science: 1400) - 2 Details Puerto Rico - 3 • HIST 122 Global Past II: Modernization (post-1400) - 2 Details Option 3: Washington • HIST 123-126 Global Past III: Comparative Community Scholars' Center Themes - 2 Details (WCSC) • HIST 182 The Global Past II: 1500 to the Present - 3 (Offered through EMU The Washington Community Scholars' Center (WCSC) provides students a Lancaster) Details semester or 10-week summer experience • *HIST 251 History of Africa - 3 Details exploring cultural diversity, career-building • *HIST 352 History of Women: Global internships, and connections between faith Perspectives - 3 Details and vocation in Washington, D.C. See the • *HIST 432 History of the Middle East - 3 Details

40 – EMU Core Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• LANG 110 Elementary Arabic I - 3 Details variety of languages are offered each year. • LANG 115 Elementary Swahili - 3 Students place into 100-, 200-, or 300-level • LANG 120 Elementary Hindi I - 3 Spanish courses based on years' experience with the language, test scores, and a • LANG 125 Elementary Pennsylvania placement assessment conducted the first Dutch - 3 day of class. • LANG 140 Elementary Mandarin Chinese I - 3 Note that heritage or native speakers or students that have lived in a • LANG 170 Elementary German I - 3 Spanish speaking country, scored a 4 or a 5 • LING 250 Introduction to Linguistics - 3 on the AP Spanish Exam, a 5, 6, or 7 on the Details higher-level IB Spanish Exam (A1 or A2), or • LIT 230 Global Literatures III: 1800 to the a 7 on the IB Exam (Spanish B), must enroll Present - 3 (Offered through EMU in a 300-level course. Please see Spanish Lancaster) Details faculty for more information on placement • POL 113 International Relations - 2 into Spanish courses. Testing is available through EMU Career Services for students Details who wish to receive credit for languages in • *PPX 371 Peace and Security in East Asia - which they are fluent. See the academic and 3 Details degree information section for details about • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 obtaining language credit through testing. Details • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details Community Learning Designates (CL) • SOC 334 Cultural Anthropology - 3 Details Students complete one Community Learning (CL) designate course. CL courses • SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 Details integrate at least 15 hours of experiential • SPAN 110 Elementary Spanish I - 3 learning in a community setting. Details • SPAN 120 Elementary Spanish II - 3 • ACTG 481 Accounting Internship - 1-3 Details Details • SPAN 210 Intermediate Spanish I - 3 • BIOL 219 Life Science Practicum - 1 Details Details • SPAN 220 Intermediate Spanish II - 3 • *BIST 223 Four Portraits of Jesus: Details Reading the Gospels - 3 Details • SPAN 231-232 Intermediate Spanish I and • BUAD 461 Strategic Leadership in II for Healthcare Professionals - 6 Details Organizations - 3 Details • All 300- and 400-level SPAN courses may • BUAD 481 Business Internship - 1-3 also serve as cross-cultural designates. Details • All courses in semester and summer • *CHEM 285 Environmental Chemistry - 4 cross-culturals, including WCSC. Details • CHST 312 Missiology - 3 Details Other cross-cultural topics or area studies are offered periodically. • *CHST/HIST 365 Mennonite History and Thought - 3 Details • CHST 451 Church Work Practicum - 3 Foreign Language Details Students complete at least one 3 SH course • CHST 473 Youth Ministry Practicum - 3 in a foreign language. Additional foreign Details language courses may serve as cross-cultural • CMUS 490 Music Internship 1-2 Details designates. Course offerings are linked with cross-cultural programs at EMU, and a EMU Core – 41 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• CS 488 Computer Science Internship - • NURS 319 Family Respite Caregiving: 1-3 Details Interprofessional Perspectives - 1 • ECON 481 Economics Internship - 1-3 • NURS 426 Nursing and the Family in the Details Community - 3 Details • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details • NURS 432 Community Health - 3 Details • ED 252 Learning and Classroom • PE 210 Sophomore Practicum: KES - 1 Environments PFE (6-12) - 1 Details Details • ED 342 Reading/Diagnostic Reading - 3 • PE 301 Adapted Physical Education - 3 Details Details • *ENGL 324 Comedy and Tragedy: Page • PE 410 Senior Internship - 4 and Stage - 3 Details • *POL 250 Law, Justice and the Local • *ENGL 344 Ways of War and Peace - 3 Context - 3 Details Details • PSYC 203 Developmental Case Study - 1 • *ENGL 348 American Manhood - 3 Details Details • ENGL 470 English Internship - 1-3 Details • PSYC 482, 483 Psychology Internship I • ENVS 429 Environmental Sustainability and II (must enroll in 2 semesters) - 4 Internship - 3 Details Details • FIN 481 Finance Internship - 1-3 Details • PXD 431 Peacebuilding and Development • HAL 410 Disaster Response Internship - 3 Practicum - 1-3 Details Details • RSM 211 Sophomore Recreation • *HIST 222 African-American History - 3 Practicum - 1 Details Details • RSM 411 Senior Internship - 4 Details • *HIST/CHST 365 Mennonite History and • SOC 409 Field Experience in Sociology - 3 Thought - 3 Details Details • HIST 441 History Internship - 1-3 Details • SOWK 101 Exploring Social Work - 3 • HONRS 431 Honors Teaching and Details Leadership - 0-2 Details • SOWK 430 Senior Practicum in Social • LARTS 256 Commuter Cycling - 1 Details Work - 12 Details • LARTS 391 Peer Tutoring Practicum II - • SPAN 330 Immigration Issues - 3 Details 1-3 Details • SPAN 360 Spanish for Health Care - 3 • LEAD 281 Leadership Practicum - 1 Details Details • SPAN 470 Internship - 1-3 Details • LEAD 481 Leadership Internship - 1-3 • VACA 262 Video Production - 4 Details Details • VACA 354 Conservation Photography - 4 • LING 470 Linguistics Internship 1-3 Details Details • VACA 367 Hybrid Storytelling - 4 Details • MKTG 481 Marketing Internship - 1-3 • *VACA 397 Elementary School Art Details Methods - 2-3 Details • *MUED 341 Elementary School Music - • *VACA 398 Secondary School Art Methods 2-3 Details - 3 Details • *MUED 342 Secondary School Music - 3 • *VACA 465 Visual Storytelling: Non- Details Fiction - 4 Details • *MUED 412 Vocal Pedagogy - 2 Details • VACA 491 Internship - 1-6 Details • *MUED 413 Piano Pedagogy - 2 Details • WCSC 285 Internship Theory and Practice • MUES 333 Chamber Ensemble - 1 Details (WCSC) - 1 Details

42 – EMU Core Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• WCSC 325 Career and Vocation (WCSC) - • MUES 332 Wind Ensemble - 1 Details 2 Details • MUES 333 Chamber Ensemble - 1 Details • WRIT 470 Writing Internship - 1-3 Details • MUES 341 EMU Jazz - 1 Details Community Learning requirements are also • MUPS 2xx, 3xx Performance Studies - 1-2 fulfilled by the clinical lab science Details practicum. • PEM 145 Rhythmic Activities - 1 Details • THR 100 Acting for the Stage and Screen - 2 Details Critical Thinking • THR 210 Technical Theater - 2 Details Students choose a course from each content • THR 230 Topics in Theater - 2 Details area of Creative Arts, History, Literature, • THR 300 Directing for the Theater - 2 Mathematics, Natural Sciences, and Social Details and Behavioral Sciences to develop critical • THR 360 Playwriting - 2 Details thinking. The Senior Seminar provides opportunity for making connections • *THR 361 Screenwriting - 2 Details throughout the undergraduate experience. • VACA 112 Digital Photography - 3 Details • VACA 121 Drawing - 4 Details • VACA 131 Three-Dimensional Design - 4 Creative Arts (CA) Details Students practice creative process through • VACA 141 Foundations of Design - 4 experiential engagement with the arts. Details • ART 141 Drawing - 3 (Offered through EMU • VACA 151 Photography 1 - 2 Details Lancaster) Details • VACA 221 Watercolor – 3 (Summer course) • *CHMUS 211 Music for the Congregation - Details 3 Details • VACA 222 Painting - 4 Details • CMUS 114 Appreciating Music Making - • VACA 232 Ceramics - 4 Details 3 (Offered through EMU Lancaster) Details • VACA 323 Printmaking/Watercolor - 4 • CMUS 116 Appreciating Music Making - 2 Details Details • VACA 397 Elementary School Art Methods • *CMUS 201 Topics: World Music - 2 - 2-3 Details Details • WRIT 200 Introduction to Creative Writing • *CMUS 202 Topics: Folk Rock to Hip Hop: - 3 Details An Introduction to American Popular Mus • *WRIT 351 Fiction Writing Workshop - 3 ic - 2 Details Details • *CMUS 203 Topics: Listening to Film - 2 • *WRIT 352 Creative Nonfiction Workshop Details - 3 Details • *CMUS 204 Topics: Introduction to Music T • *WRIT 370 Poetry Writing - 3 Details echnology - 2 Details • MUED 131 Class Piano I - 1 Details History (HI) • MUED 132 Class Piano II - 1 Details History coursework cultivates analysis and • *MUED 341 Elementary School Music - empathic learning across societies, political s 2-3 Details ystems, and cultures of all times. • *MUED 342 Secondary School Music - 3 Details • *ECON 331 History of Economic Thought • MUES 310 The University Choir - 1 Details - 3 Details • MUES 321 Chamber Singers - 1 Details • HIST 101 U.S. History I - 2 Details • MUES 331 Chamber Orchestra - 1 Details • HIST 102 U.S. History II - 2 Details EMU Core – 43 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• HIST 103 U.S. History III - 2 Details • *THR 200 Survey of World Theater History • HIST 121 Global Past I - 2 Details - 2 Details • HIST 122 Global Past II - 2 Details • HIST 123-126 Global Past III - 2 Details Mathematics • HIST 182 Global Past II: 1500 to the Present - 3 (Offered through EMU The mathematics requirement ensures that all students are able to communicate Lancaster) Details effectively in the numerical forms required • *HIST 231 Medieval Europe - 3 Details in the liberal arts and the specific disciplines • *HIST 352 History of Women: Global they pursue. Perspectives - 3 Details Students may meet the mathematics • HIST 385 Monuments to Murals: requirement in the following ways. Exploring Social Issues Through DC's • Receiving credit for any EMU course with Public Art (WCSC) - 3 Details a MATH or STAT prefix that are listed in • *SPAN 303 Dictatorships and Social the mathematical sciences section. Movements - 3 Details • Receiving credit through the Advanced • *SPAN 425 Indigenous People and Placement exams in either statistics or Conquest - 3 Details calculus. • *THR 200 Survey of World Theater History - 2 Details Natural Sciences (NS) Literature (LI) Natural sciences coursework emphasizes scientific inquiry as a method for learning Literature coursework cultivates analysis and about life. (Please note that students empathic learning across societies, political entering EMU prior to fall 2018 will need at systems and cultures through texts. least 3 SH to fulfill NS requirements unless they elect to pursue the revised Core • ENGL 201 Global Literatures I - 2 Details requirements.) • ENGL 202 Global Literatures II - 2 Details • ENGL 203 Global Literatures III - 2 Details • BIOL 105 Science in Society - 2 Details • ENGL 204 Global Literatures IV - 2 Details • BIOL 145 Nutrition Fundamentals - 2 • ENGL 210 Introduction to the Novel - 2 Details Details • BIOL 155 Biological Explorations - 3 • ENGL 250 Introduction to Poetry - 2 Details Details • BIOL 161 Food and Population - 3 (Offered through EMU Lancaster) Details All 300-level ENGL courses also fulfill the Core literature requirement. (See the • BIOL 173 Concepts in Biology - 4 Details language and literature section for a • *BIOL/PSYC 451 Neuropsychology - 3 complete listing) Details • CHEM 105 Chemistry for the Life Sciences • LIT 230 Global Literatures III: 1800 to the P - 2 Details resent - 3 (Offered through EMU • CHEM 155 Matter and Energy - 3 Details Lancaster) Details • CHEM 223 General Chemistry I - 4 Details • *SPAN 301 The Art of Storytelling - 3 • ENVS 135 Earth Science - 2 Details Details • ENVS 145 Environmental Science - 2 • *SPAN 420 Narratives of Trauma and Details Resilience - 3 Details • *ENVS 235 Sustainable Food Systems - 2 • *SPAN 430 Marginalized Voices - 3 Details Details

44 – EMU Core Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• PHYS 252/253 University Physics I/Lab - 3, • SOWK/SOC 210 Social Stratification - 3 1 Details Details • *PSYC/ BIOL 451 Neuropsychology - 3 Details Senior Seminar This team-taught course provides an Social and Behavioral Sciences (SB) opportunity for students to reflect on their Social and behavioral sciences coursework life journeys and synthesize their develops problem-solving strategies by inviti undergraduate experience as they consider ng students to analyze and respond to real their transition from EMU. The course world situations. (Please note that students focuses on identity formation, the process of entering EMU prior to fall 2018 will need at being and becoming, and finding voice. A least 3 SH to fulfill SB requirements unless chosen theme frames volitional and they elect to pursue the revised Core reflective inquiry. Registration is limited to requirements.) students in their final year of enrollment. • BUAD 111 Exploring Business - 3 Details Senior Seminars for 2020-21 include: • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 Details Fall 2020 • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 • CORE 401 Senior Seminar: Dealing with Details Suffering and Loss - 2 • ECON 211 Principles of Microeconomics - • CORE 401 Senior Seminar: Stairway to 3 Details Heaven - 2 • ECON 212 Principles of Macroeconomics - 3 Details Spring 2021 • LEAD 300 Leadership Theory and Practice • CORE 401 Senior Seminar: Navigating - 3 Details Digital Seas - 2 • POL 111 Comparative Politics - 2 Details • CORE 401 Senior Seminar: Running the • POL 112 American Politics - 2 Details Race - 2 • POL 113 International Relations - 2 Details The following courses also fulfill the Senior • PSYC 101 General Psychology - 3 Details Seminar requirement. • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 • HONRS 401 Worldview Seminar - 2 Details • WCSC 485 Servant Leadership fulfills the • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details EMU Core Senior Seminar requirement • PXD 151 Exploring Conflict and Peace - 3 for students who have earned 90 SH prior Details to enrollment in WCSC. • SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology - 3 • NURS 439 Professionhood III (for Details students in the Accelerated Second • SOC/SOWK 210 Social Stratification - 3 Degree Nursing Program) Details • SOC 330 The Family in Social Context - 3 Details Senior Seminar (CORE) • SOC 375 People, Place, and Community: Dealing with Suffering and Loss - 2 The Politics and Practice of Community Development (WCSC) - 3 Details Everyone suffers loss at one time or another • SOWK 200 Social Behavior and Diversity - and we are often left without resources to cope when such things happen, whether that 3 Details EMU Core – 45 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 experience is what we consider insignificant visions for purposeful, productive, and loss or a more catastrophic loss. This course joyful lives after graduation. seeks to allow us to encounter our own experiences of suffering and loss, to learn Navigating Digital Seas - 2 from others' experiences, and to offer practical resources for dealing with the Our lives online present us with an inevitable human experiences of hardship. overwhelming sea of information and an The range of themes include catastrophic ever-changing array of tools to sift and sort loss, our cross-cultural experiences, our through that information. How is that going relationships, our fears of the future and our for us? What do we know about the impact vocation. Readings, guest lectures, an of search engines and algorithms on our interview project and reflections on faith lives? How do we maintain energy and drive and spirituality will be integral parts of the to act with purpose when clicking "like" course. seems the best we can do? To what extent are our offline lives shaped by our online lives? Class discussions, science fiction, Running the Race: Sports as Means and Metaphor - 2 movies, interviews, and media experiments will help us focus on how we use media to This course will afford students and find work, sustain love, and discover truth instructors the chance to reflect on others’ as about the world. well as their own athletic experiences (or lack thereof) to cultivate more nuanced *Indicates courses offered in alternate years. understandings of sport’s capacities and limitations as a source of meaning-making in life. How can the collaborative experiences sport affords go beyond helping form individual and team identity to promoting social justice? How do game rules and sportsmanship practices reveal truth about universal human dignity and the order of Creation? What can sport do or be for those whose physical limitations prevent them from playing? What life wisdom for the graduating EMU senior lies in Paul’s counsel in I Corinthians 9:24-27?

Stairway (or Stairways) to Heaven: Music, Literature, and Meaning - 2 This course will afford students and instructors the opportunity to reflect on others' as well as their own experiences of music making and listening to cultivate a more nuanced understanding of aesthetics. Specifically the class will examine the intersections of art and literature and their capacities and limitations as a source of meaning in life. Reading, listening, thinking, writing, and conversing about these issues will help students reflect on their EMU education, including individual cross- cultural experiences, and cast personal

46 – EMU Core Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Undergraduate Programs • *ACTG 433 Nonprofit and Governmental of Study Accounting - 2 Details • *ACTG 451 Auditing - 3 Details • BUAD 101 Business at EMU - 3 Details Accounting Major • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 Leah Kratz, advisor Details • BUAD 301 Quantitative Decision Making - Degree: Bachelor of Science 3 Details Semester Hours: 58 • BUAD 411 Business Law - 3 Details The major in accounting prepares students • CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data for a career in public, private, or non-profit Management - 1 Details accounting, or for graduate school. The • CIS 251 Management Information Virginia Board of Accountancy requires Systems - 3 Details applicants to pass the CPA exam and earn 150 semester hours before granting a CPA • ECON 211 Principles of Microeconomics - license. The Board of Accountancy also 3 Details allows students to take the CPA exam upon • ECON 212 Principles of Macroeconomics - completion of the undergraduate degree if 3 Details they earned at least 24 semester hours in • FIN 440 Financial Management - 3 Details upper-level accounting courses. • MKTG 301 Principles of Marketing - 3 Accounting majors earn 22 semester hours Details in course credit and can earn the two • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details additional semester hours by taking an accounting internship or the recommended "Seminar in Accounting" course. Accounting Minor To graduate with an accounting major, Semester Hours: 18 students must first earn admission to the This minor is designed for students who business and leadership department by have an interest in developing specialized fulfilling the department admission accounting skills but are not planning to requirements. enter public accounting. The accounting major consists of the The accounting minor consists of the following courses for a total of 58 SH: following courses for a total of 18 SH: • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 Details Details • ACTG 222 Managerial Accounting - 3 • ACTG 222 Managerial Accounting - 3 Details Details • *ACTG 321 Intermediate Accounting I - 3 • *ACTG 321 Intermediate Accounting I - 3 Details Details • *ACTG 322 Intermediate Accounting II - 3 • *ACTG 322 Intermediate Accounting II - 3 Details Details • *ACTG 341 Cost Accounting - 3 Details • *ACTG 341 Cost Accounting - 3 Details • *ACTG 421 Federal Income Tax - 3 Details • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 • *ACTG 422 Intermediate Accounting III - 3 Details Details • *ACTG 432 Advanced Accounting - 2 Details

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 47 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Art Major change majors or for students who transfer in from a non-related program. Cyndi Gusler, advisor Students who do not pass the portfolio Degree: Bachelor of Arts review will need to drop the major. They Semester Hours: 50 may continue to take VACA classes but will Students who wish to declare a major in art not have priority for course enrollment. must complete admission requirements for Only VACA majors may enroll in "Senior the VACA department. Thesis/Senior Exhibit," internships, and independent studies. Students who do not pass the review may re- Senior Exhibits and Productions apply to the major by requesting a new VACA seniors in art, digital media and portfolio review after one year. communication, and photography complete The major consists of 50 SH. a major production or exhibit within their major. This senior exhibit/production represents a culminating event for every Core Courses major—a chance to synthesize their learning experience in an outstanding body of work, • VACA 121 Drawing - 4 Details to celebrate the accomplishments of a • VACA 141 Foundations of Design - 4 successful undergraduate career, and to Details showcase their best work for the broader • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details community. As such, this requires significant teamwork and collaboration with • VACA 142 Graphic Design I - 2 Details student colleagues and faculty, along with • VACA 381 Cinema and Visual Theory - 2 substantial preparation of the work for Details presentation during the semester of • VACA 382 Contemporary Art - 2 Details graduation. Marketing majors complete the • VACA 481 Senior Thesis - 2 Details capstone course MKTG 410 Strategic Marketing Management. Additional Courses Portfolio Review Requirement for • *VACA 131 Three-Dimensional Design - 4 VACA Majors in Art, Digital Media Details and Communication, and • VACA 222 Painting - 4 Details Photography • VACA 232 Ceramics - 4 Details Incoming students may declare a major in • *VACA 283 Art History: Western - 4 Details art, digital media and communication, or • VACA 332 Intermediate Ceramics - 2 photography. Visual and communication Details arts faculty will conduct a portfolio review • *VACA 384 Art History: World - 2 Details after incoming first-year students have been • VACA 434 Advanced Drawing - 2 Details at EMU for three semesters. Transfer • VACA 435 Advanced Painting - 2 Details students (who have completed the equivalent of at least three semesters in a Choose two of the following courses: similar major elsewhere) will usually complete the review process after one • VACA 252 Photography II - 4 Details semester at EMU. The VACA department • VACA 262 Video Production - 4 Details chair may approve exceptions to the • *VACA 323 Printmaking and Watercolor - 4 timeline. The chair will also approve an Details appropriate timeline for EMU students who • *VACA 335 Installation and Experimental Media - 4 Details

48 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Recommended Courses: • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Details • VACA 242 Graphic Design II - 2 Details • VACA 243 Graphic Design III - 2 Details • VACA 432 Advanced Ceramics - 2 Details Art Education Curriculum • VACA 491 Internship - 1-4 Details • VACA 121 Drawing - 4 Details • *VACA 131 Three-Dimensional Design - 4 Art Major, PreK-12 Teaching Details Endorsement • VACA 141 Foundations of Design - 4 Degree: Bachelor of Arts Details Semester Hours: 81 (35 education • VACA 142 Graphic Design I - 2 Details curriculum + 46 art education curriculum) • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details • VACA 222 Painting - 4 Details All students seeking licensure to teach must • VACA 232 Ceramics - 4 Details follow the procedures for admission to teacher education and to student teaching. • *VACA 283 Art History: Western - 4 Details • *VACA 323 Printmaking and Watercolor - 4 Required courses for teacher licensure Details program (PreK-12) include the following: • VACA 384 Art History: World - 2 Details • *VACA 397 Elementary School Art Education Curriculum Methods - 3 Details • VACA 398 Secondary School Art All ED courses must be passed with a grade of "C" or better. Methods - 3 Details • VACA 434 Advanced Drawing - 2 Details • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details • VACA 435 Advanced Painting - 2 Details • ED 245 Learning and Classroom Choose one of the following courses: Environments - 3 Details • ED 275 Instructional Technology and • VACA 381 Cinema and Visual Theory - 2 Assessment - 3 Details Details • ED 301 Needs of Diverse Learners - 3 • VACA 382 Contemporary Art - 2 Details Details Recommended course: • ED 351 General Curriculum and Methods for Middle and Secondary Teaching - 1 • VACA 332 Intermediate Ceramics - 2 Details Details • ED 395 Reading and Writing in the The first of two art methods courses (VACA Content Area (6-12) - 3 Details 397 Elementary School Art Methods or • ED 401 Examining Foundations of VACA 398 Secondary School Art Methods) Education - 2 Details may be taken prior to admission to teacher • ED 411 Reflective Teaching Seminar and education. The second art methods course Portfolio - 1 Details requires admission to teacher education and • ED 461 Elementary Student Teaching enrollment in ED 351 General Curriculum (PreK-6) - 7 Details and Methods. Both VACA 397 and 398 offer Art Education majors practicum • ED 462 Middle/High School Student experiences in local schools. VACA 397 and Teaching (6-12) - 7 Details VACA 398 must be passed with a grade of Additional licensure requirements: C or better. Teacher candidates must comply with all teacher education requirements listed in the education section.

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 49 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Art Minor qualified Part 141 schools.* An enrollment counselor will work with applicants to Semester Hours: 20 develop an individualized academic plan for The 20 SH minor provides a focused degree completion. experience in art for students wishing to • Credit (up to 30 hours) may be supplement primary study in another discipline. transferred from accredited technical, community, or four-year institutions. (Art minors are strongly encouraged to take • College Level Examination Program VACA 121 and VACA 141 as a beginning (CLEP) or DSST (formerly Defense Activity course sequence.) for Nontraditional Students or DANTES) • VACA 121 Drawing - 4 Details testing is also an alternative to obtain • VACA 141 Foundations of Design - 4 credit. Details A cumulative GPA of 2.0 or above is Choose one of the following courses: required for applicants who have completed a minimum of 20 semester hours of college- • *VACA 131 Three-Dimensional Design - 4 level coursework. If that minimum has not Details been met, applicants may present a high • VACA 232 Ceramics - 4 Details school diploma with 2.6 GPA or GED equivalency and SAT (980 combined score) Choose one of the following courses: or ACT (19 composite score). • VACA 222 Painting - 4 Details 1. Current employment or regular volunteer • *VACA 323 Printmaking and Watercolor - 4 role (internship, volunteer, or mentee) Details with an organization that enhances the learning outcomes of the program Choose 4 SH from the following courses: 2. Submission of a satisfactory writing • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details sample • *VACA 283 Art History: Western - 4 Details 3. Admissions interview • VACA 382 Contemporary Art - 2 Details * Part 61 or Part 141 private pilot training • *VACA 384 Art History: World - 2 Details may be transferred. Commercial and instrument training must be from a Part 141 collegiate aviation program with a letter of LOM with Aviation authorization from the FAA to have the Concentration reduced ATP hour minimum. PA Program Coordinator: Mary Jensen Director of Aviation: John Sibole LOM with Aviation Concentration Degree: Bachelor of Arts Admission Prerequisites Semester Hours: 120 (32 EMU Core + 27 The following prerequisites are required for LOM + 61 Aviation) admission to the LOM with Aviation program at EMU: Admission Requirements: LOM FAA Medical Certificate and English with Aviation Concentration Language Proficiency In Leadership and Organizational A medical certificate from an FAA approved Management (LOM) with aviation physician is required. You must make an concentration, applicants may transfer up to appointment with an Aviation Medical 30 credits from other schools or colleges for a Examiner (AME) to get either an FAA Class viation certificates or ratings earned through 1 or Class 2 Medical Certificate. An 50 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 enrollment counselor will share the names of • Anabaptist Biblical Perspectives qualified physicians in your area. You can (included in program) - 3 also use the FAA site at https://www.faa.gov/ pilots/amelocator/. COMMUNICATION In addition, the FAA requires that each • College Writing - 3 student be able to read, speak, write, and • Speech - 2 understand the English language and be able • Writing Intensive to meet FAA Aviation English Language designates (included in program) - Standard (AELS). EMU at Lancaster will 2 courses help facilitate this process. CROSS-CULTURAL LEARNING Transportation Security Administration (TSA) • Cross-cultural You must provide proof of U.S. citizenship. designates (included in program) - 6 EMU will verify citizenship with an original birth certificate and a current driver's license CRITICAL THINKING or a current passport. Original documents will be returned. Non-US citizens must • Statistics - 3 register with the TSA. This can be done • Natural Sciences - 3 online at https:// • Social and Behavioral Sciences - 3 www.flightschool-candidates.gov/ and takes • Creative Arts - 3 approximately 1-2 weeks to receive final • History and Literature - 3 approval. • Senior Seminar (included in program) - 3

Leadership and Organizational LOM Courses (27 SH) Management Major with Aviation *Courses marked with asterisk fulfill EMU Concentration Core requirements included in 32 SH total The major in Leadership and Organizational above. Management, an interdisciplinary curriculum leading to a Bachelor of Science • LOM 320 Leadership Development - 3 (BS) degree, provides expertise in leadership, Details human dynamics, and organizational • LOM 350 Organizational Behavior - 3 management for Details business and public administration. This • LOM 360 Groups and Individuals in the interdisciplinary program takes a systems Organization - 3 Details approach to the problems, principles and • LOM 380 Team Dynamics - 3 Details practices of management and leadership incorporating conceptual and theoretical • *BIST 390 Biblical Perspectives - 3 Details knowledge. The curriculum is organized • *LOM 405 Organizational Research - 3 into thirteen sequential courses. Students Details must achieve a grade of C- or better in each • *CCSSC 440 Cross-Cultural Perspectives - course. See the LOM program policy 3 Details handbook for graduation requirements. • *LOM 440 Global Trends in Economic Students in the LOM degree program Justice - 3 Details complete the following: • *SRSEM 460 Business Ethics - 3 Details • LOM 410 Human Resource Management - EMU Core Requirements (32 SH) 3 Details • LOM 420 Leadership Theory - 3 Details CHRISTIAN FAITH • LOM 430 Leadership Practice - 3 Details

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 51 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• *LOM 461 Application of Research Project the department to reach the minimum of 36 for Aviators (ARP) - 3 Details SH. The additional classes may be chosen to reinforce the concentration or to introduce the student to areas outside their Aviation Courses (61 SH) concentration. Courses that carry the ABP course heading may not apply toward the 36 • AVFO 120 Private Pilot Ground - 3 Details SH. • AVFO 121 Private Pilot Flight - 3 Details • AVFO 220 Instrument Rating Ground School - 3 Details Core classes (18 SH) • AVFO 221 Instrument Flight Training - 3 • HUM 200 Foundations of Humanities - 2 Details Details • AVFO 320 Commercial Pilot Ground - 3 • HUM 490 Seminar in Humanities - 4 Details Details • AVFO 321 Commercial Flight I - 3 Details • *BIST 212 And The Word Became Book: • AVFO 322 Commercial Flight II - 3 Details History of the Bible - 3 Details • AVFO 323 Commercial Flight III - 3 Details • THEO 201 Introduction to Theology - 3 • AVFO 340 Multiengine/Professional Details Operations Details OR • CHST 223 Spiritual Formation, Sacred AVIA 340 Professional Operations Details Pauses - 3 Details - 3 • THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and • AVFO 420 Flight Instructor - 3 Details Justice - 3 Details • AVFO 421 Flight Instructor Flight - 3 Details • AVIA 110 Becoming Aviators: Introduction Concentrations (9-15 SH) to Aeronautics - 4 Details Students are strongly encouraged to work • AVIA 120 Aircraft Systems - 3 Details closely with their advisor to design a • AVIA 130 Meteorology - 3 Details concentration in an area of their choosing. • AVIA 220 Aerodynamics and Performance - 3 Details Sample Concentrations: • AVIA 320 Flight Safety - 3 Details • AVIA 330 Aviation Law and Regulatory Compliance - 3 Details Biblical Studies • AVIA 400 Air Transport Advanced • *BIST 223 Four Portraits of Jesus: Subjects Details OR Reading the Gospels - 3 Details AVIA 401 General Aviation Advanced • *BIST 323 Life and Letters of the Apostle Subjects Details - 3 Paul - 3 Details • AVIA 430 Aviation Internship - 6 Details • *BIST 341 Old Testament Studies - 3 Details Bible, Religion, and Theology • *REL 423 Comparative Monotheisms - 3 Major Details Degree: Bachelor of Arts Semester Hours: 36 Church History The major consists of 36 SH of Bible, • *CHST 365 Mennonite History and religion, and theology courses including the Thought - 3 Details core classes listed below, a recommended concentration, and additional courses from 52 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• CHST 435 Martyrs, Merchants, Religious Studies Mendicants: 1500 Years of the Christian • *REL 201 Introduction to Religious Movement - 3 Details Studies - 3 Details • *HIST 231 Medieval Europe - 3 Details • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details • *HIST 362 Renaissance and Reformation • *REL 423 Comparative Monotheisms - 3 Europe - 3 Details Details

Congregational and Youth Ministry Theology • CHST 212 Introduction to Youth Ministry - • *THEO 312 Topics in Theology - 3 Details 3 Details • *THEO 412 Liberation Theologies - 3 • CHST 260 Teaching, Ministry, Healthy Details Sexuality - 3 Details • *PHIL 412 Philosophy of Religion - 3 • *CHST 334 Almost Christian: Youth Details Ministry in Congregations - 3 Details • *CHST 372 Church Leadership for Transformation - 3 Details Bible and Religion Minor • CHST 451 Church Work Practicum - 3 Semester Hours: 18 Details The minor in Bible and religion is designed for persons of any major who seek the Missiology enrichment of biblical, theological, religious, and philosophical studies in the integration • CHST 312 Missiology - 3 Details of their profession with faith. Students will • *CHST 234 Mission in a Changing World - take 18 SH from courses listed under the 3 Details Bible, religion, and theology department • CHST 462 Mission Practicum - 3 Details (not to include Anabaptist Biblical • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details Perspectives [ABP] courses). At least 12 • *REL 423 Comparative Monotheisms - 3 semester hours must be 300- or 400-level Details courses.

Peace Studies Associate of Arts in Bible • *THEO 412 Liberation Theologies - 3 Degree: Associate of Arts Details Semester Hours: 60 (30 from EMU Core, 30 in biblical and church studies) • *ENGL 344 Ways of War and Peace - 3 Details This program allows the student to combine • *PXD 335 Understanding Violent Conflict requirements from the EMU Core with a 30 - 3 Details SH concentration in biblical and church studies. Students complete elective credits as needed to reach the total of 60 SH required Philosophy for the AA degree. • PHIL 201 Introduction to Philosophy - 3 In addition to the EMU Core requirements Details (see EMU Core section), the following • *PHIL 212 Ways of Knowing - 3 Details courses are required: • *PHIL 334 Moral Philosophy - 3 Details • *BIST 212 And the Word Became Book: • *PHIL 412 Philosophy of Religion - 3 History of the Bible - 3 Details Details

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 53 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• *BIST 223 Four Portraits of Jesus: Research requirement (2 SH) Reading the Gospels Details OR *BIST Choose 2 SH from the following courses: 323 Life and Letters of the Apostle Paul Details OR *BIST 341 Old Testament • BIOL 255 Biology Research Seminar - 1 Studies - 3 Details Details • CHST 435 Martyrs, Merchants, and • BIOL 479 Independent Biology Research - Mendicants: 1500 Years of the Christian 1-2 Details Movement - 3 Details • BIOCH/CHEM 479 Biochemistry/ • PHIL 201 Introduction to Philosophy Chemistry Research - 1-2 Details Details OR *PHIL 412 Philosophy of Requirement may be satisfied by completing Religion - 3 Details an NSF REU (Research Experiences for • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details Undergraduates) program (no credit hours • *THEO 312 Topics in Christian Theology - received). Requirement may also be satisfied 3 Details by internship or practicum style experiences. • BIST, CHST, PHIL, REL, THEO electives - 12 Biology, Mathematics and Physics requirement (23-26 SH) Biochemistry Major • BIOL 173 Concepts in Biology: Unity and Stephen Cessna and Laurie Miller Yoder, Diversity of Life - 4 Details advisors • BIOL 174 Concepts in Biology Seminar I - 1 Details Degree: Bachelor of Science Semester Hours: 55-58 • BIOL 240 Molecular and Cellular Biology - 4 Details The major in biochemistry prepares students • BIOL 485 Faith Science and Ethics - 2 for graduate work in biochemistry or Details positions in the biotechnology industry. • *MATH 150 Elements of Calculus - 3 • BIOCH 376 Foundational Biochemistry - Details OR MATH 185 Calculus I - 4 3 Details Details • *BIOCH 398 Advanced Cell Biology - 3 • MATH 195 Calculus II - 4 Details OR STAT Details 220 Inferential Statistics - 2 Details • *BIOCH 438 Molecular Genetics - 3 • PHYS 252 Details and PHYS 253 Details University Physics I, lecture and • BIOCH 318 Biochemistry and Molecular laboratory Details - 4 Biology Lab - 2 Details • PHYS 262 Details and PHYS 263 • CHEM 223 General Chemistry I - 4 Details University Physics II, lecture and • CHEM 224 General Chemistry II - 4 Details laboratory Details - 4 • CHEM 315 Organic Chemistry I - 4 Details Enrollment in upper-level biology, • CHEM 316 Organic Chemistry II - 4 Details biochemistry, chemistry and environmental • *CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry I Details science courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, OR *CHEM 345 Analytical Chemistry II - 2 ENVS 300s and 400s) requires a minimum Details cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all science and • *CHEM 405 Thermodynamics Details math courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, ENVS, MATH, PHYS). Students who fail OR *CHEM 406 Quantum Mechanics - 3 to earn a C- in any coursework required for Details their major should promptly schedule a meeting with their advisor.

54 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Biology Major human body works, how health is restored after injury, and in gaining the specific skills Jim Yoder, Douglas Graber Neufeld, and and knowledge required for becoming a Laurie Yoder, advisors physical therapist. These students take the Degree: Bachelor of Science exact courses required to enter any Doctor Semester Hours: 50-55 of Physical Therapy program in the US. The EMU biology program is dedicated to Biology with Teaching Endorsement in the investigation of life with our students, Grades 6-12: Students in the General from molecules to ecosystems, and Biology track may also pursue this emphasizes the skills and content knowledge endorsement that will prepare them to teach required for careers in health care and biology in grades 6-12 by instructing them biological professions. The biology major in the standards of the National Science includes a set of biology core courses that Teachers Association (NSTA). teach the breadth of biological science, an All three tracks include the following apprenticeship experience that allows for required Biology Core courses (27 SH) professional exploration, and three separate tracks plus the option to pursue a teaching • BIOL 173 Concepts in Biology: Unity and endorsement that students can select from. Diversity of Life - 4 Details Students who major in biology will select • BIOL 174 Concepts in Biology Seminar - one of the tracks listed below: 1 Details • BIOL 215 Organismal Biology - 4 Details General Biology Track: Students in the • BIOL 240 Molecular and Cellular Biology - General Biology track are trained in all aspects of biology, from molecular analysis 4 Details to ecological field studies, and including • BIOL 255 Biology Research Seminar - 1 supporting courses in the physical sciences Details and math. Students completing this track • BIOL 305 Biology Professions Seminar - 1 have a lot of freedom to explore different (Secondary education licensure seeking aspects of natural science while completing students may substitute ED 411 Reflective their requirements, leading to a preparation Teaching Seminar and Portfolio for BIOL for careers in various biological fields or to further graduate study in animal physiology, 305) Details botany, ecology or molecular and cellular • BIOL 485 Faith Science and Ethics biology. Students in this track are also well- Details OR *ENVS 325 Environmental prepared for professional health programs Ethics - 2 Details including medical, veterinary, dental, or • CHEM 223 General Chemistry I - 4 physician’s assistant programs. Details Neuroscience Track: Students in the • CHEM 224 General Chemistry II - 4 Neuroscience track are interested in Details exploring how biology and psychology • STAT 220 Inferential Statistics - 2 Details intersect - how genes and anatomy determine emotion, behavior, and disorders. All three tracks require one of the Students completing this track are well following apprenticeship experiences (1 prepared for careers or further graduate SH) study in biomedical neuroscience, and also Choose one of the following: for professional health programs including medical, veterinary, dental, or physician’s • BIOL 219 Life Sciences Practicum - 1 assistant programs. Details Pre-Physical Therapy Track: Students in • BIOL 429 Biology Internship - 1 Details the Pre-PT track are interested in how the • BIOL 479 Biology Research - 1 Details

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 55 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• BIOCH/CHEM 479 Biochemistry/ Choose two of the following supporting Chemistry Research - 1 Details science and math courses: • PSYC 499 Research in a Neuroscience • *CHEM 285 Environmental Chemistry - 4 Topic - 1 Details Details • ED 361 Content Methods PFE (Secondary • CHEM 315 Organic Chemistry I - 4 Details education licensure students only) - 1 • CHEM 316 Organic Chemistry II - 4 Details Details • *MATH 150 Elements of Calculus Details The apprenticeship requirement may be OR MATH 185 Calculus I - 3-4 Details satisfied by completing an NSF REU • MATH 195 Calculus II - 4 Details (Research Experiences for Undergraduates) • PHYS 252 Details and PHYS 253 or other program-approved summer research University Physics I, lecture and programs (no credit hours received). The laboratory Details - 4 requirement may also be satisfied by 45 hours of an approved professional internship • PHYS 262 Details and PHYS 263 or shadowing experience. University Physics II, lecture and laboratory Details - 4 Additional course requirements for the General Biology Track (22-23 SH): General Biology track total = 50-51 SH • BIOL 235 Ecology: Adaptation and Environment - 4 Details Additional Course requirements in the Choose one of the following lab courses: Neuroscience Track (25-27 SH) • BIOCH 318 Biochemistry and Molecular • *BIOL 451 Neuropsychology - 3 Details Biology Lab - 2 Details • *BIOL 478 Advanced Neurobiology - 3 • *BIOL 327 Advanced Microbiology - 3 Details Details • PSYC 101 General Psychology - 3 Details • BIOL 437 Advanced Human Anatomy - 4 • PSYC 341 Cognitive Psychology - 3 Details Details • BIOL 447 Advanced Human Physiology - 4 Choose two of the following biomedical Details courses: Choose one of the following field courses: • *BIOCH 398 Advanced Cellular Biology - 3 Details • *BIOL 368 Blue Ridge Botany - 3 Details • *BIOCH 438 Molecular Genetics - 3 • *BIOL 358 Natural History of the Details Shenandoah Valley - 4 Details • BIOL 437 Advanced Human Anatomy - 4 • *BIOL 388 Entomology - 3 Details Details • *ENVS 379 Techniques in Environmental • BIOL 447 Advanced Human Physiology - 4 Monitoring - 1 Details Details • *ENVS 465 Topics in Advanced Ecology - 2 Details Choose two of the following supporting • *ENVS 385 Conservation Biology - 4 science and math courses: Details • BIOL 235 Ecology: Adaptation and Select additional 300+ level coursework Environment - 4 Details in BIOL or BIOCH to reach a total of 15 • *CHEM 285 Environmental Chemistry - 4 SH of biology or biochemistry coursework Details in addition to the Biology Core. • CHEM 315 Organic Chemistry I - 4 Details

56 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• CHEM 316 Organic Chemistry II - 4 Details Biology Major, Teaching • *MATH 150 Elements of Calculus Details Endorsement for Grades 6-12 OR MATH 185 Calculus I - 3-4 Details All students seeking licensure to teach must • MATH 195 Calculus II - 4 Details follow the procedures for admission to • PHYS 252 Details and PHYS 253 teacher education and to student teaching. University Physics I, lecture and laboratory Details - 4 This track will prepare students to teach biology by instructing them in the standards • PHYS 262 Details and PHYS 263 of the National Science Teachers University Physics II, lecture and Association (NSTA). The courses listed in laboratory Details - 4 the general biology track and the secondary education courses (see education section) Students in the neuroscience concentration make up the program for teacher licensure, are encouraged to take PSYC 499 to fulfil grades 6-12. Additional requirements for the apprenticeship requirement. teacher endorsement include: Neuroscience track total = 53-55 SH • CHEM 315 Organic Chemistry I - 4 Details • ENVS 135 Earth Science - 2 Details Additional course requirements of the • PHYS 252 Details and PHYS 253 Pre-Physical Therapy Track (22-23 SH): University Physics I, lecture and laboratory Details - 4 • BIOL 437 Advanced Human Anatomy - 4 Details Enrollment in upper-level biology, biochemistry, chemistry and environmental • BIOL 447 Advanced Human Physiology - science courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, 4 Details ENVS 300s and 400s) requires a minimum • *MATH 150 Elements of Calculus Details cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all science and OR MATH 185 Calculus I - 3-4 Details math courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, • PHYS 252 Details and PHYS 253 ENVS, MATH, PHYS). Students who fail University Physics I, lecture and to earn a C- in any coursework required for laboratory Details - 4 their major should promptly schedule a meeting with their advisor. • PHYS 262 Details and PHYS 263 University Physics II, lecture and laboratory Details - 4 Biology Minor • PSYC 101 General Psychology - 3 Details Semester Hours: 18 Students in the Pre-PT concentration are encouraged to take BIOL 219 to fulfil the A non-biology major may earn a minor in apprenticeship requirement. biology by taking at least 18 SH of biology courses. Because students of other majors Pre-PT track total = 50-51 SH will have a variety of reasons for desiring a biology minor, a fixed sequence of courses is Enrollment in upper-level biology, not specified. However, two courses must be biochemistry, chemistry and environmental at the 300 or 400 level and up to two science courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, courses may be labeled as ENVS or BIOCH. ENVS 300s and 400s) requires a minimum Students are urged to consult with a biology cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all science and faculty member in outlining a minor. math courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, ENVS, MATH, PHYS). Students who fail to earn a C- in any coursework required for Business Administration Major their major should promptly schedule a meeting with their advisor. Jim Leaman, advisor

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 57 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Degree: Bachelor of Science • Any 300 or 400 level ECON course - 3 Semester Hours: 48 • FIN 440 Financial Management - 3 Details The major in business administration • MKTG 301 Principles of Marketing - 3 provides a broad background for people Details entering a career in business or leadership in • MKTG 311 Marketing Research - 3 Details private, public, or nonprofit organizations. • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details Job opportunities include management, marketing, banking and finance, production supervision, program management, and International Business Major other positions requiring skills in leadership, planning, organizing, and implementation. Jim Leaman, advisor Students are encouraged to develop an area Degree: Bachelor of Arts of specialization by adding one or more Semester Hours: 51 minors. The major in international business is Students interested in managing computer designed to prepare students for a information systems should add a computer management career in the international science minor to the business administration environment. It is grounded in an major. interdisciplinary approach in which the To graduate with a business administration understanding of social structure, language, major, students must first earn admission to religion, and culture—in addition to a wide the business and leadership department by range of business skills—are seen as essential fulfilling the department admission to the success of international business. requirements. International business majors are required to take part in cross-cultural experience in an The business administration major consists international setting in order to develop of the following courses for a total of 48 SH: skills in cross-cultural understanding, living and communication. • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 Details To graduate with an international business • ACTG 222 Managerial Accounting - 3 major, students must first earn admission to the business and leadership department by Details fulfilling the department admission • BUAD 101 Business at EMU - 3 Details requirements. • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 Details The international business major consists of the following courses for a total of 51 SH: • BUAD 301 Quantitative Decision Making - 3 Details • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 Details Details • ACTG 222 Managerial Accounting - 3 • BUAD 411 Business Law - 3 Details Details • BUAD 461 Strategic Leadership in • BUAD 101 Business at EMU - 3 Details Organizations - 3 Details • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 • CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data Details Management - 1 Details • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 • CIS 251 Management Information Details Systems - 3 Details • *BUAD 441 International Business - 3 • ECON 211 Principles of Microeconomics - Details 3 Details • BUAD 461 Strategic Leadership in • ECON 212 Principles of Macroeconomics - Organizations - 3 Details 3 Details 58 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 Management - 1 Details Details • CIS 251 Management Information • BUAD 101 Business at EMU - 3 Details Systems - 3 Details • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 Details Details • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 • *ECON 401 Development Economics - 3 Details Details • MKTG 301 Principles of Marketing - 3 • FIN 440 Financial Management - 3 Details Details • MKTG 301 Principles of Marketing - 3 • *BUAD 321 Human Resource Details Management Details OR BUAD 331 • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 Organizational Behavior - 3 Details Details • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details Associate of Arts in Business • Any foreign language course beyond Core Administration requirements- 3 Degree: Associate of Arts Semester Hours: 60 (30 EMU Core + 25 Choose one of the following courses: program + electives) • CCHIS any history course from cross- An associate's degree is typically earned with cultural experience - 3 credits completed in two academic years. Th • *HIST 432 History of the Middle East - 3 is 60-credit hour credential includes 25-29 Details hours from the EMU Core, 6-10 hours of electives, and the following courses from the • *POL 230 International Norms and department: Institutions - 3 Details • *PPX 371 Peace and Security in East Asia - • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 3 Details Details • ACTG 222 Managerial Accounting - 3 Details Business Administration Minor • BUAD 101 Business at EMU - 3 Details Semester Hours: 18 • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 This minor is designed for students who Details want to develop a broad set of management • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 skills to complement another major. It is Details especially valuable to strengthen programs in • CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data environmental science, pre-professional Management - 1 Details health sciences, social work, development, • CIS 251 Management Information economics, marketing, visual and communication arts, and recreation Systems - 3 Details leadership. Students must receive a grade of • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 C or above in BUAD 101 Business at EMU Details and in BUAD 221 Principles of • MKTG 301 Principles of Marketing - 3 Management prior to enrolling in other Details courses in the minor. The business administration minor consists of the following courses for a total of 18 SH:

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 59 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Chemistry Major • PHYS 252 Details and PHYS 253 Matthew Siderhurst and Laurie Miller University Physics I, lecture and Yoder, advisors laboratory Details - 4 • PHYS 262 Details and PHYS 263 Degree: Bachelor of Science University Physics II, lecture and Semester Hours: 55-57 laboratory Details - 4 The major includes 33-35 SH in chemistry: • BIOL 485 Faith Science and Ethics - 2 Details • CHEM 223 General Chemistry I - 4 Details • CHEM 224 General Chemistry II - 4 Details Additional mathematics courses • CHEM 315 Organic Chemistry I - 4 Details recommended for students who intend to pursue graduate studies: • CHEM 316 Organic Chemistry II - 4 Details • *CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry I - 2 • STAT 230 Regression and ANOVA - 2 Details Details • *CHEM 345 Analytical Chemistry II - 2 • *MATH 285 Calculus III - 4 Details Enrollment in upper-level biology, • *CHEM 405 Thermodynamics - 3 Details biochemistry, chemistry and environmental • *CHEM 406 Quantum Mechanics - 3 science courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, Details ENVS 300s and 400s) requires a minimum • BIOCH 376 Foundational Biochemistry - cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all science and 3 Details math courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, • Chemistry or biochemistry elective - 2-4 ENVS, MATH, PHYS).

Research requirement (2 SH) Chemistry Major, Teaching Choose 2 SH from the following courses: Endorsement for Grades 6-12 Stephen Cessna, advisor • BIOL 255 Biology Research Seminar - 1 Details All students seeking licensure to teach must • BIOL 479 Independent Biology Research - follow the procedures for admission to teacher education and to student teaching. 1-2 Details • BIOCH/CHEM 479 Biochemistry/ This program will prepare students to teach Chemistry Research - 1-2 Details chemistry by instructing them in the standards of the National Science Teachers Requirement may be satisfied by completing Association (NSTA). The courses listed in an NSF REU (Research Experiences for the chemistry major (see chemistry section) Undergraduates) program (no credit hours and the secondary education courses (see received). Requirement may also be satisfied education section) make up the program for by internship or practicum style experiences. teacher licensure, grades 6-12. Additional requirements for teacher Biology, Mathematics and endorsement include: Physics requirement (20 SH) • *CHEM 285 Environmental Chemistry - 4 • MATH 185 Calculus I - 4 Details Details • MATH 195 Calculus II - 4 Details • ENVS 135 Earth Science - 2 Details • STAT 220 Inferential Statistics - 2 Details Choose one of the following courses:

60 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• BIOL 155 Biological Explorations - 3 • BIOCH 318 Biochemistry and Molecular Details Biology Lab - 2 Details • BIOL 173 Concepts in Biology: Unity and • BIOCH 376 Foundational Biochemistry - Diversity of Life - 4 Details 3 Details • BIOL 205 Introduction to Microbiology - 3 • *CHEM 285 Environmental Chemistry - 4 Details Details • ENVS 145 Environmental Science - 2 • *CHEM 305 Alternative Energy - 2 Details Details For all other majors, the minor consists of Enrollment in upper-level biology, 20 SH in chemistry or biochemistry at the biochemistry, chemistry and environmental CHEM 223 level or higher. science courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, ENVS 300s and 400s) requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all science and Chemistry or Biochemistry with math courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, Pre-Law ENVS, MATH, PHYS). Students who fail The chemistry and biochemistry majors may to earn a C- in any coursework required for be chosen as pre-law degree programs (see their major should promptly schedule a pre-law minor in the history section). meeting with their advisor. Preparation in chemistry and/or biochemistry provides an excellent foundation for environmental or patent law Chemistry Minor or work in public policy in relation to Semester Hours: 20-24 science. Students who would like a broad background in chemistry without the Clinical Laboratory Science complete major may choose the minor in chemistry. Major Stephen Cessna, advisor For biology and environmental science majors, the minor consists of 20-24 SH: Degree: Bachelor of Science Semester Hours: 34 + clinical program • CHEM 223 General Chemistry I - 4 Details • CHEM 224 General Chemistry II - 4 Details A major in clinical laboratory science consists of the 34 SH listed below followed • CHEM 315 Organic Chemistry I - 4 Details by completion of the clinical program • CHEM 316 Organic Chemistry II Details (usually one year) in an approved school of OR *CHEM 285 Environmental Chemistry clinical laboratory science/medical - 4 Details technology. In this program the student completes three years of study (a minimum Choose one of the following courses: of 90 SH) at Eastern Mennonite University • CHEM 316 Organic Chemistry II Details and a fourth year at the school of clinical • *CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry I - 2 laboratory science/medical technology. EMU has articulation agreements with Details clinical laboratory science programs at • *CHEM 345 Analytical Chemistry II - 2 Sentara RMH Medical Center, Augusta Details Health Center, and Virginia • *CHEM 405 Thermodynamics - 3 Details Commonwealth University. Students may • *CHEM 406 Quantum Mechanics - 3 also select the Histotechnology option Details through Sentara RMH. Alternatively, a student may elect to complete the biology Choose one of the following courses:

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 61 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 major and enter the clinical program Computer Science Major following receipt of the baccalaureate degree. Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science (see details below) Major Requirements (34 SH plus Semester Hours: 49-50 clinical program) Recognizing the wide range of topics 16 SH in biology, including: covered by computing, EMU offers a program that allows students, together with • BIOL 173 Concepts in Biology - 4 Details the faculty advisor, to create a custom plan • BIOL 174 Concepts in Biology Seminar I - of study. The computer science major 1 Details consists of 14 SH of foundational computer • BIOL 205 Intro to Microbiology - 3 Details science courses covering programming, OR *BIOL 327 Advanced Microbiology - 3 networking, computer architecture and system software, and database technologies; Details 9-10 SH of mathematics courses covering • BIOL 240 Molecular and Cellular Biology - calculus through integration, topics in 4 Details discrete mathematics, and basic statistical • BIOL 337 Immunology - 3 Details methods; a 2 SH capstone project; 16 SH of • Additional BIOL course to reach 16 SH upper-level computer science courses; and an additional 6 SH from computer science 16 SH in chemistry or biochemistry, or related fields for a total of 49-50 SH. The including: specific 16 SH of upper-level computer science courses and the additional 6 SH of • CHEM 223 General Chemistry I - 4 Details electives will be determined by the student • CHEM 224 General Chemistry II - 4 Details and advisor working together to tailor the • CHEM 315 Organic Chemistry I - 4 Details program to the educational goals and career OR BIOCH 152 Human Biochemistry - 2 objectives of the student. Details Computer science students typically earn a • *CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry I Details bachelor of arts degree. Students with a plan OR *CHEM 345 Analytical Chemistry II - 2 of study including CS 345, CS 355, CS Details 445, CS 455, MATH 170, MATH 185, • Additional CHEM or BIOCH to reach 16 SH and STAT 220 can opt for a bachelor of science degree instead. Students planning to 2 SH in statistics seek a graduate degree in computer science • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics Details should consider a double major in computer science and mathematics. OR STAT 220 Inferential Statistics - 2 Details Enrollment in upper-level biology, Foundational Courses (14 SH) biochemistry, chemistry and environmental • CS 145 Introduction to Programming science courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, Details OR CS 155 Programming in ENVS 300s and 400s) requires a minimum Python Details OR CS 245 Programming cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all science and math courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, in Java - 2 Details ENVS, MATH, PHYS). Students who fail • CS 255 Intermediate Programming - 2 to earn a C- in any coursework required for Details their major should promptly schedule a • CE 165 Networking and Data meeting with their advisor. Communication - 2 Details • CE 175 Architecture and Operating Systems - 4 Details

62 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• CS 265 Databases and Information complete the computer science major as Management - 2 Details outlined above including CS 345, CS 355, • CS 275 Web Applications - 2 Details CS 365. See the education section for required courses for the teacher licensure program, grades 6-12. Upper-Level Courses (16 SH) Choose 16 SH from the following courses: Computer Science Minor • 300-level or 400-level CS courses Semester Hours: 18 • *ENGR 325 Engineering Ethics - 2 Details The minor consists of 18 SH of computer • *CE 365 Digital Circuits - 3 Details science (CE and CS) courses, of which at least 6 SH must be upper-level. Mathematics Courses (9-10 SH) In earning a minor in the mathematical sciences department, at most three courses • MATH 134 Finite Math: Logic and Problem may be included that are also counted Solving - 2 Details AND MATH 136 Finite toward the student's major in the Math: Number Theory and Probability - 2 department. Details OR MATH 170 Discrete Mathematics - 4 Details • Any STAT course offered by a Criminology and Restorative mathematics faculty member - 2 Justice Minor • *MATH 150 Elements of Calculus - 3 Jenni Holsinger, advisor Details OR MATH 185 Calculus I - 4 Semester Hours: 20 Details This minor is designed for students who are interested in engaging with criminal justice Computer Science or Related systems as agents of change, actively working Field Electives (6 SH with advisor towards a society that envisions justice as approval) restorative and transformative. Each student will choose additional courses based on a theme of study. The courses are Core Courses (11 SH) selected with consultation and approval of a faculty advisor. • *POL 250 Law, Justice and the Local Context - 3 Details Senior Capstone • PXD 331 Restorative Justice and Trauma Awareness - 3 Details • CS 475 Capstone Project - 2 Details • *SOC 360 Criminology - 3 Details • *SOC 362 Criminal Justice - 2 Details Computer Science Major, Teaching Endorsement for Electives (9 SH) Grades 6-12 Choose one of the following courses: All students seeking licensure to teach must follow the procedures for admission to • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict teacher education and to student teaching. Analysis Techniques - 3 Details • SOC 210 Social Stratification - 3 Details Teaching endorsement in computer science • SOC 350 Urban Sociology - 3 Details (6-12) is approved by the Virginia Department of Education. Students must Undergraduate Programs of Study – 63 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• SOWK 200 Social Behavior and Diversity - 3 Portfolio Review Requirement Details for VACA Majors in Art, Digital Media and Communication, or Choose two of the following courses: Photography • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 Incoming students may declare a major in Details art, digital media and communication, or • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 photography. Visual and communication Details arts faculty will conduct a portfolio review • SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 Details after incoming first-year students have been at EMU for three semesters. Transfer • THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and students (who have completed the Justice - 3 Details equivalent of at least three semesters in a similar major elsewhere) will usually complete the review process after one Digital Media and semester at EMU. The VACA department Communication Major chair may approve exceptions to the Jerry Holsopple, advisor timeline. The chair will also approve an appropriate timeline for EMU students who Degree: Bachelor of Arts change majors or for students who transfer Semester Hours: 50 in from a non-related program. Format: Face-to-face Students who do not pass the portfolio Students who wish to declare a major in review will need to drop the major. They digital media and communication must may continue to take VACA classes but will complete admissions requirements for the not have priority for course enrollment. VACA department. Only VACA majors may enroll in "Senior Thesis/Senior Exhibit," internships, and independent studies. Senior Exhibits and Productions Students who do not pass the review may re- VACA seniors in art, digital media and apply to the major by requesting a new communication, or photography complete a portfolio review after one year. major production or exhibit within their major. This senior exhibit/production The major in digital media and represents a culminating event for every communication consists of 50 SH. major—a chance to synthesize their learning experience in an outstanding body of work, to celebrate the accomplishments of a Core Courses successful undergraduate career, and to • VACA 121 Drawing - 4 Details showcase one's best work for the broader community. As such, this requires • VACA 141 Foundations of Design - 4 significant teamwork and collaboration with Details student colleagues and faculty, along with • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details substantial preparation of the work for • VACA 142 Graphic Design I - 2 Details presentation during the semester of • VACA 381 Cinema and Visual Theory - 2 graduation. Marketing majors complete the Details capstone course MKTG 410 Strategic • VACA 382 Contemporary Art - 2 Details Marketing Management. • VACA 481 Senior Thesis - 2 Details

Additional Courses • VACA 252 Photography II - 4 Details 64 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• VACA 262 Video Production - 4 Details The digital communication minor may not • *VACA 263 Audio Production - 2 Details be combined with a digital media and • VACA 344 Web Design and Social Media - 4 communication major. Details • VACA 345 Advanced Photoshop - 4 Digital Video Production Minor Details Semester Hours: 18 • VACA 364 Motion Graphics/After Effects - 2 Details Requirements: • VACA 367 Hybrid Storytelling - 4 Details • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details Choose one pair of classes (6 SH): • VACA 262 Video Production - 4 Details • *VACA 263 Audio Production - 2 Details • HUM 200 Foundations in Humanities - 2 • VACA 364 Motion Graphics/After Effects - 2 Details AND *VACA 465 Visual Details Storytelling: Non-Fiction - 4 Details • VACA 381 Cinema and Visual Theory - 2 • OR *THR 361 Screenwriting - 2 Details Details AND *VACA 466 Visual Storytelling: Fictio n - 4 Details Choose one pair of classes (6 SH): Choose one of the following courses: • HUM 200 Foundations in Humanities - 2 Details AND *VACA 465 Visual • VACA 242 Graphic Design II - 2 Details Storytelling: Non-Fiction - 4 Details • VACA 243 Graphic Design III - 2 Details OR • VACA 434 Advanced Drawing - 2 Details • *THR 361 Screenwriting - 2 Details • VACA 435 Advanced Painting - 2 Details AND *VACA 466 Visual Storytelling: Fictio • WRIT 210 News and Feature Writing - 3 n - 4 Details Details Recommended Course: The digital video production minor may not • VACA 491 Internship - 1-4 Details be combined with a digital media and communication major. Digital Communication Minor Semester Hours: 18 Economics Major Requirements: Deb Fitzgerald, advisor Degree: Bachelor of Arts • VACA 142 Graphic Design I - 2 Details Semester Hours: 49-50 • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details • VACA 242 Graphic Design II - 2 Details Economics helps explain markets and • VACA 243 Graphic Design III - 2 Details transactions, wealth and poverty, financial • VACA 252 Photography II - 4 Details events, government programs and policies, and the structure of societies. As one of the • VACA 381 Cinema and Visual Theory - 2 classical disciplines, economics examines Details many of society's most fundamental and Choose one of the following courses: controversial issues and seeks to explain human behavior. The major in economics is • VACA 344 Web Design and Social Media - 4 designed for students with interests in either Details graduate studies (law, history, economics, • VACA 367 Hybrid Storytelling - 4 Details business, sociology, political science, international affairs, conflict transformation, Undergraduate Programs of Study – 65 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 development) or immediate employment in Economics Minor the public or private sector. Semester Hours: 17-18 To graduate with an economics major, students must first earn admission to the The economics minor is attractive to business and leadership department by students who seek to supplement their major fulfilling the department admission with an economic perspective. This minor is requirements. of particular interest to students majoring in environmental science, and development, The economics major consists of the social work, history, pre-law, business, the following courses for a total of 49-50 SH: health professions, and similar programs. • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 The economics minor consists of the Details following courses for a total of 17-18 SH: • BUAD 101 Business at EMU - 3 Details • ECON 211 Principles of Microeconomics - • CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data 3 Details Management - 1 Details • ECON 212 Principles of Macroeconomics - • ECON 211 Principles of Microeconomics - 3 Details 3 Details • *ECON 341 Intermediate Microeconomics • ECON 212 Principles of Macroeconomics - - 3 Details 3 Details • *ECON 342 Intermediate Macroeconomic • *ECON 300 Environmental and Ecological s - 3 Details Economics - 3 Details • Any 300 or 400-level ECON course - 3 • *ECON 311 Contemporary Economic Issues - 3 Details Choose one of the following courses: • *ECON 331 History of Economic Thought • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 - 3 Details Details • *ECON 341 Intermediate Microeconomics • Any 300 or 400-level ECON course - 3 - 3 Details • ACTG, BUAD, CIS, FIN, or MKTG elective • *ECON 342 Intermediate Macroeconomic (200 level or above) - 2-3 s - 3 Details • *ECON 401 Development Economics - 3 Details All-Grade Education (PreK-12) • *ECON 411 International Economics - 3 Cathy Smeltzer Erb, advisor Details • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 All students seeking licensure to teach must Details follow the procedures for admission to teacher education and to student teaching. • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details • STAT 220 Inferential Statistics - 2 Details Students majoring in art, English as a • STAT 230 Regression and ANOVA - 2 second language, foreign language, health Details and physical education, and music are licensed for pre-kindergarten through grade • BUAD 301 Quantitative Decision Making 12. Licensure requirements for all-grade Details OR MATH 350 Linear Algebra - 3 programs (PreK-12) are listed in the art Details section, the education section for ESL, the • *MATH 150 Elements of Calculus - 3 Spanish section for foreign language, Details OR MATH 185 Calculus I - 4 the health and physical education section, Details and the music section.

66 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Additional licensure requirement: Plus: • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Early/Primary Education only Details • ED 421 Student Teaching I: PreK-3 - 7 Details Early/Primary Education • ED 422 Student Teaching II: PreK-3 - 7 (PreK-3) or Elementary Details Education (PreK-6) Elementary Education only Cathy Smeltzer Erb, advisor • ED 421 Student Teaching I: PreK-3 - 7 Degree: Bachelor of Arts Details Semester Hours: 45 education courses + • ED 423 Student Teaching II: 4-6 - 7 44-46 content courses Details Format: Face-to-face Recommended: All students seeking licensure to teach must follow the procedures for admission to • *ART 397 Elementary School Art Methods teacher education and to student teaching. - 2 Details • *MUED 341 Elementary School Music - 3 Professional Sequence for Early/ Details Primary and Elementary Twenty-four semester hours of the above are Education devoted to professional studies while 21 semester hours involve practica. • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details • ED 235 Curriculum and Organization in Early/primary and elementary licensure Early Education - 4 Details candidates must fulfill requirements for a • ED 245 Learning and Classroom liberal arts major outside the department Environments - 3 Details and meet general program requirements. Additional licensure requirements are as • ED 275 Instructional Technology and follows: Assessment - 3 Details • ED 331 Math in the Elementary School - 2 + required for PreK-6 licensure Details ++ required for PreK-3 licensure • ED 332 Science in the Elementary School • BIOL 155 Biological Explorations - 3 - 2 Details Details • ED 333 Social Studies in the Elementary • CHEM 155 Matter and Energy - 3 Details School - 2 Details • +ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 • ED 301 Needs of Diverse Learners - 3 Details Details • ENGL 350 Literature for Children - 3 • ED 341 Language Arts - 2 Details Details • ED 342 Reading/Diagnostic Reading - 3 • ENVS 135 Earth Science - 2 Details Details • ENVS 145 Environmental Science - 2 • ED 343 Content Area Reading and Writing Details - 2 Details • GEOG 231 Cultural Geography - 3 Details • ED 401 Examining Foundations of • HE 202 Health and Safety - 2 Details Education - 2 Details • HIST 101 United States History I: Race • ED 411 Reflective Teaching Seminar and and Reason - 2 Details Portfolio - 1 Details

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 67 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• HIST 102 United States History II: wishing to prepare for teaching any subject Mechanization and Modernization - 2 at the secondary level must consult their Details advisor in the education department and the department advisor representing the major • HIST 103 United States History III: Power area. Education and supporting courses and Paradox - 2 Details required are as follows: • HIST 121 Global Past I: Civilization (to 1400) - 2 Details • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details • HIST 122 Global Past II: Modernization • ED 245 Learning and Classroom (post 1400) - 2 Details Environments - 3 Details • MATH 114 College Algebra - 2 Details • ED 252 Learning and Classroom • MATH 120 Mathematics for Social Environments PFE - 1 Details Decision Making - 2 Details • ED 275 Instructional Technology and • MATH 134 Finite Math: Logic and Problem Assessment - 3 Details Solving - 2 Details • ED 301 Needs of Diverse Learners - 3 • MATH 136 Finite Math: Number Theory Details and Probability - 2 Details • ED 351 General Curriculum and Methods - • +STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 1 Details Details • ED 361 Secondary Methods PFE - 1 • PEM 145 Rhythmic Activities - 1 Details Details • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 • ED 385 Content Area Methods for Middle Details and Secondary Teaching - 2 Details • PSYC 203 Developmental Case Study - 1 • ED 395 Reading and Writing in the Details Content Area (6-12) - 3 Details • ++SOC 330 The Family in Social Context - 3 • ED 401 Examining Foundations of Details Education - 2 Details • ED 411 Reflective Teaching Seminar and Elementary education candidates Portfolio - 1 Details majoring in liberal arts are encouraged to select a minor from the following content • ED 451 Middle School Student Teaching - 7 areas: English, history, Spanish, art, Details music, math, or sciences. • ED 452 High School Student Teaching - 7 Details Secondary Education (6-12) Seventeen semester hours of the above are devoted to professional studies while 19 Cathy Smeltzer Erb, advisor semester hours involve practica. Degree: dependent on academic major Semester Hours: 39 + academic major Additional licensure requirement: requirements (biology, chemistry, computer science, English, history and social science, • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 or mathematics) Details All students seeking licensure to teach must follow the procedures for admission to teacher education and to student teaching. Special Education (K-12) Cathy Smeltzer Erb, advisor Licensure for secondary education includes completion of EMU Core requirements, For students enrolled in Special Education academic major requirements and the licensure prior to 2018-19. professional education sequence. Students

68 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Licensure for special education in grade • ED 411 Reflective Teaching Seminar and levels K-12 includes successful completion Portfolio - 1 Details of general education requirements, a liberal • EDS 461 Student Teaching: Elementary arts major and supporting special education courses. Candidates work closely with their Exceptionalities - 7 Details advisors to determine specialty emphases as • EDS 462 Student Teaching: Middle outlined by the Virginia Department of School/High School Exceptionalities - 7 Education. Special education licensure Details candidates must fulfill requirements for an academic major outside the department and Twenty-four semester hours of the above are meet general program requirements. Special devoted to professional studies; 24 semester education program candidates may receive hours involve practica. an endorsement in early/primary or elementary education by extending their Additional licensure requirements program into the fifth year. are as follows: • BIOL 155 Biological Explorations - 3 Professional Sequence for Special Education Details CHEM 155 Matter and Energy - 3 Details • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details • ENGL 350 Literature for Children Details • ED 275 Instructional Technology and OR *ENGL 355 Adolescent/Young Adult Assessment - 3 Details Literature - 3 Details • EDS 301 Introduction to Exceptionalities - • ENVS 135 Earth Science - 2 Details 3 • HE 202 Health and Safety - 2 Details • EDS 331 Individual Instruction in the • HIST 101 United States History I: Race Content Areas for Students with and Reason - 2 Details Exceptionalities - 3 • HIST 102 United States History II: • EDS 332 Adapting Curriculum for Mechanization and Modernization - 2 Students with Exceptionalities - 4 Details Details • EDS 333 Medical Issues and Assistive • HIST 103 United States History III: Power Technology for Individuals with and Paradox - 2 Details Exceptional Learning Needs - 1 Details • HIST 121 Global Past I: Civilization (to • *EDS 351 Intervention Strategies for 1400) OR HIST 122 Global Past II: Middle and High School Learners Modernization (1350-1800) - 2 Details with Exceptionalities - 3 Details • MATH 120 Mathematics for Social • *EDS 371 Evaluation and Planning in Decision Making - 2 Details Special Education - 3 Details • MATH 134 Finite Math: Logic and Problem • EDS 381 Special Education Professional Solving - 2 Details Field Experience - 2 Details • MATH 136 Finite Math: Number Theory • *EDS 401 Supporting Positive Classroom and Probability - 2 Details Behavior - 2 Details • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details • *EDS 455 Foundations of Education and • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Special Education - 3 Details Details • ED 341 Language Arts - 2 Details • PSYC 231 Applied Behavior Analysis - 3 • ED 342 Reading/Diagnostic Reading - 3 Details Details • SOC 330 The Family in Social Context - 3 • ED 343 Content Area Reading and Writing Details - 2 Details A minor in a content area is recommended. Undergraduate Programs of Study – 69 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Teaching Endorsement in ESL Other licensure requirement: Cathy Smeltzer Erb, advisor • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Degree: teaching endorsement only (must Details be paired with an academic major to get a degree) ESL Curriculum Semester Hours: 38-39 education curriculum+ 17 ESL curriculum • ED 385 Content Area Methods for Middle To teach in U.S. public schools, a student and Secondary Teaching - 2 Details must combine an academic major with • LING 250 Introduction to Linguistics - 3 PreK-12 education courses. A teaching Details endorsement in ESL (Grades PreK-12) is • LING 260 Grammars of English - 3 Details approved by the Virginia Department of • *LING 360 Language Learning, Literacy, Education. and Culture - 3 Details Teacher candidates must comply with all • LING 460 Practicum in TESOL - 3 Details teacher education requirements. Education • Foreign Language (Intermediate II or and supporting courses required are as above) - 3 follows: • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details Associate of Arts in Education: • ED 245 Learning and Classroom Para-Professional Environments - 3 Details Cathy Smeltzer Erb, advisor • ED 252 Learning and Classroom Environments PFE - 1 Details Degree: Associate of Arts • ED 275 Instructional Technology and Semester Hours: 66-67 (30 EMU Core + Assessment - 3 Details 36-37 program courses) • ED 301 Needs of Diverse Learners - 3 Designed for students who enjoy working Details with children but plan for only two years of • ED 351 General Curriculum and Methods - college, this program provides training for 1 Details positions in day care centers and as assistants • ED 361 Secondary Methods PFE - 1 in early childhood and elementary classrooms. Courses taken in this sequence Details may be applied to the education program by • ED 385 Content Area Methods for Middle recommendation of the instructors, should and Secondary Teaching - 2 Details the student decide to later complete the • ED 395 Reading and Writing in the four-year degree program. In addition to the Content Area (6-12) - 3 Details OR ED 343 EMU Core requirements (see EMU Core Content Area Reading and Writing - 2 section), the following sequence of courses is Details outlined for this program: • ED 401 Examining Foundations of Education - 2 Details Required Courses for Education: • ED 411 Reflective Teaching Seminar and Para-Professional Portfolio - 1 Details • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details • ED 461 Elementary Student Teaching - 7 • ED 221 Professional Field Experience Details (Early Childhood) - 2 Details • ED 462 Middle/High School Student Teac • ED 235 Curriculum and Organization in hing - 7 Details Early Ed - 4 Details

70 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• ED 245 Learning and Classroom good. The program has the following Environments - 3 Details educational objectives • ED 301 Needs of Diverse Learners - 3 1. Graduates engage in careers and Details continuing education related to their • ED 331 Math in the Elementary School - 2 field of study, using engineering skills Details strengthened by interdisciplinary • ED 332 Science in the Elementary School knowledge and the liberal arts. - 2 Details 2. Graduates perform in their vocation with • ED 333 Social Studies in the Elementary a global mindset, serve in order to better School - 2 Details society, and seek to be leaders for • ENGL 350 Literature for Children - 3 positive change. Details 3. Graduates communicate effectively in • HE 201 First Aid - 1 Details diverse teams, building community and • HE 202 Health and Safety - 2 Details working constructively towards shared OR HE 260 Teaching, Ministry, and objectives and goals. Healthy Sexuality - 3 Details 4. Graduates demonstrate ethical values, • MATH 120 Mathematics for Social grounded in commitments to Decision Making - 2 Details sustainability, peacebuilding, and social • PEM 145 Rhythmic Activities - 1 Details justice. • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Details • PSYC 203 Developmental Case Study - 1 Engineering Core (29 SH) Details • ENGR 110 Introduction to Engineering • SOC 330 The Family in Social Context - 3 and Design - 4 Details Details • ENGR 156 Mathematics for Engineering Lab - 2 Details Recommended: • *ENGR 245 Experimental Methods - 2 Details • ED 275 Instructional Technology and • *ENGR 265 Analog Circuits - 4 Details Assessment - 3 Details • ENGR 270 Engineering Statics - 3 Details • ENGR 291 Engineering Design II - 2 Engineering Major Details • ENGR 325 Engineering Ethics - 2 Details Esther Tian, advisor • ENGR 390 Engineering Design III - 2 Degree: Bachelor of Science Details Semester Hours: 77 • ENGR 490 Senior Design - 2 Details EMU offers an engineering major with a • ENGR 491 Capstone Project - 2 Details minimum of 77 SH in mathematics, Choose two of the following courses: computer science, chemistry, physics, and engineering. Students may choose to have an • CS 145 Introduction to Programming - 2 emphasis in either mechanical or computer Details engineering by selecting specific upper-level • CS 155 Programming in Python - 2 courses as listed below. Details EMU’s engineering program prepares • CS 245 Programming in Java - 2 Details students to use their technical expertise, • CS 255 Intermediate Programming - 2 working together, to serve the common Details

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 71 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Math/Science Core (31 or 32 SH) • *ENGR 350 Fluid Mechanics - 4 Details OR *PHYS 405 Thermodynamics - 3 • CHEM 223 General Chemistry I Details Details OR CHEM 224 General Chemistry II - 4 • *ENGR 480 Control Systems - 3 Details Details • ENGR 499 Independent Study/Research • MATH 185 Calculus I - 4 Details (to be arranged with faculty) - 1-3 Details • MATH 195 Calculus II - 4 Details • *MATH 284 Multivariate Calculus - 2 Details Computer Engineering Emphasis (17 • *MATH 286 Vector Calculus - 2 Details SH) • STAT 220 Inferential Statistics - 2 Details • MATH 170 Discrete Math - 4 Details • *MATH 310 Differential Equations - 3 • CE 165 Networks and Data Details Communication - 2 Details • PHYS 252 Details and PHYS 253 • CE 175 Architecture and Operating University Physics I, lecture and Systems - 4 Details laboratory Details - 4 Choose a minimum of 7 SH from the • PHYS 262 Details and PHYS 263 following courses: University Physics II, lecture and laboratory Details - 4 • *CE 365 Digital Circuits - 3 Details • *CE 375 Software Engineering - 2 Details Choose one of the following courses (2 or 3 SH): • CE 330-335 Topics in Computer Engineering (with advisor approval) - 2-4 • MATH 154 Mathematics for Engineering - • *CS 345 Data Structures - 2 Details 2 Details • *CS 355 Adv. Data Structures - 2 Details • *MATH 333 Topics: Math Modeling - 2 • CS 330-335 Topics in Computing (with • *MATH 350 Linear Algebra - 3 Details advisor approval) - 2-4 • *ENGR 333 Topics in Engineering (with Upper-Level Electives (17 SH) advisor approval) - 2-4 • ENGR 380 Systems - 4 Details Include three 300 level or 400 level courses. • *ENGR 480 Control Systems - 3 Details • ENGR 499 Independent Study/ Mechanical Engineering Emphasis (17 Research (to be arranged with faculty) - SH) 1-3 Details • *ENGR 280 Engineering Dynamics - 3 Details English Major • ENGR 380 Systems - 4 Details • *ENGR 350 Fluid Mechanics - 4 Details Marti Eads and Kevin Seidel, advisors OR *PHYS 405 Thermodynamics - 3 Degree: Bachelor of Arts Details Semester Hours: 36 Choose a minimum of 6 SH from the The English major centers on literary studies following courses: but provides the opportunity for coursework in creative writing, Spanish, theater, and • *ENGR 333 Topics in Engineering (with other fields. advisor approval) - 2-4 Requirements consist of 36 SH. Students • *CE 365 Digital Circuits - 3 Details may take these courses in any sequence. • *ENGR 370 Strength of Materials - 4 Details 72 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• ENGL 201 Global Literatures I: Beginnings research project, or writing a research-based - 2 Details work of creative nonfiction. • ENGL 202 Global Literatures II: 1300-1650 - 2 Details English Major, Teaching • ENGL 203 Global Literatures III: Endorsement for Grades 6-12 1650-1800 - 2 Details • ENGL 204 Global Literatures IV: 1800- All students seeking licensure to teach must follow the procedures for admission to present - 2 Details teacher education and to student teaching. • HUM 200 Foundations of the Humanities - 2 Details Requirements consist of 36 SH. • HUM 490 Seminar in the Humanities - 4 This program will prepare students to teach Details English by instructing them in the standards • ENGL courses (200- or 300-level) - 22* of the National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE). In addition to the courses *Note: Students who double-major, minor, for secondary education licensure (see the or concentrate in a writing-, Spanish-, or education section), students must complete theater-related area may apply up to 6 SH of the following 15-16 SH of courses within WRIT, SPAN, or THR classes toward their the 22 SH of 200-300 ENGL selections, ENGL 200- or 300-level requirements. required for the English major. The 200-level "Global Literature" courses • LING 250 Introduction to Linguistics - 3 situate the history of British and American Details literature within the histories of literature • LING 260 Grammars of English - 3 Details from around the world. Generally taken in a student's first or second years, these classes • *ENGL 346 Rooms of Their Own Details are designed to improve close-reading and OR *ENGL 348 American Manhood - 3 writing skills, as well as raise important Details questions about why we read literature. • *ENGL 355 Adolescent/Young Adult HUM 200 Foundations in the Humanities Literature - 3 Details is an interdisciplinary class designed to teach • *WRIT 380 Expository Writing - 1 Details basic research skills and refine students' Choose one of the following courses: ability to interpret various forms of written and visual media, from poetry and scripture • WRIT 210 News and Feature Writing - 3 to fiction, non-fiction, photography, film, Details painting, and sculpture. • THR 100 Acting for Stage and Screen - 2 Other 200- and 300-level ENGL courses, all Details of which are open to non-majors, dive • THR 200 Survey of World Theater History deeper into particular literary genres (fiction, - 2 Details poetry, and drama) and particular themes • THR 300 Directing for the Theater - 2 (such as conflict transformation, ecology, Details gender, and race). In addition to helping students learn to love great works of literary • THR 360 Playwriting - 2 Details art, these courses explore how literature • *THR 361 Screenwriting - 2 Details reconnects us to the world in which we live. The language and literature department is HUM 490 Seminar in the Humanities gives no longer offering the teaching endorsement students an opportunity to write a long in English as a Second Language (ESL); research paper by developing a paper written however, undergraduate students may in a previous class, starting a new academic receive endorsement in ESL by taking the re

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 73 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

quired courses offered by the education and toxicology, land use and degradation, department (see the education section). waste management, resource depletion and energy consumption, climate change, and alternative agriculture. Completion of the English Minor environmental science major equips students Semester Hours: 18 to work in fields of conservation, environmental monitoring, agriculture, The flexible minor in English centers on alternative energy promotion and literary studies but also provides the development, sustainable development, opportunity for coursework in writing and environmental advocacy, and environmental linguistics. education. In addition, the curriculum prepares students for graduate work in many Requirements consist of 18 SH: areas related to environmental science. • A minimum of 12 SH in literary studies The curriculum for environmental science is (200-level or higher ENGL courses) divided into three stages. Students begin • An additional 6 SH of any combination of their coursework in three introductory 200-level or higher literature (ENGL), courses, followed by a set of core integration courses, which set the foundation for further writing studies (WRIT), linguistics (LING), work. Students then take core and elective and theater (THR) courses. courses in their chosen areas of focus which gives depth by concentrating on natural science aspects of environmental science Environmental Science Major while retaining breadth through coursework Douglas Graber Neufeld, Matthew that combines essential elements from both Siderhurst and James Yoder, advisors social science and natural science to bring a holistic and integrated perspective. Finally, Degree: Bachelor of Science students take a series of courses that serve to Semester Hours: 50 integrate the natural science and social science perspectives of sustainability. The Environmental Sustainability program Enrollment in upper-level provides an interdisciplinary approach to biology, biochemistry, chemistry, and sustaining the quality of our natural world environmental science courses (BIOL, with an emphasis on the interrelationships BIOCH, CHEM, ENVS 300s and 400s) between the natural world and the social requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 world. The environmental sustainability in all science and math courses (BIOL, curriculum recognizes a balance between BIOCH, CHEM, ENVS, MATH, PHYS). technical training and the broad education Students who fail to earn a C- in any of a liberal arts philosophy. coursework required for their major should The program is designed around an promptly schedule a meeting with their understanding that effectively addressing the advisor. pressing environmental problems of our A major consists of 50 semester hours. times demands a multifaceted approach that requires both depth in an area of focus and breadth in understanding the perspectives of Core Courses: Introduction to different disciplines. Sustainability (12 SH) The environmental science major focuses on • BIOL 173 Concepts in Biology: Unity and the ecological and chemical aspects of Diversity of Life - 4 Details environmental sustainability. The solid coursework in natural sciences prepares • BIOL 174 Concepts in Biology Seminar - 1 students to work on such issues as Details biodiversity and loss of species, pollution 74 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• BIOL 235 Ecology: Adaptation and • *BIOL 465 Topics in Advanced Ecology - 2 Environment - 4 Details Details • SOC 245 Environment and Society - 3 • CHEM 224 General Chemistry II - 4 Details Details • *CHEM 305 Alternative Energy - 2 Details • CHEM 315 Organic Chemistry I - 4 Details Core Courses: Integration (18 SH) • CHEM 316 Organic Chemistry II - 4 Details • *CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry I - 2 • *ENVS 205 Environmental Applications of Details GIS - 3 Details • *CHEM 345 Analytical Chemistry II - 2 • *ENVS 385 Conservation Biology - 4 Details Details • ENVS 135 Earth Science - 2 Details • *ENVS 325 Environmental Ethics - 2 • *ENVS 235 Sustainable Food Systems - 2 Details Details • *ENVS 365 Environmental Risk and Policy • *ENVS 379 Techniques in Environmental - 2 Details Monitoring - 1 Details • ENVS 429 Environmental Sustainability Internship - 3 Details Social Sustainability electives (6 • ENVS 430 Environmental Sustainability SH) Capstone - 2 Details • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics Details Choose 6 SH of the following courses: OR STAT 220 Inferential Statistics - 2 • SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology - 3 Details Details • SOC 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 Required Supporting Courses (9 Details SH) • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 Details • BIOL 255 Biology Research Seminar - 1 • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict Details Analysis Techniques - 3 Details • CHEM 223 General Chemistry I - 4 Details • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 • *CHEM 285 Environmental Chemistry - 4 Details Details • SOC 210 Social Stratification - 3 Details • SOC 255 Social Movements - 3 Details Environmental Science electives • *SOC 350 Urban Sociology - 3 Details (5 SH) • *SOC 430 Environmental Justice - 3 Choose 5 SH of the following courses: Details • SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 Details • BIOL 215 Organismal Biology - 4 Details • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 • BIOL 240 Molecular and Cellular Biology - Details 4 Details • BUAD 465 Project Management and Grant • *BIOL 327 Advanced Microbiology - 3 writing - 3 Details Details • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 • *BIOL 358 Natural History of the Details Shenandoah Valley - 4 Details • ECON 211 Principles of Microeconomics - • *BIOL 368 Blue Ridge Botany - 2 Details 3 Details • *BIOL 388 Entomology - 3 Details • ECON 212 Principles of Macroeconomics - 3 Details Undergraduate Programs of Study – 75 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• *ECON 300 Environmental and Ecological • SOWK 360 Race & Gender - 3 Details Economics - 3 Details • SOC 245 Environment & Society - 3 • *ECON 311 Contemporary Economic Details Issues - 3 Details • *SOC 430 Environmental Justice - 3 • *ECON 401 Development Economics - 3 Details Details • *ECON 411 International Economics - 3 Electives Details Choose one of the following courses: • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy - 3 Details • *ENVS 235 Sustainable Food Systems - 2 • PXD 485 Global Development - 3 Details Details • VACA 354 Conservation Photography - 4 • *ENVS 325 Environmental Ethics - 2 Details Details Enrollment in upper-level biology, • *ENVS 365 Environmental Risk and Policy biochemistry, chemistry and environmental - 2 Details science courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, Choose one of the following courses: ENVS 300s and 400s) requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all science and • ECON 300 Environmental and Ecological math courses (BIOL, BIOCH, CHEM, Economics - 3 Details ENVS, MATH, PHYS). Students who fail to earn a C- in any coursework required for • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy - 3 their major should promptly schedule a Details meeting with their advisor. • PXD 375 Globalization & Justice - 3 Details • NURS 432 Community Health - 3 Details Environmental Justice Minor • *SOC 350 Urban Sociology - 3 Details Jenni Holsinger, advisor • SPAN 430 Marginalized Voices in Hispanic America - 3 Details Semester Hours: 19 • *PPX 401 Human Rights and Dignity - 3 This minor is designed for students who Details wish to bridge their primary major of study with an investigation of the complexities of Choose one of the following courses: environmental and social justice. The minor • BUAD 465 Project Management and complements and enriches students’ studies in a host of fields, including public health, Grantwriting - 3 Details urban planning, public administration, • *ENVS 205 Environmental Applications of community organizing, humanitarian aid, GIS - 3 Details engineering, and law. Over the course of • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 the curriculum, students come to better Details understand the inextricably connected • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict systems that underlie environmental Analysis Techniques - 3 Details inequities and the disproportionate impacts on marginalized communities, ranging from • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 local levels to global arenas. Details • *PXD 451 Program Evaluation - 3 Details Core Courses Environmental Science Minor • ENVS 145 Environmental Science - 2 Details Semester Hours: 18-21

76 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Core Courses (16-19 SH) Core Courses • BIOL 173 Concepts in Biology - 4 Details • ENVS 145 Environmental Science - 2 OR ENVS 145 Environmental Science - 2 Details Details • SOC 245 Environment and Society - 3 • BIOL 174 Concepts in Biology Seminar -1 Details Details • *ENVS 325 Environmental Ethics Details • *ENVS 385 Conservation Biology - 4 OR *ENVS 365 Environmental Risk Details Assessment and Policy - 2 Details • SOC 245 Environment and Society - 3 • ENVS 430 Environmental Sustainability Details Capstone - 2 Details • CHEM 223 General Chemistry - 4 Details OR CHEM 155 Matter and Energy - 3 Electives Details • *ENVS 325 Environmental Ethics – 2 Choose 9-11 SH from the Environmental Details OR *ENVS 365 Env. Risk Science major required courses or either of the major’s two elective lists (environmental Assessment and Policy - 2 Details science or social sustainability). • ENVS 430 Environmental Sustainability Capstone - 2 Details See the Environmental Science major course lists. Electives (minimum 2 SH) Gender Studies Minor • ENVS 135 Earth Science - 2 Details • *ENVS 205 Environmental Applications of Semester Hours: 17-18 GIS - 3 Details This 17-18 credit interdisciplinary minor • *ENVS 235 Sustainable Food Systems - 2 uses gender as a primary category of analysis. Details Students select course offerings ranging from • BIOL 235 Ecology: Adaptation and history, sociology, literature, and theology to Environment - 4 Details popular culture and the arts. An emphasis on the experiences of women brings out • *BIOL 358 Natural History of the voices often neglected in the academy; Shenandoah Valley - 4 Details theories of gender, masculinities and • *BIOL 368 Blue Ridge Botany - 2 Details intersections with race and class also • *BIOL 388 Entomology - 3 Details contribute to the curriculum. • *BIOL 465 Topics in Advanced Ecology - 2 This minor will expose how contemporary Details constructions of gender offer constricted • *CHEM 285 Environmental Chemistry - 4 models of identity, calling, and Christian Details discipleship; explore how historical and • *CHEM 305 Alternative Energy - 2 Details modern Anabaptist beliefs and practices may have produced gender constructions that both vary from and mimic the dominant culture; embrace gender equality as an Environmental Studies Minor essential component in promoting social justice and peacebuilding; and equip Semester Hours: 18-20 students planning to serve in the global context with sensitivities to gender realities in different cultures and societies around the world.

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 77 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Gender Theory Foundation (3 SH) • Departmental internships or practica as Choose at least one of the following courses: appropriate. Additional courses as appropriate and • CCSSC 386 Cross-Cultural Social Science: approved on an individual basis, such as Multicultural History of DC (Washington intensive writing or other courses where a Community Scholars' Center) - 3 Details student chooses a gender topic for a major • *HIST 352 History of Women - 3 Details project. • *HUM 330-335 Topics in Humanities (when appropriate) - 3-4 Details • *HUM 420-425 Tutorial in Humanities Global Development Major (when appropriate) - 3-4 Details Timothy Seidel, advisor • SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 Details Degree: Bachelor of Arts • Seminar by the Sea (Summer session Semester Hours: 36-38 offered by Eastern University in Maine every other spring - 2021. Credit offered Whereas the peacebuilding and development (PXD) major is designed for students who in psychology or English within a gender want a focus in both peacebuilding and identity framework. Students create an development, the global development major individual research project and work is designed as a stand-alone major for closely with a faculty member.) - 3 students particularly interested in careers addressing social, political, and economic inequality and justice and who are preparing Electives (14-15 SH) to work in the fields of community or Choose additional courses from the gender international development. theory foundation list above or from the list Global development studies explores long- below to complete the minor. In some term efforts aimed at bringing courses a gender-related theme must be improvements in the economic, political, chosen for a significant paper/project in and social well-being, environmental order for the course to apply. stability and the quality of life of all segments of a population--from local to state • CHST 260 Teaching, Ministry and Healthy to international. Courses in this major Sexuality - 3 Details approach the phenomenon of development • *CHST/HIST 435 Martyrs, Merchants, and in its broadest sense as the study of change, Mendicants - 3 Details with attention to global justice, equity, and • CORE 401 Senior Seminar: Faith, the historical links between development, Sexuality and Vocation - 2 colonialism, and global capitalism. Global • *ENGL 346 Rooms of Their Own - 3 development studies explores perspectives on and responses to international trade, global Details finance, labor, poverty and development, • *ENGL 348 American Manhood - 3 Details health and the environment, and the • PXD 485 Theories of Global prospect of a more environmentally healthy Development - 3 Details and sustainable world. • *REL 312 Topics in Religion: Women and This major benefits students with bi- the Bible - 3 vocational interests. It cannot be taken as a • SOC 330 Family in the Social Context - 3 double major with the PXD major or the Details peacebuilding major. Global Development • THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and majors have the option of taking Summer Justice - 3 Details Peacebuilding Institute (SPI) courses that • VACA 381 Cinema and Visual Theory - 2 may substitute for a major requirement Details when approved by the PXD advisor. 78 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Exposure to the Summer Peacebuilding Electives (6 SH) Institute of the Center for Justice and Peacebuilding provides students with a • Any course not taken above unique opportunity to connect with • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 professionals in justice and peacebuilding Details and related areas of practice. • *ECON 311 Contemporary Economic The major consists of the following 36-38 Issues - 3 Details SH. • NURS 432 Community Health - 3 Details • POL 113 International Relations - 2 Details Foundation (12-14 SH) • *PXD 335 Understanding Violent Conflict • PXD 151 Exploring Conflict and Peace - 3 Details Details OR SOC 101 Intro to Sociology - 3 • PXD 345 Peacebuilding Theory and Details Action - 3 Details • PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 • *SOC 255 Social Movements - 3 Details Details • PXD 431 PXD Practicum - 1-3 Details Summer Peacebuilding Institute • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 Details Students have the option of choosing one • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details course to replace one core course as approved by PXD advisor.

Core theory (12 SH) Global Development Minor Timothy Seidel, advisor • ECON 201 Survey of Economics Details OR ECON 212 Principles of Semester Hours: 17-18 Macroeconomics - 3 Details The minor in global development provides • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy basic understandings of social, political, and Details OR *ECON 401 Development economic inequality and justice for students Economics - 3 Details preparing to work in the fields of • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 community or international development. Details • PXD 485 Global Development - 3 Details Core (12 SH) • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict Core practice/skills (6 SH) Analysis Techniques - 3 Details Choose two of the following courses: • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy Details OR *ECON 401 Development • BUAD 465 Project Management and Economics - 3 Details Grantwriting - 3 Details • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict Details Analysis Techniques - 3 Details • PXD 485 Global Development - 3 Details • *PXD 451 Program Evaluation Through Qualitative Methods- 3 Details • SOWK 330 Social Policy Analysis - 3 Electives Details Choose two of the following courses:

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 79 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 Latin America and Spanish, Middle East Details and Arabic, Central/East Africa and Swahili, • POL 113 International Relations - 2 Asia and Mandarin). Students will work closely with a faculty advisor to plan Details appropriate coursework, a local practicum, • PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 and a cross-cultural experience with Details integrated foreign language embedded in the • *PXD 451 Program Evaluation Through regional focus of the major. Qualitative Methods- 3 Details Global studies prepares students to become p • *SOC 255 Social Movements - 3 Details ractitioners of global peace and justice, • SOWK 210 Social Stratification - 3 Details particularly responding to global violence, development and poverty, global health issues, environmental degradation, and Global Studies Major injustice. In addition to faith-based careers, Timothy Seidel, Jim Leaman, and Ji Eun majors will be equipped for postgraduate Kim, advisors study and for professional opportunities in the private or public sector, or in nonprofits Degree: Bachelor of Arts or nongovernmental organizations. Semester Hours: 56-57 The major consists of the following 56-57 Global studies equips students to think SH. Note: Completing the requirements for critically, clearly, and creatively about the the global studies major also covers a most pressing global challenges. This number of EMU Core requirements. About program of study provides opportunities for 21 out of 56 SH global studies major students to explore their passions, discover requirements also fulfill Core requirements. their vocation, and serve effectively in roles that bridge communication and understanding across countries, cultures, Global studies core (20-21 SH) and languages. Coursework prepares students to take a global view of • GS 101 Introduction to Global Studies - 2 contemporary issues across states, societies, • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - and cultures. As an interdisciplinary major, 3 OR HIST 122 Global Past II - 2 OR HIST significant attention is given to 123-126 Global Past III - 2 peacebuilding and to social, political, • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 economic, and ecological justice explored • REL 223 World Religions - 3 within the larger context of globalization. • SOC 334 Cultural Anthropology - 3 Global studies also provides focused attention and reflection on intercultural • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 communication, developing regional • SSC 490 Social Sciences Capstone - 2 language skills and the role of faith in global • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 studies as well as an exploration of global political and economic actors beyond the state (for example, civil society). Thematic focus (18 SH) In addition to completing a Students will identify a thematic focus foundational core curriculum, the major (Global Sustainability, Global Justice and offers students an opportunity to choose a Peacebuilding, or Global Societies and thematic concentration in global Cultures) that includes a range of course sustainability, global justice and options students can choose from, in peacebuilding, or global societies and consultation with their advisor. These 18 cultures. Students will also choose a regional semester hours will also include a one- to focus that will coincide with their cross- three-credit practicum opportunity related cultural and language requirements (e.g. to the student's thematic focus.

80 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• Global Sustainability (e.g. courses in Cultural, including one required course on environmental sustainability, engineerin campus (3 SH) as well as coursework during g, economics, peacebuilding and their Cross-Cultural (3 SH). In order to be competitive on the job market and well- development, sociology) rounded, majors are encouraged to develop • Global Justice and Peacebuilding (e.g. their fluency to the intermediate high or courses in peacebuilding and advanced levels in the language of the region development, politics, sociology, of study. On-campus foreign language economics, theology, ethics) courses include: • Global Societies and Cultures (e.g. courses in arts, history, literature, Spanish and Spanish Hispanic studies, philosophy, theology, Students will place into a course based on ethics) years' experience with the language and a placement assessment conducted the first Regional focus (12 SH) day of class. Please see Spanish faculty for more information on placement into Students will identify a regional focus (Latin Spanish courses. American, Middle East, Africa, or Asia) that corresponds to their semester-long international cross-cultural. These 12 SH Arabic will be fulfilled with one required course on • LANG 110 Elementary Arabic I - 3 campus (3 SH) as well as coursework during their Cross-Cultural (9 SH). On-campus regional studies courses include: Swahili • LANG 115 Elementary Swahili I - 3 Latin America • *SPAN 420 Narratives of Trauma and Mandarin Resilience - 3 OR another approved • LANG 140 Elementary Mandarin Chinese I Hispanic Studies course - 3

Middle East Global Studies Minor • *HIST 432 History of the Middle East - 3 Timothy Seidel, advisor

Africa The minor in global studies is ideal for students in the liberal arts, engineering, • *HIST 251 History of Africa - 3 nursing, business, or any other field where critical thinking and global competency are valued. The minor offers students the Asia opportunity to study the interrelated • *PPX 371 Peace and Security in East Asia - processes shaping today's increasingly 3 interdependent world. As with the global studies major, the minor will require that a student's cross-cultural (which should be a Foreign language (6 SH) minimum of six weeks in the region) and foreign language requirements correspond to Students will complete foreign language their declared regional focus. A minor in coursework (Spanish, Arabic, Swahili, or global studies will entail at least ten semester Mandarin) that corresponds to their regional hours taken from the core, three semester focus and semester-long international Cross- Undergraduate Programs of Study – 81 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

hours from a thematic focus, and six 42 professional studies curriculum semester hours from a regional focus (fulfilled through the student's cross- All students seeking licensure to teach must cultural). follow the procedures for admission to teacher education and to student teaching. The health and physical education program, Core (10-11 SH) housed in the education department, exists • GS 101 Introduction to Global Studies - 2 to promote a healthful, activity-oriented Details OR SSC 490 Social Sciences lifestyle and to develop competent health and physical education professionals. Capstone - 2 Details This program will prepare students to teach Choose three of the following courses: health and physical education by instructing • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 them in the standards of the National Association of Sport and Physical Education Details (NASPE). • HIST 122 Global Past II - 2 Details OR HIST 123-126 Global Past III - 2 • BIOL 112 Human Anatomy and Details Physiology I - 3 Details • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 • BIOL 122 Human Anatomy and Details Physiology II - 3 Details • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details • BIOL 145 Nutrition Fundamentals - 2 • SOC 334 Cultural Anthropology - 3 Details Details • HE 201 First Aid - 1 Details • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 • HE 202 Health and Safety - 2 Details Details • HE 260 Teaching, Ministry, and Healthy Sexuality - 3 Details Thematic Focus (3 SH) • HE 301 Athletic Training - 2 Details • PE 101 Introduction to Health, Physical In consultation with an advisor, choose 3 Education and Recreation - 3 Details SH of approved coursework in one of the • PE 302 Motor Learning - 2 Details global studies thematic concentrations of global sustainability, global justice and • *PE 414 Biomechanics of Sport - 2 Details peacebuilding, or global societies and • *PE 415 Exercise Physiology of Sport - 3 cultures. Details • PE 416 Fitness Administration and Assess ment - 2 Details Regional Focus (6 SH) • *PEM 141 Teaching Individual Sports - 2 These 6 SH will be fulfilled through the Details student's cross-cultural experience (which • *PEM 142 Teaching Team Sports - 2 should be a minimum of six weeks in the Details region) in one of the global studies regional • PEM 143 Fitness, Conditioning and concentrations of Latin America, Middle East, Asia, or Central/East Africa. Strength Training - 2 Details • *PEM 144 Experiential Education and Recreational Games - 2 Details Health and Physical Education, • PEM 145 Rhythmic Activities - 1 Details PreK-12 Teaching Endorsement Degree: Bachelor of Science Semester Hours: 37 content curriculum+

82 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Professional Studies Prerequisite courses: ED 101, ED 245, PE Requirements (42 SH) 301 and PE 302 (All professional studies courses must be passed with a grade of C or better.) Additional licensure requirement: • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Education Curriculum Details All ED courses must be passed with a grade Admission prerequisites for the first semester of "C" or better. of block courses: admission to Teacher Education, or 2.7 cumulative GPA and • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details submission of the entry assessment math • ED 245 Learning and Classroom score. Environments - 3 Details Admission prerequisite for the second • ED 275 Instructional Technology and semester of block courses: admission to Assessment - 3 Details Teacher Education. • ED 301 Needs of Diverse Learners - 3 Details The secondary and elementary physical education blocks are designed to combine • ED 395 Reading and Writing in the actual in-school experience with curriculum Content Area (6-12) - 3 Details theory, methods and student assessment. • ED 401 Examining Foundations of Travel expenses are the student's Education - 2 Details responsibility. The blocks are offered • ED 411 Reflective Teaching Seminar and alternating fall semesters; the elementary Portfolio - 1 Details block is offered in even years and secondary • ED 461 Elementary Student Teaching block in odd years. (PreK-6) - 7 Details Teacher candidates must comply with all • ED 462 Middle/High School Student teacher education requirements listed in the Teaching (6-12) - 7 Details education section. • Adapted Physical Education - 3 History and Social Science Secondary Physical Education Block Major • ED 351 General Curriculum and Methods Degree: Bachelor of Arts for Middle and Secondary Teaching - 1 Semester Hours: 42-43 Details This interdepartmental major of 42-43 SH • *PE 402 Middle and Secondary Physical consists of the following: Education - 3 Details Prerequisite courses: ED 101, ED 245, ED United States History (6 SH) 275, HE 202, HE 260. Choose 6 SH from the following courses:

Elementary Physical Education Block • HIST 101 US History I: Race and Reason (to 1860) - 2 Details • *PE 401 Elementary Physical Education - • HIST 102 US History II: Mechanization 3 Details and Modernization (1860-1918) - 2 • *PE 403 Assessment of Physical Activity - Details 1 Details • HIST 103 US History III: Power and • *PEM 231 Movement Education - 1 Paradox (1918-present) - 2 Details Details Undergraduate Programs of Study – 83 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• *HIST 222 African American History - 3 Historiography (6 SH) Details • HUM 200 Foundations of Humanities - 2 • *HIST 312 19th Century America - 3 Details Details • HUM 490 Seminar in Humanities - 4 • *HIST 321 Modernizing America - 3 Details Details • *HIST 411 History of Recent America - 4 Details Political Science (9-10 SH) (Students pursuing teacher licensure are • POL 111 Comparative Politics - 2 Details required to take HIST 101, 102, and 103, • POL 112 American Politics - 2 Details and are strongly encouraged to take • POL 113 International Relations - 2 additional US history courses.) Details

European and World History (6 Choose one of the following courses: SH) • *POL 230 International Norms and Choose 6 SH from the following courses: Institutions - 3 Details • HIST 121 Global Past I: Civilization (to • *POL 250 Law, Justice and the Local 1400) - 2 Details Context - 3 Details • HIST 122 Global Past II: Modernization • *PPX 371 Peace and Security in East Asia - (post-1400) - 2 Details 3 (may count for Area Studies or Political • HIST 123-126 Global Past III: Comparative Science, not both) Details Themes - 2 Details • *PPX 401 Human Rights and Dignity - 4 • *HIST 231 Medieval Europe - 3 Details Details • *HIST 362 Renaissance and Reformation - • *PPX 421 Genocide in the 20th Century - 3 Details 4 Details • *HIST 391 Birth of Modernity in Europe - 3 • *PPX 431 Political Reconciliation - 4 Details Details • *HIST 461 Modern Europe- 3 Details (Students pursuing teacher licensure are Economics (3 SH) required to take HIST 121, 122, and 123-126 and are strongly encouraged to take • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 additional European history courses.) Details

Area Studies (3 SH) Geography (3 SH) Choose one of the following courses: • GEOG 231 Cultural Geography - 3 Details • *HIST 251 History of Africa - 3 Details • *HIST 432 History of the Middle East - 3 Social Science (6 SH) Details Choose two of the following courses: • *PPX 371 Peace and Security in East Asia - 3 (may count for Area Studies or Political • PSYC 101 General Psychology - 3 Details Science, not both) Details • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 • CCHIS from an international cross- Details cultural experience - 3 • SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology - 3 Details 84 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

(Students pursuing teacher licensure must Majors are strongly encouraged to divide take PSYC 202 and SOC 101.) their courses among various regions and periods. In addition, majors contemplating graduate study in history are advised to History and Social Science acquire a high level of proficiency in at least Major, Teaching Endorsement one foreign language. It is also strongly for Grades 6-12 suggested that majors do both a semester long cross-cultural and the WCSC program. This program will prepare students to teach history and social science by instructing them in the major themes outlined of the History and Social Science National Council for the Social Studies Minor (NCSS). Semester Hours: 18 The courses listed in the history and social science major and the secondary education A minor in history and social science courses (see education section) make up the requires 18 SH. This includes 6 SH in program for teacher licensure, grades 6-12. history, 6 SH from the political science section of the major, and 3 SH each in All students seeking licensure to teach must economics and geography. follow the procedures for admission to teacher education and to student teaching. History Minor History Major Semester Hours: 18 Degree: Bachelor of Arts A history minor requires 18 SH of history Semester Hours: 33 and should include courses in U.S., European, and area studies. A major consists of 33 SH including: • HIST 101 US History I: Race and Reason Honors Minor (to 1860) - 2 Details • HIST 102 US History II: Mechanization Mark Sawin, advisor and Modernization (1860-1918) - 2 Semester Hours: 18 Details The EMU Honors Program is an academic • HIST 103 US History III: Power and minor designed to provide academically Paradox (1918-present) - 2 Details gifted students with greater opportunities for • HIST 121 Global Past I: Civilization (to challenge and growth. The program is 1400) - 2 Details designed to help students: • HIST 122 Global Past II: Modernization (post-1400) - 2 Details • Develop the ability to examine ideas as • HIST 123-126 Global Past III: Comparative human constructs made to bring order to Themes - 2 Details chaos and sense to life and the ability to • HUM 200 Foundations of Humanities - 2 respectfully and systematically wrestle Details with ideas, even those fundamental to • HUM 490 Seminar in Humanities - 4 core beliefs. Details • Develop the ability to read and use the • Additional HIST, HUM, OR CCHIS wide variety of "texts" (written, visual, courses - 15 relational, scientific, cultural, etc.) that drive and derive from the ideas formed by human experience.

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 85 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• Develop tools to bring balance to the by exploring courses outside their comfort destabilizing impact of challenging core zone. Students who do their work diligently ideas and the ability to contextualize and well will earn a "Q" or "Qualify" which does not impact their GPA. Students can one's own story amidst the Biblical still earn an A if they excel or an F if they do understandings of the wider Anabaptist not do the work. and Christian traditions. • Develop the ability to formulate, critique and begin to implement ideas in a Eligibility leadership capacity. Students (regardless of whether they received an EMU honors scholarship) who have The EMU Honors Program seeks to attract excelled academically at EMU may choose bright and motivated students to participate to join the Honors Program. To complete in a challenging curriculum and is highly the program, all the requirements below recommended to students who entered must be met, including a 3.6 or higher GPA EMU with an honors scholarship. It is also at the time of graduation. enthusiastically recommended to any EMU student who academically excels and wishes to join the program. It is important to note Honors Program Requirements that the Honors Program is an academic minor and functions as an academic • HONRS 111 Ruling Ideas - 3 Details program. It is connected to the larger EMU Students entering EMU with an honors Honors system, which includes scholarship p scholarship are eligible to take this ackages for incoming first year students course during their first semester. Other (details about this are at www.emu.edu/ honors), but the Honors Program itself does students may also take it with permission not include a scholarship, nor is it limited to of the Honors director. Students entering students who entered EMU with an honors the Honors Program later may elect to scholarship. All EMU students who are take this course. If they do not, they will excelling academically are eligible to join the p need to take an additional Exploration rogram. Unit. Each fall semester, students awarded an • HONRS 312 Colloquium - 3 Details EMU honors scholarship will be invited to • Exploration Units: (3 units, typically take HONRS 111 Ruling Ideas, which equivalent to 9 SH) serves as an introduction to the program and These include challenging courses and the curriculum. Students may elect to experiences from outside a student's participate in the Honors Program at the primary major. When possible, students conclusion of this course or at any time thereafter. should include a unit from each major area of study outside their primary area Yoder & Webb Scholars (the students of study (sciences/math, social sciences, awarded full-tuition scholarships) are humanities, and fine arts). These units required to participate in the Honors Program, but for all other students it is can be fulfilled via: purely optional and available to all students • A second major from a different who would like to join a program designed school - 3 units to enhance the normal EMU curriculum, • A second major within the same providing increased rigor and more in-depth school - 2 units and alternative forms of study. • Minor outside of school of major - Honors courses are assessed via an 2 units alternative grading system, Qualify-Fail-A, • Minor within same school as to encourage students to take academic risks major - I unit 86 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• Advanced class outside majors/ agencies responding to humanitarian minors and the EMU Core - 1 unit situations, including disasters around the • Additional HONRS 312 world. Students pursuing this minor must work carefully with the major advisor and Colloquium courses - 1 unit the Humanitarian Action Leadership (HAL) • HONRS 431 Teaching and Learnin director to coordinate their choice of g - 1 unit courses. • Music lessons/ensembles (two se mesters) - 1 unit • Major theater production (if not Required Courses (9 SH) required for major) - 1 unit • HAL 350 Crisis, Humanitarian Aid and • Editing the Weather Vane - 1 unit Disaster Recovery - 3 Details • Additional cross-cultural • LEAD 300 Leadership Theory and experience (summer) - 1 unit Practice - 3 Details • Additional cross-cultural • HAL 410 Disaster Response Internship - 3 experience (semester or summer Details WCSC) - 2 units • Self-directed project (120 hours/ unit) - 1-3 units Electives (12 SH) • Student teaching - 3 units A cohesive sequence of elective courses • Nursing clinical - 3 units fitting the student's major and interests will be chosen in consultation with the HAL • HONRS 401 Worldview Seminar - 2 advisor. A maximum of 6 SH applied Details toward EMU Core or major requirements • HONRS 451 Honors Capstone - 1 Details may apply toward this minor. Completed in conjunction with the • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 capstone project of the student's major Details or by arrangement with a cooperating pr • *ACTG 433 Non-profit and Governmental ofessor Accounting - 2 Details • Foreign language proficiency through the • BIOL 205 Intro to Microbiology - 3 Details Intermediate II level - Currently only • BIOL 145 Nutrition Fundamentals - 2 Spanish is available at EMU, but the Details Honors Director will work with students • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 who wish to pursue other languages. This Details requirement may also be filled by • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 students taking a semester of language Details study followed by a related cross-cultural • *BUAD 431 Human Resource experience. Management - 3 Details • Cumulative 3.6 GPA at time of graduation • CHST 223 Spiritual Formation - 3 Details • *CHST 234 Mission in a Changing World - 3 Humanitarian Action Minor Details • CHST 312 Missiology - 3 Details Timothy Seidel and Jenni Holsinger, • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 advisors Details Semester Hours: 21 • *ECON 411 International Economics - 3 The minor in humanitarian action prepares Details the graduate for entry-level involvement in

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 87 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• *ENVS 205 Environmental Applications of functions of job analysis and planning, GIS - 3 Details staffing (recruiting, selecting, and hiring), • *ENVS 385 Conservation Biology - 4 performance management, and training and development. Details • GEOG 231 Cultural Geography - 3 Details The human resource management minor • HIST 182 The Global Past II: 1500 to the consists of the following courses for a total Present - 3 Details of 18 SH: • *HIST 251 History of Africa - 3 Details • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 • *HIST 432 History of the Middle East - 3 Details Details • *BUAD 321 Human Resource • NURS 426 Family in Community - 3 Management - 3 Details Details • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 • NURS 432 Community Health - 3 Details Details • POL 113 International Relations - 2 • *BUAD 431 Seminar in Human Resource Details Management - 3 Details • *POL 230 International Norms and • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 Institutions - 3 Details Details • PSYC 301 Psychology of Interpersonal Relationships - 3 Details Choose one of the following courses: • PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details Details • PSYC 231 Applied Behavior Analysis - 3 • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 Details Details • *PSYC 351 Positive Psychology - 3 • *PXD 335 Understanding Violent Details Conflict - 3 Details • PXD 345 Peacebuilding Theory and Action - 3 Details Interfaith Studies Minor • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 Semester Hours: 18 Details The minor in interfaith studies will provide • *PXD 451 Program Evaluation Through students an opportunity to not only Qualitative Methods - 3 Details understand major faith traditions but wrestle • PXD 485 Theories of Global with questions of how to relate across faith Development - 3 Details differences. Both the current political and • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details social landscape as well as EMU's position • THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and on that landscape creates a new relevance for Justice - 3 Details an interfaith studies minor.

Human Resource Management Core (9 SH) Minor Choose three of the following courses: Semester Hours: 18 • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details The human resource management minor • *REL 423 Judaism, Christianity, Islam: prepares students to work with the people Comparative Monotheisms - 3 Details systems of organizations and is a helpful • *PXD 335 Understanding Violent Conflict complement to any field or major. It is - 3 Details designed for students who want to work in the increasingly strategic and complex 88 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• *PHIL 412 Philosophy of Religion - 3 Journalism core 12 SH: Details • WRIT 210 News and Feature Writing - 3 Details Electives (9 SH) • WRIT 391 Editing and Publishing: Weathe r Vane - 3 Details • The core course not taken above - 3 • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 • POL 112 American Politics - 2 Details Details • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 Details Choose 6+ SH from the following courses: • PXD 431 Practicum - 1-3 Details • HUM 200 Foundations of Humanities - 2 • SOC 210 Social Stratification - 3 Details Details • SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 Details • POL 113 International Relations - 2 • *HIST 432 History of the Middle East Details OR *POL 220 U.S. Foreign Policy - Details OR other approved history/ 3 Details politics area studies course - 3 • VACA 252 Photography II - 4 Details • VACA 262 Video Production - 4 Details Journalism, Add-on Teaching • *VACA 263 Audio Production - 2 Details Endorsement • VACA 344 Web Design and Social Media - 4 Semester Hours: 14-16 SH Details • VACA 354 Conservation Photography - 4 • WRIT 210 News and Feature Writing - 3 Details Details • VACA 367 Hybrid Storytelling - 4 Details • WRIT 391 Editing and Publishing: Weathe • VACA 491 Internship (for VACA majors) - r Vane - 3 Details 1-6 Details • POL 112 American Politics - 2 Details • *WRIT 352 Creative Nonfiction - 3 Details • VACA 262 Video Production Details • WRIT 470 Writing Internship - 1-3 Details OR VACA 344 Web Design and Social Media - 4 Details Leadership and Organizational Choose one course not taken above: Management • HUM 200 Foundations of Humanities - 2 VA Program Coordinator: Margo McIntire Details PA Program Coordinator: Mary Jensen • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details Director of Aviation: John Sibole • VACA 262 Video Production - 4 Details Degree: Bachelor of Arts • *VACA 263 Audio Production - 2 Details Semester Hours: 70 (32 EMU Core + 38 • VACA 344 Web Design and Social Media - program courses) 4 Details Eastern Mennonite University recognizes • VACA 367 Hybrid Storytelling - 4 Details that the traditional delivery format does not always accommodate the educational needs of adults. The accelerated Leadership and Journalism Minor Organizational Management (LOM) degree Semester Hours: 18 completion program is designed to fit the lives of people who are busy with professional and/or family commitments. The accelerated program, tailored for a

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 89 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

mature, interactive learning style, has the • A satisfactory writing sample. following features: • Classes are held one night each week for Leadership and Organizational Ma approximately 15 months focusing on nagement Major leadership and organizational The major in Leadership and Organizational management. In Harrisonburg, VA, Management, an interdisciplinary approximately one-third of the class curriculum leading to a Bachelor of Science sessions are held online using a (BS) degree, provides expertise in leadership, combination of synchronous and human dynamics, and organizational asynchronous technologies. In Lancaster, management for business and public admini PA, all coursework is delivered in a face- stration. This interdisciplinary program take s a systems approach to the problems, to-face format. principles and practices of management and • Course content is focused on practical leadership incorporating conceptual and application to the occupation of the theoretical knowledge. The curriculum is student. organized into thirteen sequential courses. St • The program capitalizes on the udents must achieve a grade of C- or better i experiences and skills of the adult n each course. See the LOM program policy student and in some cases, offers credit handbook for graduation requirements. for previous professional and life Students in the LOM degree program experiences. complete the following: • Students are admitted as part of a "cohort group" which participates in the EMU Core Requirements (32 SH) entire series of courses together. CHRISTIAN FAITH A more traditional 4-year LOM with Aviation concentration is available at the • Anabaptist Biblical Perspectives EMU Lancaster location. For admission and (included in program) - 3 coursework requirements for the LOM with Aviation concentration, see the major. For COMMUNICATION students in this program, the LOM courses • College Writing - 3 are not offered in the sequence described below. • Speech - 2 • Writing Intensive designates (included in p To be considered for admission to the rogram) - 2 courses accelerated LOM degree completion progra m, a student must satisfy the following CROSS-CULTURAL LEARNING requirements: • Cross-cultural designates (included in pr • A minimum of 48 SH of transferable ogram) - 6 credit from accredited colleges or univers CRITICAL THINKING ities. • A cumulative GPA of 2.0 or above. • Statistics - 3 • Current employment or involvement with • Natural Sciences - 3 an organization which enhances the • Social and Behavioral Sciences - 3 learning outcomes of the program. • Creative Arts - 3 • Twenty-three years of age. This requirem • History and Literature - 3 ent is waived for Thaddeus Stevens • Senior Seminar (included in program) - 3 College of Technology transfer students in Lancaster. 90 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Additional Courses (38) To graduate with an organizational leadership major, students must first earn *Courses marked with asterisk fulfill EMU admission to the business and leadership Core requirements included in 32 SH total department by fulfilling the department above. admission requirements. • Course 1: LOM 320 Leadership Development - 3 The organizational leadership major consists • Course 2: LOM 350 Organizational of the following courses for a total of 46 SH: Behavior - 3 • Course 3: LOM 360 Groups and • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 Individuals in the Organization - 3 Details • Course 4: LOM 380 Team Dynamics - 3 • ACTG 222 Managerial Accounting - 3 • *Course 5: BIST 390 Biblical Perspectives Details - 3 • BUAD 101 Business at EMU - 3 Details • *Course 6: LOM 405 Organizational • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 Research - 3 Details • *Course 7: CCSSC 440 Cross-Cultural • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 Perspectives - 3 Details • *Course 8: LOM 440 Global Trends in • BUAD 411 Business Law - 3 Details Economic Justice - 3 • BUAD 461 Strategic Leadership in • *Course 9: SRSEM 460 Business Ethics - 3 Organizations - 3 Details • Course 10: LOM 410 Human Resource • CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data Management - 3 Management - 1 Details • Course 11: LOM 420 Leadership Theory - 3 • CIS 251 Management Information • Course 12: LOM 430 Leadership Practice - Systems - 3 Details 3 • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 • *Course 13: LOM 460 Application of Details Research Project (ARP) - 2 • Any 300 or 400 level ECON course - 3 • LEAD 300 Leadership Theory and Practice - 3 Details Organizational Leadership • MKTG 301 Principles of Marketing - 3 Major Details Alyse Lehrke, advisor • *BUAD 321 Human Resource Management Details OR *BUAD 431 Degree: Bachelor of Science Seminar in Human Resource Semester Hours: 46 Management - 3 Details The organizational leadership major Choose 6 SH in courses from this list: prepares students for management of human capital and organizational systems. The • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details major emphasizes the development of • PSYC 231 Applied Behavior Analysis - 3 leadership and interpersonal skills in the context of leading organizations in dynamic Details conditions. Career opportunities for • PSYC 301 Psychology of Interpersonal graduates include entry- level leadership Relationships - 3 Details roles in organizations, including team, • *PSYC 351 Positive Psychology - 3 Details program, and project management, or in • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 human resource departments. Details

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 91 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Leadership Minor • LEAD 281 Leadership Practicum - 1 Semester Hours: 18 Details • LEAD 481 Leadership Internship - 1-3 Nearly all working professionals with a Details bachelor's degree end up in organizational • NURS 429 Leadership Practicum - 3 leadership roles. This minor prepares Details graduates to serve and lead in their own professional field area, regardless of • PSYC 483 Psychology Internship II - 2 university major or working career. This Details interdisciplinary minor starts with a small • PXD 441 Leadership Practicum - 1 Details foundational core and then branches to discipline-specific leadership courses. Liberal Arts Major The leadership minor consists of the following courses for a total of at least 18 Degree: Bachelor of Arts SH: Semester Hours: 44-53 • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 The liberal arts major consists of course requirements that provide breadth while at Details the same time allowing for concentrated • LEAD 300 Leadership Theory and Practice study in a discipline of choice. Course - 3 Details requirements are satisfied as follows: Choose three of the following courses: Students complete a minimum of 15 SH from a single department, of which at least 9 • *BUAD 321 Human Resource SH must be 300-400 level courses. Management - 3 Details • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 Students take courses in four of these six Details areas for a total of 12 SH; courses cannot duplicate those taken to complete the EMU • BUAD 461 Strategic Leadership in Core. Organizations - 3 Details • *CHST 372 Church Leadership for • Creative Arts Transformation - 3 Details • History • *ENVS 325 Environmental Ethics - 2 • Literature Details • Mathematics • *ENVS 365 Environmental Risk and Policy • Natural Sciences - 2 Details • Social and Behavioral Sciences • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details Additionally, liberal arts majors are required • PSYC 231 Applied Behavior Analysis - 3 to complete a total of 35 SH of 300-400 Details level courses. These 35 SH may include • PSYC 301 Psychology of Interpersonal courses from the major, from the EMU Relationships - 3 Details Core, and from additional disciplines as • *PSYC 351 Positive Psychology - 3 Details chosen. To achieve a broad liberal arts education the student is expected to choose • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 the remaining semester hours for degree Details requirements from a variety of disciplines. Choose additional courses to reach 18 SH: • ENVS 429 Environmental Sustainability Internship - 3 Details • ENVS 430 Environmental Sustainability Capstone - 2 Details 92 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Associate of Arts in General • Natural Sciences - ENVS 181 Studies Environmental Science - 3 Details • Social and Behavioral Sciences - PSYC Degree: Associate of Arts 101 General Psychology - 3 Details Semester Hours: 60 • Creative Arts - CMUS 114 Music Making - Students pursuing the AA degree may opt 3 Details for the general studies major. Of the 60 SH • History - HIST 182 Global Past II - 3 required, 28-32 SH are EMU Core Details requirements as outlined in the EMU Core • Literature - LIT 230 Global Literature III - section. The remaining credits are chosen 3 Details from a variety of areas. Major Requirements (28 SH) Associate of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 Details Degree: Associate of Arts • BUAD 111 Exploring Business - 3 Details Semester Hours: 60 • CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data Program may be completed fully online Management - 1 Details The major in Interdisciplinary Studies, • POL 101 Introduction to Politics - 3 leading to an Associate of Arts (AA) degree, Details provides a robust academic foundation and • SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology - 3 an opportunity to develop marketable skills. The curriculum is organized into twenty- Details one sequential courses. Students must • SOC 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 achieve a grade of C- or better in each Details course, maintaining a cumulative GPA of • SOC 255 Social Movements - 3 Details 2.0 or greater. • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Details EMU Core Requirements (32 SH) • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details • LARTS 203 Major and Vocational CHRISTIAN FAITH (5) Exploration - 3 Details • BISTL 380 Biblical Perspectives - 3 Details Marketing Major • CORE 201 Life Wellness - 2 Details Jerry Holsopple and Jim Leaman, advisors COMMUNICATION (6) Degree: Bachelor of Science • WRIT 130 College Writing - 3 Details Semester Hours: 48-49 • WRIT 160 Public Communication - 3 This major prepares graduates for marketing Details jobs and careers in businesses, nonprofits, CROSS-CULTURAL LEARNING (3) NGOs, and higher education. Students will learn the impact marketing has on larger • CCSCL 450 Cross-Cultural Perspectives - cultural forces and as a significant dimension 3 Details of social change, advocacy and getting unique and challenging messages into the CRITICAL THINKING (15) social dialogue. The marketing major consists of a common core (40 SH) and one • Math - STAT 140 Elementary Statistics - 3 of two tracks (8-9 SH) for a total of 48-49 Details SH.

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 93 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Marketing majors may complete a media • VACA 381 Cinema and Visual Theory - 2 and design track or a management track. Details Students in the media and design track will • WRIT 210 News and Feature Writing - 3 be assigned an advisor in the VACA department and will complete a sophomore Details review according to VACA catalog policies. Students in the management track will be Media and Design Track assigned a business and leadership advisor and will apply for formal admission to the • VACA 252 Photography II - 4 Details program according to business and • VACA 345 Advanced Photoshop - 4 leadership catalog policies. Details The media and design track teaches a set of skills that enable students to create media forms ranging from the single image, to Management Track visual and text campaigns and longer form • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 video storytelling. In addition to learning Details the technical skills of design, the management track prepares students for • BUAD 101 Business at EMU - 3 Details leadership and oversight roles of the • BUAD 461 Strategic Leadership in marketing process. Organizations - 3 Details To graduate with a marketing major, students must first earn admission to the Marketing Minor major by fulfilling the department admission requirements. Semester Hours: 18 The field and practice of marketing sits at the intersection of business and design; The marketing major consists of the EMU's marketing minor introduces following courses for a total of 48-49 SH: students to both fields. Students will learn the impact marketing has on larger cultural • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 forces and a contributing factor in social Details change, advocacy and getting unique and • CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data Manageme challenging messages into the social nt - 1 Details dialogue. • MKTG 301 Principles of Marketing - 3 The marketing minor consists of the Details following courses for a total of 18 SH: • MKTG 311 Marketing Research - 3 Details • *MKTG 321 Consumer Behavior - 3 • MKTG 301 Principles of Marketing - 3 Details Details • *MKTG 330 Sales/E-Commerce - 3 Details • VACA 141 Foundations of Design - 4 • MKTG 410 Strategic Marketing Details Management - 3 Details Choose two of the following courses: • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details • VACA 141 Foundations of Design - 4 • MKTG 311 Marketing Research - 3 Details Details • *MKTG 321 Consumer Behavior - 3 • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details Details • VACA 142 Graphic Design I - 2 Details • *MKTG 330 Sales/E-Commerce - 3 Details • VACA 242 Graphic Design II - 2 Details • MKTG 410 Strategic Marketing • VACA 344 Web Design and Social Media - Management - 3 Details 4 Details 94 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Choose a minimum of 5 SH from the • *MATH 450 Introduction to Analysis - 3 following courses: Details • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details • *MATH 460 Abstract Algebra - 3 Details • VACA 142 Graphic Design I - 2 Details • *MATH 470 Mathematical Probability - 3 • VACA 242 Graphic Design II - 2 Details Details • VACA 344 Web Design and Social Media - 4 Details Mathematics Major, Teaching • VACA 354 Conservation Photography - 4 Endorsement for Grades 6-12 Details This program will prepare students to teach • VACA 381 Cinema and Visual Theory - 2 mathematics by instructing them in the Details standards of the National Council of • WRIT 210 News and Feature Writing - 3 Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM). Details Students must complete the mathematics major as outlined in the mathematics section including MATH 364 and MATH 460. In Mathematics Major addition, as part of their six computer Degree: Bachelor of Science science credits, students must complete two Semester Hours: 46 courses from CS 145, CS 245, and CS 255. See the education section for required The following 46 SH program of courses is courses for the teacher licensure program, required: grades 6-12. • MATH 170 Discrete Mathematics - 4 All students seeking licensure to teach must Details follow the procedures for admission to • MATH 185 Calculus I - 4 Details teacher education and to student teaching. • MATH 195 Calculus II - 4 Details • STAT 220 Inferential Statistics - 2 Details Mathematics Minor • MATH 284 Multivariate Calculus - 2 Semester Hours: 18 Details • *MATH 350 Linear Algebra - 3 Details The minor consists of 18 SH of MATH or • *MATH 450 Introduction to Analysis STAT courses including: Details OR *MATH 460 Abstract Algebra - • MATH 170 Discrete Math - 4 Details 3 Details • MATH 185 Calculus I - 4 Details • CS courses - 6 • Choose an additional 10 SH selected • PHYS 252/253 University Physics I from the remaining MATH or STAT Lecture/Lab - 4 Details courses with course number higher than Choose 14 additional credits from the 170. following list: In earning a minor in the mathematical • STAT 230 Regression and ANOVA - 2 sciences department, at most three courses Details may be included that are also counted toward the student's major in the • *MATH 286 Vector Calculus - 2 Details department. • *MATH 310 Differential Equations - 3 Details • MATH 330-335 Topics in Math - 2 Details Music Major • *MATH 364 Geometry - 2 Details Degree: Bachelor of Arts Semester Hours: 48-55

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 95 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Core courses above plus the following (must be passed with a grade of C or better): (required of all majors and must be passed with a grade of C or better for graduation • *CMUS 412 The Compleat Musician - 4 credit and enrollment in next sequential Details course, if applicable): • MUPS Private studies (Private studies in • †CMUS 120 Fundamentals of Music - 3 the major area will be registered for 2 SH Details each semester after admission to the • CMUS 181 Music Theory I - 3 Details performance concentration.) Details • CMUS 281 Music Theory II - 3 Details • *MUED 412, 413, OR 415 Pedagogy in the • CMUS 250 Music History I - 3 Details performance area - 2 • CMUS 260 Music History II - 3 Details • MUES 333 Chamber Ensemble (two • #CMUS 200 Landscape of Music - 0 semesters) - 1 + 1 Details Details • MUPS 390 Junior Recital - 1 Details • *CMUS 411 Conducting I - 4 Details • MUPS 490 Senior Recital Project - 3 • #MUPS Private studies - 7 Details Details • #MUES Ensembles - 7 • Piano Proficiency class is required until piano proficiency is met. # required each semester of enrollment on the EMU campus † may test out of this requirement Musical Theater Track (22 SH) Music majors are strongly encouraged to Required courses for the musical theater take CMUS 250 Music History I and track in music include the core courses listed CMUS 260 Music History II in sequential above plus the following (must be passed order. with a grade of C or better.)

Interdisciplinary Studies Track Music Courses (15-18 SH) Students select 4 SH music courses that Required courses for the interdisciplinary align with their interests. May include: studies track in music include the core courses listed above plus the following (must • CMUS 202 Folk-Rock to Hip-Hop - 2 be passed with a grade of C or better): Details • CMUS 203 Listening to Film - 2 Details • CMUS 201 Topics: World Music - 2 Details • CMUS 204 Introduction to Music • Music elective courses - 4 Technology - 2 Details • Three upper level courses from another • CMUS 201 World Music - 2 Details university department, chosen in • THR 200 Survey of World Theater History consultation with advisor - 6-9 - 2 • MUPS 491 Senior Project - 3 Details

Performance Track (17 SH) Theater Courses Performance track students must complete Select two courses (4 SH) from the requirements for admission into the major. following: Required courses for the performance track in music include the core courses listed • THR 100 Acting for the Stage and Screen - 2 Details • THR 210 Technical Theater - 2 Details 96 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• THR 230-235 Theater Topics - 2 Details • *MUED 341 Elementary School Music - 3 • THR 300 Directing for the Theater - 2 Details Details • *MUED 342 Secondary School Music - 3 • THR 360 Playwriting - 2 Details OR *THR Details 361 Screenwriting - 2 Details • MUED 353 Instructional Module: - 1-2 Select 3 SH from THR 281, 350, 351, 352, Details and/or 353 Theater Practicum • Marching Band • Music for the Mainstreamed THR 200 Survey of World Theater History Classroom - 2 Details • Jazz-Show Choir • Jazz Band Senior Project • MUPS 490 Senior Recital Project - 1 • MUPS 491 Senior Project - 3 Details Details Recommended music courses: Music Major, PreK-12 Teaching • CMUS 204 Introduction to Music Endorsement Technology - 2 Details Students may choose one of the following • CMUS 201 World Music - 2 Details options for teacher licensure: PreK-12 vocal/ • MUPS 211 Composition - 1-2 Details choral; PreK-12 instrumental; or dual licensures (PreK-12 vocal/choral and Students pursuing PreK-12 vocal/ choral instrumental). licensure take two of the four instrumental methods courses and are required to take All students seeking licensure to teach must MUED 212. Students must declare voice, follow the procedures for admission to keyboard, or guitar as their performance area teacher education and to student teaching. and enroll in a choral ensemble each The music major core courses plus the semester. following are required (must be passed with Students pursuing PreK-12 instrumental a grade of C or better): licensure must declare a band or orchestral instrument as their performance area. • *CMUS 412 The Compleat Musician - 4 Alternatively, piano or guitar may be Details declared as the primary performance • MUED 121 Voice Proficiency Class - 1 instrument with four additional semester Details hours of private lessons in a band or • MUED 131 Class Piano I - 1 Details orchestral instrument. • MUED 132 Class Piano II - 1 Details Students must enroll in an instrumental • *MUED 212 Child and Adolescent Voice - 2 ensemble each semester and take the four Details Instrumental methods courses. • *MUED 223 Instrumental Methods: Students pursuing dual licensure (PreK-12 Brasses - 2 Details vocal/choral and PreK-12 instrumental) will • *MUED 224 Instrumental Methods: take all instrumental methods courses and Percussion - 1 Details MUED 212. • *MUED 225 Instrumental Methods: Students will declare a secondary Strings - 2 Details performance area to complement the • *MUED 226 Instrumental Methods: primary area and take four additional Woodwinds - 2 Details semester hours of private lessons. Keyboard and guitar students should choose a band or

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 97 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

orchestral instrument as their secondary education. The second music methods performance area. A balanced enrollment in course requires admission to teacher choral and instrumental ensembles is education and enrollment in ED 351 required. Practicum and student teaching General Curriculum and Methods. MUED assignments will include vocal/choral and 341 or MUED 342 must be passed with a instrumental experiences. grade of C or better. Vocal and piano proficiencies are required Teacher candidates must comply with all tea for all licensures to ensure that future music cher education requirements listed in the educators will be able to use their voices and education section. the keyboard with confidence in general music classrooms and in rehearsal settings. "Class Voice" and/or "Class Piano" are Music Minor required until music education majors have Semester Hours: 20 met voice and piano proficiencies. This minor consists of the following 20 SH (courses must be passed with a grade of C or Education Curriculum better): All ED courses must be passed with a grade of C or better. • +CMUS 120 Fundamentals of Music - 3 Details • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details • CMUS 116 Appreciating Music Making - 2 • ED 245 Learning and Classroom Details Environments - 3 Details • CMUS 181 Music Theory I - 3 Details • ED 275 Instructional Technology and • CMUS 250 Music History I - 3 Details Assessment - 3 Details • Three semesters of private studies - 3 • ED 301 Needs of Diverse Learners - 3 • Three credits for participation in music Details ensembles - 3 • ED 351 General Curriculum and Methods • Three credits from any offering of the for Middle and Secondary School music department - 3 Teaching - 1 Details +Students may be excused from this course • ED 395 Reading and Writing in the by examination. When this occurs, the Content Area (6-12) - 3 Details student will complete three credits from • ED 401 Examining Foundations of other music offerings. Education - 2 Details • ED 411 Reflective Teaching Seminar and Portfolio - 1 Details Neuroscience Minor • ED 461 Elementary Student Teaching Semester Hours: 18-21 (PreK-6) - 7 Details Multiple disciplines have begun to • ED 462 Middle/High School Student incorporate neuroscientific methods to Teaching (6-12) - 7 Details better understand human behavior (e.g., Additional licensure requirement: cognitive neuroscience, neuroeconomics, etc.). A minor in neuroscience will help • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 prepare students for graduate studies in the Details neurosciences, as well as help students to be savvy consumers in careers advocating The first of two music methods courses "brain-based" practices. (MUED 341 Elementary School Music or MUED 342 Secondary School Music) may • *BIOL 478 Advanced Neurobiology - 3 be taken prior to admission to teacher Details

98 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• PSYC 101 General Psychology - 3 Details • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 • PSYC 331 Abnormal Psychology - 3 Details Details Choose one of the following courses: • *PSYC/BIOL 451 Neuropsychology - 3 Details • BUAD 465 Project Management and Grant • PSYC 499 Independent Study (research in Writing - 3 Details a neuroscience topic) - 2 Details • BUAD 471 Topics: Nonprofit Management - 3 Details Choose one of the following courses: • *PXD 451 Program Evaluation - 3 Details • BIOL 447 Advanced Human Physiology - Choose two of the following courses (5-6 4 Details SH): • PSYC 341 Cognitive Psychology - 3 Details • *ACTG 433 Nonprofit and Governmental • PSYC 342 Cognitive Psychology for the Accounting - 2 Details Health Sciences - 3 Details • *BUAD 321 Human Resource Management - 3 Details Choose one of the following courses: • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 • BIOL 255 Biology Research Seminar - 1 Details Details • *BUAD 431 Seminar in Human Resource • PSYC 311 Psychological Research Design Management - 3 Details and Analysis - 3 Details • PXD 151 Exploring Conflict and Peace - 3 Details • PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 Nonprofit Management Minor Details Semester Hours: 18-19 • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy - 3 Details Many EMU graduates serve in nonprofit management roles. This minor provides a • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 basic toolkit for preparing to serve and lead Details in non-profit organizations. The nonprofit management minor consists Nursing Major of the following courses for a total of 18-19 SH: Laura Yoder, undergraduate director Degree: Bachelor of Science in Nursing • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 Semester Hours: 79-80 Details • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 Students who wish to graduate with a Details nursing major must complete admissions requirements for the clinical portion of the • CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data Manageme program. nt - 1 Details The nursing major requires the following Choose one of the following courses: prerequisites: • PXD 151 Exploring Conflict and Peace - 3 • CHEM 105 Chemistry for the Life Sciences Details - 2 Details (May be waived for students • PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 who have earned a B or better in high Details school honors chemistry) • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy - 3 Details Undergraduate Programs of Study – 99 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• BIOL 112 Human Anatomy and • NURS 427 Professional Issues in Nursing - Physiology I - 3 Details 1 Details • BIOL 122 Human Anatomy and • NURS 429 Leadership Practicum - 3 Physiology II - 3 Details Details • BIOL 205 Introduction to Microbiology - 3 • NURS 432 Community Health - 3 Details Details • NURS 433 Evidence Based Practice for • BIOCH 152 Human Biochemistry - 2 Nursing - 2 Details Details • NURS 436 Population Health Colloquium • BIOL 145 Nutrition Fundamentals - 2 - 2 Details Details • NURS 438 Critical Care Nursing - 3 Details • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 • NURS 440 Transition to Practice - 3 Details Details • SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology Registered Nurse Options Details OR other selected sociology, social work, or PXD courses - 3 Registered nurse options include the • Any statistics course - 2-3 traditional daytime program, accelerated hybrid (Lancaster only), or online. Eleven The nursing major requires the following credits in sciences of the human organism courses: are required for either program. These may include but are not limited to anatomy, • NURS 301 Holistic Health Inquiry - 3 physiology, microbiology, chemistry Details (inorganic, organic, or biochemistry), • NURS 302 Pathophysiology and nutrition, genetics, immunology, advanced Pharmacology for Nursing - 4 Details (mammalian) physiology, pathophysiology, • NURS 303 Foundations of Professional neuro-immunology, and pharmacology. The Nursing - 4 Details RN to BS director or department chair can approve additional courses. In addition, at • NURS 304 Fundamentals Practicum - 3 least one psychology and one sociology Details course is required. RN students must be • NURS 310 A Conceptual Framework of licensed to practice nursing in the United St Nursing - 2 Details ates. • NURS 320 Adult Health Practicum I - 3 Details Full-Time RN Curriculum Plan – • NURS 322 Nursing Care of the Adult I - 3 Harrisonburg Daytime Program Details • NURS 323 Psychosocial Nursing - 3 Semester Hours: 28 Details • NURS 301 Holistic Health Inquiry - 3 • NURS 325 Nursing Care of Children - 3 Details Details • NURS 311 Conceptual Framework Bridge C • NURS 326 Nursing and the Beginning Fa ourse - 3 Details mily - 3 Details • NURS 426 Nursing and the Family in the C • NURS 420 Adult Health Practicum II - 3 ommunity - 3 Details Details • NURS 429 Leadership Practicum - 3 • NURS 422 Nursing Care of the Adult II - 3 Details Details • NURS 432 Community Health - 3 Details • NURS 426 Nursing and the Family in the C • NURS 433 Evidence Based Practice for ommunity - 3 Details Nursing - 2 Details • NURS 438 Critical Care Nursing - 3 Details

100 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• NURS 440 Transition to Practice - 3 COMMUNICATION Details • College Writing (prerequisite for NRSL • NURS 436 Population Health Colloquium 341 Professional Nurse) - 3 - 2 Details • Speech - 2 • NRS 350 (Online) Health Care Policy - 4 • Writing Intensive Designates (included in c ohort program) - 2 courses RN to BSN Program CROSS-CULTURAL LEARNING Lisa Sauder, academic advisor • Cultural Perspectives (included in cohort c Degree: Bachelor of Science in Nursing urriculum) - 3 Semester Hours: 58-59 SH + 32 EMU • Global Trends in Health (included in Core Requirements cohort curriculum) - 3 Program may be completed fully online CRITICAL THINKING The RN to BSN program is offered in a hybrid or fully online format. • Statistics (prerequisite for NRSL 405 The RN to BSN program is designed to fit Evidence-Based Practice) - 3 the lives of nurses who are busy with professi • Natural Sciences - 3 onal and/or family commitments. The • Social and Behavioral Sciences - 3 accelerated program is tailored for a mature, i • Creative Arts - 3 nteractive learning style. Students are • History or Literature - 3 admitted as part of a cohort learning • Senior Seminar (included in cohort community allowing them to form close relationships with the same group of peers curriculum) - 3 throughout the entire series of courses. The TOTAL 32 program capitalizes on the skills and knowledge of the experienced nurse. Required cohort courses for RN to BSN To be considered for admission to the RN + (58-59 SH) to BSN program, a student must satisfy the following requirements: • NRSL 325 Art and Science of Effective Communication - 3 • A minimum of 60 SH of transferable • NRSL 320 Transitions in Professional credits from accredited colleges or Nursing Practice - 3 universities (Waived for diploma nurses). • NRSL 341 Professional Nurse - 4 • A cumulative GPA of 2.0 or above. • CCSSC 440 Cultural Perspectives - 3 • Current employment or involvement with Details an organization which enhances the • NRSL 350 Health Care Policy - 4 learning outcomes of the program. • NRSL 461 Family Health - 4 • Current state licensure as an RN • NRSL 410 Community Health - 4 • A satisfactory writing sample. • SRSML 450 Issues and Values - 3 Details Students in the RN to BS program complete • CCUSL 310 Global Trends in Health - 3 the following: Details • NRSL 405 Evidence Based Practice for EMU Core Requirements Nursing - 4 • NRSL 420 Principles of Nursing CHRISTIAN FAITH Management and Leadership - 3 • Anabaptist Biblical Perspectives • BIST 390 Biblical Perspectives - 3 Details (included in cohort curriculum) - 3 Undergraduate Programs of Study – 101 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• NRSL 430 Evidence-Based Practice • NURS 311 Conceptual Framework Bridge C Project - 2 ourse - 3 Details + A 2 or 3 SH health assessment course with • NURS 320 Adult Health Practicum I - 3 a head-to-toe assessment is required for Details graduation. An option for auditing the • NURS 322 Nursing Care of the Adult I - 3 health assessment course is available if a Details transferred course did not include a head-to- • NURS 323 Psychosocial Nursing - 3 toe assessment. Details +11 SH in sciences of the human organism • NURS 325 Nursing Care of Children - 3 are required. Details • NURS 326 Nursing and the Beginning Fa mily - 3 Details Traditional Program Second Degree Option • NURS 420 Adult Health Practicum II - 3 Details Persons with a bachelor's degree in a field • NURS 422 Nursing Care of the Adult II - 3 other than nursing may enter the second Details degree option of the nursing program. Prere • NURS 426 Nursing and the Family in the C quisite requirements are the same as those for a traditional nursing major. The social ommunity - 3 Details science courses (one course each in • NURS 427 Professional Issues in Nursing - psychology and sociology) may be taken 1 Details with nursing courses, load permitting and • NURS 429 Leadership Practicum - 3 with approval of the department chair. Details Each applicant's academic record will be • NURS 432 Community Health - 3 Details reviewed individually. The length of the • NURS 433 Evidence Based Practice for program for second degree students who Nursing - 2 Details have completed prerequisites is four • NURS 436 Population Health Colloquium semesters during fall and spring. - 2 Details • NURS 438 Critical Care Nursing - 3 Details LPN Option • NURS 440 Transition to Practice - 3 Details Wendy Carr, LPN advisor The nursing curriculum can be accelerated for LPNs who have work experience. A total Accelerated Second Degree of 350 clinical hours across the life span is Program Option required. Upon successful completion of The EMU Nursing Department offers an NURS 301, NURS 302, and NURS 311, accelerated second degree program. Persons LPNs will be awarded 7 SH recognized to with a bachelor's degree in a field other than satisfy content covered in NURS 303 and nursing are invited to apply. This accelerated NURS 304. LPNs are also awarded 150 15 month program will begin early May hours of direct clinical hours based on their each year and run through August of the LPN program. following year. The first and final semesters will be condensed into approximately 10-12 week semesters during the summer months. Required Nursing Courses for LPNs: The second and third semesters will follow a • NURS 301 Holistic Health Inquiry - 3 traditional fall/spring semester format. Details Students in this program may find it • NURS 302 Pathophysiology and difficult to hold employment and may be Pharmacology for Nursing - 4 Details expected to complete 12-hour and/ 102 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 or weekend clinical rotations. Applications Peacebuilding and are accepted on a rolling basis from August Development Major through January 15. Deanna Durham and Timothy Seidel, advisors Admission Requirements: Degree: Bachelor of Arts • First degree must be completed by the Semester Hours: 44-48 time of application • Five of the eight prerequisite courses The peacebuilding and development major prepares students for professional practice in must be completed by time of the fields of peacebuilding and international application and community development. It focuses on • Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.8 understanding and promoting constructive • Minimum GPA of 3.0 for all prerequisites social change toward peace, justice, and • Anatomy/Physiology I and II well-being for people in situations affected • One chemistry course (general, by conflict, poverty, and inequality. inorganic, organic, or biochemistry) The major has an emphasis on the • One psychology course (developmental development of practical skills through preferred, general or abnormal accepted) experiential learning grounded in extensive • One sociology course in-class simulations, on campus and local • Microbiology practice opportunities, and a practicum in the field. The required practicum is typically • Nutrition completed through the Washington • One statistics course Community Scholars' Center in Washington, D.C., through the grant- supported International Peacebuilding and Faith Community Nurse Development Practicum (IPDP), or through Certificate a local or student-initiated experience. It Faith Community Nurses assist the provides experience and opportunities for members of their faith community to networking and skill development. maintain and/or regain wholeness in body, mind, and spirit. The course explores the This focus on practice is paired personal and professional dimensions of with rigorous interdisciplinary grounding in spirituality and the process of developing a theories of violence, peace, and social change health and wellness ministry within a as well as investigation of theological, community of faith. The curriculum follows philosophical, economic, political, cultural, the guidelines recommended by the and ecological motivations for change. Westberg Institute for Faith Community To graduate with this major, students must Nursing who issues the certificate. be admitted to the program. This normally Course enrollment is limited to nursing stud will occur by application during the spring ents and those who have an active RN semester of the sophomore year. Transfer license and are currently practicing as an students beyond the sophomore level will RN. apply for admission after their first semester at EMU. Only students admitted to the • NURS 391 Faith Community Nurse - 3 program will be permitted to participate in Details program practica. Students seeking admission to the program must meet the GPA standards of 2.0 overall, earn at least a C in all PXD courses, and complete an application process. Students

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 103 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

must achieve at least a C in all upper-level • *PXD 335 Understanding Violent Conflict PXD courses for graduation with the major. - 3 Details PXD majors have the option of taking • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 Summer Peacebuilding Institute (SPI) Details courses that may substitute for a major • *SOC 255 Social Movements - 3 Details requirement when approved by the PXD advisor. Exposure to the Summer Peacebuilding Institute of the Center for Core practice/skills (12 SH) Justice and Peacebuilding provides students with a unique opportunity to connect with • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict professionals in justice and peacebuilding Analysis Techniques - 3 Details and related areas of practice. • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 Details Graduates are prepared for graduate study or entry-level positions in nongovernmental, Choose two of the following courses: government, non-profit, and private organizations whose missions are to address • BUAD 465 Project Management and social problems and to create and sustain Grantwriting - 3 Details social change. Areas of practice could • PXD 331 Restorative Justice and Trauma include peacebuilding and community and Awareness - 3 Details international development, mediation and • *PXD 451 Program Evaluation - 3 Details conflict transformation/resolution, peace and justice activism, collaborative problem • SOWK 330 Social Policy Analysis - 3 solving, community organizing, program Details evaluation, peace education, victim assistance programs, research, restorative justice, law, and social and public policy Supporting theory (8-10 SH) analysis and advocacy. Bible, religion and theology The major consists of the following 44-48 SH. • THEO 323 Biblical Theology Peace/ Justice - 3 Details Foundation (12-14 SH) Economics • PXD 151 Exploring Conflict and Peace Details OR SOC 101 Intro to Sociology - 3 • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy Details Details OR *ECON 401 • PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 Development Economics - 3 Details Details • PXD 431 PXD Practicum - 1-3 Details Politics • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 Choose one of the following courses: Details • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details • POL 113 International Relations - 2 Details Core theory (12 SH) • *PPX 421 Genocide of the 20th Century - 4 Details • PXD 345 Peacebuilding Theory and • *PPX 431 Political Reconciliation - 4 Action - 3 Details Details • PXD 485 Global Development - 3 Details Choose two of the following courses: 104 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Summer Peacebuilding Institute professionals in justice and peacebuilding and related areas of practice. Students have the option of choosing one course to replace one core course as The major consists of the following 36-38 approved by PXD advisor. SH.

Peacebuilding Major Foundation (12-14 SH) Deanna Durham and Timothy Seidel, • PXD 151 Exploring Conflict and Peace advisors Details OR SOC 101 Intro to Sociology - 3 Degree: Bachelor of Arts Details Semester Hours: 36-38 • PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 Details Whereas the peacebuilding and development • PXD 431 PXD Practicum - 1-3 Details (PXD) major is designed for students who want a focus in both peacebuilding and • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 development, the peacebuilding major is Details designed as a stand-alone major for students • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 particularly interested in careers in conflict transformation and restorative justice. Details Peacebuilding explores efforts designed to consolidate peaceful relations and strengthen Core theory (12 SH) viable political, socio-economic and cultural institutions capable of mediating conflict, • PXD 331 Restorative Justice and Trauma and to strengthen other mechanisms that Awareness Details OR THEO 323 Biblical will either create or support the necessary Theology Peace/Justice - 3 Details conditions for sustained peace. • *PXD 335 Understanding Violent Conflict Peacebuilding addresses structural issues and - 3 Details long-term relationships between conflicting • PXD 345 Peacebuilding Theory and parties with the goal of establishing infrastructure across levels of society that Action - 3 Details empowers the resources for reconciliation • *SOC 255 Social Movements - 3 Details from within that society and maximizes contributions from outside. It includes a wide range of activities that contribute to Core practice/skills (6 SH) helping societies meet needs by handling • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict conflict and promoting constructive, Analysis Techniques - 3 Details nonviolent ways of dealing with issues. • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 This major benefits students with bi- Details vocational interests. It cannot be taken as a double major with the PXD major or the global development major. Peacebuilding Electives (6 SH) majors have the option of taking Summer • Any course not taken above Peacebuilding Institute (SPI) courses that may substitute for a major requirement • BUAD 465 Project Management and when approved by the PXD advisor. Grantwriting - 3 Details Exposure to the Summer Peacebuilding • *ENGL 344 Ways of War and Peace - 3 Institute of the Center for Justice and Details Peacebuilding provides students with a • *PXD 451 Program Evaluation - 3 Details unique opportunity to connect with • SOWK/SOC 210 Social Stratification - 3 Details Undergraduate Programs of Study – 105 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• SOWK 330 Social Policy Analysis - 3 Philosophy and Theology Minor Details Semester Hours: 18 • SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 Details The philosophy and theology minor is of interest to students who wish to pursue Summer Peacebuilding Institute disciplined reflection about any subject area Students have the option of choosing one or career interest. It provides opportunities course to replace one core course as for critical thinking and building a solid approved by PXD advisor intellectual foundation for faith and life. This minor offers a valuable credential for students interested in pursuing law or any Peacebuilding Minor other graduate degree. Timothy Seidel, advisor Required Courses Semester Hours: 18 • PHIL 201 Introduction to Philosophy - 3 The minor in peacebuilding provides students an opportunity to become familiar Details with the theories and processes of • THEO 201 Introduction to Theology - 3 peacebuilding practice. Details • THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and Justice - 3 Details Core Courses • *THEO 412 Liberation Theologies - 3 • PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 Details Details Choose two of the following: • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict Analysis Techniques - 3 Details • PHIL 212 Ways of Knowing - 3 Details • PXD 345 Peacebuilding Theory and • *PHIL 334 Moral Philosophy - 3 Details Action - 3 Details • *PHIL 412 Philosophy of Religion - 3 • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation Details Details OR *PXD 451 Program Evaluation - 3 Details Photography Major Stephen Johnson, advisor Electives Degree: Bachelor of Arts Choose two of the following courses: Semester Hours: 50 • *ENGL 344 Ways of War and Peace - 3 Students who wish to declare a major in Details photography must complete admissions • *ENGL 315 Global Novels, Global requirements for the VACA department. Conflicts - 3 Details The major in photography consists of 50 • *PXD 335 Understanding Violent Conflict SH. - 3 Details • *PXD 451 Program Evaluation - 3 Details • *SOC 255 Social Movements - 3 Details Core Courses • THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and • VACA 121 Drawing - 4 Details Justice - 3 Details • VACA 141 Foundations of Design - 4 Details • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details 106 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• VACA 142 Graphic Design I - 2 Details student colleagues and faculty, along with • VACA 381 Cinema and Visual Theory - 2 substantial preparation of the work for Details presentation during the semester of graduation. Marketing majors complete the • VACA 382 Contemporary Art - 2 Details capstone course MKTG 410 Strategic • VACA 481 Senior Thesis - 2 Details Marketing Management.

Additional Courses Portfolio Review Requirement for • VACA 252 Photography II - 4 Details VACA Majors in Art, Digital Media • VACA 344 Web Design and Social Media - 4 and Communication, or Details Photography • VACA 345 Advanced Photoshop - 4 Incoming students may declare a major in Details art, digital media and communication, or • VACA 353 Alternative Photo Processes - 4 photography. Visual and communication arts faculty will conduct a portfolio review Details after incoming first-year students have been • VACA 367 Hybrid Storytelling - 4 Details at EMU for three semesters. Transfer • VACA 455 Portfolio and Vocation - 4 students (who have completed the Details equivalent of at least three semesters in a similar major elsewhere) will usually Choose 8 SH from the following courses: complete the review process after one • VACA 242 Graphic Design II - 2 Details semester at EMU. The VACA department chair may approve exceptions to the • VACA 243 Graphic Design III - 2 Details timeline. The chair will also approve an • *VACA 335 Installation and Experimental appropriate timeline for EMU students who Media - 4 Details change majors or for students who transfer • *VACA 354 Conservation Photography - 4 in from a non-related program. Details Students who do not pass the portfolio • VACA 434 Advanced Drawing - 2 Details review will need to drop the major. They • VACA 435 Advanced Painting - 2 Details may continue to take VACA classes but will • WRIT 210 News and Feature Writing - 3 not have priority for course enrollment. Details Only VACA majors may enroll in "Senior Thesis/Senior Exhibit," internships, and Recommended Course: independent studies. • VACA 491 Internship - 1-4 Details Students who do not pass the review may re- apply to the major by requesting a new portfolio review after one year. Senior Exhibits and Productions VACA seniors in art, digital media and communication, or photography complete a Photography Minor major production or exhibit within their Semester Hours: 18 major. This senior exhibit/production represents a culminating event for every The minor in photography consists of 18 major—a chance to synthesize their learning SH. experience in an outstanding body of work, to celebrate the accomplishments of a • VACA 141 Foundations of Design - 4 successful undergraduate career, and to Details showcase one's best work for the broader • VACA 151 Photography I - 2 Details community. As such, this requires • VACA 252 Photography II - 4 Details significant teamwork and collaboration with Undergraduate Programs of Study – 107 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• VACA 455 Portfolio and Vocation - 4 This major requires 47 semester hours Details including a required WCSC term which also fulfills the EMU Core requirement for cross- Choose one of the following courses: cultural learning, thus requiring only 37 SH beyond the WCSC term. • VACA 345 Advanced Photoshop - 4 Details • VACA 353 Alternative Photo Processes - 4 Requirement (16 SH) Details • PHIL 201 Introduction to Philosophy - 3 • VACA 354 Conservation Photography - 4 Details Details • POL 111 Comparative Politics - 2 Details • POL 112 American Politics - 2 Details Physics Minor • POL 113 International Relations - 2 Details Semester Hours: 20-23 • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 The physics minor consists of the following Details 20-23 SH program: • SSC 490 Social Sciences Capstone - 2 Details • PHYS 252 Details and PHYS 253 • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details University Physics I, lecture and laboratory Details - 4 Choose among the following courses to • PHYS 262 Details and PHYS 263 equal at least 10 SH (with a semester WCSC University Physics II, lecture and term) or 12 SH (with a summer WCSC laboratory Details - 4 term). Two courses must be 300 or 400 level: • *PHYS 406 Quantum Mechanics - 3 Details • *POL 220 US Foreign Policy - 3 Details Choose three from the following courses: • *POL 230 International Norms and Institutions - 3 Details • *ENGR 270 Engineering Statics - 3 Details • *POL 250 Law, Justice and the Local • *ENGR 280 Engineering Dynamics - 3 Context - 3 Details Details • *PPX 371 Peace and Security in East Asia - • *ENGR 265 Analog Circuits - 4 Details 3 Details • *ENGR 350 Fluid Mechanics - 4 Details • *PPX 401 Human Rights and Dignity - 4 • *ENGR 370 Strength of Materials - 4 Details Details • *PPX 405-409 Topics in Politics and Peace • *PHYS 405 Thermodynamics - 3 Details Studies - 3-4 Details + In earning a minor in the mathematical • *PPX 421 Genocide of the 20th Century - sciences department, at most three courses 4 Details may be included that are also counted • *PPX 431 Political Reconciliation - 4 toward the student's major in the Details department. • *PXD 365 Social and Political Economy - 3 Details Political Science Major Choose two of the following courses (in conjunction with a semester WCSC term) Degree: Bachelor of Arts or three (in conjunction with a summer Semester Hours: 47 WCSC term). One course must be upper level:

108 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 A minor in political science is designed to Details introduce students to the basics of the • *ECON 311 Contemporary Economic discipline and is highly recommended as a complement to any major hoping to work Issues - 3 Details toward advocacy in their field. Although not • *HIST 251 History of Africa - 3 Details required, political science minors are • *HIST 391 The Birth of Modernity in strongly encouraged to do an appropriate Europe: The Seventeenth and Eighteenth internship through the Washington Centuries - 3 Details Community Scholars' Center (WCSC). • *HIST 411 The History of Recent America, • POL 111 Comparative Politics - 2 Details 1941-Present - 4 Details • POL 112 American Politics - 2 Details • *HIST 432 History of the Middle East - 3 • POL 113 International Relations - 2 Details Details • LEAD 300 Leadership Theory and Practice - 3 Details Choose three of the following courses to • *PHIL 412 Philosophy of Religion - 3 equal at least 9 SH. At least two courses Details must be upper level: • *PXD 335 Understanding Violent • CCPOL from semester cross-cultural Conflict - 3 Details experience - 3 • PXD 485 Global Development - 3 Details • PHIL 201 Introduction to Philosophy - 3 • *REL 201 Introduction to Religious Details Studies - 3 Details OR REL 223 World • *POL 220 U.S. Foreign Policy - 3 Details Religions - 3 Details • *POL 230 International Norms and • *SOC 255 Social Movements - 3 Details Institutions - 3 Details • SOWK 330 Social Policy Analysis - 3 • *POL 250 Law, Justice and the Local Details Context - 3 Details • SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 Details • *PPX 371 Peace and Security in East Asia - • *THEO 412 Liberation Theologies Details 3 Details OR THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace • *PPX 405-409 Topics in Politics and Peace and Justice - 3 Details Studies - 3-4 Details • *PPX 401 Human Rights and Dignity - 4 Washington Community Scholars' Details Center (10-15 SH) • *PPX 421 Genocide of the 20th Century - 4 Details Political science majors must complete a • *PPX 431 Political Reconciliation - 4 semester (15 SH) or summer (10 SH) in the WCSC program. Details • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy - 3 Students choosing a summer WCSC term Details will take two additional courses from the • Choose one 200-level or higher 3 SH above lists to fulfill the 47 SH requirement. course from HIST, ECON or PXD. Students are highly encouraged to complete an international cross-cultural experience as well, especially if they are interested in Pre-Law Minor transnational or international political issues. Semester Hours: 18 The pre-law minor is an interdisciplinary Political Science Minor and interdepartmental minor designed to Semester Hours: 18 complement a variety of majors. It prepares Undergraduate Programs of Study – 109 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

students for a range of careers including the • *POL 230 International Norms and traditional practices of law, but it also builds Institutions - 3 Details upon EMU's historic emphases on • *PPX 431 Political Reconciliation - 4 peacebuilding, justice and global awareness, thus providing a strong background for Details careers in mediation, environmental law, • PXD 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 international development, politics, human Details rights work, victim offender reconciliation, • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict and juvenile justice. Pre-law minors are also Analysis Techniques - 3 Details expected to be actively involved in our pre- • *PXD 331 Restorative Justice and Trauma law society, Res Judicata, that organizes Awareness - 3 Details events to help students encounter a wide variety of legal professions, and provides • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 resources to help students prepare for the Details LSAT exam that is required for admission • *SOC 360 Criminology - 3 Details into law school. The minor consists of 18 • *SOC 362 Criminal Justice - 2 Details semester hours including an internship. • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details • HUM 200 Foundations of Humanities - 2 Details Pre-Professional Health • POL 111 Comparative Politics - 2 Details Sciences Career Concentration • POL 112 American Politics - 2 Details (PPHS) • POL 113 International Relations - 2 Stephen Cessna, Jeff Copeland, and Kris Details Schmidt, advisors • POL 481 Pre-law Internship (Internships done for other related disciplines may Students who are interested in biomedical fulfill this requirement.) - 1-3 Details practice enroll in the Pre-Professional Health Sciences (PPHS) career Choose at least one of the following: concentration, which is designed for students anticipating entrance into a • BUAD 411 Business Law - 3 Details professional health science school such as • *POL 250 Law, Justice and the Local medicine, physician assistant, dentistry, Context - 3 Details physical therapy, veterinary medicine, • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 pharmacy, surgical assistant, radiological Details technician, occupational therapy, optometry, podiatry, osteopathy, radiology, Choose two or more of the following to or graduate education and research in any complete the required 18 SH for the minor: area of biomedicine. Students who are interested in physical therapy should major • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 in biology with the Pre-PT track. Students Details who are interested in other PPHS areas will • *HIST 340-345 Topics in History (when generally be biology majors, either in the appropriate) - 3 Details general or neuroscience tracks, or will be • *HIST 411 History of Recent America - 4 biochemistry majors. However, it is possible to complete a non-science major in another Details area in the university and succeed in the • *HUM 330-335 Topics in Humanities program if the required courses are (when appropriate) - 3-4 Details completed. Since course requirements for • *HUM 420-425 Tutorial in Humanities the various pre-health programs vary, (when appropriate) - 3-4 Details students should reference the advising guides • LING 260 Grammars of English - 3 Details on the Pre-Professional Health Sciences page • *POL 220 U.S. Foreign Policy - 3 Details for specific courses required for each 110 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

program. Additional courses are required Additionally, 11-12 credits from the beyond those for the biology major. Because following are required: BIOCH 152 , BIOL graduate schools value a broad education, a 173, BIOL 215, BIOL 240, CHEM 105, minor in a non-science area of interest is ENVS 235, PSYC 101 or PSYC 202, SOC suggested. 201.

Associate of Science in Health Psychology Major Science Degree: Bachelor of Science Degree: Associate of Science Semester Hours: 45 Semester Hours: 60 Psychology majors must complete the This program allows the student to combine admission requirements for the major. the requirements from the EMU Core with A major in psychology consists of 45 SH. a concentration in health sciences, which All courses required for the psychology includes courses from the biology and major must be passed with a C- or better. chemistry programs. An associate's degree in the health sciences could prepare students to • PSYC 101 General Psychology - 3 Details enter a radiology program or pursue other • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 health science degrees, such as physical therapy assistant. Details • PSYC 203 Developmental Case Study - 1 Students need to reach a total of 60 SH to Details earn the AS degree. • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details In addition to the EMU Core requirements • PSYC 231 Applied Behavior Analysis - 3 (see the EMU Core section), the following Details courses are required: • PSYC 311 Psychological Design and Analysis - 3 Details • BIOL 112 Human Anatomy and • PSYC 331 Abnormal Psychology - 3 Physiology I - 3 Details Details • BIOL 122 Human Anatomy and • PSYC 341 Cognitive Psychology - 3 Physiology II - 3 Details Details • BIOL 145 Nutrition Fundamentals - 2 • PSYC 361 Theories of Personality - 3 Details Details • BIOL 205 Introduction to Microbiology - 3 • PSYC 441 Teaching of Psychology - 1 Details Details • *BIOL 209 Medical Terminology - 2 • PSYC 472 Research in Psychology - 2 Details Details • BIOL 485 Faith, Science, and Ethics - 2 • PSYC 473 Research in Psychology: Details Applied - 2 Details • CHEM 155 Matter and Energy - 3 Details • PSYC 482 Psychology Internship I - 2 OR CHEM 223 General Chemistry I - 4 Details Details • PSYC 483 Psychology Internship II - 2 • MATH 114 College Algebra - 2 Details Details OR MATH 144 Precalculus - 2 Details • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details OR STAT 220 Inferential Statistics - 2 Choose three of the following courses: Details • PSYC 301 Psychology of Interpersonal • CS 105 Introduction to Computer Science Relationships - 3 Details - 2 Details Undergraduate Programs of Study – 111 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• *PSYC 351 Positive Psychology: The recreation and sport management major Theory Applications - 3 Details consists of the following courses for a total • *PSYC 380-385 Topics in Psychology - 3 of 42 SH: Details • BUAD 101 Business at EMU - 3 Details • PSYC 391 Introduction to Counseling - 3 • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 Details Details • *PSYC 431 Psychological Testing and • CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data Manageme Assessment - 3 Details nt - 1 Details • *PSYC 451 Neuropsychology - 3 Details • LEAD 300 Leadership Theory and Practice Other - 3 Details • PE 301 Adapted Physical Education - 3 • PSYC 499 Independent Study - 1-3 Details Details • PE 302 Motor Learning - 2 Details • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 Psychology Minor Details • RSM 101 Introduction to Health, Physical Semester Hours: 18 Education and Recreation - 3 Details • PSYC 101 General Psychology - 3 Details • RSM 211 Sophomore Practicum - 1 • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Details Details • RSM 305 Risk Management in Recreation • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details and Sport - 3 Details • PSYC 231 Applied Behavior Analysis - 3 • *RSM 309 Recreation and Sport Program Details and Event Planning - 3 Details • PSYC 331 Abnormal Psychology - 3 • *RSM 402 Facility Design and Supervision Details - 2 Details • PSYC elective - 3 • RSM 405 Recreation and Sport Administration - 3 Details • +RSM 411 Senior Internship - 4 Details Recreation and Sport • PEG 118 Lifeguarding (or satisfied by Management Major outside certification) Details OR HE 201 Joohyun Lee, advisor First Aid (or satisfied by outside certification) - 1 Details Degree: Bachelor of Arts Semester Hours: 42 + RSM Senior Internship may be satisfied with WCSC internship; requires senior This program prepares students for entry- standing level positions in a variety of fitness related careers, including commercial, municipal, Choose two of the following courses: corporate, or campus recreation, strength and conditioning coach or trainer, sports • *PEM 141 Teaching Individual Sports - 2 club management, athletic administration, Details sports promotion and marketing, and arena/ • *PEM 142 Teaching Team Sports - 2 stadium management. Details To graduate with a recreation and sport • PEM 143 Fitness, Conditioning and management major, students must first earn Strength Training - 2 Details admission to the business and leadership • *PEM 144 Experiential Education and department by fulfilling the department Recreational Games - 2 Details admission requirements.

112 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Coaching Minor • *PE 415 Exercise Physiology of Sport - 3 Semester Hours: 16-19 Details • RSM 305 Risk Management in Recreation This program is designed to give the and Sport - 3 Details candidate the necessary background • *RSM 309 Recreation and Sport Program knowledge and skills to coach youth and and Event Planning - 3 Details scholastic sports. This minor consists of 16-19 SH: Kinesiology and Exercise Core Requirements (11 SH) Science Minor Semester Hours: 17 • HE 201 First Aid - 1 Details • *PE 201 Principles of Coaching - 2 Details This program is designed to be taken in • PE 203 Coaching Practicum - 1 Details conjunction with a biology major. • PE 302 Motor Learning - 2 Details Graduates of this program will be prepared • RSM 405 Recreation and Sport to enter graduate school or immediately begin to apply their knowledge in a fitness- Administration - 3 Details related occupation. This minor consists of • PEM 143 Fitness, Conditioning and 17 SH: Strength Training - 2 Details • BIOL 145 Nutrition Fundamentals - 2 Choose one of the following (1-2 SH) Details • *PEM 141 Teaching Individual Sports - 2 • HE 201 First Aid - 1 Details Details • HE 301 Athletic Training - 2 Details • *PEM 142 Teaching Team Sports - 2 • PE 210 Sophomore Practicum: KES -1 Details Details • PEV 151 Baseball - 1 Details • PE 302 Motor Learning - 2 Details • PEV 152 Men's Basketball - 1 Details • *PE 414 Biomechanics of Sport - 2 Details • PEV 153 Women's Basketball - 1 Details • *PE 415 Exercise Physiology of Sport - 3 • PEV 154 Cross Country - 1 Details Details • PEV 155 Field Hockey - 1 Details • PEM 143 Fitness, Conditioning and Streng • PEV 156 Men's Soccer - 1 Details th Training - 2 Details • PEV 157 Women's Soccer - 1 Details • PE 416 Fitness Administration and • PEV 158 Softball - 1 Details Assessment - 2 Details • PEV 159 Track and Field - 1 Details • PEV 160 Women's Volleyball - 1 Details Recreation and Sport • PEV 161 Men's Volleyball - 1 Details Management Minor • PEV 162 Men's Golf - 1 Details • PEV 163 Women's Golf - 1 Details Semester Hours: 18 • PEV 164 Triathlon - 1 Details This minor is designed for students who Choose a minimum of 5 credits from the would like to work in sport or recreation following: fields but do not have time or schedule to achieve the RSM major. • BIOL 145 Nutrition Fundamentals - 2 The RSM minor consists of the following Details courses for a total of 18 SH: • HE 301 Athletic Training - 2 Details • *PE 414 Biomechanics of Sport - 2 Details • RSM 101 Introduction to Health, Physical Education and Recreation - 3 Details

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 113 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• RSM 211 Sophomore Practicum - 1 • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 Details Details • RSM 405 Recreation and Sport • *REL 201 Introduction to Religious Administration - 3 Details Studies - 3 Details • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 Choose two of the following courses: Details • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details Choose at least 8 SH of courses from list: • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 • HE 201 First Aid - 1 Details Details • PE 301 Adapted Physical Education - 3 • *REL 310-315 Topics in Religion - 3 Details Details • PE 302 Motor Learning - 2 Details • *REL 423 Judaism, Christianity, Islam: • One course from PEM 141-145 - 2 Comparative Monotheisms - 3 Details • RSM 305 Risk Management in Recreation • THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and and Sport - 3 Details Justice - 3 Details • *RSM 309 Recreation and Sport Program and Event Planning - 3 Details Theology Track • *RSM 402 Facility Design and Supervision - 2 Details • CHST 312 Missiology - 3 Details • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 Details Religious and Intercultural • THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and Studies Minor Justice - 3 Details Semester Hours: 18 Choose one of the following courses: The minor in religious and intercultural studies consists of 18 SH which will • CHST 462 Mission Practicum - 3 Details complement other Bible and religion majors • THEO 201 Introduction to Theology - 3 and serve students interested in intercultural Details ministry in fields such as business, education, nursing, peacebuilding and Choose two of the following courses: development, and social work. It offers two • *BIST 223 Four Portraits of Jesus: tracks: religion, which focuses on deepening understanding of religion and how Christian Reading the Gospels Details OR *BIST witness is carried out in a variety of religious 323 Life and Letters of the Apostle Paul - settings, and theology, which strengthens 3 Details understanding of the biblical and theological • *BIST 341 Old Testament Studies - 3 foundations for Christian witness. Both Details tracks emphasize Anabaptist understandings • *PHIL 412 Philosophy of Religion - 3 of peace as central to intercultural ministry. Details • PXD 485 Global Development - 3 Details Religion Track • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details • *REL 423 Judaism, Christianity, Islam: • CHST 312 Missiology - 3 Details Comparative Monotheisms - 3 Details • REL 223 World Religions - 3 Details • *THEO 310-315 Topics in Theology - 3 Choose two of the following courses: • *THEO 412 Liberation Theologies - 3 Details • CHST 462 Mission Practicum - 3 Details

114 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Social Work Major government and legislative advocacy on behalf of vulnerable populations and social Carol Hurst and Deanna Durham, advisors programs. Practice courses provide Degree: Bachelor of Arts structured skills practice at the micro or Semester Hours: 61 direct one-to-one interpersonal level, at the mezzo or group and family interpersonal The social work major is a professional level, and at the macro or large system level degree program accredited by the Council requiring community and organizational on Social Work Education (CSWE), the leadership skills. Students can develop standard-setting commission for social work knowledge in particular interest areas degree programs in the United States. through class projects, choice of their Graduates qualify for Baccalaureate in Social elective social work topics course, and Work (BSW) licensure exams and for through selection of field practicum setting. opportunities in master of social work advanced standing programs. The EMU Students must apply for formal admission social work program's emphasis on social into the social work program after the initial justice and cross-cultural learning in social work courses. Transfer students apply domestic and international venues is to the program after their first semester in distinctive. Graduates are prepared for the social work major at EMU. The social generalist social work practice with work program does not grant credit for life individuals, families, groups, and experience or previous work experience. communities within the context of various Admission to and continuation in the social human service organizations. Graduates may work program is contingent upon academic also pursue graduate degrees in social work performance (a minimum of C in all social including advanced standing admission to work/sociology courses required in the CSWE accredited masters’ in social work major and a minimum overall GPA of 2.5) programs to finish an MSW degree on an as well as personal qualities essential for accelerated basis. working with people such as a value orientation consistent with the profession, Professional social work practice requires compassionate sensitivity towards others, grounding in the core values of the social self-awareness, and a sense of personal and work profession: service, social justice, global responsibility. Students must dignity and worth of the person, the demonstrate capacity to meet professional importance of human relationships, standards through conscientious timely integrity, and competence. Throughout the attendance and follow-through in all curriculum students grow in self-awareness coursework, as well as maintenance of a of their own family backgrounds and their minimum 2.5 overall GPA, to be accepted own cognitive and affective responses to into a practicum placement. trauma, injustice, and marginalization of persons. Ethical boundaries and self-care are Career opportunities for social workers emphasized as students learn to provide abound in diverse community settings and compassionate presence and healing care to organizations. Types of social work include: others. Practical service learning, community early intervention, adoption and foster care engagement, language study, and cross- services; school-based social work; youth/ cultural experience build capacity to care child mentoring and after-school programs; competently for diverse populations. juvenile justice and corrections; judicial/ court programs; mediation programs; The curriculum includes course sequences in domestic violence prevention and the discipline's focus areas including Human intervention services; public sector social Behavior and Social Environment (HBSE), services; disaster relief; immigrant and policy, and practice. HBSE courses provide refugee programs; mental health and social scientific perspectives of patterns of counseling services; substance and alcohol human behavior. Policy courses focus on addiction recovery; emergency family understanding organizations and shelters and homelessness services; day Undergraduate Programs of Study – 115 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

programs for children and the elderly; • SOWK 410 Social Work Practice III - 3 residential geriatric communities and Details nursing homes; developmental disabilities • SOWK 420 Topics in Social Work - 3 support programs; sexual assault crisis intervention and child advocacy services; Details hospital social work; and hospice care • SOWK 430 Senior Practicum in Social organizations. Work - 12 Details The major consists of the following 61 SH: Foundation Requirements: Sociology Major Jenni Holsinger, advisor • PSYC 101 General Psychology - 3 Details • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Degree: Bachelor of Arts Details Semester Hours: 39 • SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology - 3 The field of sociology provides a well- Details established platform for the study of how • Choice of either ECON 201 Survey of social relations, institutions, and Economics Details or ECON 212 communities shape us and how we, in turn, shape them. The major invites students to Principles of Macroeconomics Details or actively engage with a vision for just PXD 365 Social and Political Economy - 3 communities, offering students the Details opportunity to generate scholarship and • SOWK 101 Exploring Social Work - 3 activism that addresses significant Details and complex social problems facing our world today. Human Behavior & Social Environment (HBSE) courses: The sociology major includes concentrations in criminal justice, environmental studies, • SOWK 200 Social Behavior and Diversity - planning and public administration, human 3 Details and social services, anthropology, and • SOWK 210 Social Stratification - 3 Details business and management. The major • SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 Details creates a pathway for students to enter work • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details opportunities related to law, management, community development, religious ministry, • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 environmental planning, public policy, and Details many other professions. Policy Courses: As part of the sociology major at EMU, • POL 111 Comparative Politics Details or students are involved in an innovative collaboration among Mennonite educational POL 112 American Politics - 2 Details institutions, having the opportunity to take • SOWK 220 History and Philosophy of courses from faculty members at Bluffton Social Welfare - 3 Details University (Ohio) and Goshen College • SOWK 330 Social Policy Analysis - 3 (Indiana). These courses are offered in Details various distance education formats. Practice Courses: The major consists of the following 39 SH: • SOWK 310 Social Work Practice I - 3 Details Required Core Courses (21 SH) • SOWK 400 Social Work Practice II - 3 • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details Details • SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology - 3 Details 116 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• SOC 210 Social Stratification Details • ECON 211 Principles of Microeconomics - 3 OR SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 Details Details • *PXD 261 Community and Conflict • SOC 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 Analysis Techniques - 3 Details Details • PXD 341 Mediation and Facilitation - 3 • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research - 3 Details Details • PXD 331 Restorative Justice and Trauma • SOC 392 Junior Seminar in Social Researc Awareness - 3 Details h (shared online with the collaborative) - 3 • *PXD 451 Program Evaluation - 3 Details Details • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details • SOC 409 Field Experience - 3 Details • PSYC 301 Psychology of Interpersonal • SOC 410 Senior Capstone - 1 Details OR Relationships - 3 Details SSC 490 Social Sciences Capstone - 2 • SOWK 200 Social Behavior and Diversity - 3 Details Details

Sociology Electives Macro-Level Processes and Social Choose 12 SH from the following courses: Institutions Choose 3-4 SH from the following courses: • PXD 365 Social and Political Economy - 3 Details • ECON 201 Survey of Economics - 3 • SOC 201 Sociology of Health - 3 Details Details • SOC 210 Social Stratification Details • ECON 212 Principles of Macroeconomics - OR SOWK 360 Race and Gender - 3 3 Details Details • *ENVS 235 Sustainable Food Systems - 2 • SOC 245 Environment and Society - 3 Details Details • POL 112 American Politics - 2 Details • *SOC 255 Social Movements - 3 Details • *POL 230 International Norms and • SOC 330 Family in the Social Context - 3 Institutions - 3 Details Details • *POL 250 Law, Justice and the Local • *SOC 350 Urban Sociology - 3 Details Context - 3 Details • *SOC 360 Criminology - 3 Details • PXD 375 Globalization and Justice - 3 • *SOC 430 Environmental Justice - 3 Details Details • PXD 485 Global Development - 3 Details • SOC 442 Teaching of Sociology - 1-3 • SOWK 220 History and Philosophy of Details Social Welfare - 3 Details • SOWK 330 Social Policy Analysis - 3 Details Micro-Level Processes • SPAN 330 Immigration Issues - 3 Details Choose 3 SH from the following courses: Additional courses offered by Bluffton • BUAD 221 Principles of Management - 3 University or Goshen College may Details substitute for major requirements with advisor approval. • BUAD 331 Organizational Behavior - 3 Details • BUAD 465 Project Management and Grant Sociology Minor writing - 3 Details Jenni Holsinger, advisor

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 117 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Semester Hours: 18 All Spanish majors are required to spend one semester abroad in a Spanish-speaking • SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology - 3 country in order to immerse themselves in Details another culture and improve their oral • SOC 225 Theories of Social Change - 3 fluency through family homestays and Details conversation courses at the intermediate and • SOC 336 Methods of Social Research advanced levels. Details OR *PXD 451 Program Evaluation This requirement can be waived only in very - 3 Details special circumstances for native speakers through a rigorous application process. Electives (9 SH) Majors will have the linguistic and cultural competency required for graduate and • Any SOC courses - 9 professional programs in the U.S. and Spanish-speaking countries. Students are encouraged to consult with the sociology advisor in outlining a minor. Requirements consist of 33 SH, chosen from the following: Spanish Language and Hispanic Studies Major Hispanic Culture and Society (6-9 SH) Maria Esther Showalter and Wendell Shank, advisors Choose at least two of the following: Degree: Bachelor of Arts • *SPAN 301 The Art of Storytelling - 3 Semester Hours: 33 Details A student majoring in Spanish language and • *SPAN 302 Flavors of Hispanic Culture - 3 Hispanic studies will complete 33 SH of Details coursework at the 300- and 400-levels, • *SPAN 303 Dictatorships and Social including at minimum one conversation Movements - 3 Details course on a cross-cultural experience. The major in Spanish language and Cross-Cultural Conversation (3-6 Hispanic studies at Eastern Mennonite SH) University focuses on building oral and written fluency in the language and culture. All Spanish majors must complete at The major, however, goes far beyond mere minimum one conversation course or its language learning, as it is designed to offer a equivalent during the cross-cultural broad foundation in Hispanic studies. The experience. In special circumstances and courses explore the literatures, histories, only with prior notification and written linguistic diversity, and cultures of Spain approval by Spanish faculty, an internship, and Hispanic America from their first practicum, or another course may satisfy the manifestations to the present. The faculty requirement. approach this rich cultural legacy from an interdisciplinary perspective that puts Choose at least one of the following: Hispanic American and Spanish texts in • SPAN 310 Advanced Conversation and dialogue with other fields of knowledge such Readings (offered only on request) - 3 as anthropology, environmentalism, history, human rights, women's studies, theology, • CCSPA 312 Advanced Conversational sociolinguistics, and studies on globalization. Spanish I - 3 Details • CCSPA 322 Advanced Conversational Spanish II - 3 Details

118 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Critical Thinking and Composition Spanish Language and (3-6 SH) Hispanic Studies Major, Choose at least one of the following: PreK-12 Teaching Endorsement • *SPAN 320 Constructing Identities - 3 All students seeking licensure to teach must follow the procedures for admission to Details teacher education and to student teaching. • *SPAN 325 The Latino Experience - 3 Details This program will prepare students to teach Spanish by instructing them in the standards of the American Council of Teachers of Hispanic Studies (6-9 SH) Foreign Language (ACTFL). Teacher candidates must comply with all teacher Choose at least two of the following: education requirements listed in the • *SPAN 411 Globalization in Latin education section. Students must complete the major in Spanish and the following American Cinema - 3 Details courses: • *SPAN 420 Narratives of Trauma and (The following courses must be passed with Resilience - 3 Details a grade of C or better.) • *SPAN 425 Indigenous People and Conquest - 3 Details • ED 101 Exploring Teaching - 2 Details • *SPAN 430 Marginalized Voices in • ED 245 Learning and Classroom Hispanic America - 3 Details Environments - 3 Details • ED 252 Learning and Classroom Environments Professional Field Spanish for the Professions (6-9 Experience - 1 Details SH) • ED 275 Instructional Tech and Choose at least two of the following Assessment - 3 Details (Spanish licensure candidates must complete • ED 301 Needs of Diverse Learners - 3 at least one from SPAN 330, SPAN 335, Details and SPAN 360): • ED 351 General Curriculum and Methods • *SPAN 330 Immigration Issues - 3 Details for Middle and Secondary Teaching - 1 • *SPAN 335 Spanish of the United States - Details 3 Details • ED 385 Content Area Methods, Middle/ • *SPAN 340 Introduction to Spanish Secondary Teaching - 2 Details Translation and Interpretation - 3 Details • ED 395 Reading and Writing in the • *SPAN 360 Spanish for Healthcare Content Area (6-12) - 3 Details Professionals - 3 Details • ED 401 Examining Foundations of • SPAN 470 Internship - 3 Details Education - 2 Details • ED 411 Reflective Teaching Seminar and Students may also fulfill the requirement Portfolio - 1 Details through an internship in which they make use of their oral and written Spanish. For • ED 461 Elementary Student Teaching example, a course taken in the context of an (PreK-6) - 7 Details EMU-led cross-cultural program, summer • ED 462 Middle/High School Student volunteer work in a Spanish-speaking Teaching (6-12) - 7 Details community, or a summer internship in • LING 460 Practicum in TESOL - 3 Details Spain or Hispanic America could qualify with permission of the department.

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 119 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Additional licensure requirement: • THR 210 Technical Theater - 2 Details • THR 230-235 Topics in Theater - 2 Details • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 • THR 300 Directing for the Theater - 2 Details Details • THR 360 Playwriting - 2 Details Spanish Minor • *THR 361 Screenwriting - 2 Details Semester Hours: 18 Requirements consist of 18 SH of courses in Practica (6 SH) areas of Hispanic culture and society, Choose from two or more of the following conversation, critical thinking and areas of practical learning through composition, Hispanic studies, or Spanish participation in theater productions. for the professions. • THR 281 Acting Practicum - 1-3 Details Students who place above the intermediate • THR 350 Technical Theater - 1-3 Details level may not take intermediate level courses. Other students may count SPAN • THR 351 Stage Management - 1-3 Details 210 and 220 Intermediate I and II toward • THR 352 Assistant Directing - 1-3 Details the minor. Minors should begin with • THR 353 Dramaturgy - 1-3 Details courses listed under Hispanic culture and society (SPAN 301, 302, 303) or Spanish for the professions (SPAN 330, 335, Writing Studies Major 340, 360) and then take at least one of the Chad Gusler, advisor prerequisites in critical thinking and composition (SPAN 320, 325) before Degree: Bachelor of Arts enrolling in 400-level courses. At minimum, Semester Hours: 36 students must complete a one-semester cross-cultural experience, a six week summer The writing studies major involves the study cross-cultural term, or a study abroad or of writing in various creative genres, writing other experience in the host culture as for particular professions, English grammar, approved by the Spanish faculty. English literature, and practical experience in peer teaching, publishing, and internship settings. Students will study with faculty Theater Minor members who are published writers and will have further opportunities to interact with Semester Hours: 18 visiting writers through workshops and summer retreats. The theater minor allows students from all majors to gain experience in many areas of The writing studies major is by intention theater. Engaging in these courses provides small and flexible. Majors are encouraged to opportunities for students to enhance their double major or minor in their other areas creative expression as they foster community of interest. Simultaneous study will allow and contribute to the intellectual life of writers to broaden their knowledge bases by EMU through public performances. exploring other subjects in depth. Students will be more informed as writers and, in The minor consists of 18 SH. turn, will be able to use their writing and • THR 100 Acting for Stage and Screen - 2 rhetorical skills to contribute easily to the Details discourse of other fields. • THR 200 Survey of World Theater History Writing studies at EMU will prepare student - 2 Details s for careers in editing, publishing, journalism, and technical writing. Those Choose 8 SH from the following courses: who wish to pursue studies in creative

120 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 writing will produce portfolios of work Writing Practicum (3 SH) suitable for graduate school application. In addition, writing studies graduates will have Choose 3 SH from the following courses: strong and flexible communication skills, • WRIT 391 Editing and Publishing: Weathe enhancing their desirability as employees in any field they may wish to pursue. r Vane - 1-3 Details • LARTS 390-391 Peer Tutoring - 1-3 Majors are expected to attend all Writers Details Read events and participate in year-end • WRIT 390 Phoenix - 1-3 Details readings. • WRIT 470 Internship - 1-3 Details Requirements consist of 36 SH. Electives (6 SH) Core Writing Courses (12 SH) Choose 6 SH from the following courses • WRIT 200 Introduction to Creative Writing (Note that some courses have prerequisites): - 3 Details • Additional WRIT or LING courses not • LING 250 Introduction to Linguistics taken above Details OR LING 260 Grammars of English • ENGL courses 300-level or above - 3 Details • HUM 200 Foundations of Humanities - 2 • WRIT 210 News and Feature Writing - 3 Details Details OR *WRIT 380 Details , 381 • LARTS 390-391 Peer Tutoring - 1-3 Details , 383 Details Professional Writing Details Series (1 each) - 3 total • *SPAN 301 The Art of Storytelling - 3 • WRIT 400 Senior Thesis - 3 Details Details • *SPAN 320 Constructing Identities - 3 Creative Workshops (12 SH) Details • *SPAN 325 The Latino Experience - 3 Choose four of the following courses: Details • *WRIT 351 Fiction Writing Workshop - 3 • *SPAN 340 Intro to Translation and Details Interpretation - 3 Details • *WRIT 352 Creative Nonfiction Workshop • *SPAN 420 Narratives of Trauma and - 3 Details Resilience - 3 Details • *WRIT 370 Poetry Workshop - 3 Details • *SPAN 430 Marginalized Voices - 3 Details • *WRIT 421 Advanced Fiction Workshop - • THR 360 Playwriting - 2 Details 3 Details • *THR 361 Screenwriting - 2 Details • *WRIT 422 Advanced Creative Nonfiction • VACA 367 Hybrid Storytelling - 4 Details Workshop - 3 Details • *VACA 465 Visual Storytelling: Nonfiction • *WRIT 423 Advanced Poetry Workshop - - 4 Details 3 Details • *VACA 466 Visual Storytelling: Fiction - 4 Details Literature Course (3 SH) • Choose from 300-level ENGL courses and Writing Studies Minor SPAN 301, 420, and 430. Semester Hours: 18 Students are expected to attend Writers Read events.

Undergraduate Programs of Study – 121 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Requirements consist of 18 SH. • CHST 473 Youth Ministry Practicum - 3 Choose 9 SH from WRIT courses 200- level Details or above. • PSYC 391 Introduction to Counseling Details OR PXD 341 Mediation and Choose 9 SH from the following: Facilitation - 3 Details • Additional WRIT courses • Any ENGL courses or SPAN literature Accelerated Program: BA in (SPAN 340, 420, 430) courses up to 6 SH Peacebuilding and • LARTS 390 Peer Tutoring - 1-3 Details Development, Peacebuilding, • LARTS 391 Peer Tutoring Practicum II - or Global Development to MA in 1-2 Details Conflict Transformation or MA • LING 260 Grammars of English - 3 Details in Restorative Justice • HUM 200 Foundations of Humanities - 2 Details Timothy Seidel and Gloria Rhodes, advisors • *SPAN 320 Constructing Identities - 3 The accelerated program is a collaboration Details between EMU's undergraduate department • *SPAN 325 The Latino Experience - 3 of applied social sciences and the graduate Details program of the Center for Justice and • THR 360 Playwriting - 2 Details Peacebuilding. The program is designed to award exceptional and/or non-traditional • *THR 361 Screenwriting - 2 Details students a BA in peacebuilding and • VACA 367 Hybrid Storytelling - 4 Details development, BA in peacebuilding, or BA in • WRIT 390 Phoenix - 1-3 Details global development, and an MA in conflict • WRIT 391 Editing and Publishing: Weathe transformation or MA in restorative justice r Vane - 1-3 Details through an accelerated curriculum (typically completed in five years). Students should express interest in the program during their Youth Ministry Minor first year as an undergraduate or as soon as possible so they can be assigned an advisor, Semester Hours: 18 plan their course of study, and determine The minor in youth ministry is designed for financial assistance. persons who choose a major outside the Students will formally apply to the graduate Bible, religion, and theology department but program (usually during the third year of who anticipate working with youth-related undergraduate studies). If admission is ministries in congregations or church granted they will continue with the agencies. accelerated curriculum; if their application is denied, they will continue with the standard Required Courses undergraduate curriculum without penalty. Students must have a minimum GPA of • CHST 212 Introduction to Youth Ministry - 3.25 and an EMU faculty recommendation 3 Details in order to apply to the graduate program. • CHST 223 Spiritual Formation, Sacred Pauses - 3 Details Curriculum • CHST 334 Almost Christian: Youth Ministry in the Congregation - 3 Details The undergraduate curriculum for the BA/ MA accelerated program requires • *CHST 372 Church Leadership for completion of the EMU Core curriculum Transformation - 3 Details and the peacebuilding and development major, the peacebuilding major or the global

122 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 development major. Upon successful A in Counseling through a five-year application to the graduate program and curriculum. completion of a minimum of 105 undergraduate semester hours, students will Students should express interest in the then take an additional 45 SH to complete program during their first year as an the graduate degree. undergraduate in order to be assigned an advisor to help plan their course of study. Undergraduate students pursuing the Because the program requires careful course accelerated program are asked to develop a scheduling from year one, it will not rich portfolio of experiences that typically be an option for transfer students. demonstrate their experience and awareness In order for students to take undergraduate of national and global issues. To that end, psychology courses in the accelerated students are asked to participate in the undergraduate sequence, they must: Washington Community Scholars' Center (WCSC) program including completing a • Provide evidence of a minimum high summer or semester-long internship or the school GPA of 3.6/4.0. equivalent (e.g. a significant practice • Receive recommendation of a experience such as the 3-month psychology advisor by the end of the first International Peacebuilding and Developme year. nt Practicum {IPDP} program or other by • Achieve a 3.6 GPA in the first semester of approval). Students are also required to complete a cross-cultural semester or classes. equivalent (e.g. satisfied by international • Successfully achieve psychology student status or evidence of 3 months in a candidacy by the end of the second year. cross-cultural context). Students will formally apply to the MA in Once a candidate is accepted into the Counseling program during their third year graduate program, their fourth year will of undergraduate studies and must meet include classes at both the undergraduate regular standards for admission into the and graduate levels. Attendance at the Counseling program. Summer Peacebuilding Institute between the fourth and fifth years is required, and the student will typically conclude master's Finance Concentration degree requirements in the final (fifth) year. The finance career concentration prepares Further details are available from students for entry level finance roles such as the Peacebuilding and Development banking, investment planning, and financial program director, the accelerated program analyst. The concentration will give advisor, and the Center for Justice and you basic understandings of financial Peacebuilding academic program concepts to increase your preparation for coordinator. financial careers. • ACTG 221 Financial Accounting - 3 Accelerated Program: BS in Details Psychology to MA in Counseling • ECON 201 Survey of Economics Details The accelerated program is a collaboration OR ECON 212 Principles of between EMU's undergraduate department Macroeconomics - 3 Details of psychology and the graduate program in • FIN 289 Investment Club (taken twice for counseling. The program is designed to credit) - 2 Details award exceptional students the opportunity to apply to the MA in Counseling program • FIN 440 Financial Management - 3 Details during their junior year. If accepted into the • FIN 481 Finance Internship - 3 Details MA in Counseling program, such students While not required, other recommended can be awarded a BS in Psychology and an M courses for finance: Undergraduate Programs of Study – 123 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data Concentration for Psychology Management - 1 Details major: 18 VACA credits • CIS 321 Advanced Spreadsheets - 1 • (Any of the courses listed below can be Details used as a core class except the • STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics - 2 Details Intermediate and Advanced Studio courses) Industrial and Organizational • VACA 121 Drawing - 4 Details Psychology Concentration • VACA 131 Three-Dimensional Design - 4 Details Semester Hours: 12 • VACA 222 Painting - 4 Details The industrial and organizational • VACA 232 Ceramics - 4 Details psychology career concentration will prepare you for further study and application of the Choose one of the following courses: principles of psychology in business. • VACA 332 Intermediate Ceramics - 2 Industrial and organizational psychologists work in business environments and apply Details theory and practice to human resources, • VACA 434 Advanced Drawing - 2 Details sales, marketing, and management. This • VACA 435 Advanced Painting - 2 Details concentration will also enhance your application to graduate programs in industrial and organizational psychology. Concentration for VACA major in Studio Art: 15 Psychology credits • BUAD 221 Principles of Management Details OR BUAD 331 Organizational • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Behavior - 3 Details Details • BUAD 321 Human Resource Management • PSYC 311 Psychological Research Design - 3 Details & Analysis - 3 Details • PSYC 311 Psychological Design and • PSYC 331 Abnormal Psychology - 3 Analysis - 3 Details Details • PSYC 221 Social Psychology - 3 Details • PSYC 361 Theories of Personality - 3 Details • PSYC 391 Introduction to Counseling - 3 Pre-Art Therapy Concentration Details The pre-art therapy concentration will prepare you for graduate studies in art Concentration for Art Education therapy helping people express themselves major: 9 Psychology credits using the creativity of painting, drawing or other artistic means. You will take a • PSYC 331 Abnormal Psychology - 3 combination of art and psychology courses Details that are pre-requisites for graduate school • PSYC 361 Theories of Personality - 3 programs in art therapy. Details Education majors with a lisensure in art will • PSYC 391 Introduction to Counseling - 3 also benefit from this concentration. You Details will be able to apply the concepts learned in this concentration in your classrooms and teaching practice. Students majoring in disciplines outside of Psychology, Studio Art, or Art Education need to complete the VACA courses listed in section 1 and the Psychology courses listed

124 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

in section 2 to receive a concentration in • PSYC 231 Applied Behavior Analysis Pre-Art Therapy. Details OR PSYC 342 Cognitive Psychology for the Health Sciences - 3 Pre-Music Therapy Details Concentration • LEAD 300 Leadership Theory & Practice - 3 Details Semester Hours: 17 • PE 302 Motor Learning - 2 Details Psychology, music, and music education • PE 201 Principles of Coaching - 2 Details majors may consider a concentration in pre- music therapy, which will prepare them for Elective: Choose 1 music therapy graduate programs or music • PSYC 391 Intro to Counseling - 3 Details therapy equivalency programs. This • PE 414 Biomechanics of Sport - 2 Details interdisciplinary concentration will prepare you for careers in music therapy for diverse 3 prerequisites: BIOL 112 or BIOL 437; BIOL populations including those with physical or 122 or BIOL 447; PEM 143 mental disabilities, disorders and impairments. Major Admission Requirements • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 Details Business & Leadership • CMUS 120 Fundamentals of Music - 3 Details To graduate with a departmental major, • CMUS Topics: Intro to Music Therapy - 2 students must first earn admission to the department. This typically occurs during the • MUED 121 Voice Proficiency Class Details spring semester of the second year, and late- or MUED 131 Class Piano I - 1 Details entry transfer students apply for admission • MUED 341 Elementary School Music - 2 after their first semester at EMU. Students Details must have department admission to apply • PSYC 331 Abnormal Psychology - 3 for an internship and several senior-level Details courses. Students seek admission to the • ED 301 Needs of Diverse Learners - 3 department by completing an application and an interview with their advisor; they Details must meet the GPA requirement of 2.00 overall and 2.50 for major courses taken at EMU. Students must maintain these GPA Sports Psychology standards to retain admission and to Concentration graduate from the department. Semester Hours: 15-16 Many courses in the department have The sports psychology concentration will prerequisites; this requirement is met by give you the background in psychology and earning a letter grade of C or higher on the sports management that is necessary to prerequisite course before enrolling in pursue a career in sports psychology. This subsequent courses (a grade of C- does not concentration includes courses that will meet this requirement). prepare you for graduate programs in sports psychology and will prepare you for coaching, athletic training and directing, or Education team consultant. All students seeking licensure to teach shall make application for admission to teacher • PSYC 202 Developmental Psychology - 3 education and to student teaching. Details Application for admission to teacher education is made at the end of the fall Undergraduate Programs of Study – 125 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 semester of the sophomore year and exception of PreK-3, PreK-6, and Special application for admission to student Education. teaching is made at the end of the fall semester of the junior year. Transfer students are required to attend an education Music department transfer orientation meeting Students must audition for the department their first semester on campus. in order to be formally admitted as a music Entrance and exit requirements including major, except for the interdisciplinary cut-off test scores for all teacher education studies and musical theater concentrations, programs are found in the Teacher where no audition is required. Education Handbook which is available in the education office or online at www.emu.edu/education or www.emu.edu/ Nursing education/test-scores. Any student admitted to the university may declare a nursing major. Nursing requires a An entry assessment in reading, writing, and strong background in the natural sciences, mathematics is required for admission to the mathematics, and the social sciences. Nurses teacher education program. Students with work with complex concepts and ever- qualifying SAT/ACT scores or a Praxis Core changing technologies. Academic Skills for Educators: Mathematics score of 155 and the Virginia Admission to the clinical sequence (Level 1) Communication and Literacy Assessment of the program for all traditional tracks is (VCLA) meet the requirement. The Virginia contingent upon the following: Communication and Literacy Assessment (VCLA) is required for teacher licensure. • being at least 18 years of age. • having completed 58 semester hours The Reading for Virginia Educators (RVE) prior to beginning Level 1 unless is required for early/primary education completing a semester cross-cultural (PreK-3), elementary education (PreK-6), and special education (K-12). Admission to while in the clinical level. teacher education requires a 2.5 cumulative • obtaining a C or above in all prerequisite GPA, submission of an admissions portfolio courses. and a teacher education interview. • not repeating more than two prerequisite Admission to student teaching requires a 2.7 courses. cumulative GPA. In addition, students must • maintaining a minimum cumulative GPA have a C or better in all education courses of 2.8 or above at the time of application (courses with ED or EDS prefix and content area methods courses) to be admitted to to the clinical level. student teaching. Exit requirements include • Kaplan nursing entrance exam prior to meeting the Virginia cut off score application to the clinical level with requirements for the Praxis Subject overall score >50th percentile and Assessment (consisting of specialty area Science subscore >50th percentile. The components); submission of a student test may be repeated once during a teaching portfolio as part of ED 411; and an subsequent application cycle. earned GPA of 2.7. Students may obtain an additional endorsement without completing Students entering EMU directly after high an approved licensure program by passing school graduation with significant college the Praxis Subject Assessment in the content credit must complete a minimum of one area (Biology, Chemistry, English, History full-time semester at EMU prior to entering and Social Science, Mathematics, Visual the clinical level (Level 1). These students Arts, Health and Physical Education, may apply for Level 1 prior to entering Foreign Language, and Music) with the EMU if they have met all admission criteria.

126 – Undergraduate Programs of Study Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Admission to Level 1 is subject to approval second year. Students must have minimally by the nursing department's admissions a 2.50 GPA in major courses. Students committee. A separate application for Level complete an application form that includes a 1 is required. Applications for fall semester CV, essay and two design projects. Students are due by February 15. Applications for present the essay and design projects in a spring semester are due by June 15. short pitch before a group of departmental faculty. Admitted students remain in good standing if their major GPA remains above Psychology 2.50. Students do not graduate with a major All students seeking to graduate with a within which their GPA fails to reach 2.50. major in psychology must achieve candidacy with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher in Special Programs order to be accepted into their senior year. Psychology students must maintain that GPA through the senior year. Students are Washington Community also expected to submit a resume, complete Scholars' Center a practice GRE, and participate in an Faculty: Kimberly D. Schmidt, Ryan M. interview conducted by department faculty Good at the start of their senior year. Students explore career-building internships, city life, cultural diversity, and the VACA connections between faith and work at the Washington Community Scholars' Center Incoming students may declare a major in (WCSC). Begun in 1976, WCSC brings art, digital media and communication, or students to Washington, D.C. to learn photography. Visual and communication hands-on about their vocations, urban social arts faculty will conduct a portfolio review change, race and ethnicity, faith, and after incoming first-year students have been personal growth. WCSC programs combine at EMU for three semesters. Transfer professional internships, group living, and students (who have completed the seminar courses. WCSC faculty design equivalent of at least three semesters in a internships in partnership with students and similar major elsewhere) will usually their academic advisors. complete the review process after one semester at EMU. The VACA department chair may approve exceptions to the WCSC Student Life timeline. The chair will also approve an appropriate timeline for EMU students who Students share a house in a working/middle change majors or for students who transfer class, largely African-American in from a non-related program. neighborhood. The house, located in the historic Brookland neighborhood, is a ten- Students who do not pass the portfolio minute walk from the Brookland-CUA review will need to drop the major. They Metro station, the Catholic University of may continue to take VACA classes but will America, shops, restaurants and recreational not have priority for course enrollment. areas. It is an excellent location from which Only VACA majors may enroll in "Senior to explore the city. WCSC student life is a Thesis/Senior Exhibit," internships, and community experience, including shared independent studies. meals, cooking, and cleaning. Through Students who do not pass the review may re- living together, students gain new apply to the major by requesting a new perspectives about themselves and others, as portfolio review after one year. well as build stronger interpersonal and conflict resolution skills. Formal admission to the marketing major typically occurs at the end of the student's

Special Programs – 127 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Information on internships and applications • CCSSC 386 A Multicultural History of can be found at https://www.emu.edu/wcsc. Washington, D.C. - 3 Inquiries are also welcome at [email protected] o • WCSC 325 Career and Vocation: r call 202-529-5378. WCSC brochures and Strategies and Values - 2 applications are available from the cross- • WCSC 380 Internship - 5 cultural programs office.

Programs and Academic Credit Cooperative Programs The Washington Community Scholars' Information on cooperative programs can be o Center provides strong academic programs btained from the deans' offices. Enrollment grounded in field experiences in in study abroad programs approved for Washington D.C.'s diverse neighborhoods. credit may be considered enrollment at WCSC programs meet EMU cross-cultural EMU for the purpose of applying for federal and EMU Core requirements. financial aid. Institutional financial aid is available only when enrollment is for the pu The following programs are offered: rpose of meeting the EMU foreign language requirements for certain majors. Summer 2020 • CCSSC 387 The Urban Landscape: Race, BCA Study Abroad Space, and Inequality - 3 • WCSC 325 Career and Vocation: Contact: Intercultural Programs bcastudyabroad.org Strategies and Values - 2 BCA study abroad programs are rooted in • WCSC 380 Internship - 5 the values of peace and justice and provide Fall 2020 opportunities for students, especially Spanish majors and minors, to meet EMU • CCSSC 386 A Multicultural History of requirements. Washington, D.C. - 3 Students consult the office of intercultural • HIST 385 From Monuments to Murals: programs for general information and work Exploring Social Issues Through D.C.'s Pu with their advisors in choosing appropriate blic Art - 3 coursework for a semester or year. • WCSC 285 Internship Theory and Practice Application materials and information are - 1 available online. Completed applications • WCSC 385 Internship - 6 must receive approval from EMU Intercultural Programs, as financial • WCSC 485 Servant Leadership - 2 assistance and credit for the programs are Spring 2021 & Fall 2021 received through EMU. BCA offers programs in multiple countries, including • CCSSC 387 The Urban Landscape: Race, Austria, Belgium, Ecuador, England, Space, and Inequality - 3 Northern Ireland, Italy, Morocco, New • SOC 375 People, Place, and Community: Zealand, Spain, and Trinidad and Tobago. The Politics and Practice of Community Development - 3 Central America Study and Service • WCSC 285 Internship Theory & Practice - (CASAS) 1 Contact: Intercultural Programs • WCSC 385 Internship - 6 semilla.org.gt/casas%20en.html • WCSC 485 Servant Leadership - 2 CASAS, a 12-week summer program based Summer 2021 in Guatemala City, offers students an independent summer immersion experience 128 – Special Programs Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 similar to our spring semester cross-cultural which will enhance their ministry skills. program. Coursework includes Spanish Students can enroll in a school in their language studies, "Introduction to Central home area, allowing them to remain active America," and elective courses chosen from in the ministry of their congregation and history, peace and justice, anthropology, and immediately apply new learning. The religion. Students participate in orientation program emphasizes urban and Mennonite/ activities, homestays, internships, and Anabaptist perspectives. numerous field excursions. Application materials and information are available Students attending non-Mennonite instituti online. Students register through EMU with ons will be required to fulfill some form of approval from the office of intercultural course work in Anabaptist history and programs. theology. Therefore, those students attending non-Mennonite schools are required to complete Unit III of the Pastoral The Oregon Extension Studies Distance Education Course entitled " Leading God's People." Lark is administered Contact: Provost's Office jointly by the African-American Association, www.oregonextension.org Mennonite Education Agency, and EMU. Students seeking a unique semester of study may choose to participate in the Oregon Extension program in Ashland, Oregon. Ministry Inquiry Program This 17-credit fall semester program of interdisciplinary learning and community www.emu.edu/bible/ministry-inquiry living takes place in Lincoln, a 1920s The Ministry Inquiry Program (MIP) is an logging village in the mountains of southern opportunity for students who have Oregon. The semester is divided into four completed two or three years of university month-long segments of study. Daily studies and who are considering pastoral learning revolves around the reading of great ministry and/or seminary study to have a books, careful note-taking to prepare for first-hand experience in ministry. This 11- small group discussion, lecturers, and week summer program is a full-time individual study and writing projects. position as intern within a congregation that Oregon Extension credit is granted by Easter involves the student in all aspects of pastoral n Mennonite University. Visit the website service under the mentoring of the above for specific course options and to congregation's leadership. learn more about this unique learning Through a cooperative arrangement with experience. Mennonite Church U.S.A., the sending and receiving conferences and congregations, and EMU, the student receives a scholarship Lark Leadership Scholarship of approximately $2,000 applied to a Program Mennonite university or seminary during Program Coordinator: Leslie Francisco III, the following academic year. In addition, the African-American Mennonite Association congregation in which the student serves (AAMA) provides housing and $500 cash. (For students from other than Mennonite The Lark Leadership Scholarship Program is background alternate funding sources are designed to enhance the ministry and sought.) Academic credit can also be earned church leadership skills of persons serving for MIP. Registration and payment at the African-American Mennonite Association summer school tuition rate are required (AAMA) congregations. By empowering prior to beginning the MIP experience to leaders, the program also promotes the earn academic credit. development of AAMA congregations. AAMA church leaders receive financial assistance to enroll in college-level courses Special Programs – 129 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

To be considered for the Ministry Inquiry A number of programs at EMU join Program, a student must have completed at together under this overarching least 2 years of undergraduate study with a understanding of development to provide GPA of 3.0 or higher. An online application specialized preparation in particular areas. form, which includes references, is required Students may select their focus of choice by for acceptance. pursuing the community health focus in nursing, the peacebuilding and development majors, the global studies major, the Bible, Orie Miller Center religion and theology major, minors in Co-Directors: Jenni Holsinger and Timothy peacebuilding and global development, or Seidel the graduate programs in conflict transformation and restorative justice. As a well-known Mennonite leader, Orie O. Linked together by a commitment to the Miller modeled the integration of business, fullness of life in a more humane world, mission, development, education and peace these programs prepare people for in his generation. Today through the center development work in local, national and in his honor, EMU provides a forum for the international settings. integration of programs related to development, mission, peace and justice. For details on specific development study The center promotes increased awareness options, consult the Center co-directors or and interest in these areas by organizing the respective programs cited above. special conferences, providing off-campus resource persons and experiences, convening faculty and students from the respective prog Center for Interfaith Engagement rams to engage in discussions to stimulate (CIE) creativity and mutual understanding, Contacts: Timothy Seidel, Director and supporting students to attend related Trina Trotter Nussbaum, Associate Director conferences for personal and professional development and offering mini-grants for https://emu.edu/interfaith/ collaborative projects focused on improving CIE promotes collaboration among scholars EMU in areas related to development, and practitioners and partners with mission, peace and justice. community and national organizations to Global development studies, located in a build a more just and peaceful world number of departments at Eastern through interreligious and intercultural Mennonite University, go beyond the understanding. concept of Western progress and focus on The center enriches the university with the biblical invitation to the fullness of life. T interfaith education, hosting visiting scholars his commitment calls for a lifestyle that who expose students, faculty and staff to values human life, diverse cultures, and a diverse religious traditions. The center serves sustainable relationship to the environment. as a practicum site for undergraduate and It envisions a world that provides for the graduate students and partners with the basic survival needs of all, dignity derived Bible, religion, and theology department on from respect and justice free from an undergraduate interfaith studies minor. exploitation and disempowerment. However, commitment to a more peaceful, On a local level, CIE resources the larger just and sustainable world also requires Harrisonburg area with speakers, a film specific perspectives, knowledge and skills series, and learning tours to houses of that equip people to join with others to worship. Nationally, it networks with a create ways to meet basic survival needs and broad base of peacebuilders to host events open possibilities for meeting needs beyond such as interreligious trauma healing survival. workshops, as well as resource Mennonite Church USA in interfaith efforts. The center

130 – Special Programs Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 seeks to reduce prejudice by supporting an qualifying students who have successfully annual children's Interfaith Peace Camp completed a semester in level V of the IEP. that takes place at EMU and These students may enroll in one course in serve as consultants to other communities the EMU undergraduate program with who wish to replicate this model. Locally simultaneous enrollment in the IEP. and nationally CIE builds interfaith Students take placement tests to determine relationships and networks built on equity their level. Assessments are administered at and trust, in an effort to challenge white the end of the semester to evaluate students' supremacy, Islamophobia, anti-Semitism, progress. Students who complete the level V racism, and xenophobia. and VI and subsequently enroll at EMU for an undergraduate degree may receive up to In the global context, CIE has cultivated a 15 SH of credit. Before entering a full-time rich partnership between EMU and unrestricted undergraduate program, IEP educational institutions in Iran. Scholars students enter the Bridge Program. teach courses at Iranian universities and CIE personnel regularly lead learning tours to the Students may be eligible to apply for region. combined admission to the IEP and the undergraduate program. Intensive English Program Further information and application forms can be found at www.emu.edu/iep. Director: Karen Suderman IEP courses in levels I through IV do not The IEP is a pre-collegiate program of study earn academic credit. For work successfully in English as a second language designed to completed in levels V and VI, up to 15 prepare students for admission to college or undergraduate semester credit hours may be career advancement. Serving groups of counted towards fulfilling students' language a learners with diverse goals and needs, the nd cross-cultural requirement in the general program provides opportunities for life- education curriculum. Please note that an changing cross-cultural encounters leading IEP "hour" equals a period of 50 minutes. to sustained intercultural learning. The Throughout the university, credit hours are program consists of 20 hours per week of based on the number of 50-minute class peri classroom instruction in the core academic ods per week. Courses in the fall and spring language skills: listening, speaking, reading, semesters are for a 15-week duration. The research-writing, and grammar. The IEP summer semester is eight weeks in length; offers language enrichment activities that therefore, the class periods are longer each may include tutoring, field trips, cultural day to equal the necessary number of class experiences, and other activities to time minutes for one semester of academic c strengthen academic language skills. redit. The IEP integrated courses and weekly The program consists of 20 hours per week meetings with conversation partners give of classroom instruction in the basic students additional hours of English language skills - reading, writing, research, li practice. IEP's program of lively stening, grammar, and speaking. intercultural learning across the curriculum (LILAC) creates partnerships between IEP Multimedia equipment helps students classes and EMU undergraduate classes to improve pronunciation and listening give international students opportunities to comprehension. An IEP computer lab is work with American peers in completing available on campus for student use. In authentic academic projects with an general the levels are combined; levels I and intercultural dimension. II, levels III and IV, and levels V and VI me et together. When enrollment for a particula There are six proficiency levels (I –VI) in the r level is high enough, the level will meet IEP. The Step-Up program is available, individually. upon recommendation by the IEP, to Special Programs – 131 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 IEP 100/105/200/205/300/305 communication. Levels III through VI build Listening, Speaking, and on basic reading and writing skills by Vocabulary moving from paragraphs to essays, adding longer academic readings (articles, textbook In this class the students develop skills for material, classic works of fiction, etc.), and oral communication in a variety of English learning to integrate sources into one's own language contexts. The levels I and II focus writing. All levels include an emphasis on on conversational skills, developing students' learning the writing conventions (spelling ability to understand the experiences of rules, punctuation, etc.) necessary for others and share their own. Students listen effective written communication. to lectures, learn to take notes, participate in group discussions, and plan and deliver oral presentations. All levels include an emphasis IEP 170/175/270/275/370/375 on learning vocabulary and improving Integrated Skills pronunciation for effective oral communication. In this class students integrate the use of language skills (reading, writing, listening, speaking, and grammar) with the IEP 110/115/210/215/310/315 exploration of interesting content. Students Grammar learn about U.S. history and culture and current issues, as well as global issues This class focuses on increasing students' and challenges. They also acquire common understanding and accurate usage of the English idioms and expressions. A variety of grammatical forms and structures necessary creative learning activities are used, such as for successful oral and written role- plays, field trips, group projects, film, communication in English. Students in drama, etc. In level VI student learning is levels I and II focus on parts of speech and fostered through direct observation and their usage, simple verb tenses, basic word experience in the U.S. academic setting. order, and simple sentence structure. Levels Significant learning happens through direct III through VI review the concepts of parts involvement with people and with "live" of speech, verb tenses, and sentence issues in the classroom. The course involves structure and build on them with complex students auditing an undergraduate or verb tenses, modals and conditionals, graduate class at EMU, meeting twice a gerunds and infinitives, passive voice, week at IEP to reflect on their experiences, adjective and noun clauses, reported speech, and expanding their knowledge of academic and complex sentence structures. culture and vocabulary. Students keep journals, write reports and essays, and give oral presentations about their learning IEP 120/125/220/225/320/325 experiences. Reading, Writing, and Research The focus of this class is the development of skills for written communication in the IEP 395 Graduate Program academic English environment. Levels I and Language Support II focus on skills for writing at the sentence This class provides academic language skill and paragraph level. Students engage input and support for students enrolled in readings from genres such as letters, news graduate courses at EMU. Class content reports, and short stories. They begin to focuses on the topics from each student's explore the research skills necessary for graduate courses, while adding intensive finding reliable information in libraries and attention to academic language skills in on the internet. All levels include an reading, writing, editing, researching, emphasis on learning the writing academic discussion, and giving conventions (spelling rules, punctuation, presentations at the graduate level. Class etc.) necessary for effective written tasks include working with assignments that

132 – Special Programs Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 have been given at the graduate level to bring them to a polished final product Course Descriptions which will meet and surpass minimal expectations for graduate level performance. ABP 101 Covenant and Additional tasks may also be assigned to support the learning. The goal of the class is Community: An Introduction to to focus on improving graduate language the Bible (3 SH) skills so that students can more freely focus This course surveys the content and the on content and conceptual learning in their backgrounds of the Old and New graduate classes. Testaments (the Jewish Bible and the Christian Bible). It explores the themes that are developed through this library of The Bridge Program writings, and how they come together to tell Bridge is a program of full-time study that h a broad story of God's work in the world. It elps students from various language invites students to consider the meaning of backgrounds adjust to American university s the Bible's story for our world. ettings and expectations so that they may Core: ABP become responsible and successful students. There are two ways of entering the Bridge Program. International students who have ABP 201 Ethics in the Way of earned a paper-based TOEFL score of Jesus (3 SH) 500-550, a computer-based TOEFL score of This course seeks to discern how following 173-213, an Internet-based TOEFL score of Jesus' way of peace with justice in the world 61-79, or an IELTS score of 5-6 may apply is essential for interpreting the Bible on directly for admission to the university. IEP contemporary moral questions, in all aspects students may also apply to the Bridge of life. The class will emphasize what it program upon the recommendation of IEP means to think ethically in a variety of areas, without taking the TOEFL. All applicants within the context of the Anabaptist to the Bridge program must submit a tradition. completed admission application and provide official transcripts verifying completi Core: ABP on of high school or equivalent, and post- secondary education if applicable. IEP students must also submit transcripts from ACTG 221 Financial Accounting IEP with an IEP recommendation letter and (3 SH) a student life recommendation form if A first course in accounting for business residing on campus while an IEP student. majors and minors as well as a useful Applicants to the Bridge program may be introduction to accounting principles and granted admission to the undergraduate practices and to interpreting financial program with enrollment in the Bridge statements for students in all majors. No program for one or two semesters. All background in accounting is assumed. The students regardless of admission status must course includes a description and derivation meet the academic review criteria for of financial statements prepared by continued enrollment at EMU. When accountants and a discussion of a conceptual enrolled in the Bridge program, students framework which provides rationale for will work with an assigned advisor to accounting practices. develop a manageable course load. During their first semester of enrollment, students will take WRIT 110 Preparation for College Writing.

Course Descriptions – 133 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 ACTG 222 Managerial ACTG 421 Federal Income Tax Accounting (3 SH) (3 SH) This course provides a conceptual Emphasis on income tax provisions as they understanding of the elements of accounting relate to individuals. There is some emphasis for management planning, budgeting, on tax provisions affecting businesses. control and decision-making. Topics include Prerequisite: ACTG 222. (Fall 2020) cost behavior, cost systems, CVP analysis, activity-based costing/management, and Offered in alternate years capital budgeting. Prerequisite: ACTG 221. ACTG 422 Intermediate ACTG 321 Intermediate Accounting III (3 SH) Accounting I (3 SH) Continuation of ACTG 322. Topics A comprehensive study of the methods of covered are issues related to intangible assets, financial accounting. Special emphasis is income tax accounting, accounting for given to the theoretical basis for accounting. leases, shareholder equity, dilutive securities Topics include: time value of money, and an introduction to some advanced financial statements, accounting cycle, and accounting topics. Prerequisite: ACTG 322. accounting for current assets. Prerequisite: (Fall 2020) ACTG 222 and competency in Excel. (Fall Core: WI 2021) Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years ACTG 432 Advanced Accounting ACTG 322 Intermediate (2 SH) Accounting II (3 SH) A study of advanced accounting procedures Continuation of ACTG 321. Continued as they apply to business combinations. study of theory covering such topics as fixed Other topics include partnership accounting assets, current and long-term liabilities, and foreign currency transactions including investments, error analysis, revenue hedging and foreign currency financial recognition, and statement of cash flow. statement translation. Prerequisite: ACTG Prerequisite: ACTG 321. (Spring 2022) 422 (Spring 2021) Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years

ACTG 341 Cost Accounting (3 ACTG 433 Nonprofit and SH) Government Reporting (2 SH) Methods and procedures of ascertaining and Emphasizes accounting issues unique to distributing the costs of production nonprofit organizations, including non- materials, labor and overhead, the securing exchange transactions and lack of ownership of unit costs under job order, and process interest. Content coverage also includes methods of production. Prerequisite: ACTG accounting and reporting for state and local 222 and competency in Excel. (Spring governments and other nongovernmental 2022) organizations (NGOs). (Spring 2021) Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years

134 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 ACTG 445 Seminar in ACTG 499 Independent Study Accounting (2 SH) (1-3 SH) This course is the culmination of theory, designed to synchronize concepts learned in ART 141 Drawing (3 SH) the accounting curriculum while incorporating practical application. Taken This course is designed to develop during the senior year, this course will focus confidence in drawing and build basic on current issues in accounting and best drawing and perceptual skills. A variety of practices in industry through cases, drawing media, techniques and conceptual simulations, research, and community approaches will be used. engagement. (Spring 2022) Core: CA Offered in alternate years Offered through Lancaster

ACTG 451 Auditing (3 SH) AVFO 120 Private Pilot Ground Study of the work of an accountant as it (3 SH) relates to the examination and attesting to the reliability of management's financial This ground training course provides the reports. Topics include standards, legal student with the aeronautical knowledge liability, internal control, sampling, evidence needed to pass the FAA Private Pilot and the auditor's report. Prerequisite: Knowledge Test, correctly answer subject ACTG 321. (Spring 2021) matter questions during the oral portion of the Private Pilot Practical Test, and operate Offered in alternate years safely as a Private Pilot in the National Airspace System. ACTG 481 Accounting Offered through Lancaster Internship (1-3 SH) Work experience designed to integrate AVFO 121 Private Pilot Flight (3 practice and theory and to give accounting SH) majors insight into current policies, procedures and problems in all types of This flight training course provides the organizations. Frequent consultation with student with the experience and proficiency and written reports to the faculty advisor necessary to meet the certification guide the student's experience. Travel and requirements of an FAA Private Pilot personal expenses are the student's Certificate with Airplane Single-Engine responsibility. Can be done during the Land Category and Class ratings (ASEL). To summer. Grading is on a Pass/Fail basis. complete this course, students will pass the This is highly recommended for accounting Final Progress Check and the FAA Private majors. Prerequisite: admission to the Pilot Oral/Practical Test. department and junior or senior standing; Offered through Lancaster application at least one semester in advance; and a department GPA of at least 2.7. Core: CL AVFO 220 Instrument Rating Ground School (3 SH) This ground training course provides the student with the aeronautical knowledge needed to pass the FAA Instrument Rating Knowledge Test, correctly answer subject matter questions during the oral portion of Course Descriptions – 135 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 the Instrument Rating Practical Test, and introduced. To complete this course, operate safely as Instrument Rated Pilot in students will pass the Stage One Check. the National Airspace System. Offered through Lancaster Offered through Lancaster AVFO 322 Commercial Flight II AVFO 221 Instrument Flight (3 SH) Training (3 SH) This flight training course is the second of This flight training course provides the three consecutive courses that provide the student with the experience and proficiency student with the experience and proficiency necessary to meet the certification necessary to meet the certification requirements for adding an FAA Instrument requirements of an FAA Commercial Pilot Rating-Airplane to an existing Private Pilot Certificate with Airplane Single-Engine Certificate. To complete this course, Land Category and Class ratings (ASEL). students will pass the Final Progress Check Commercial Pilot flight maneuvers and and the FAA Instrument Rating Oral/ complex and technically advanced airplane Practical Test. (TAA) systems and operations are reviewed, and cross-country navigation is emphasized. Offered through Lancaster To complete this course, students will pass the Stage Two Check. AVFO 320 Commercial Pilot Offered through Lancaster Ground (3 SH) This ground training course provides AVFO 323 Commercial Flight III advanced aeronautical knowledge in aerodynamics, regulations, meteorology, (3 SH) aircraft systems, and airspace operations. This flight training course is the third of This course provides the student with the three consecutive courses that provide the aeronautical knowledge needed to pass the student with the experience and proficiency FAA Commercial Pilot Knowledge Test, necessary to meet the certification correctly answer subject matter questions requirements of an FAA Commercial Pilot during the oral portion of the Commercial Certificate with Airplane Single-Engine Pilot Practical Test, and operate safely as a Land Category and Class ratings (ASEL). Commercial Pilot in the National Airspace Commercial Pilot flight maneuvers, complex System. and technically advanced airplane (TAA) systems and operations, and cross-country Offered through Lancaster navigation are reviewed. To complete this course, students will pass the Stage Three Check, the End-of-Course Check, and the AVFO 321 Commercial Flight I (3 FAA Commercial Pilot Oral/Practical Test. SH) Offered through Lancaster This flight training course is the first of three consecutive courses that provide the student with the experience and proficiency AVFO 420 Flight Instructor (3 necessary to meet the certification requirements of an FAA Commercial Pilot SH) Certificate with Airplane Single-Engine This ground training course provides the Land Category and Class ratings (ASEL). student with the aeronautical knowledge Commercial Pilot flight maneuvers and needed to pass the FAA Fundamentals of complex and technically advanced airplane Instruction and Flight Instructor Knowledge (TAA) systems and operations will be Tests and correctly answer subject matter

136 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 questions during the oral portion of the AVIA 130 Meteorology (3 SH) Flight Instructor Practical Test. This course provides students with an Offered through Lancaster understanding of aviation weather theory as it applies to flight operations. As future aviation professionals, students will learn AVFO 421 Flight Instructor how pilots, dispatchers, air traffic controllers Flight (3 SH) and others access and utilize aviation This flight training course provides the weather information. In addition, the student with the experience and proficiency available aviation products will be discussed necessary to meet the certification as applies to flight planning, en route requirements of the FAA Flight Instructor weather decisions, and avoidance of weather Certificate - Airplane Single-Engine. To hazards. This course fulfills an EMU Core complete this course, students will pass the LOM-Aviation requirement. End-of-Course Check and the FAA Flight Offered through Lancaster Instructor Oral/Practical Test. Offered through Lancaster AVIA 220 Aerodynamics and Performance (3 SH) AVIA 110 Becoming Aviators: This course provides a study of applied fluid Introduction to Aeronautics (4 mechanics and aircraft aerodynamic SH) behavior. It also reviews the mechanics and performance of turbine and reciprocating This course provides an introduction to, and aircraft engines. Exercises in aircraft survey of, the field of aeronautics. It includes performance problems are conducted, and a a study of the history and trends of group research project on environmental aerospace activity, including airline sustainability in aviation is accomplished. operations, military operations, and general aviation. Each student authors a paper and Offered through Lancaster oral presentation based on their research of a particular piloting vocation. AVIA 320 Flight Safety (3 SH) Offered through Lancaster This course examines aspects of aviation safety through a presentation of factors, AVIA 120 Aircraft Systems (3 SH) procedures, and aircraft accident investigation case studies relating to aviation The objective of this course is to provide safety, including risk management students with sufficient background assessment, hazard identification analysis, knowledge in aircraft systems and their safety program development, called Safety operation, as required by various aviation Management Systems (SMS) by Federal occupations. This course involves a Aviation Administration, and evaluation of comprehensive study of aircraft systems and outcomes. components at the technical level. Areas of study include: aircraft electrical systems; Offered through Lancaster piston engine ignition systems; turbine aircraft ignition systems and operations; aircraft hydraulic and pneumatic systems; AVIA 330 Aviation Law and aircraft fuel systems; aircraft propellers and Regulatory Compliance (3 SH) systems; aircraft pressurization and environmental systems; ice and rain control This course examines the evolution of systems; fire protection systems. federal civil aviation regulations in the United States. Students will examine the Offered through Lancaster past and present problems prompting Course Descriptions – 137 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 regulation of the industry, the resultant Spring Semester of their senior year. safety, legislation, airport development, Students will take flight training in a funding legislation and international specialty subject such as, but not limited to, aviation legislation. Students will study Title Instrument Instructor Rating, tailwheel 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations (14 endorsement, or mountain flying CFR), previously called the Federal Aviation orientation. Regulations (FAR); the application of 14 CFR Parts 1, 61, 91, 141, NTSB Part 830 Offered through Lancaster and various other 14 CFR Parts. A discussion of the history of aviation regulations, the rulemaking process, letters AVIA 420 Human Factors in of interpretation and enforcement will be Aviation (3 SH) included. This course studies the complexities of Offered through Lancaster human factors in aviation research as it draws on diverse areas of human physiology, basic learning theory, aviation safety, and AVIA 400 Air Transport pilot training. In addition to surveying the study of human behavior as it relates to the Advanced Subjects (3 SH) aviator's adaptation to the flight This course is a survey of 14 CFR Part 121 environment, the course will examine passenger and cargo airline operations. human factors in the aviation industry, such Students will study topics related to the as decision-making, situational awareness, following functional areas: flight operations, crew resource management, fatigue, dispatch, customer service, cargo carriage, workload management, human performance aircraft maintenance, and cabin safety. and human/machine interaction. Safety Students will visit the operations and management systems (SMS) in the aviation maintenance facilities of a 14 CFR Part 121 industry with a focus on proactive safety air carrier organization and will complete a management will be reviewed, as well as the research project and paper based on a Part NTSB investigation process and the 121 operation. Students will receive an Aviation Safety Reporting System. Cases in orientation in a full-motion jet simulator. these respective databases will be reviewed, with a focus on identification and mitigation Offered through Lancaster of risk. Offered through Lancaster AVIA 401 General Aviation Advanced Subjects (3 SH) AVIA 430 Aviation Internship (6 This course prepares students to pursue a career in general aviation, to include SH) missions and humanitarian flying. Students Students in the aviation concentration will will research general aviation vocations and complete a supervised internship with an organizations and will select a particular established aviation company or firm. organization that conducts types of Standard internships run during a full 15 operations in which they are interested in week semester and may be completed in fall, serving. Students will complete a paper on spring, or summer. An internship position that organization deriving from research should be secured prior to the end of the about their organizational history, past and spring semester of the junior year. Each current key persons, financial structure, and internship must be approved by the program nature and location of their operations. director. For successful completion of this Students will receive assistance in applying course, the student will: compile a resume for the internships in which they will engage and cover letter prior to seeking an in AVIA 430 - Aviation Internship in the internship; seek and acquire an internship

138 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 position with the approval of the program techniques learned early in the course. director; submit the EMU at Lancaster Prerequisite: CHEM 316. Internship Proposal Form; be under the supervision of a professional in the aviation or space industry; work a minimum of 250 BIOCH 398 Advanced Cell hours in an approved operation; complete all Biology (3 SH) assignments and routinely communicate with the program director during the A study of cellular architecture, internship experience. communication, transport, motility, division, growth and death. Particular Offered through Lancaster emphasis is placed on the study of cancer at the cellular level, and on a quantitative (mathematical) understanding of cellular BIOCH 152 Human movements. Students read and report on Biochemistry (2 SH) research articles. Prerequisite: BIOL 240. (Fall 2022) Study of organic and inorganic compounds, especially those important in cellular Core: WI intermediary metabolism and other biological processes. Prerequisite: CHEM Offered in alternate years 105 OR 2 years of high school chemistry (or AP Chemistry). This course meets for 7 weeks. BIOCH 438 Molecular Genetics (3 SH) A study of the mechanisms of gene BIOCH 318 Biochemistry structure, stability, replication, transmission, Molecular Biology Lab (2 SH) and expression in eukaryotes. Themes A hands-on overview of several major include molecular evolution, viruses biochemistry and molecular biology (including HIV), and heritable diseases. laboratory techniques, including protein and Students read and report on research articles. nucleic acid purification, expression, and Prerequisite: BIOL 240. (Spring 2022) characterization; enzyme kinetics; gene Offered in alternate years amplification, cloning, and manipulation; and protein and gene bioinformatics. Each student will undertake a short research BIOCH 479 Biochemistry/ project. Prerequisites: an annual safety Chemistry Research (1-3 SH) training outside of class, BIOL 240, and CHEM 315. Research under the direction of a faculty member. Permission required since enrollment is limited. Prerequisite: an BIOCH 376 Foundational annual safety training outside of class. Biochemistry (3 SH) A survey of structure – function BIOCH 499 Independent Study relationships of biological molecules and (3 SH) systems. Emphasis is placed on enzymology, intermediary metabolism, and metabolic control. Laboratory focuses on protein BIOL 105 Science and Society (2 chemistry and involves an extended SH) independently guided research project in which students develop their own This course uses examples from recent news hypotheses and test them using the events as a means of introducing the nature of science and scientific inquiry and the role

Course Descriptions – 139 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 of science in society, culture, politics, and philosophical and methodological policy. This course meets for 7 weeks foundations of biology, the scientific method, and an introduction to Core: NS evolutionary biology. The course consists of lectures, interactive workshops, laboratory experiences, and discussions of current BIOL 112 Human Anatomy and science news and issues. If students are Physiology I (3 SH) taking BIOL 155 as preparation for BIOL Lecture and laboratory study of the cellular, 173 they must achieve a B or greater in this histological, structural and functional course. Prerequisite: an annual safety aspects of human body systems. training outside of class. Homeostasis and regulatory principles are Core: NS emphasized in illustrating normal physiological systems. Laboratory sessions utilize physiologic instrumentation, BIOL 161 Food and Population dissection of laboratory animals and observation of cadavers to demonstrate (3 SH) anatomic and physiological concepts. High An examination of the biological and school advanced biology or BIOL 155 and demographic aspects of the world food and high school chemistry or CHEM 105 or population problems, including economic, CHEM 155 are recommended as political, ethical and theological preparation for this course. Prerequisite: an contributions to the problems and solutions. annual safety training outside of class. Current international events that shape global food and population problems will also be addressed. BIOL 122 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (3 SH) Core: NS, CC A continuation of BIOL 112. Courses may Offered through Lancaster be taken out of sequence only with instructor permission. Prerequisite: an annual safety training outside of class. BIOL 173 Concepts in Biology: Unity and Diversity of Life (4 SH) BIOL 145 Nutrition Introductory course for biology majors or Fundamentals (2 SH) those interested in the biology major, Basic principles of normal human nutrition emphasizing science as a method of learning with emphasis on energy and the nutrients about life. This course focuses on two — their properties, sources, functions and biological issues of current interest to society dietary requirements. Current and —the impact of invasive species on controversial issues in nutrition are ecosystems, and the challenge of infectious included. This course meets for 7 weeks diseases. Lecture and laboratory experiences use these two issues as a springboard for Core: NS learning fundamental concepts and methods in biology. In addition, the study of evolutionary biology is interwoven BIOL 155 Biological throughout the course, including issues Explorations (3 SH) related to the intersection of science and Introductory course to biological science, faith. Emphasis is placed on applying the with an emphasis on organism adaptations scientific method, using instrumentation and life cycles (plant and animal, including and basic laboratory skills for human). The course also covers the experimentation, writing scientific reports, and using computers for data analysis and 140 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 presentation. This course is required for BIOL 215 Organismal Biology (4 students continuing in the biology major. SH) Prerequisite: an annual safety training outside of class. Corequisite: BIOL 174 A survey of the diversity of life, introducing microbiology, botany and zoology through a Core: NS focus on evolutionary history and comparative physiology and bioenergetics. Prerequisite: BIOL 173 and an annual safety BIOL 174 Concepts in Biology training outside of class. Seminar (1 SH) This recitation seminar is required for all first-year students enrolled in BIOL173 and BIOL 219 Life Science recommended for second-year and transfer Practicum (1 SH) students. Small group work will include Experiential community learning in areas career exploration, examination of the related to future vocation is coordinated primary literature, and tutorials and with classroom instruction and reflection. problem-based approaches to reinforce and Assigned shadowing or interactive refine concepts and skills developed in the experiences require 25-30 hours/semester BIOL173 lecture and lab. outside of class. Typical experiences may involve hospitals, biomedical organizations, clinics, health departments, or life science BIOL 205 Introduction to education. Prerequisite: satisfactory Microbiology (3 SH) completion of at least two biology courses An introduction to the biology and the and instructor permission. medical impact and of viruses, bacteria, Core: CL algae, fungi and protozoa, with laboratory emphasis on bacteria. Prerequisite: an annual safety training outside of class and BIOL 235 Ecology: Adaptation BIOCH 152 or BIOL 173. and Environment (4 SH) A foundation course in basic ecology and BIOL 209 Medical Terminology evolutionary biology with an emphasis on (2 SH) adaptations of animal and plants to their environment. The role of natural and sexual This course is designed to provide the selection, species interactions, population medical language and nomenclature dynamics, and landscape and community background for students who plan to enter processes are investigated through a variety health care professions. Study of the uses of of projects, simulations, experiments, and prefixes, suffixes, and word roots to field trips to representative ecosystems. formulate words describing meaningful Required for students continuing in the medical conditions is emphasized as well as biology major, building on the experimental learning their definitions, correct and investigative skills introduced in BIOL pronunciation, and spelling. Using major 173. Prerequisite: BIOL 173 and an annual body systems as a guide, students will learn safety training outside of class. the basic anatomic and medical terms related to the muscular, skeletal, respiratory, Core: WI circulatory, digestive, reproductive, and urinary systems. No prerequisite. (Fall 2021) Offered in alternate years

Course Descriptions – 141 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 BIOL 240 Molecular and BIOL 317 Developmental and Cellular Biology (4 SH) Stem Cell Biology (4 SH) An examination of various aspects of cell This course provides students with an biology, introducing basic understandings of introduction to development and stem cell biochemistry and cell biology. Through biology that emphasizes the molecular classroom discussions and laboratory influences and cellular interactions involved experimentation, students will become in specification, differentiation and familiar with the current techniques and regeneration. Topics include: descriptive technological advances for the study of the and experimental approaches in biology of living cells. Prerequisite: BIOL development, methodologies in stem cell 173 and an annual safety training outside of research, embryonic and adult stem cells, class. stem cell cloning, cell reprogramming and cancer stem cells. Laboratory sessions will explore topics at the intersection of BIOL 255 Biology Research developmental biology and stem cells, and Seminar (1 SH) will use a variety of model organisms. A mini-research project is required. This course is intended for sophomores but Prerequisite: an annual safety training may be taken during the second semester of outside of class and BIOL 112 or 173 or the first year. It is designed to provide an equivalent. overview of the fundamental and theoretical aspects of research as well as the nature of science. Students will learn to evaluate BIOL 327 Advanced primary literature, how to assess and interpret data and how to develop Microbiology (3 SH) hypotheses from that data. Students will A comprehensive study of the field of learn how to design a research project to fill microbiology, emphasizing the principles of the gaps in the existing work and write a medical microbiology and human research proposal. Students will be evaluated symbioses. Included in the discussion will be on their interpretative skills as well as their additional focus on disease, treatment, scientific reading, writing, and oral emerging infectious diseases, biotechnology presentations. This course meets for 7 and global public health. Topics will be weeks. discussed using lectures, short lab periods, case studies and problem-based learning. Prerequisite: BIOL 240 and an annual safety BIOL 305 Biology Professions training outside of class. (Spring 2021) Seminar (1 SH) Offered in alternate years Experiential community learning related to future biology vocations is coordinated with classroom instruction and reflective writing BIOL 337 Immunology (3 SH) based on readings and experiences. Typical Survey of immunology including the nature experiences include formal conversations of antigens and antibodies, the reactions with biology and other STEM alumni, tours between them, applications of these of regional biology-related business or reactions to clinical diagnosis and the laboratories, and presentations by STEM cellular events which occur during the professionals. Students will develop immune response. Beneficial and potential career plans and expand their pathological aspects of immunity are understanding of possible vocations within included. Prerequisite: BIOL 240. STEM, including various health professions. Recommended for juniors and above. Prerequisite: BIOL 173 or equivalent

142 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 BIOL 358 Natural History of the such as spiders. The impact of insects on Shenandoah Valley (4 SH) human health and agriculture is addressed as well as insect control. Laboratory work This course focuses on identification and focuses on insect behavior, physiology, and understanding of the flora, fauna, and the classification of insects to orders and geology of the Shenandoah Valley. Students common families. An insect collection is investigate general principles of natural required and multiple collection techniques history while simultaneously developing a are introduced. Two lecture periods and one sense of "place" in the local region. lab per week. Prerequisite: an annual safety Laboratories rely heavily on field trips. training outside of class and BIOL 173 or Prerequisite: an annual safety training permission of the instructor. (Fall 2021) outside of class and BIOL 173 or permission of instructor. (Spring 2022) Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years BIOL 395 Bioinformatics (2 SH) BIOL 368 Blue Ridge Botany (2 This course teaches the bioinformatics skills used in academic and biotech laboratories SH) for analyzing individual DNA and protein This course involves the study and sequences. The focus is extensive hands-on appreciation of plants in their natural experience using mainstream web-based environments. Emphasis is placed on species bioinformatics tools. Laboratory based found in the mountains in and around course that addresses biological questions by Rockingham County. Topics include plant analyzing sequences, searching databases, development, reproduction, identification, using sophisticated software, and taxonomy, and community ecology. We also interpreting results. Prerequisites: BIOL240. discuss how environmental factors affect (Fall 2020) plant growth, distribution, and assemblage into communities. The course will include Offered in alternate years several field trips. Prerequisites: BIOL 155, BIOL 173, or instructor approval. This BIOL 429 Biology Internship course meets for 7 weeks. (Fall 2021) (1-3 SH) Offered in alternate years This course serves as a practical application of biological principles and knowledge BIOL 369 Teaching of Biology within a specific discipline of interest and as a way of gaining experience outside of EMU (1-2 SH) in an area of concentration. The internship Practical experience in teaching of biology will vary with a student’s particular interest by working with a faculty member in a but typically involves either working on a biology course. May include proctoring in research project or participating in an self-paced courses, tutoring, assisting in the internship at an appropriate organization. preparation and supervision of laboratories, Open to junior or senior level general or other teaching functions. A written self- biology track majors only. evaluation is required. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. BIOL 437 Advanced Human Anatomy (4 SH) BIOL 388 Entomology (3 SH) Anatomical study of body systems using This course explores the morphology, human cadaver materials. Histological development, taxonomy, behavior, and studies are correlated with the above physiology of insects and related groups anatomical studies. Laboratory work Course Descriptions – 143 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 includes dissection, osteology and the biology of the nervous system. It microscopy. Prerequisite: an annual safety includes the structure of the nervous system, training outside of class and BIOL 245 or how neurons communicate electrically and instructor permission. (BMC 612) chemically, sensory systems, motor systems, and the neural basis of behavior. Two lecture periods and one lab per week. BIOL 447 Advanced Human Prerequisites: an annual safety training Physiology (4 SH) outside of class and BIOL 112 or BIOL 173. (Spring 2021) Investigative study of selected body systems including neuro-muscular, cardiovascular, Offered in alternate years respiratory, renal and endocrine physiology. Extensive laboratory work emphasizes quantification and experimentation while BIOL 479 Biology Research (1-3 using live materials and physiologic SH) instrumentation. Prerequisite: an annual safety training outside of class and BIOL Multi-semester research under the direction 112 or 173. (BMC 562) of a faculty member. Pre- or co-requisite: BIOL 255 and an annual safety training outside of class. Instructor permission BIOL 451 Neuropsychology (3 required and dependent on student SH) application. Survey of the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system, including loss of function BIOL 485 Faith, Science and studies. Emphasis is placed on the role of Ethics (2 SH) general physiological principles that affect human behavior. (PSYC 451) (Spring 2022) Explores the relationship between science and Christian faith by investigating the Core: NS philosophical foundations of science and their interactions with theology. Issues such Offered in alternate years as the evolutionary basis for morality, chance and complexity, human nature, environmental ethics, and bioethics are BIOL 461-465 Topics in examined. A "worldview" reflective paper is Advanced Ecology (2 SH) required. Restricted to students majoring in An advanced ecology course emphasizing the biology/chemistry programs or by population ecology and investigative field instructor permission. techniques. Extended field work focuses on Core: WI topics such as animal behavior, population surveys, vegetative sampling, and landscape ecology. Specific topics covered vary BIOL 499 Independent Study (3 depending on instructor. Also includes an introduction to ecological research design SH) and data analysis. Prerequisite: BIOL 235 A research or honors program that may be and an annual safety training outside of initiated at any point in the student’s studies class. This course meets for 7 weeks. upon approval by the department chair. The student registers only during the term when credit is to be granted and upon the BIOL 478 Advanced approval of the research advisor. Highly Neurobiology (3 SH) recommended for biology majors. This course explores the interdisciplinary field of neuroscience with an emphasis on

144 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 BIST 212 And the Word Became Offered in alternate years Book: History of the Bible (3 SH) BIST 341 Old Testament Beginning with ways God's revelation is Studies (3 SH) explained, this class follows the story of the Bible from oral tradition to written and This course invites students to explore a copies texts, to collection and canonization, portion of the Hebrew Bible (e.g., Genesis- translation, dissemination through mission, Exodus, Jeremiah, Job, Psalms) and provides and textual study, to modern versions of the an introduction to biblical interpretation Bible. Students also survey approaches to and exegesis. Drawing on historical study, biblical interpretation and reflect on their literary analysis, and dialogue with Jewish own stories with the Bible in light of what and other perspectives, students will develop they have learned about its own story. their understanding of how these Old Testament texts continue to shape Christian Core: ABP faith and practice. (Fall 2021) Core: ABP BIST 223 Four Portraits of Offered in alternate years Jesus: Reading the Gospels (3 SH) BIST 390 Biblical Perspectives Students explore the texts of the four canonical gospels, using narrative, inductive, (3 SH) and comparative approaches to deepen their This course reflects the commitment of knowledge of and insight about four ways Eastern Mennonite University as a Christian that early believers told the stories of the life, liberal arts university. This is a commitment teachings, death, and resurrection of Jesus. to nurture an appreciation for the rich Through participation in contemporary resources of the scriptures for creative community settings, students will reflect on personal faith and human life in the modern ways that the gospel/good news can be world. It is designed to foster knowledge and visible in our own contexts. (Fall 2021) understanding of the literature and history of the Bible and the integration of faith, Core: ABP, CL learning, and living. Offered in alternate years LOM

BIST 323 Life and Letters of BIST 412 Elementary Hebrew (3 Apostle Paul (3 SH) SH) This course surveys Paul's writings, the This course introduces biblical Hebrew deutero-Pauline writings, and the account of grammar and vocabulary. Students will Paul's life in Acts. It considers central memorize the most frequently occurring themes in Paul's missiological and vocabulary and grammatical forms for ease theological efforts, and introduces students of reading biblical texts, and will read basic to methods of biblical exegesis, including narrative prose passages from the Hebrew learning by peer reviews of each other's Bible. Lecture videos based on a textbook interpretational work. Students reflect on are provided online; class time focuses on Paul's proclamation of the faithfulness of reading and practice exercises using a God in Jesus Christ and the faith response workbook and other resources. (BVOT 532) of humans to God's work. (Fall 2020) (Does not satisfy EMU Core Foreign Core: ABP, WI Language Requirement.) Prerequisite: senior status or permission of instructor

Course Descriptions – 145 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 BIST 423 Elementary Greek (3 of the Bible and the integration of faith, SH) learning, and living. This course is a basic introduction to the Offered through Lancaster language of the Greek New Testament. The course focuses on the basic grammar necessary for reading/translating the Greek BUAD 101 Business at EMU (3 New Testament as well as for doing more SH) advanced Greek studies. Through classroom An introductory course to understand the study, written exercises, quizzes and readings function of and leadership in business and in the Gospel of John, students develop organizations. It provides information on ability in discovering the form and function the functioning and expectations of the of words/phrases, build a basic vocabulary organizations in society while having and discover the value of language study for students consider how their skills and biblical interpretation. (BVNT 531) (Does abilities can be developed and utilized in the not satisfy EMU Core Foreign Language organizational setting. The course will focus Requirement.) Prerequisite: senior status or on development of specific skills in written permission of instructor. and oral communication, and business etiquette. BIST 499 Independent Study (1-3 SH) BUAD 111 Exploring Business (3 SH) BISTL 380 Biblical Perspectives An introductory course in business (3 SH) administration. Provides students with a basic understanding of business and This course reflects the commitment of leadership and the role they play in Eastern Mennonite University as a American society. Provides a brief overview Christian, liberal arts university, to nurture of all major functional areas of business. an appreciation for the rich resources of the This course is recommended for non-majors scriptures for creative personal faith and or students considering a major in the human life in the modern world. It is department. Pre or corequisite WRIT 130. designed to foster knowledge and understanding of the literature and history Core: SB of the Bible and the integration of faith, learning, and living. BUAD 221 Principles of Offered through Lancaster Management (3 SH) This course provides an introduction to the BISTL 390 Biblical Perspectives principles and practices of management. (3 SH) Management is examined in its major functions: planning, leading, organizing and This course reflects the commitment of controlling. Examples from businesses and Eastern Mennonite University as a other organizations are reviewed to Christian, liberal arts university, to nurture understand how these principles apply. an appreciation for the rich resources of the Other courses in the curriculum build on scriptures for creative personal faith and the knowledge and understanding developed human life in the modern world. It is in this course. designed to foster knowledge and understanding of the literature and history Core: SB

146 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 BUAD 301 Quantitative BUAD 411 Business Law (3 SH) Decision Making (3 SH) This course is designed to give students a An examination of quantitative techniques working knowledge of important legal issues used in managerial decision making. Topics that affect the rights and responsibilities of include use of probability distributions, American business persons and forecasting, inventory planning, decision organizations. Students will develop an tables, decision trees, linear programming appreciation for the interrelationship and networks. The course will emphasize between ethics, law and business decision- applications using computer spreadsheets making. Students will develop an and software. Prerequisites: STAT 120, CIS understanding of the foundation of the legal 211, and admission to the department. system as it relates to business; the law on management of the workforce; and the various dispute resolution alternatives. BUAD 321 Human Resource Management (3 SH) BUAD 431 Seminar in Human This course evaluates the primary personnel Resource Management (3 SH) and human resource management functions and activities. Topical studies include This course helps students to acquire basic recruiting, selecting, hiring and evaluating knowledge about the legal relationships employees. Attention is also given to between employer and employee and thorough job analysis, writing job understand the potential impact of each. descriptions and managing effective wage Students will learn parameters for selecting, and salary programs. The course objective is testing, disciplining and discharging to assist the student in becoming an effective employees; understand and apply federal line manager or human resource specialist. and state laws against discrimination and Prerequisite: BUAD 221. (Spring 2022) harassment; and be prepared to follow government regulation of the workplace, Offered in alternate years including minimum and maximum wage hours, safety, health, compensation for injuries, and pension and health benefits. BUAD 331 Organizational Prerequisite: BUAD 221 or consent of the Behavior (3 SH) instructor (Fall 2020) This course studies the management of Offered in alternate years human behavior in organizations. Behavioral topics include group dynamics, motivation, communication, ethical leadership, self- BUAD 441 International managed teams, and sustainability. Business (3 SH) Management topics include a review of managerial functions, planning and This course explores international business decision-making techniques, and from the perspective of economic markets, organizational design. This course relies trade, finance, and the influences of heavily on the case study method and differences in macro-cultures on business effective communications skills to equip decisions. The course begins with an students for managerial and leadership roles. overview of economic institutions that Prerequisite: BUAD 221 or PSYC 221. provide the context for international business and current economic theory on Core: WI trade and finance. Students then consider and learn how culture influences organizational decisions related to strategy and operations. Throughout the course, students will analyze how decisions may

Course Descriptions – 147 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 differentially impact stakeholders and how BUAD 470-475 Topics in they fit within these systems. Prerequisite: Business (3 SH) ECON 201 Survey of Economics or ECON 211 Principles of Microeconomics or Special topics courses are offered based on ECON 212 Principles of Macroeconomics. student and/or faculty interest, or to address (ECON 411) (Spring 2021) significant contemporary issues in the field. Topics that have in the past been offered or Core: CC considered include: entrepreneurship, Offered in alternate years microfinance, money and banking, and social media marketing. BUAD 461 Strategic Leadership in Organizations (3 SH) BUAD 481 Business Internship (1-3 SH) Strategic Leadership in Organizations is a capstone course, intended to draw upon Work experience designed to integrate content learned in previous courses, such as practice and theory, to give business management, accounting and finance, and administration majors insight into current marketing. It is primarily a course in policies, procedure, and problems in all business values and strategy and is designed types of organizations. Frequent to teach analytical thinking while consultation with and written reports to the understanding concepts of business strategy faculty advisor guide the student's and competition. Important themes include experience. Travel and personal expenses are effective and ethical leadership, sustainable the student's responsibility. Can be taken business strategy and the role of during the summer. Grading is on a Pass/ organizational values. Prerequisite: Senior Fail basis. This is highly recommended for standing and departmental admission. business administration majors. Prerequisite: Admission to the department, junior or Core: CL senior standing, and a department GPA of at least 2.7. The internship director must approve the internship before it commences. BUAD 465 Project Management and Grantwriting (3 SH) Core: CL Most organizations accomplish their mission and manage much of their work through BUAD 499 Independent Study projects. This requires specific skills to (1-3 SH) manage not only individual projects but often a complex web of multiple and Supervised readings and/or research in interrelated programs, working skillfully business. Oral or written examinations and with diverse stakeholders, against presentation of findings may be required. demanding deadlines, and with limited resources. Students will improve their capacity to balance the art and science of CCSCL 440 Cross-Cultural managing projects by building technical Perspectives (3 SH) competencies and adopting best practices of This course focuses on the development of leadership and management, all through an global awareness, faith, and management as integrated lens of leadership for the common it relates to cross-cultural understanding. good. (OLS 665) Students will be challenged to look beyond their own culture and understand social systems and institutions from the perspective of people in another culture. Experiential learning will take place as

148 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 students participate in an off-campus, cross- CCSPA 322 Advanced cultural experience in a culture that is Conversational Spanish II (3 different from the students' majority orientation. SH) These courses are designed to help students Offered through Lancaster gain oral competency and a solid grammatical base in Spanish through small group, intensive classes. They are offered in CCSCL 450 Cross-Cultural the setting of a cross-cultural study Perspectives (3 SH) experience offered by EMU. When offered This course focuses on the development of through the Central America Study and global awareness, faith, and management as Service program in Guatemala City, it relates to cross-cultural understanding. Guatemala, classes meet for four hours, five Students will be challenged to look beyond days a week for seven weeks. Students live their own culture and understand social with Guatemalan families to enhance systems and institutions from the linguistic immersion. Each student is perspective of people in another culture. assessed at the beginning for placement and Experiential learning will take place as at the end for oral and written competency. students participate in an off-campus, cross- The courses will be designed to meet the cultural experience in a culture that is individual student's needs. (Spring 2021) different from the students' majority Offered in alternate years orientation. Offered through Lancaster CCSSC 201 Cross-Cultural Social Science (3 SH) CCSPA 312 Advanced This course provides the foundation for Conversational Spanish I (3 SH) intercultural learning and is offered in These courses are designed to help students conjunction with the off-campus programs gain oral competency and a solid including semester programs (Option 1), grammatical base in Spanish through small summer 3 or 6 week programs (Option 2) group, intensive classes. They are offered in or WCSC semester or summer programs the setting of a cross-cultural study (Option 3). experience offered by EMU. When offered Core: CC through the Central America Study and Service program in Guatemala City, Guatemala, classes meet for four hours, five CCSSC 202 Cross-Cultural days a week for seven weeks. Students live with Guatemalan families to enhance Learning Integration (0-1 SH) linguistic immersion. Each student is International students, multicultural assessed at the beginning for placement and students and students with previous at the end for oral and written competency. qualifying cross-cultural experiences reflect The courses will be designed to meet the on their learnings to fulfill the experiential individual student's needs. (Spring 2021) component of the cross-cultural requirements. Permission must be granted Offered in alternate years by the cross-cultural director to take this course once the 7-8 SH of cross-cultural designates (including foreign language) are complete. Core: CC

Course Descriptions – 149 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 CCSSC 211 Cross-Cultural CCSSC 440 Cross-Cultural Community Immersion (3 SH) Perspectives (3 SH) This course is offered on campus during the This course focuses on the development of semester and includes a significant global awareness, faith, and management as experience (at least 40 hours) in the home of it relates to cross-cultural understanding. a local family from a different language and Students will be challenged to look beyond culture than that of the student. their own culture and understand social Requirements also include at least 20 hours systems and institutions from the in partnership with an Intensive English perspective of people in another culture. Program student. For additional Experiential learning will take place as information on any cross-cultural offerings, students participate in an off-campus cross- students are encouraged to contact the cultural experience. Cross-Cultural Programs office. Core: CC CCUSL 310 Global Trends in Health Care (3 SH) CCSSC 386 Cross-Cultural This course will discuss health and health Social Science: Multicultural care that transcend geographic boundaries. History of DC (3 SH) The overall goal is for students to develop a worldview that comprehends the The Washington, D.C. setting offers interrelationship between health and social students an opportunity to examine the systems, institutions, culture, politics, history of race and ethnicity in a specific environmental factors, education, and urban context. The history of African- economics. Some topics of discussion will Americans and their ongoing influence on include health disparities among nations, D.C. neighborhoods and political global environmental issues, poverty, human movements will be explored. trafficking, and pharmaceuticals as it affects Core: CC, WI, WCSC cultures. Offered through Lancaster CCSSC 387 The Urban Landscape (3 SH) CE 165 Networking and Data This course is an introduction to urban Communication (2 SH) studies, focused in particular on questions of An introduction to networking and the space and place. Through fieldwork, Internet. Topics include TCP/IP and other readings, and discussion, we explore the network protocols, standard data formats urban landscape of Washington, DC, including web standards such as HTML and seeking to understand the spatial CSS, client/ server applications, network organization of the city, the inequalities it infrastructure, and security. reflects, and the implications for people and communities. What drives racial and economic segregation? How do we make CE 175 Architecture and sense of cycles of neighborhood Operating Systems (4 SH) development and disinvestment? This course asks students to consider the breadth of An introduction to computer hardware and actors and forces that shape the city, and to system software. Topics include digital logic, reflect on what it means to seek justice computer organization and architecture, within this context. interfacing and communication, memory management, scheduling and resource Core: CC, WI, WCSC

150 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 allocation, and concurrency. Previous CHEM 105 Chemistry for the programming experience recommended. Life Sciences (2 SH) This courses addresses basic concepts of CE 330-335 Topics in Computer chemistry as they pertain to the health Engineering (2-4 SH) sciences and is a good preparation for students who intend to pursue a career in The department will offer at least one nursing. This course will cover topics such Topics course each year with the content as making measurements, dimensional based on the areas of interest of current analysis, atomic structure, types of bonding, students and faculty. The course may be as well as some introduction to reactions, taken for credit repeatedly since the content particularly acids and bases. Prerequisite: will vary from year to year. Topics may high school algebra or equivalent. This include: theory of computation, numerical course meets for 7 weeks. analysis, modeling and simulation, graphics, computer animation, computer vision, Core: NS advanced algorithmic analysis, cryptography, parallel algorithms, artificial intelligence, robotics, smart phone technology, CHEM 155 Matter and Energy (3 hypermedia development, language SH) translation systems, and functional programming. This course addresses basic concepts of chemistry and physics in the context of social, environmental, and political issues. CE 365 Digital Circuits (3 SH) This course will cover topics such as atomic structure and bonding, the physics of This course will introduce students to the energy, chemical reactions in air and water, tools and techniques behind modern digital and the nature of scientific inquiry. Two logic circuits. We will begin with how basic lectures and one laboratory per week. logic gates are built from transistors, how Prerequisite: high school algebra or basic logic gates are used to implement equivalent and an annual safety training combinational and sequential circuits and outside of class. such as flip-flops, adders, multiplexers, etc. culminating with circuit design using a Core: NS microcontroller. CHEM 223 General Chemistry I CE 375 Software Engineering (2 (4 SH) SH) A study of water, solutions, atomic and Software engineering is the set of molecular structure, chemical bonding, and interrelated disciplines that are utilized in chemical reactions. Laboratory work the development, deployment, maintenance, involves quantitative, computational, and and usage of enterprise-wide software spectroscopic analyses of chemical systems solutions. This course focuses on the that are relevant to the 'real world'. Three lifecycle of information systems and how lectures and one laboratory period or field- that relates to strategic planning and trip per week. Prerequisite: an annual safety information usage. Several software training outside of class and high school development lifecycle models will be chemistry or equivalent; minimum SAT explored as students participate in score of 530 math and 1080 composite or generating logical programming designs. ACT score of 22 math and 21 total. Prerequisites: CS 220 and CS 275. (Fall Students without the minimum SAT or 2021) ACT score must first pass MATH 114 College Algebra with a grade of B or higher. Offered in alternate years Course Descriptions – 151 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Core: NS thermodynamics (fuels) and nuclear chemistry. The course will have several short laboratory exercises to provide a hands-on CHEM 224 General Chemistry II introduction to several energy sources and (4 SH) students will pursue an in-depth project. Prerequisite: CHEM 223 and an annual A careful study of chemical reactions with safety training outside of class. (Spring respect to enthalpy, entropy, equilibrium, 2021) kinetics, and electrochemistry. Laboratory work involves the student-directed Offered in alternate years development of a technique for the quantitative and spectroscopic analyses of an environmentally important substance. Three CHEM 315 Organic Chemistry I lectures and one laboratory period or field- (4 SH) trip per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 223 and an annual safety training outside of class. Organic chemistry is the study of the relationship between the three-dimensional structure and the reactivity of carbon CHEM 285 Environmental compounds. The chemical and physical properties of organic compounds will be Chemistry (4 SH) linked to an understanding of orbital theory, An introduction to concepts in atmospheric, electronegativity, strain, and sterics. aquatic, and terrestrial chemistry, pollution, Reactions of simple organic compounds will and energy production and consumption. be described in terms of electron movement Students and faculty work together with (mechanisms) and kinetic vs. members of the community at large to thermodynamic parameters. The laboratory investigate local environmental issues, and to will emphasize development of purification, educate the community about these issues. isolation, and identification techniques, Laboratory work includes common field particularly chromatography, infrared sampling and analytical techniques, and spectroscopy, mass spectroscopy, and statistical analysis of chemical data. Students nuclear magnetic spectroscopy. Three are expected to design, conduct, and report lectures and one four-hour laboratory per on experimentation to confirm week. Prerequisite: CHEM 224, with a measurements of environmental analytes minimum grade of C- and an annual safety using multiple strategies. Three lectures and training outside of class. one laboratory period or field-trip per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 223 and an annual safety training outside of class. (Spring CHEM 316 Organic Chemistry II 2022) (4 SH) Core: CL This class builds on the reactions and mechanisms described in CHEM 315 so Offered in alternate years that 'new' mechanisms can be deduced based on the key principles of conformational preference, sterics, polarity CHEM 305 Alternative Energy (2 and bond strength. Aromatic compounds as SH) well as oxygen and nitrogen containing This course will address understanding some compounds are studied so that the chemistry of the current and emerging "energy of biomolecules can be introduced. alternatives" by looking at the chemistry Structure determination of increasingly underlying each means of energy complex compounds by instrumental production. Topics addressed will fall into techniques, such as GC-MS, NMR, and IR, three broad categories: electrochemistry will also be emphasized. The laboratory will (photovoltaics, fuel cells, batteries, etc.), involve multi- step transformations, 152 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 purifications, and advanced structure phase equilibria, statistical thermodynamics, determination using primarily instrumental electrochemistry and chemical kinetics. techniques. Three lectures and one four- Prerequisite: two semesters of math, hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: recommended completion of MATH 195. CHEM 315 and an annual safety training (PHYS 405) (Fall 2020) outside of class. Offered in alternate years

CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry CHEM 406 Quantum Mechanics I (2 SH) (3 SH) An overview of the various aspects of analytical chemistry such as sampling, A mathematically intensive study of basic statistical analysis of data sets, quantitative QM as related to atomic and molecular and qualitative analysis, spectroscopy and structures. Topics include the Schroedinger chromatography, and trouble-shooting/ equation, the uncertainty principle, bound instrument design and maintenance. and scattering states, the hydrogen atom, Emphasis will be given to Gravimetric and and spectroscopy. Prerequisite: MATH 195 Titrimetric analysis, Ultraviolet and visible or instructor permission. (PHYS 406) spectroscopy, Advanced GCMS and ion- Offered in alternate years selective electrodes. One lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prerequisite: CHEM 224 with a C or higher and an annual safety training CHEM 479 Chemistry/ outside of class. (Fall 2020) Biochemistry Research (1-3 SH) Offered in alternate years Research under the direction of a faculty member. Permission required since enrollment is limited. Prerequisite: an CHEM 345 Analytical Chemistry annual safety training outside of class. II (2 SH) An overview of the various aspects of analytical chemistry such as sampling, CHEM 499 Independent Study statistical analysis of data sets, quantitative (1-3 SH) and qualitative analysis, spectroscopy and Independent study including preparation chromatography, and trouble-shooting/ and presentation of a scholarly research instrument design and maintenance. paper, introduction to research, advanced Emphasis will be given to Atomic syntheses, etc. May include topical seminars spectroscopy, NMR spectroscopy including by staff or visiting lecturers. Prerequisite: multi-dimensional analysis and nuclei departmental approval. beyond C and H, HPLC. One lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prerequisite: CHEM 224 with a C or higher and an annual safety CHMUS 211 Music for the training outside of class. (Fall 2019) Congregation (3 SH) Offered in alternate years This is a skills course that is intended to develop competencies required of a successful church music leader. Topics will CHEM 405 Thermodynamics (3 vary from year to year, depending upon SH) student interest and instructor availability. It A computationally intensive foundational may include skills such as leading the study of chemical thermodynamics and congregation's song (cantoring), arranging kinetics. Topics include gases, enthalpy, music for worship, developing keyboard entropy, Gibbs free energy, chemical and skills, reading charts, incorporating world Course Descriptions – 153 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 music and more. The course is open to all CHST 223 Spiritual Formation, students who have interest in leading church Sacred Pauses (3 SH) music. In the midst of a crazy paced world would Core: CA you like to find some peace? Join us on a journey of Christian spiritual formation where we search for daily spaces that April CHMUS 490 Church Music Yamasaki calls "Sacred Pauses." Using texts Internship (1-2 SH) by Yamasaki and Foster we will learn to Internships are provided through churches practice twelve spiritual disciplines, such as and community organizations. Students gain prayer, simplicity and meditation and we various experiences in a wide range of will discern their impact on our inward and music-related fields according to their areas outward journeys of faith. A weekly small of interest. group experience, a day-long silent retreat, and periodic meetings with a spiritual director are also part of this course. CHST 101 Small Group Ministry Core: CW Practicum I (1 SH) This practicum experience provides an opportunity for students to explore and CHST 234 Mission in a Changing develop interests in church leadership and World (3 SH) ministry. Enrollment is limited to Ministry In a promising and perilous world that is Assistants (MAs), who are required to lead constantly being reshaped by global weekly small groups in residence halls or off- economic realities, environmental campus. degradation, endless conflicts, instant communication, and mass migration, the faithful church seeks to witness to the good CHST 212 Introduction to Youth news of the Kingdom of God. This course Ministry (3 SH) examines features of the high-risk, Do you believe that the average North exploratory, and experimental nature of American youth has experienced hurt and a effective mission movements that have sense of abandonment by the adult culture? engaged the world in similar times of Drawing from Chap Clark's text, Hurt 2.0, challenge and opportunity. Using insights we will explore this theory as we become from innovations demonstrated by Jesus, familiar with current issues in North Paul, and many others through history American youth culture. The basics of including the early Anabaptists, students will ministry for working with youth, prevention examine, critique, design, and advocate of sexual abuse, theories of adolescent faith appropriate approaches to mission in our development and self-care for youth workers present and future world. are also taught. If you have an interest in Core: CW working with young people in your profession this course is for you. Learning Offered in alternate years from guest speakers and observation of local youth work will also be a part of this course. CHST 260 Teaching, Ministry, Core: CW and Healthy Sexuality (3 SH) This course explores the meaning and purpose of human sexuality from a theological perspective. It is designed to meet curriculum requirements for Physical Education, Education, Bible and Religion 154 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 majors, and to serve other students whose CHST 365 Mennonite History career interests include working with youth. and Thought (3 SH) It will prepare students to teach/lead/ minister with youth and young adults on A survey of the Anabaptist movement and sexuality-related questions, including Mennonites throughout the world from the learning how to avoid and prevent sexual sixteenth to twenty-first centuries. Issues harassment and abuse. Sophomore standing include pacifism, wealth, political required for enrollment. (HE 260) participation, community and tensions between faith and the dominant culture. Particular attention is given to the CHST 312 Missiology (3 SH) Anabaptist vision and its relevance for 21st century American life. (HIST 365) (Spring This course is designed to introduce 2021) students to the interdisciplinary field of missiology by examining Christian mission, Core: CW as well as the issues raised by its critics, from various perspectives. These perspectives Offered in alternate years include biblical foundations of mission, a historical overview of missions, critical reflections on empire and globalization, CHST 372 Church Leadership current issues in mission, practical for Transformation (3 SH) applications, and personal considerations for What is the role of a faithful church and its intercultural missionaries. leaders in today's conflicted world? Learn Core: CL how God is using prophetic voices to provide congregational leadership in these days of church decline. Practice practical CHST 334 Almost Christian: skills as you design a worship service, preach Youth Ministry In a sermon, learn about rituals of congregational life, interact with local Congregations (3 SH) church leaders and visit area churches. (Fall What does the faith of North American 2020) teens tell the North American church? Kenda Creasy Dean's textbook, Almost Core: CW Christian, shows that the faith of the average Offered in alternate years American teen is not theologically sound, but is "Almost Christian." How does youth ministry address this challenge? This course CHST 435 Martyrs, Merchants, will focus on congregationally based youth and Mendicants: 1500 Years of ministry that moves beyond an emphasis on programming, to ministry that is relational, the Christian Movement (3 SH) innovative and community and This course surveys stories of Christianity, congregationally based. Learning to involve from the first century of the Common Era the entire congregation in youth ministry up to the dawn of the Protestant and mentoring programs, as well as Reformation. It describes successes and becoming familiar with baptismal and failures, traditions and innovations, as church membership materials for youth will Christians spread west into Europe, east also be a part of this course. toward China, and south into Africa. Students will consider questions Christians have struggled with and evaluate choices Christians have made. Thinking about poverty and wealth, enculturation in mission, peace and war, church and state, women and men throughout these stories

Course Descriptions – 155 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 will allow intersections with 21st-century leadership skills and to grow in personal Christian realities. (HIST 435) development. Core: CW, WI Core: CL

CHST 451 Church Work CHST 499 Independent Study Practicum (3 SH) (1-3 SH) Would you like to experience the inner workings of a congregation, and test your CIS 211 Spreadsheet and Data gifts for ministry? A program of study and supervised field experience in a Management (1 SH) congregation, church agency or related Organizing, managing, and communicating ministry. Special emphasis is placed on data is critical in organizations today. personal development for ministry, Leaders and researchers with sound developing leadership skills and experiencing knowledge of the information contained in the many facets of ministry in the their data are better equipped to make congregation. strategic decisions and answer the complex questions in their discipline. This course Core: CL provides a requisite skillset for using spreadsheet applications (Microsoft Excel and Google Sheets) for data analysis and a CHST 462 Mission Practicum (3 deeper set of tools for broad information SH) management. This course is relevant to The purpose of the practicum is first-hand students of any major where data involvement in Christian ministry and management and statistical analysis is witness in an intercultural setting. Radical helpful in their field. Journey, SALT, and YES and other similar short-term programs may meet this requirement if arrangements are made with CIS 251 Management an adviser before beginning the placement. Information Systems (3 SH) Summer placements in global South An introduction to information resources settings, or participation in a Washington within the context of an organization. The Community Scholars' Center internship or course focuses on the ways in which other urban context are encouraged. RIS technology enables business to function minors may integrate their practicum with a more efficiently. Topics include the strategic required practicum in their major, or within importance of information, the technical a semester-long cross-cultural, if components of information systems, and the arrangements are made beforehand with an business value created by using information adviser. systems. Prerequisites or corequisites: BUAD 221 and CIS 211. CHST 473 Youth Ministry Practicum (3 SH) CIS 321 Advanced Would you like to experience the challenge Spreadsheets (1 SH) of hands-on ministry with youth? Participate This course focuses on automation of in a supervised field experience in a complex tasks and analyses in the congregation, camp or related ministry. The spreadsheet environment. The course builds focus of the practicum is to gain first-hand proficiency in tools for managing data sets experience working with youth, and to learn and solving complex problems using the data. The course also builds introductory

156 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 programming skills through the use of CMUS 120 Music Fundamentals macros and Visual Basic. Course learning is (3 SH) project-based. Prerequisites: CIS 211 and any STAT course. (Spring 2021) A music fundamentals course open to students of all disciplines. Musical literacy is Offered in alternate years not required as the course will introduce students to the skills needed to read and write Western music notation, as well as to CMUS 114 Appreciating Music understand, analyze, and listen. Topics Making (3 SH) include pitches and scales, intervals, clefs, Focusing on experiential learning, this class rhythm, form, meter, phrases and cadences, introduces music from the insider's and basic harmony. Majors and minors may perspective in order for students to explore be excused from this course or sections of it creative processes involved in music making. by examination. Class content is organized topically, including notation systems, ensembles, composition, improvisation, music CMUS 181 Music Theory I (3 SH) philosophies, film music, and music and Centering on experiential learning, this worship from both Western and non- course will examine the theory of major Western perspectives. Students will develop Western musical styles from the Middle informed listening skills and cultivate an Ages to 1800 noting the variety of genres, appreciation for the many contexts of music compositional practices, and ideas that in our daily lives. Familiarity with music ultimately inform music making today. The notation is not required. course starts with series counterpoint and moves to part writing, harmonic analysis, Core: CA and musical form. The ability to read music Offered through Lancaster is required. Prerequisite: CMUS 120.

CMUS 116 Appreciating Music CMUS 200 Landscape of Music Making (2 SH) (0 SH) Music is one of the most fundamental and A required course for all music majors to be powerful forms of human creativity and registered each on-campus semester, with expression. Through an exploration of the following objectives: to prepare students classical music, pop music, jazz, rock, rap, to be successful music majors, to model the world music and more, we will learn to unity of the various aspects of musicianship, understand the colorful tapestry of musical and to develop a style of learning that will language across various styles, genres, and lead to successful end-of-the-year eras. In this course we will feature live performance assessments. performances, watch video, listen to audio, and participate in interactive activities in order to enrich our classroom experience CMUS 201 Topic: World Music (2 and gain a greater understanding and deeper SH) love for the art of music. (Offered through World Music is a broad survey course. EMU Lancaster as a 3 SH course, CMUS Through reading, listening, practical 114) experience and discussion, students will Core: CA acquire a broad understanding of a very expansive field. The course, organized as a tour around the globe, focuses on the unique musical language and expression, the

Course Descriptions – 157 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 cultural context, and the global significance knowledge of music or film history is for each country visited on this 'tour.' necessary. Core: CA, CC Core: CA Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years

CMUS 202 Topic: Folk-Rock to CMUS 204 Topic: Introduction Hip-Hop (2 SH) to Music Technology (2 SH) From its earliest beginnings in the blues and The Music Technology course will allow Tin Pan Alley, all the way up to today's students to discover and explore most current artists, American popular introductory concepts used in music music has played a vital role in shaping the sequencing, notation, and recording. This cultural landscape of the United States and course will provide a detailed explanation of the world. This course will survey the rich computer music production. Students will history of American popular music from a develop skills in loop and MIDI production, cultural, technological, and sociological sampling, digital audio generation, audio perspective and explore its various recording, editing, and mixing through class influences. Students will learn elementary instruction and hands-on learning with music concepts and skills through interactive Ableton Live and Audacity software. No engagement and will examine the prior experience in music is necessary. characteristics of various musical styles including country, folk, rock, pop, R&B, Core: CA rap and more. Through a hands-on Offered in alternate years exploration of music by artists such as The Beatles, Bon Jovi, Jimi Hendrix, Beyonce, Tupac Shakur, Billie Eilish, Chris Stapleton, CMUS 205 Topic: Musical and many more, this course provides a Theater (2 SH) foundation for understanding the full and dynamic tapestry of music that continues to Integrating practice with history and theory, impact and shape generations. this course examines the use of music in theater from the advent of opera in Core: CA Renaissance Italy to the American Broadway Offered in alternate years Musical. Students will perform songs and engage with dance/movement as they learn to become better performers and more CMUS 203 Topic: Listening to informed audience members. Students with all levels of experience from absolute Film (2 SH) beginner to seasoned performer are The past one hundred years have witnessed welcome! (THR 231) the development of a new art form: film. From its beginnings (before movies even had Offered in alternate years spoken dialog) music has played an integral part in shaping the perceptions of its audience. Ironically, when viewing a film we CMUS 250 Music History I (3 SH) rarely give the soundtrack our full attention. Music is the product of people, their lives, This course will introduce students to a new and communities throughout time. In way of "listening to film" as it chronicles the academia it is often separated and taught in history of cinema and its evolving distinct divisions such as theory and history; relationship with music. No prior however, these two areas should be understood in context with each other and as part of an integrated whole. Centering on

158 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 experiential learning, this course will CMUS 411 Conducting I (4 SH) examine the history and theory of major Western musical styles from the Middle A comprehensive course that includes Ages to the Classical Era, noting the variety beginning conducting techniques (choral of genres, compositional practices, and ideas and instrumental), score analysis, rehearsal that ultimately inform music making today. techniques, and an introduction to Counterpoint, musical form, and writing orchestration. Writing about music about music are emphasized. The ability to (analysis, essays, program notes, reviews, and read music is required. formal papers) is included in this course. Prerequisite: junior or senior music major or Core: WI minor, or instructor's permission. Offered in alternate years CMUS 260 Music History II (3 SH) CMUS 412 The Compleat Music is the product of people, their lives, Musician (4 SH) and communities throughout time. In academia it is often separated and taught in Capstone course for the music major. distinct divisions such as theory and history; Semester will culminate with a public however, these two areas should be performance of selected works for voices and understood in context with each other and instruments in which each student will as part of an integrated whole. Centering on perform in an ensemble setting. This course experiential learning, this course will will include continued development of examine the history and theory of major conducting techniques, completion of a Western musical styles from the Classical choral arrangement, score analysis, historical Era to the present, noting the variety of analysis, program note writing strategies, genres, compositional practices, and ideas and development of collaborative skills. that ultimately inform music making today. Counterpoint, musical form, and writing about music are emphasized. The ability to CMUS 440 Seminar (1-3 SH) read music is required. Offerings dependent on faculty and student Core: WI interest. Requires instructor's permission; may be repeated. CMUS 281 Music Theory II (3 SH) CMUS 490 Internship (1-2 SH) Internships are provided through churches Centering on experiential learning, this and community organizations. Students gain course will examine the theory of major various experiences in a wide range of music Western musical styles from 1800 to present related fields according to their areas of noting the variety of genres, compositional interest. practices, and ideas that ultimately inform music making today. The course covers part Core: CL writing, harmonic analysis, musical form, and 20th-21st century compositional techniques. The ability to read music is CMUS 499 Independent Study required. Prerequisite: CMUS 181 Music (1-3 SH) Theory I. Independent research, reading or work under the supervision of a faculty member. For advanced students only.

Course Descriptions – 159 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 CORE 101 Transitions (1 SH) CS 105 Intro to Computer This course is for all first-year students. Science (2 SH) Students engage in small groups to explore A lab-based course designed to tour the the academic, empathic, and vocational modern world of computing. This course skills that support a successful transition to introduces the major areas of computer EMU. Discussion and community-building science, including data representation, is emphasized. computer hardware, programming languages, algorithms, operating systems, computer networks, and ethics in CORE 120 University Research computing. (1 SH) This course is only for first-year students who have fulfilled their College Writing CS 145 Introduction to requirement prior to enrollment at EMU. Programming (2 SH) Students participate in a guided study to be An introduction to the basic concepts of oriented to EMU's digital resources and programming, problem-solving, and design research expectations as they complete a techniques using the object-oriented single research project. Students complete language Python. the study within 4-7 weeks during the second half of their first semester. CS 155 Programming in Python (2 SH) CORE 201 Life Wellness (2 SH) Applies basic programming concepts with This largely experiential course focuses on more extensive programs, including a final creation care and stewardship of the body in project of the student's choice in Python. relation to doing justice, loving mercy, and Prerequisite: CS 145 or other programming walking humbly with God. This course is experience. not available for first-year students and is ideally taken in the second year at EMU. (Education students seeking PreK-3, CS 245 Programming in Java (2 PreK-6, SPED, or Health and Physical SH) Education (PreK-12) licensure, substitute HE 202 Health and Safety for CORE 201 Applies basic programming concepts, while Life Wellness.) introducing the Java language. Prerequisite: CS 145 or other programming experience. CORE 401 Senior Seminar (2 SH) CS 255 Intermediate Programming (2 SH) This team-taught course provides an opportunity for students to reflect on their An introduction to structured object- life journeys and synthesize their oriented programming techniques using the undergraduate experience as they consider Java programming language. Students will their transition from EMU. The course write Java programs to implement a variety focuses on identity formation, the process of of algorithms for searching, sorting, and being and becoming, and finding voice. A numerical computations. Input/output will chosen theme frames volitional and use the console and graphical user interface reflective inquiry. Registration is limited to components, text files, and image files. students in their final year of enrollment. Core: SrSem

160 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 CS 265 Databases (2 SH) CS 355 Advanced Data A course in the design and querying of Structures (2 SH) database systems. Topics include design This course continues the topics covered in principles, normalization, entity-relationship CS 345 with data structures such as trees models, and use of SQL for database access and other graphs. An introduction to basic and management. Previous programming algorithm analysis and design techniques, experience recommended. including divide-and-conquer and greedy algorithms. Prerequisite: CS 345 and MATH 170 (Spring 2021) CS 275 Web Applications (2 SH) Offered in alternate years A project-based course exploring the design of database-backed interactive web sites and applications. Students will use HTML, CSS, CS 365 System Administration JavaScript, and libraries to build the client (2 SH) side along with SQL, PHP, and various back-end technologies to build the An overview of the management and corresponding server side of a web site or maintenance of organizational computing application. Prerequisites: CS 165 and CS infrastructure including hardware, operating 265. system, network, database and application software. Topics include installation, configuration, routine maintenance tasks, CS 330-335 Topics in client/server application management, Computing (2-4 SH) automation, and user support. Prerequisite: CS 165 and CS 265. (Spring 2022) The department will offer at least one Topics course each year with the content Core: WI based on the areas of interest of current students and faculty. The course may be Offered in alternate years taken for credit repeatedly since the content will vary from year to year. Topics may include: theory of computation, numerical CS 445 Analysis of Algorithms (2 analysis, modeling and simulation, graphics, SH) computer animation, computer vision, A more in-depth look at algorithms advanced algorithmic analysis, cryptography, including dynamic programming, network parallel algorithms, artificial intelligence, flow, and an exploration of NP robotics, smart phone technology, completeness. Prerequisites: CS 355. (Spring hypermedia development, language 2021) translation systems, and functional programming. Core: WI Offered in alternate years CS 345 Data Structures (2 SH) Basic data structures are introduced in this CS 455 Programming course, including arrays, linked lists, stacks, Languages (2 SH) queues, etc. Students are required to implement various data structures. The formal study of programming language Prerequisite: CS 220. (Fall 2020) design and specification. Design principles are emphasized and evaluated in the context Offered in alternate years of the historical development of computing languages. Topics include design principles, study of actual languages, the run-time environment, translation, and programming Course Descriptions – 161 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 in various programming languages and economic activity in society and the paradigms. Prerequisite: CS 320. (Fall 2021) interplay between markets, governments, and nature. Economics is a field and Offered in alternate years discipline (like sociology or psychology) that tries to explain why people, governments and countries do what they do; CS 475 Capstone Project (2 SH) consequently, it is an important part of a This course provides a platform for senior liberal arts education. This is an students to work on a semester-long, team introductory economics course for non- project under the guidance of CS or economics majors. engineering faculty mentors. Prerequisite: CS 370. Core: SB

CS 488 Computer Science ECON 211 Principles of Internship (1-3 SH) Microeconomics (3 SH) Work experience gives students an An introduction to the forces affecting the opportunity to gain valuable practical production, distribution and consumption experience. Consulting with the faculty of goods and services by households and advisor guides them in integrating theory businesses and their interaction with and practice to maximize learning. Travel government. It also examines the strengths and other expenses are the student's and limitations of the market system. responsibility. Internship opportunities are Core: SB available through EMU's Washington Community Scholars' Center and organizations in the Harrisonburg area. ECON 212 Principles of Grading is on a pass/fail basis. Prerequisite: Macroeconomics (3 SH) junior or senior status. An introduction to economics as a way of Core: CL thinking with a focus on understanding how the economy as a whole functions. Major topics include economic growth, CS 499 Independent Study/ unemployment, and inflation in a mixed Research (1-3 SH) market system. Individual study in an advanced topic in Core: SB computer science. Requirements normally include the preparation of a research paper to be presented at a departmental seminar. ECON 300 Environmental and Open to juniors and seniors. Prerequisite: Ecological Economics (3 SH) faculty approval. Students will study many of the "gifts of nature" and how these scarce resources are ECON 201 Survey of Economics used, and sometimes abused, by human (3 SH) activity. Students will review a wide variety of topics, primarily through the lens of An introductory economics course to help economic analysis, learning the methods and students understand economic policy and tools necessary to measure resource flow and how/ why goods and services are produced, value. Most ecological issues, however, are distributed, and consumed. In addition to inherently interdisciplinary; therefore social, learning the tools and methods of economic political, scientific, moral, and theological analysis, this course examines the perspectives will also be part of integrated mechanisms, controls, and limits of learning. Integrated throughout the course

162 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 will be filters to discover how markets ECON 341 Intermediate allocate natural resources, why and how Microeconomics (3 SH) governments intervene in markets on environmental grounds, the appropriateness Intermediate level analysis of supply and and effectiveness of public policies in this demand and the role of the price mechanism area, and testing knowledge and learning in organizing economic activity. Includes an against benchmarks of overall and global evaluation of efficiency and equity issues. sustainability. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or Prerequisite: ECON 201 or ECON 211. ECON 211 or ECON 212, or consent of (Fall 2020) the instructor. (Spring 2021) Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years ECON 342 Intermediate ECON 311 Contemporary Macroeconomics (3 SH) Economic Issues (3 SH) Intermediate level analysis of the This course examines the economic aspects determinants of national income, output, of contemporary and controversial issues employment, interest rates and the price with social, political, and/or environmental level. Examines problems and policies implications. Topics may include deficits related to unemployment, inflation, growth, and debt, social security, the environment and debt within the global economy. and energy policy, and healthcare, among Prerequisite: ECON 201 or ECON 212. others. Students will use economic theory, (Spring 2021) tools, and empirical analysis to identify, compare, and debate policy options that Offered in alternate years address the many dimensions of these issues while they also refine their own positions and arguments. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or ECON 401 Development ECON 211 or ECON 212, or consent of Economics (3 SH) the instructor. (Spring 2022) An investigation into the choices of low- Core: WI income countries that seek development and growth. Explores theories of development Offered in alternate years and underdevelopment. Tools of economic analysis are applied to development issues. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or ECON 211 or ECON 331 History of Economic ECON 212. (Fall 2021) Thought (3 SH) Core: WI Survey of the various perspectives and writers on the development of economic Offered in alternate years thought. Examines the historical context from which the various perspectives arose and the role each played in shaping ECON 411 International contemporary economic views. Prerequisite: Economics (3 SH) ECON 201 or ECON 211 or ECON 212 A study of the theory and methods of or consent of instructor. international trade and how trade is Core: HI financed emphasizing the applied aspects of trade policy. Examines the causes and Offered in alternate years consequences of free trade and trade barriers, foreign exchange, factor movements, financial markets and instruments, and balance of payments. Prerequisites: ECON

Course Descriptions – 163 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 201 or ECON 211 and ECON 212. ED 221 Professional Field (BUAD 441)(Spring 2021) Experience (Early Childhood) (2 Core: CC SH) Offered in alternate years A participatory experience in nursery or preschools. Required reading and seminars. Travel expenses are the student's ECON 481 Economics responsibility. Prerequisite: Permission from Internship (1-3 SH) chair. Work experience designed to integrate practice and theory, to give economics ED 235 Curriculum and majors insight into current policies, Organization in Early Education procedure, and problems in all types of (4 SH) organizations. Frequent consultation with and written reports to the faculty advisor Surveys elementary school curriculum with guide the student's experience. Travel and an emphasis on the priorities and personal expenses are the student's developmentally appropriate instructional responsibility. Can be taken during the practices of early childhood educators. summer. Grading is on a Pass/Fail basis. Introduces the critical skills of daily, weekly, This is highly recommended for economics and long-term lesson planning, the majors. Prerequisite: Admission to the integration of the arts into the core department, junior or senior standing, and a curricula, and the importance of school/ department GPA of at least 2.7. The home/community relationships. Includes a internship director must approve the 20-hour practicum in a pre-school setting. internship before it commences. Prerequisite or corequisite: ED 101. (3 SH content; 1 SH practicum) Core: CL Core: WI ECON 499 Independent Study (1-3 SH) ED 245 Learning and Classroom Environments (3 SH) Supervised readings and/or research in economics. Oral or written examinations Focuses on the development of classroom and presentation of findings may be environments that facilitate effective required. learning for learners. Topics include theories about learning, motivation, creating safe learning environments, positive behavior ED 101 Exploring Teaching (2 supports, interventions, and the physical, SH) cognitive, and socio-emotional development of learners. An exploratory course designed to provide the student a means for self-assessment as a potential teacher. Learning activities include ED 252 Learning and Classroom directed observations and participation in Environments Professional school settings, analysis of constructivist theory, growth mindset, reflective teaching, Field Experience (6-12) (1 SH) and current issues in education. A 20-hour A 40-hour professional field experience that practicum is included. (1 SH content; 1 SH focuses on observations and participatory practicum) experiences in grades 6-12. Grading is on a pass/fail basis. Corequisite: ED 245. Core: CL Core: CL

164 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 ED 275 Instructional schools. Prerequisites: ED 235, ED 245 and Technology and Assessment (3 a cumulative GPA of 2.5. SH) Addresses the design and implementation of ED 332 Science in the technology-enhanced instruction, and the Elementary School (2 SH) application of technology to assess and monitor learner performance. Topics Curriculum Block is comprised of ED 331, include principles and practices of effective 332, 333 (4 SH content; 2 SH assessment, the relationship between practicum) which provide foundations of instruction and assessment, grading systems curriculum development and practices, and using assessment data to and implementation. Coursework is improve instruction and learner integrated with a 60-hour practicum performance. experience in K-6 classrooms with a focus on local, state, and national curriculum standards. Active sciencing and teacher ED 301 Needs of Diverse resourcefulness are emphasized in planning relevant, meaningful experiences for diverse Learners (3 SH) learners. National Science Teachers Addresses teaching learners with diverse and Association (NSTA) standards and Virginia special needs. Explores student diversity, Standards of Learning (SOLs) provide the including, but not limited to, cultural, content framework. Emphasis is given to the racial, linguistic, socio-economic, and dis/ importance of preparing children's learning ability characteristics. Focuses on integrated environments so that science concepts can settings, universal design for learning, be taught through inquiry and active differentiation, and collaboration. Pre or participation. Prerequisites: ED 235, corequisite: ED 331, 332, 333 or ED 351. ED 245 and a cumulative GPA of 2.5.

ED 331 Math in Elementary ED 333 Social Studies in the School (2 SH) Elementary School (2 SH) Curriculum Block is comprised of ED 331, Curriculum Block is comprised of ED 331, 332, 333 (4 SH content; 2 SH 332, 333 (4 SH content; 2 SH practicum) which provide foundations of practicum) which provide foundations of curriculum development curriculum development and implementation. Coursework is and implementation. Coursework is integrated with a 60-hour practicum integrated with a 60-hour practicum experience in K-6 classrooms with a focus experience in K-6 classrooms with a focus on local, state, and national curriculum on local, state, and national curriculum standards. Introduces methods of teaching standards. Introduces methods of teaching mathematics in grades K-6 with significant social studies in the elementary school. attention to planning, instruction and National Council for the Social Studies assessment activities which are responsive to (NCSS) standards and Virginia Standards of the needs of diverse learners. National Learning (SOLs) provide the content Council of Teachers of Mathematics framework. Multicultural education is (NCTM) standards and Virginia Standards stressed and students design a culturally of Learning (SOLs) provide the content responsive curriculum unit incorporating framework. Participants will be involved in social studies facts, concepts and exploration, development and practical generalizations. Prerequisites: ED 235, applications of inquiry, discovery, directed ED 245 and a cumulative GPA of 2.5. teaching, use of manipulatives, and other activities designed to prepare them for teaching mathematics in elementary Course Descriptions – 165 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 ED 341 Language Arts (2 SH) opportunities to integrate and apply an integrated language arts perspective in a Literacy Block is comprised of ED 341, 342, classroom setting. The student is engaged 343 (5 SH content; 2 SH practicum) which in assessing one child’s literacy development is designed for students who plan to teach in and in planning and implementing an PreK-6. The 7-hour block of courses with a appropriate tutoring program and 60-hour practicum explores the communicating with parents and caregivers. development of spoken and written language and traces the development of The course examines language acquisition reading from birth through pre-adolescence. through the areas of phonetics, semantics, Understanding the social and cultural syntax, morphology, phonology, and contexts for language learning both at home pragmatics. Students utilize various and at school and knowing the cognitive diagnostic tools to: construct and use and psychological factors that exist at affective measures of literacy behavior, various stages of development form the administer running records of leveled text, basis for planning the curriculum at administer a reading inventory to assess school. The practicum provides developmental word knowledge, phonemic opportunities to integrate and apply an awareness, phonics and vocabulary, rate, integrated language arts perspective in a fluency, oral reading accuracy, and oral and classroom setting. The student is engaged silent comprehension. Results from in assessing one child’s literacy development diagnostic assessments are used to design and in planning and implementing an appropriate reading instruction for diverse appropriate tutoring program and learners. Identification of the developmental communicating with parents and caregivers. stages of written word knowledge is emphasized. Prerequisite: Admission to This course examines appropriate strategies teacher education. to assist diverse readers in constructing meaning from text and ways to use Core: CL technology to improve literacy skills. Strategies are developed for organizing and using space, time and materials to promote ED 343 Content Area Reading the development of a literate and Writing (2 SH) environment. Prerequisite: Admission to Literacy Block is comprised of ED 341, 342, teacher education. 343 (5 SH content; 2 SH practicum) which is designed for students who plan to teach in PreK-6. The 7-hour block of courses with a ED 342 Reading/ Diagnostic 60-hour practicum explores the Reading (3 SH) development of spoken and written Literacy Block is comprised of ED 341, 342, language and traces the development of 343 (5 SH content; 2 SH practicum) which reading from birth through pre-adolescence. is designed for students who plan to teach in Understanding the social and cultural PreK-6. The 7-hour block of courses with a contexts for language learning both at home 60-hour practicum explores the and at school and knowing the cognitive development of spoken and written and psychological factors that exist at language and traces the development of various stages of development form the reading from birth through pre-adolescence. basis for planning the curriculum at Understanding the social and cultural school. The practicum provides contexts for language learning both at home opportunities to integrate and apply an and at school and knowing the cognitive integrated language arts perspective in a and psychological factors that exist at classroom setting. The student is engaged various stages of development form the in assessing one child’s literacy development basis for planning the curriculum at and in planning and implementing an school. The practicum provides 166 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 appropriate tutoring program and history and social science, mathematics, communicating with parents and caregivers. English as a second language, and health. Prerequisites: ED 245 and admission to This course focuses on processes of reading teacher education. and writing with the Virginia English Standards of Learning as the framework for instruction. Strategies involving reading and ED 395 Reading and Writing in writing across all content areas are demonstrated, explored, and practiced to the Content Area (3 SH) meet diverse learner needs. Vocabulary Focuses on processes of language acquisition development, writing skills and assessment and reading and writing within the strategies for socially just teaching are secondary content area. Explores reading emphasized. Prerequisite: Admission to and writing within the Virginia English teacher education. Standards of Learning and a variety of fiction and nonfiction texts that promote literacy in the content areas. Emphasis is ED 351 General Curriculum and placed on understanding reading Methods for Middle and development, phonemic and phonological Secondary Teaching (1 SH) awareness, vocabulary development, comprehension strategies, spelling Middle and Secondary Curriculum Block is development, and the writing process. comprised of ED 351, 361, 385. Focuses Includes a 20-hour practicum in a middle on general curriculum and instructional school setting. (2 SH content; 1 SH methods, pedagogy, and procedures related practicum) Prerequisite: Admission to to teaching in the 6-12 grade levels. teacher education. Prerequisites: ED 245 and admission to teacher education. ED 401 Examining Foundations ED 361 Secondary Methods of Education (2 SH) Professional Field Experience (1 Examines issues facing American education SH) today. Utilizing a framework that reflects on the historical, philosophical, and sociological Middle and Secondary Curriculum Block is foundations, students analyze, synthesize comprised of ED 351, 361, and 385. A 60- and evaluate issues underlying the role, hour professional field experience in an area development, and organization of public high school. Consists of assignments education in the United States. Topics arranged to provide for breadth of include the legal status of teachers and experience within the scope of the students, professionalism and ethical candidate's content area. Grading is on a standards, governance of schools, state pass/fail basis. Prerequisites: ED 245 and assessment and accountability systems, admission to teacher education. including legal and ethical aspects of assessment. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education. ED 385 Content Area Methods for Middle and Secondary Core: WI Teaching (2 SH) Middle and Secondary Curriculum Block is ED 411 Reflective Teaching comprised of ED 351, 361, and 385. Seminar and Portfolio (1 SH) Focuses on curriculum and instructional methods for middle/secondary endorsements Promotes reflective practice on pertinent specific to the content areas of biology, aspects of the student teaching experience, chemistry, computer science, English, with particular attention given to the impact Course Descriptions – 167 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 on student learning. Addresses professional semester student teachers are required to standards of the teaching profession, take orientation and participational including the Virginia child abuse and experiences during the opening week of neglect recognition and intervention school in the fall. Prerequisite: Admission to training. An capstone electronic portfolio is student teaching. required. Taken concurrently with student teaching. ED 423 Student Teaching II: 4-6 (7 SH) ED 421 Student Teaching I: Designed for prospective early/primary PreK-3 (7 SH) education (PreK-3) and elementary Designed for prospective early/primary education (PreK-6) teachers. Three education (PreK-3) and elementary integrated components comprise this education (PreK-6) teachers. Three experience: (1) Orientation and integrated components comprise this participatory experiences during the opening experience: (1) Orientation and week of school, to be fulfilled in the setting participatory experiences during the opening where the student will later complete the week of school, to be fulfilled in the setting supervised teaching assignment; (2) Two where the student will later complete the seven- week placements at two different supervised teaching assignment; (2) Two grade levels and daily classroom teaching seven- week placements at two different responsibilities under the supervision of a grade levels and daily classroom teaching cooperating teacher, including observation, responsibilities under the supervision of a reflection, planning, implementation, cooperating teacher, including observation, evaluation, and conferencing; (3) ED 411 reflection, planning, implementation, Reflective Teaching Seminar. Spring evaluation, and conferencing; (3) ED 411 semester student teachers are required to Reflective Teaching Seminar. Spring take orientation and participational semester student teachers are required to experiences during the opening week of take orientation and participational school in the fall. Prerequisite: Admission to experiences during the opening week of student teaching. school in the fall. Prerequisite: Admission to student teaching. ED 451 Middle School Student Teaching (7 SH) ED 422 Student Teaching II: Consisting of three integrated components: PreK-3 (7 SH) (1) Orientation and participatory Designed for prospective early/primary experiences during the opening week of education (PreK-3) and elementary school, to be fulfilled in the setting where education (PreK-6) teachers. Three the student will later complete the student integrated components comprise this teaching assignment; (2) Two seven-week experience: (1) Orientation and blocks of actual classroom experience at both participatory experiences during the opening middle and high school levels under the week of school, to be fulfilled in the setting supervision of a cooperating teacher, where the student will later complete the including observation, reflection, planning, supervised teaching assignment; (2) Two implementation, evaluation, and seven- week placements at two different conferencing; (3) ED 411 Reflective grade levels and daily classroom teaching Teaching Seminar. Spring semester student responsibilities under the supervision of a teachers are required to take orientation and cooperating teacher, including observation, participational experiences during the reflection, planning, implementation, opening week of school in the fall. evaluation, and conferencing; (3) ED 411 Prerequisite: Admission to student teaching. Reflective Teaching Seminar. Spring 168 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 ED 452 High School Student majors consisting of integrated components: Teaching (7 SH) (1) Orientation and participatory experiences during the opening week of Consisting of three integrated components: school, to be fulfilled in the setting where (1) Orientation and participatory the student will later complete the student experiences during the opening week of teaching assignment; (2) Two seven- week school, to be fulfilled in the setting where blocks of classroom experience at both the student will later complete the student elementary and middle or high school levels teaching assignment; (2) Two seven-week under the supervision of a cooperating blocks of actual classroom experience at both teacher, including observation, reflection, middle and high school levels under the planning, implementation, evaluation, and supervision of a cooperating teacher, conferencing; (3) ED 411 Reflective including observation, reflection, planning, Teaching Seminar. Spring semester student implementation, evaluation, and teachers are required to take orientation and conferencing; (3) ED 411 Reflective participational experiences during the Teaching Seminar. Spring semester student opening week of school in the fall. teachers are required to take orientation and Prerequisite: Admission to student teaching. participational experiences during the opening week of school in the fall. Prerequisite: Admission to student teaching. ED 499 Independent Study (1-3 SH) ED 461 Elementary School Individualized studies in specialized topics. Student Teaching (PreK-6) (7 Open to advanced students with approval. SH) A full semester program for art, English as a EDS 351 Intervention Strategies second language, health and physical for Middle and High School education, foreign language, and music Learners with Exceptionalities majors consisting of integrated components: (3 SH) (1) Orientation and participatory experiences during the opening week of A study of culturally and linguistically school, to be fulfilled in the setting where sensitive general and specialized curriculum the student will later complete the student and methods used for teaching children with teaching assignment; (2) Two seven- week learning disabilities, emotional disturbances blocks of classroom experience at both and mental retardation in middle and elementary and middle or high school levels secondary schools and the adaptations which under the supervision of a cooperating can facilitate integration into general teacher, including observation, reflection, education classrooms. Instructional, planning, implementation, evaluation, and evaluative, and self- determination strategies conferencing; (3) ED 411 Reflective are identified. IEPs and lesson plans will be Teaching Seminar. Spring semester student developed in transition, academic, adaptive teachers are required to take orientation and behavior and vocational areas. A 15-hour participational experiences during the field/clinical experience allows students to opening week of school in the fall. teach middle or secondary students with Prerequisite: Admission to student teaching. significant learning and/or behavior difficulties. (2 SH content; 1 SH practicum) (Fall 2020) ED 462 Middle/High School Student Teaching (6-12) (7 SH) Offered in alternate years A full semester program for art, English as a second language, health and physical education, foreign language, and music Course Descriptions – 169 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 EDS 371 Assessment, EDS 401 Supporting Positive Evaluation and Planning in Classroom Behavior (2 SH) Special Education (3 SH) This course focuses on techniques used to A study of formal and informal diagnostic support behavior change in children with and evaluative procedures appropriate for disabilities. Systematic, peaceable classroom children (K-12) with exceptional learning interventions are presented and students will needs. Foci include understanding legal learn strategies to prevent inappropriate requirements for eligibility, providing behavior from occurring or escalating. prescriptions based on assessment data and Students are required to demonstrate various general evaluation of instruction. This classroom behavior management strategies course has an emphasis on the development in the classroom and/or in simulations. (Fall of the Individualized Education Plan (IEP). 2020) A collaborative "team" approach to due Offered in alternate years process will be emphasized. A 20-hour clinical experience is required during which the student will use a case study approach to the development of IEP's. Prerequisites: EDS 461 Student Teaching: EDS 301. (2 SH content; 1 SH practicum) Elementary Exceptionalities (7 (Spring 2021) SH) Offered in alternate years Consisting of three integrated components: (1) Orientation and field experiences during the opening week of school, to be fulfilled in EDS 375 IEP Development and the setting where the student will later complete the student teaching assignment; Implementation (3 SH) (2) two seven-week blocks of classroom This course provides a working knowledge experience under the supervision of a of the requirements, step-by-step instruction cooperating teacher, including observation, on writing IEPs, skills in data collection and participation, responsible teaching and use in decision-making, and strategies for conferencing; and (3) Reflective Teaching successful meetings to support P-12 students Seminar (see ED 411). Seven weeks are with disabilities in accessing the general spent at the elementary (K-6) level and seven curriculum. Prerequisite: EDS 301. (Spring weeks at the secondary (6-12) level. Spring 2021) semester student teachers are required to take orientation and participational Offered in alternate years experiences during the opening week of school in the fall. Prerequisite: Admission to EDS 381 Special Education student teaching. Professional Field Experience (2 SH) EDS 462 Student Teaching: This professional field experience is designed Middle School and High School to give prospective teachers experience with Exceptionalities (7 SH) exceptional persons through a concentrated Consisting of three integrated components: 2 1/2-week (6-8 hours a day) placement in a (1) Orientation and field experiences during school or community setting. Allows the opening week of school, to be fulfilled in students to experience the demands and the setting where the student will later changing nature of the learning complete the student teaching assignment; environment from their morning arrival to (2) two seven-week blocks of classroom the end of a school or work day. Grading is experience under the supervision of a on a pass/fail basis. (Offered summers only) cooperating teacher, including observation, participation, responsible teaching and 170 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 conferencing; and (3) Reflective Teaching the Anglophone tradition, readings take into Seminar (see ED 411). Seven weeks are account the increasing frequency of cross- spent at the elementary (K-6) level and seven cultural encounter in the modern era and weeks at the secondary (6-12) level. Spring celebrate the contributions of writers from semester student teachers are required to around the globe. A thematic link among take orientation and participational texts in Fall 2020 will be journeys to experiences during the opening week of enlightenment. school in the fall. Prerequisite: Admission to student teaching. Core: CC, LI

EDS 499 Independent Study ENGL 204 Global Literatures IV: (1-3 SH) 1800-Present (2 SH) Individualized studies in specialized topics. This course grapples with realist, modernist, Open to advanced students with approval. post-modernist and post-independence poetry, drama, fiction, and non-fiction. While the course focuses on the Anglophone ENGL 201 Global Literatures I: tradition, readings will show the emergence of a global literary marketplace in the Beginnings (2 SH) twentieth century and celebrate the This course introduces students to select contributions of various ethnic and minority works foundational to literary traditions writers. from around the world. It gives students a chance to explore what ancient cultures felt Core: CC, LI about the gods, gender roles, nature, and war, inviting students to listen for ways these works, as Homer prayed, "sing for our time, ENGL 210 Introduction to the too." Novel (2 SH) Core: CC, LI Taught in conjunction with ENGL 310 History of the Novel during the first session of the semester, this course will equip ENGL 202 Global Literatures II: students with the skills they need to appreciate and learn from fiction. Students 1300-1650 (2 SH) may not receive credit for both this course Global Literatures II exposes the student to and ENGL 310. major trends in literature through the early modern period, an era of aggressive Core: LI European expansionism. Although it foregrounds developments in Anglophone literature this course will also consider ENGL 250 Introduction to innovations in other literary traditions, both Poetry (2 SH) Western and non-Western. Taught in conjunction with ENGL 331 Core: CC, LI Major Poets during the first session of the semester, this course will equip students with the skills they need to enjoy, be ENGL 203 Global Literatures III: surprised by, and learn from poetry. Student s may not receive credit for both this course 1650-1800 (2 SH) and ENGL 331. This course explores a selection of poetry, drama, fiction, and prose non-fiction from Core: LI the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Although the course focuses in particular on

Course Descriptions – 171 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 ENGL 310 History of the Novel we will assume the roles of viewer and actor (4 SH) as well as reader this semester. Authors include Sophocles, Aristophanes, William In this class, students will read work by old Shakespeare, Henrik Ibsen, Oscar Wilde, and new novelists from the eighteenth- Tennessee Williams, Samuel Beckett, century to the present to gain a sense of how August Wilson, and Margaret Edson. This novels have changed over time. Students course is offered on demand. may not receive credit for both this course and ENGL 210 Core: CL

ENGL 312 Ecology and Science ENGL 331 Major Poets (4 SH) Fiction (3 SH) This class will give students an opportunity How do utopic and dystopic visions of the for extensive reading of the work of five or future of our planet affect the way we live in six major poets, some who were writing long the world? How do these narratives shape ago, some still writing today. Attention will our approach to environmental problems be given to each author's biography and today? historical context, but most of our attention will be given to the poems themselves, their formal features, how they compare to other ENGL 315 Global Conflicts, poems, how newer poets take inspiration from older ones, and how poetry speaks to Global Novels (3 SH) us today. An extensive reading of the work In this class, students will read five novels of five major poets, from around the world, about five different regional conflicts writing between 1900 and the present. happening in the world today, roughly one Authors will vary from year to year, so from each continent. The goal of the course students may take this course more than will be to explore how far the arts of novel- once. Students may not receive credit for writing and novel-reading overlap with the both this course and ENGL 250. arts of conflict transformation. ENGL 344 Ways of War and ENGL 322 Shakespeare (3 SH) Peace (3 SH) This course considers the achievement of This course examines the tensions one of the most influential writers in the conflicting allegiances to faith and country English literary tradition, William may pose by focusing on literature from Shakespeare. We will conduct close readings World War I, World War II, and the of selected texts, paying attention to Vietnam conflict. A survey of Catholic, language, characterization, and important Protestant, and Anabaptist theological themes. Screenings and stagings will approaches to peacemaking will provide a supplement this reading. We will also framework for the course. In addition to consider theoretical, critical, and cultural keeping reading response journals and issues relevant to each play. delivering oral presentations, each student will prepare transcribed oral histories with a military veteran or conscientious objector. ENGL 324 Comedy and Tragedy: Page and Stage (3 SH) Core: CL In this course, we will consider the ways in which selected plays from the Western tradition elicit our laughter and our tears, sometimes simultaneously. Since much of our texts' magic lies in their performance, 172 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 ENGL 346 Rooms of Their Own ENGL 350 Literature for (3 SH) Children (3 SH) This course considers a selection of British This course explores all types of literature for literary works through the lens of Virginia children. The characteristics and history of Woolf's cultural critique in A Room of various types of literature are studied, along One's Own and Three Guineas. As we apply with strategies for involving children in that critique to her own fiction as well as every genre. Special attention is given to the texts by her foremothers Jane Austen and study of multi-ethnic literature. Open to Charlotte Bronte and contemporaries H.D. sophomores and above. and Dorothy L. Sayers, we will consider the degree to which her diagnosis remains relevant today, particularly within an ENGL 355 Literature for Anabaptist Christian perspective. The course Adolescents (3 SH) also focuses on the relationship of selected literary works to the representation and This course concentrates on literature construction of gender roles in the cultures written for and by adolescent/young adult from which they emerge. We will consider readers. While relying on works typically writers' articulations of their experiences classified as young adult literature, the within their social and ideological contexts, course will also look at literary "classics" as well as the material conditions under found within the curriculum for middle, which they write. junior, and senior high classrooms. Models of literary criticism employed within the study of these works will center on reader- ENGL 348 American Manhood response theory. Separate tracks are offered for those students who are English majors (3 SH) and for those who are pursuing English with This course explores conceptions of a Teaching Endorsement. (Spring 2021) manhood in US literature since the nation's establishment, featuring texts by writers of Offered in alternate years diverse ethnic backgrounds, including Thomas Jefferson, Samson Occom, Frederick Douglass, Langston Hughes, ENGL 390-395 Topics in Lorraine Hansberry, Khaled Hosseini, Gene Literature (2-4 SH) Luen Yang, and Martin Espada. It also This course will focus sometimes on a focuses on the relationship of selected particularly long or difficult work of literary works to the representation and literature, sometimes on work by a particular construction of gender roles in the cultures author or set of authors, and sometimes on a from which they emerge. We will consider new, emerging trend in literature or literary writers' articulations of their experiences studies. within their social and ideological contexts, as well as the material conditions under which they write. A community-learning ENGL 470 English Internship (CL) designate course, "American (1-3 SH) Manhood" challenges students to be involved in community settings that relate The professional Internship Program is a to course subject matter. Expectations cooperative endeavor among upper-level include engagement in critical analysis of students, the community, and the language community issues and synthesis of and literature department. An internship classroom-based knowledge and personal provides an opportunity for students to experience. explore career options and to extend their classroom experiences and learning with Core: CL both job-related and academic

Course Descriptions – 173 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 responsibilities. Department approval ENGR 245 Experimental required one semester in advance. This Methods (2 SH) course is graded on a P/F basis. This course will cover methods for Core: CL engineering measurements including design of experiments, data analysis including error and uncertainty, introduction to signal ENGL 499 Independent Study analysis, data acquisition and sampling, and (1-3 SH) general measurement system behavior. Directed studies in authors, genres, literary Prerequisite: MATH 154 or MATH 185, movements, problems of criticism and ENGR 110. (Fall 2021) special topics in literature. Open to juniors Offered in alternate years and seniors by permission of the department. ENGR 265 Analog Circuits (4 SH) ENGR 110 Introduction to An introduction to the design of analog Engineering and Design (4 SH) circuits, with an emphasis on hands-on implementation in laboratory exercises in An introduction to the design process of an addition to mathematical analysis. The engineering project. The focus will be on course covers essential circuit components different design aspects of an engineering such as resistors, capacitors, inductors, project: defining the design problem, transistors, and op-amps. A variety of passive developing a project statement, generating and active circuits are studied, including and evaluating ideas and specifications, filters, integrators, comparators, and leading and managing the process, and amplifiers. Projects include building an AM communicating the outcomes. The design radio, a homemade op-amp, and PID motor emphasis facilitates students' development of control. Prerequisite: MATH 154 or creative and innovation skills, utilizes state- MATH 185. (Fall 2020) of-the-art technologies, and allows them to experience fields of engineering such as Offered in alternate years mechanical, electrical, computer, environmental, etc. ENGR 270 Engineering Statics (3 SH) ENGR 156 Math for Engineering A problem-solving based approach to the Lab (2 SH) study of the theory and applications of The goal of this lab course is to examine engineering statics. Students will gain mathematical applications in engineering. expertise in the areas of free-body diagrams, Matlab will be introduced and used in vector mechanics, and equilibrium, and will solving these problems. The labs cover apply the principles of equilibrium to linear, quadratic, and systems of equations structural analysis and the analyses of with circuits; trigonometry and vectors with internal and frictional forces. Prerequisites: robot arms; sinusoids with circuits and MATH 185, PHYS 252. function generators; derivatives with free-fall motion; integrals with work of springs; and differential equations with dynamic ENGR 280 Engineering mechanical systems. Dynamics (3 SH) Dynamics is the study of accelerated motion of a body through two perspectives, kinematics (geometric aspects of the motion) and kinetics (forces causing the

174 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 motion). Kinematics and kinetics of particles ENGR 350 Fluid Mechanics (4 and rigid bodies will be examined using SH) methods of force and acceleration, work and energy, and impulse and momentum. An introduction to the concepts of fluid Prerequisite: ENGR 270. (Fall 2020) mechanics, including a laboratory component. Topics include hydrostatics; Offered in alternate years fluid kinematics; conservation laws of mass, momentum, and energy; the Bernoulli equation; potential flows, and similitude. ENGR 291 Engineering Design II Prerequisites: MATH 310, PHYS 252. (2 SH) (Spring 2022) This project-based course will continue Offered in alternate years using engineering design methods first introduced in ENGR 110. Topics include reverse engineering, tolerances and ENGR 370 Strength of Materials optimization, design within constraints, and (4 SH) robust design. Prerequisite: ENGR 110 or ENGR 156 The behavior of materials and solid structures under a variety of load conditions will be studied in this course. Students will ENGR 325 Engineering Ethics (2 learn equilibrium, stress – strain response, SH) and strain – displacement relations and apply them to solids analysis. Topics such as This course focuses on the concepts and materials stretch, bend, twist, etc., the stress practice of ethics in engineering, computer – strain response of different materials, the science, and technological contexts, often stress within externally loaded bodies, and through the lens of real-world case studies. beam theory with applications to beam Topics include professional codes of ethics, deflections and design will be covered. broader ethical theories, impact analysis, the Prerequisites: ENGR 270, MATH 195. environment, privacy, risk, and other (Fall 2021) current issues. The interplay among faith, career, and engineering will also be explored Offered in alternate years in detail. Modes of writing will include both personal reflection and technical analysis. (Spring 2022) ENGR 380 Systems (4 SH) Core: WI This course introduces modeling and analysis of dynamical systems that include Offered in alternate years mechanical, electrical, fluid, and thermal systems. Both input-output and state-space models will be introduced. System analyses ENGR 330-335 Topics in in the time domain, as well as the frequency Engineering (2-4 SH) domain, will be presented. This course The content of this course is determined by presents fundamental materials in the special interest of the faculty and engineering practice across many disciplines. students. Prerequisite: permission of the Prerequisites: ENGR 270, MATH 310 instructor. ENGR 390 Engineering Design III (2 SH) In this design course, students follow the engineering design process with emphasis on thinking through the challenges that arise

Course Descriptions – 175 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 when moving from problem definition to ENGR 499 Independent Study/ product delivery, on interdisciplinary Research (1-3 SH) collaboration, and on team dynamics negotiation. Teams work closely with clients Individual study in an advanced topic in as they move through conceptual, engineering. Requirements normally include preliminary, and final designs. The project the preparation of a research paper to be results in useful products. When the final presented at a departmental seminar. Open product is delivered, the teams will also to juniors and seniors. Prerequisite: faculty produce a technical report detailing design approval. alternatives, optimization methodology, problems encountered, and solution summary. Prerequisite: ENGR 291. ENVS 135 Earth Science (2 SH) An introduction to the study of the planet earth, including the processes by which we ENGR 480 Control Systems (3 have synthesized the data and theories SH) describing our planet. A major portion of This course introduces analysis and design the course is devoted to topics normally of control systems. Differential equations included in a geology course, but the course and transfer functions will be used for also includes an introduction to modeling of dynamical systems. Stability, meteorology, climatology and tracking, regulation, and sensitivity will be oceanography. This course meets for 7 discussed for both open-loop and close-loop weeks. structures. The proportional, integral, and derivative (PID) control will be introduced. Root locus, frequency response, and state- ENVS 145 Environmental variable feedback methods will be presented Science (2 SH) for feedback control design. Prerequisites: Survey of the human impact on natural and ENGR 380 (Fall 2021) cultural ecosystems, including the processes Offered in alternate years by which the scientific data are collected and analyzed and theories describing our environmental impact formed. Focuses on ENGR 490 Senior Design (2 SH) problems associated with human population growth; the use of energy and other natural This course provides a platform for senior resources; and water, air and solid-waste students to work on extensive, year-long, pollution. Also presents interdisciplinary team projects under the guidance of techniques for investigating and solving engineering faculty mentors. Prerequisite: some of these problems. This course meets ENGR 390. for 7 weeks. Core: NS ENGR 491 Capstone Project (2 SH) ENVS 181 Environmental This course provides a platform for senior Science (3 SH) students to work on extensive, year-long, team projects under the guidance of Survey of the human impact on natural and engineering faculty mentors. Prerequisite: cultural ecosystems. Focuses on problems ass ENGR 390. ociated with population growth; the use of energy and other natural resources; and Core: WI water, air and solid-waste pollution. Also attempts to present interdisciplinary

176 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 techniques for solving some of these ENVS 325 Environmental Ethics problems. (2 SH) Offered through Lancaster Different ethical theories concerning the environment will be articulated, with a focus on Anabaptist theological perspectives, and ENVS 205 Environmental the role of ethics in civic society. Ethical Application of GIS (3 SH) perspectives are examined through their This course introduces Geographic application to contemporary issues in Information Systems (GIS) with an sustainability. This course meets for 7 emphasis on their role in environmental and weeks. Prerequisite: BIOL 173. (Spring conservation practices. Students first learn 2021) basic GIS skills in ESRI's ArcGIS 10.3 Offered in alternate years software and then conduct an independent research project using GIS techniques. Projects may include but are not limited to ENVS 335 Soil Science (2 SH) local natural resource or landscape issues. Independent projects require an oral and This course is an introduction to the poster presentation. Required for students in fundamental concepts of soil science, the environmental science track of the including soil genesis, classification and environmental sustainability major. (Spring morphology, physics, chemistry, and 2022) hydrology. Particular emphasis is placed on soil maintenance and improvement for Offered in alternate years sustainable food production and mitigation of environmental problems. The course involves several short hands-on lab and field ENVS 235 Sustainable Food activities. This course meets for 7 weeks. Systems (2 SH) Prerequisite: CHEM 223 and an annual This course explores questions of safety training outside of class. (Fall 2021) sustainability in global food systems. Offered in alternate years Agricultural, food transportation, food storage, and food processing and production systems are compared with regard to energy- ENVS 365 Environmental Risk use relative to nutrient-production and Policy (2 SH) efficiency, as well as social, cultural and economic sustainability aspects of food This course addresses principles of risk systems including international food assessment, perception and management, commodity trade and food trade policy, using issues in environmental contaminants food islands, farm-to-table restaurants, and as a frame. Examines how people small local organic production. This course individually and as a society perceive risk, meets for 7 weeks. Core Natural Science and how risk is dealt with through policy designate. Prerequisite: BIOL 173, SOC options. This course meets for 7 weeks. 245 or instructor approval. (Fall 2021) Prerequisite: BIOL 173. (Spring 2021) Core: NS Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years ENVS 379 Techniques in Environmental Monitoring (1 SH) This lab and field based course provides training in techniques related to an

Course Descriptions – 177 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 environmental monitoring effort, equipping (e.g. environmental consulting firm, students with specific skills to prepare them government agencies, conservation for a career in environmental, chemical or organization, agricultural research center or ecology monitoring. Specific techniques vary farm utilizing alternative/sustainable depending on instructor and may focus on methods). Open to junior or senior level water, air, or soil quality. Past and potential environmental science majors only. topics include stream macroinvertebrate collection and identification as a Core: CL biomonitoring technique to measure water quality and . . . .This course does not satisfy any EMU Core requirements. Prerequisite: ENVS 430 Enviromental an annual safety training outside of class. Sustainability Capstone (2 SH) (Fall 2021) An integrative capstone for all majors in Offered in alternate years environmental sustainability. A cohort of students apply their learning in the areas of natural sciences and social sciences to an ENVS 385 Conservation Biology environmental issue that has multidisciplinary components. Processing (4 SH) and reflection occur through weekly A study of global biodiversity, its meetings with faculty and peers. Students importance, and the environmental, social write a substantial thesis centered on the and economic factors that affect it. Current environmental issue chosen. Seniors from threats to biodiversity, including species related majors may participate with extinction, habitat degradation, invasive permission of instructor. species, and over exploitation of natural environments are examined. The class also Core: WI focuses on efforts to manage and maintain biodiversity, including how human development, culture and social systems ENVS 465 Topics in Advanced impact conservation efforts. Laboratory Ecology (2 SH) work will emphasize population ecology and An advanced ecology course emphasizing a animal and plant survey techniques as well distinct branch of ecology and/or an ecological and economic modeling used to investigative field technique. Specific foci make management decisions. Prerequisite: vary from year to year depending on an annual safety training outside of class and instructor. Past course have focused on BIOL 235 or instructor permission. (Fall forestry, restoration ecology, and animal 2021) population survey techniques. The course Offered in alternate years includes significant field work as well as an introduction to ecological research design and data analysis. Prerequisite: BIOL 235 ENVS 429 Environmental and an annual safety training outside of class. This course meets for 7 weeks. (Fall Sustainability Internship (3 SH) 2021) This course serves as a practical application of environmental principles and knowledge Offered in alternate years within a specific discipline of interest and as a way of gaining experience outside of EMU in an area of concentration. The internship will vary with a student's particular interest but typically involves either working on a research project or participating in an internship at an appropriate organization

178 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 ENVS 499 Independent Study (except non-department students pursuing (1-3 SH) the Finance Career Concentration), and a department GPA of at least 2.70. The Internship Coordinator must approve FIN 289 Investment Club (1 SH) internships before they commence. Introductory to advanced levels, students Core: CL will learn about personal investing within the broad context of personal finance and stewardship of money resources. Students GEOG 231 Cultural Geography with little to no background will start with (3 SH) the basics, while more advanced students A geo-cultural study with an introduction to work independently on instructor-guided the many variations in the human habitat. It projects at their unique level of applies the regional concept to the study of understanding and interest. This course may cultural geography. be taken up to two times for credit, and more with audit. While Investment Club is Core: CC open to students of all majors and levels, it is especially encouraged for juniors and seniors as preparation for their next phase of life and GS 101 Introduction to Global career. Studies (2 SH) This course prepares students to think FIN 440 Financial Management critically and reflectively about issues of (3 SH) globalization, take a global view of contemporary issues across states, societies, An introductory course in the theory and and cultures, and consider their own place practice of corporate financial management. in a global context. Significant attention is Topics covered include the role and given to peacebuilding and to social, function of financial markets, interest rates, political, economic, and ecological justice time value of money, valuation of financial explored within the larger context of assets, capital budgeting analysis, cost of globalization. capital, risk and return, capital structure decision, dividends and working capital Core: CC management. Prerequisites: ACTG 221, EMU Core MATH requirement completed, and admission to the department. (except HAL 350 Crisis, Humanitarian non-department students pursuing Finance Aid and Disaster Recovery (3 Career Concentration). (MBA 640) SH) Crises threaten global human security today as never before. These crises are caused by a FIN 481 Finance Internship (1-3 complex mix of natural hazards (i.e. floods, SH) earthquakes, or drought) and human action Work experience designed to integrate or inaction. This course explores how theory and practice and expose students to humanitarian assistance and disaster the work and purpose of finance. Frequent recovery efforts can best promote resilience consultation with - and assignments to - the by reducing vulnerability and risk. The faculty advisor guide the student's history and values of the humanitarian experience. Travel and personal expenses are enterprise will be addressed along with the the student's responsibility. Can be taken standards of response. Community and any term, including summer. Grading is organizational responses to humanitarian pass/fail. Prerequisites: junior or senior crises will be examined, emphasizing efforts standing, admission to the department Course Descriptions – 179 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 to improve aid quality and accountability, HE 202 Health and Safety (2 SH) often in contexts of conflict. This survey course examines general health and safety issues. As a state requirement for HAL 370 Leadership Skills and education licensure, the course content Traits for Common Good (3 SH) includes not only general information but also signs and symptoms of various disease Humanitarian workers throughout the states and possible means of intervention. world are faced with the need to collaborate, Students are encouraged to evaluate their to quickly assess, plan and manage projects. lifestyles to determine where modification We begin with a focus on personal would be beneficial. Fulfills Life Wellness formation including a focus on interpersonal credit for selected education students. and intercultural relationships along with Registration priority is given to students leadership self- assessment and a plan for whose programs require this course. development. Also included are requisite Prerequisite or corequisite: WRIT 130 or skills for humanitarians including leading WRIT 140. meetings, creating collaborative coalitions and partnerships, community assessments/ action research and project planning and HE 260 Teaching, Ministry, and monitoring. Significant attention will be Healthy Sexuality (3 SH) given to trauma and resilience at personal and community levels This course explores the meaning and purpose of human sexuality from a theological perspective. It is designed to HAL 410 Disaster Response meet curriculum requirements for Health Internship (3 SH) and Physical Education, Education, Bible and Religion majors, and to serve other A required practicum provides HAL minor students whose career interests include students with direct experience in a working with youth. It will prepare students humanitarian situation either domestically to teach/lead/minister with youth and young or internationally. This will typically be adults on sexuality-related questions, during a summer and should be for at least 4 including learning how to avoid and prevent weeks. Internships will be arranged through sexual harassment and abuse. Sophomore the HAL center director and with relevant standing required for enrollment. (CHST agencies such as Mennonite Disaster Service, 260) Mennonite Central Committee, or other relief and development agencies. Core: CL HE 301 Athletic Training (2 SH) This course provides instruction in basic procedures for prevention, maintenance and HE 201 First Aid (1 SH) rehabilitation of athletic injuries. Provides Principles of administering first aid and laboratory experience in taping, wrapping adult CPR in all aspects to victims of and usage of various modalities. accidents and sudden illnesses are covered. Prerequisites: BIOL 112 OR BIOL 437. WFA, AWFA, WEMT, WFR, EMT-B, or Red Cross standard first aid (all with CPR HIST 101 US History I: Race and credential) will satisfy. Reason (to 1860) (2 SH) A lecture-based survey of U.S. history that highlights major events in Virginia history and politics, the American Revolution, the development of the U.S. and Virginia

180 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Constitutions, and the role of religion and contemporary American culture, politics, culture, while providing a general overview and society. of how the U.S. became a nation-state. Topics include: the creation and tragedy of Core: HI race-based slavery, the emergence of a capitalist economy, the battle for women's rights, and the impact of immigration and HIST 121 Global Past I: urbanization. This course is highly Civilization (to 1400) (2 SH) recommended for first-year students as it This course will provide a broad overview of helps develop study and success skills. world societies and civilizations and the Core: HI increasing connection among them from the beginning of human experience to the fifteenth-century. With a "Big History" HIST 102 US History II: approach as our background, the course will cover the political, philosophical, and Mechanization and cultural legacies of ancient American, Asian, Modernization (1860-1918) (2 African, and European civilizations, SH) including the rise of major world religions. A lecture-based survey of U.S. history that Core: CC, HI focuses on the change and tension created by the rapid expansion of industrial innovation and capitalism that drove the mechanization HIST 122 Global Past II: and modernization of America from the Civil War through the Great Depression. Modernization (post-1400) (2 Topics include: the Civil War, SH) Reconstruction, Western expansion, This course takes a global history approach Imperialism, Progressivism, race and gender that seeks, as much as possible, to avoid a reforms, mass immigration and Eurocentric view, even as we explore the urbanization, fundamentalism, WWI, and effects Western modernization has had on the boom and collapse of the U.S. economy. the world. A major focus will be attempting This course is highly recommended for first- to explain why, how and when the year students as it helps develop study and imbalance of wealth and power among success skills. regions of the world developed. Core: HI Core: CC, HI

HIST 103 US History III: Power HIST 123-126 Global Past III: and Paradox (1918-present) (2 Comparative Themes (2 SH) SH) This course will use a comparative, in-depth A lecture-based survey of U.S. history that approach to explore one theme in world addresses the contradictions and history. The learning style will be careful complications of America's rise to global reading of primary and secondary sources, superpower following WWII. Topics memoirs and/or fiction, processed by class include: WWII, consumer culture, discussion and writing. Occasional lectures suburbanization, the Cold War, Civil and films will provide context. The course Rights, Vietnam, the New World Order, schedule will list the specific theme for the 9/11 and the embrace of and backlash semester, such as Epics or Revolutions. against the expansion of rights, expectations, Previous background in world history and what it means to be American. This strongly encouraged (such as HIST 121 course is recommended to all students and/or 122). wanting a better general understanding of Course Descriptions – 181 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Core: CC, HI women. Personalities include kings and queens, popes, knights and women mystics. (Spring 2021) HIST 182 Global Past II: 1500 to the Present (3 SH) Core: HI This course will cover a broad overview of Offered in alternate years the history of the world from circa 1450 to the present by looking at major developments and points of contact between HIST 251 History of Africa (3 SH) Asia, Latin America, Africa, the Middle East A general survey of African history from the and Europe. The main themes will revolve pre-colonial to contemporary era, addressing around revolutions and their influence on religious and cultural shifts across various the fall and rise of empires within a regions, the impact of Islamic and European globalizing world. We will examine the colonization, the quest for independence, appeal and shortcoming of Liberalism, post-colonialism, and the complications of Communism, Fascism, and Islamism, and nationalism and globalization. (Fall 2021) contemplate the tensions between liberty and order;liberty and equality, individualism Core: CC and common welfare; and idealism and Offered in alternate years reality. Core: HI HIST 312 19th Century America, Offered through Lancaster A Novel History (3 SH) This course explores the years of national HIST 222 African-American development from Jacksonian America to History (3 SH) the end of the 19th century through the popular literature of the era, examining A narrative history of the African-American American self-idealization and reform, experience, driven by the study of African- commercial and early industrial American literature and culture. Beginning development, continental expansion, with the development of race-based slavery regionalism, slavery, and the growing issues and ending with current issues of blackness of race, gender, and class. Special attention and whiteness, this course will trace the is given to the Civil War and to the changing history of what it has meant to be experiences of women, immigrants, Native "black" in the context of "white" America. Americans and African Americans. Taking (Spring 2022) HIST 101 before this course is highly recommended. (Spring 2021) Core: CL Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years

HIST 231 Medieval Europe (3 HIST 321 Modernizing America, SH) 1870-1940 (3 SH) This course is a study of the United States A history of Europe from the late Roman during the "Modern" period, a time when Empire to the fifteenth century, with the country moved from a booming but emphasis on the political, social, cultural tattered nation reeling from a civil war to an and economic developments. Events and international giant with immense military themes include feudalism, the rise and and industrial power. Major themes include development of Christendom, art and industrialization, economic vitality, architecture, church/state tensions, the immigration, urbanization, the Social Crusades, courtly love, monasticism and 182 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Gospel and Progressive movements, HIST 365 Mennonite History normalization, World War I, the rise of the and Thought (3 SH) "New Negro," and the New Deal. Taking HIST 102 before this course is highly A survey of the Anabaptist movement and recommended. (Fall 2020) Mennonites throughout the world from the sixteenth to twenty-first centuries. Issues Offered in alternate years include pacifism, wealth, political participation, community and tensions between faith and the dominant culture. HIST 340-345 Topics in History Particular attention is given to the and Gender (3 SH) Anabaptist vision and its relevance for 21st- This course is offered as instructors with century American life. (CHST 365) (Spring special expertise in an area are available to 2021) offer unique or trial content. Core: CW Offered in alternate years HIST 352 History of Women (3 SH) HIST 385 Monuments to Murals: A comparative study of how women around the world (organized around themes such as Exploring Social Issues Through family, economics, politics, and sexuality) DC's Public Art (3 SH) have experienced history. Emphasis will be Students attend and review museum on understanding changing gender roles in exhibits, plays and concerts and participate light of different historical events and in guided tours of public art in the city. cultures. The course will also provide an Reading and writing assignments focus on opportunity to examine current gender the relationship between art, Washington, issues and become familiar with gender D.C.'s social history, and contemporary theory. (Spring 2022) issues. Core: CC, HI Core: CC, HI, WCSC Offered in alternate years HIST 391 Birth of Modernity in HIST 362 Renaissance and Europe: The Seventeenth and Reformation (3 SH) Eighteenth Centuries (3 SH) A study of the Italian and Northern The origins of many modern realities are Renaissance movements and a careful found in this period of European history: examination of the 16th-century imperialism, liberalism, conservatism, reformations, both Protestant and Catholic. representative government, skepticism, Besides cultural, intellectual, religious and religious tolerance, standing armies, laissez- political aspects of the period, social history faire capitalism, and a faith in science, and gender themes will be considered. reason and technology to bring about Students will get to know diverse progress. This course uncovers these origins personalities such as Michelangelo, through a survey of political, social, Machiavelli, Bloody Mary, and Martin economic, gender and cultural history from Luther and be able to understand them in 1550 to 1815. Major themes include their historical contexts. (Spring 2022) religious warfare, the witchcraft craze, overseas expansion, Rembrandt's Offered in alternate years Amsterdam, the Scientific Revolution, absolutism and constitutionalism, the Enlightenment, and the French Revolution, culminating in Napoleon's empire. Students Course Descriptions – 183 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 will try to grasp the mentality of the era of Christians as they spread west into through philosophy and literature from the Europe, east toward China, and south into times and through historical film. (Fall Africa. It evaluates diverse Christian 2020) approaches shaped by these themes: women/ men, mission/enculturation, church/state, Offered in alternate years war/peace, and wealth/poverty. (CHST 435) Core: WI HIST 411 The History of Recent America (4 SH) HIST 441 History Internship (1-3 This writing intensive course begins with World War II and then marches through the SH) Cold War, suburbanization, the civil rights Designed for upper level history majors who movements, and the ever-expanding U.S. want to explore career options and gain presence in global issues via the study of practical experience in fields that pertain to multiple cultural texts (novels, films, music, history. Placements include museums, memoirs, etc.). Major themes include radical historical societies, libraries, archives, law political movements, Vietnam, Watergate, firms and government offices. Approval TV-culture, the Religious Right, and current from the history department needed one political and social issues. Special attention semester in advance. Students take initiative is paid to U.S. involvement in global in arranging their own placement. activities from the end of the Cold War to Internship can be completed in the summer. the present, with a strong emphasis on what Grading is on a pass/fail basis. "makes America American." Taking HIST 103 before this course is highly Core: CL recommended. (Fall 2021) Core: WI HIST 461 Modern Europe (3 SH) Offered in alternate years A history of Europe from the French Revolution to the present. Themes include revolution, industrialization, women's HIST 432 History of the Middle suffrage, militarism, imperialism and East (3 SH) genocide, the rise and fall of communism, the world wars, fascism, the reunification of A historical survey of the Middle East. The Eastern and Western Europe, the particular focus may vary based on the emergences of the European Union, and instructor's expertise. The role of past and current issues such as immigration, terrorism present U.S. foreign policies in these and neo-nationalism, and the splintering of countries will be highlighted. (Fall 2020) the E.U. (Fall 2021) Core: CC Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years HIST 499 Independent Study HIST 435 Martyrs, Merchants (1-3 SH) and Mendicants: 1500 Years of the Christian Movement (3 SH) HONRS 111 Ruling Ideas This course provides an overview of the Seminar (3 SH) stories of Christianity, beginning with the This course runs every fall semester and is New Testament period up to the sixteenth led by the director of the Honors program century of the Common Era. It describes the and/ or other members of the Honors successes and failures in the life and witness 184 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 faculty. It is available to all students entering HONRS 431 Honors Teaching EMU with an Honors Scholarship and is and Leadership (0-2 SH) highly recommended to all students entering the Honors Program as sophomores or as This course is designed for juniors and transfer students. The course is designed to seniors in the Honors Program. Students investigate the central ideas of various work closely with a professor to help form, academic disciplines and higher education shape, and guide a class. It is a way for generally. Together, students and faculty students to provide service to the university begin to explore and examine the goals of and their fellow students, and to develop the program spelled out above. valuable organizational and leadership skills. These course hours may be applied toward the distributive portion of the Honors HONRS 312 Honors Colloquium Program curriculum and the course may be (3 SH) repeated multiple times. Interested students and professors should contact the Honors Colloquium courses explore a specific topic director for a syllabus template for the chosen by the professor and are designed to course; they will then jointly modify it to fit be provocative and challenging but their particular needs. The completed accessible to students of any major—no syllabus should be submitted to the Honors prerequisites are required. These courses run director and the registrar. every semester and course topics vary. All EMU students are invited to take these Core: CL courses, but Honors students in the Honors Program have priority for enrollment. Upcoming courses are Fall 2020: "Acts of HONRS 451 Honors Capstone (1 Resistance: Walking, Pilgrimage & SH) Rock'n'Roll" (Chad Gusler); Spring 2021: "You are Here: Creative Engagement with This course is required for the Honors Big History & Deep Time" (Daniel King); Program and should be taken during the Fall 2021: "Toward a Decolonial Reading senior year. The Capstone will be directed of Marx' Capital" (Tim Seidel); and Spring by a professor or professional from within 2022: "We are the Fish and Trauma is the the student's primary area of study. It will Water" (Paul Yoder). include an extensive project and a public presentation of the results.

HONRS 401 Worldview Seminar HONRS 499 Independent Study (2 SH) (1-3 SH) This course is required for the Honors Program and should be taken during the senior year. Students will be expected to HUM 200 Foundations of explore and articulate their worldview Humanities (2 SH) through interactive projects and practices. This course satisfies the EMU Core This team-taught, interdisciplinary course requirement for CORE 401 Senior Seminar. serves as an introduction for several It may be taken by other Honors students if humanities disciplines including history. It room permits. is designed to teach students critical, close reading skills for historical and modern SrSem media, research and documentation skills, and to expose students to a wide variety of academic methods of scholarly inquiry. Core: WI

Course Descriptions – 185 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 HUM 213 Bach Festival (3 SH) and development of comprehension. (Spring 2021) HUM 330-335 Topics in Core: CC Humanities (3 SH) Offered in alternate years This course will provide innovative, topical approaches to varying humanities topics. It may be repeated as topics shift from year to LARTS 101 College Success year. Strategies I: Beginning the Course (2 SH) A college success course that focuses on HUM 420-425 Tutorial (3-4 SH) study skills needed to succeed in college. This course will be largely self-directed and Assessment and development of individual will require a great deal of independent learning styles and strengths are part of the student work, often in project-focused course curriculum. Students receive course groups. It may be repeated as topics shift credit when learning outcomes of the course from year to year. are met; credit is considered elective, not part of the EMU Core or major requirements. Instructor permission HUM 490 Humanities Seminar required. (4 SH) A team-taught interdisciplinary seminar that LARTS 110 College Success serves as a capstone for many humanities Strategies II: Back on Course (2 programs, including history. It provides students an opportunity to complete a long, SH) research- based scholarly project while also A college success course that focuses on exposing history students to historiography strategies needed to achieve full potential in and various careers in history. students' academic, personal, and professional life. Self-assessments, readings, Core: CC, WI and guided exercises are part of the course curriculum. Students receive course credit when learning outcomes of the course are LANG 110 Elementary Arabic I met; credit is considered elective, not part of (3 SH) the EMU Core or major requirements. The fundamentals of Arabic through Instructor permission required. listening, speaking, reading and writing, including practice in pronunciation and development of comprehension. (Fall 2020) LARTS 181 Global Connections (1 SH) Core: CC This course invites students of diverse Offered in alternate years cultural backgrounds and experiences to engage in thoughtful analysis of cross- cultural communication and the LANG 140 Elementary Mandarin accompanying emotions, challenges and I (3 SH) opportunities. International, third-culture individuals (TCKs), and American students The fundamentals of Mandarin Chinese participate in a common seminar through listening, speaking, reading and encouraging critical thinking, dialogue and writing, including practice in pronunciation reflection. First-year international students are strongly encouraged to take this course

186 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 to help facilitate their transition to an in the areas of effective leadership and understanding of North American culture teamwork, social comprehension, restorative and EMU's academic culture justice/ restorative practices, and basic helping skills. The course provides opportunities for discussion and interaction LARTS 201 Major and among student leaders focusing on Vocational Exploration (1 SH) contemporary issues in college. The course will provide an introductory framework for the vocational decision LARTS 390 Peer Tutoring making process. It stresses the connection between student career objectives and Practicum I (1-3 SH) potential EMU major choices. Students will This one to three credit course is offered by examine previous experiences and future the Academic Success Center and Writing possibilities, develop potential career plans Program. Students explore a variety of topics and expand the network of possibilities. (tutor role, learning strategies, diversity Students will learn valuable skills in self- issues, and ethics) in conjunction with assessment, reflective work, scenario supervised tutoring. The course may be planning, job search strategies, and linked with specific professors and courses of networking to develop future plans. academic departments. Practicum requirements will reflect credit hour enrollment and appropriate tutor support LARTS 203 Professional and offerings of linked department. See the Vocational Exploration (3 SH) Director of the Writing Program or the Director of the Academic Success Center for The course will provide a deep dive into the approval to register. Prerequisites: earned B vocational decision-making and career grade in WRIT 130 or WRIT 140 (writing planning process. Students will learn tutors), department recommendation valuable skills in self-assessment, reflective (subject-specific tutors), 3.0 cumulative work, job search skills, and networking as GPA (all tutors). they develop future plans. Students will engage in exercises to begin putting plans into action to move toward achieving career- LARTS 391 Peer Tutoring related goals. Practicum II (1-3 SH) Offered through Lancaster This one to three credit course offers additional tutoring experience with supervision from the appropriate faculty LARTS 256 Commuter Cycling member. The course may also be linked (1 SH) with specific professors and courses of Students will learn the arguments for cycling academic departments. LARTS 391 serves as as sustainable transportation, study a Community Learning designate. commuter cycling activism in the US, learn Prerequisite: LARTS 390 or consent of basic bicycle maintenance and promote practicum professor and, if applicable, cycling on campus. consent of academic department professor. Students may enroll in LARTS 390 and 391 Core: CL for a maximum of three credit hours for peer tutoring over one to three semesters. LARTS 281 Student Life and Core: CL Student Leadership (1 SH) This seminar style course provides students in campus leadership positions with training

Course Descriptions – 187 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 LARTS 410 Liberal Arts perceptions. From the personal perspective, Internship (1-3 SH) students will develop their identity as a leader through reflecting on their own gifts, This course supports experiential learning in skills and leadership experiences in a practice which students apply their academic setting. foundation in supervised work settings. Students who have completed an internship Core: SB or have an internship in progress are eligible to enroll in this course. The internship is intended to enhance students' professional LEAD 481 Leadership Internship growth, competencies and professional (1-3 SH) exploration. Students will identify and Work experience designed to integrate develop skills and experiences directly practice and theory, to give LEAD majors relevant to achieving intended career goals, insight into current policies, procedure, and reflect on their experiences and find problems in all types of organizations. meaning in them, and develop a better Frequent consultation with and written understanding of their chosen career field reports to the faculty advisor guide the and evaluate that field as a long-term career student's experience. Travel and personal path. Students may earn 1 credit per 40 expenses are the student's responsibility. hours of direct service in a company/ Can be taken during the summer. Grading organization (up to 3 credits). is on a Pass/Fail basis. This is highly recommended for LEAD majors. Prerequisite: Admission to the department, LARTS 499 Independent Study junior or senior standing, and a department (1-3 SH) GPA of at least 2.7. The internship director must approve the internship before it LEAD 281 Leadership Practicum commences. (1 SH) Core: CL This is an opportunity for students to explore leadership and gain limited practical LEAD 499 Independent Study experience in an organizational or team setting. Students will log at least 40 contact (1-3 SH) hours and complete some reflective written Supervised readings and/or research in reports. Travel and personal expenses are the leadership. Oral or written examinations student's responsibility. Can be taken during and presentation of findings may be the summer. Graded on a Pass/Fail basis. required. Prerequisites: Sophomore+ status and EMU Cum. GPA 2.0 or better. (must apply one month in advance to secure placement) LING 250 Introduction to Core: CL Linguistics (0-3 SH) This course is dedicated to the study of the essential nature of languages with English as LEAD 300 Leadership Theory the primary, but not only, example. and Practice (3 SH) Students learn to use some of the tools of linguistic analysis to learn about phonetics, This course will focus on understanding phonology, morphology, and syntax, and leadership from theoretical and personal examine broader concepts of language perspectives. From the theoretical typology, discourse, language variation, and perspective, it reviews historic and current the history of English. thought on leadership including how power and identity influence leadership Core: CC

188 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 LING 260 Grammars of English explore career options and to extend their (3 SH) classroom experiences and learning with both ob-related and academic Using the tools of applied and corpus responsibilities. Department approval requir linguistics, students examine in detail the ed one semester in advance. This course is structural features of English. The course graded on a P/F basis. considers issues raised in traditional prescriptive grammars and by modern proponents; and it highlights the application LIT 230 Global Literatures III: of grammar to students' written prose style. 1800-present (3 SH) Separate tracks emphasizing grammatical analysis of literary style or grammar Global Literatures III explores a selection of pedagogy are provided depending upon romantic, realist, modernist, post-modernist, student interest. and post-independence poetry, drama, fiction, and prose non-fiction. Although the course focuses in particular on the LING 360 Language Learning, Anglophone tradition, readings also reflect Literacy, and Culture (3 SH) the emergence of a global literary marketplace in the twentieth century and This course considers how humans acquire celebrate the contributions of various ethnic their first language and other languages. and minority writers. How do power, personal identity, social inequalities and other socio-cultural factors Core: CC, LI influence acquisition of language and Offered through Lancaster literacy skills? Of special interest are the challenges facing learners outside the mainstream culture who acquire skills in LOM 320 Leadership English as an academic language. Practical implications for teaching are considered. Development (3 SH) Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or The emphasis in course one is on the permission of the instructor. (Spring 2021) experiential nature of nontraditional education and adult development theory. Offered in alternate years Students will be familiar with various theories and instruments that will provide a cognitive basis for personal analysis and LING 460 Practicum in TESOL (3 understanding. The objective of this SH) interdisciplinary course is personal discovery Supervised teaching in an ESL classroom or through examination of issues in adulthood in one-to-one instruction of English to non- as studied in the fields of literature, wellness, native speakers of English. Lesson plans and and gender studies. reflections are prepared for each of 60 hours taught. Application for approval is due prior to registration week. Prerequisite or LOM 350 Organizational corequisite: Admission to teacher education, Behavior (3 SH) ED 351, and ED 385. Students study the foundational theories and approaches to organization structure, design, and culture. Primary emphasis is placed on LING 470 Internship (1-3 SH) understanding the organization as an open The professional Internship Program is a system. Students will learn to utilize a cooperative endeavor among upper-level systems approach in basic organizational students, the community, and the language diagnosis. Contingency theory provides a and literature department. An internship theoretical framework for understanding the provides an opportunity for students to impact of the business environment on Course Descriptions – 189 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 organizational effectiveness, design, and LOM 410 Human Resources change. Management (3 SH) This course demonstrates the effective LOM 360 Groups and merging of the practice and perspectives of Individuals in Organization (3 management and the Human Resources SH) professional. Students will understand that human resources management recognizes This course is a study of group and the value of the employee as a key individual behavior in organizations and contributor. In so doing it provides a how these impact organizational management challenge necessitating the effectiveness. Emphasis is placed on decision personal as well as professional development making, group dynamics, emotional of the employee. It goes far beyond the quest intelligence, and resolving conflict. Students for increased productivity resultant from develop strategies for efficient and capital improvements by including in productive group management and management techniques designed to obtain determine which tasks are best handled by maximal contributions from the members of groups or individuals the organization.

LOM 380 Team Dynamics (3 SH) LOM 420 Leadership Theory (3 This is a practical course on the skills and SH) practice of team building and leadership. During this course, students will examine Students will become familiar with team the principles of management and leadership types, roles, composition and processes, and which underlie the behavior of assess personal team and leadership skills. organizations. As in earlier courses, a systems Classes are structured around weekly approach will be emphasized wherein the simulations that provide experience with organization is viewed as a dynamic and teams and team leadership. A secondary changing system. Working predominantly in emphasis is a focus on communications and groups, students examine motivational effective interpersonal relationships. theory and its application to individual and Students will also develop understanding of group functioning in work and home theories of motivation and conflict situations. Leadership styles related to management and their applications in team particular circumstances are analyzed. building. LOM 430 Leadership Practice (3 LOM 405 Organizational SH) Research (3 SH) Expanding upon the previous course, This course guides the student in students will put their leadership theories to understanding the research process and practice as their knowledge, skills, and becoming a critical consumer of research. abilities are tested against real-world Organizational research concepts are scenarios. This course gives the student examined in both qualitative and space to be introspective as they look back quantitative methodologies. Students over the months of education and determine critically read and critique organizational how their beliefs and styles may have research. changed. Experiential and application-based learning are utilized throughout this course to develop the student's individual leadership style.

190 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 LOM 440 Global Trends in LOML 350 Organizational Economic Justice (3 SH) Behavior (3 SH) This course examines global economic Students study the foundational theories and trends, theories of justice, and issues in approaches to organization structure, design, economic justice. A variety of written and culture. Primary emphasis is placed on materials, historical literature, and understanding the organization as an open contemporary culture are examined for their system. Students will learn to utilize a perspectives on economic justice and systems approach in basic organizational fairness. Local, national, and international diagnosis. Contingency theory provides a perspectives on economic development and theoretical framework for understanding the justice are studied. Students will develop a impact of the business environment on deepened and more nuanced perspective on organizational effectiveness, design, and issues of poverty and justice. change. Offered through Lancaster LOM 460 Application of Research (2 SH) LOML 360 Groups and Students combine their research and Individuals in Organization (3 practical implementation of theories and SH) concepts in this capstone project. The project examines an area of the student's This course is a study of group and occupation or avocation. The student's individual behavior in organizations and project will be written and presented orally how these impact organizational to the instructor and cohort learning group. effectiveness. Emphasis is placed on decision LOM 461 Application of Research Project making, group dynamics, emotional in Aviation (for Aviation concentrators only) intelligence, and resolving conflict. Students will be offered for 3 credits and as a develop strategies for efficient and traditional semester length course. productive group management and determine which tasks are best handled by groups or individuals. LOML 320 Leadership Development (3 SH) Offered through Lancaster The emphasis in course one is on the experiential nature of nontraditional LOML 380 Team Dynamics (3 education and adult development theory. SH) Students will be familiar with various This is a practical course on the skills and theories and instruments that will provide a practice of team building and leadership. cognitive basis for personal analysis and Students will become familiar with team understanding. The objective of this types, roles, composition and processes, and interdisciplinary course is personal discovery assess personal team and leadership skills. through examination of issues in adulthood Classes are structured around weekly as studied in the fields of literature, wellness, simulations that provide experience with and gender studies. teams and team leadership. A secondary Offered through Lancaster emphasis is a focus on communications and effective interpersonal relationships. Students will also develop understanding of theories of motivation and conflict management and their applications in team building. Offered through Lancaster Course Descriptions – 191 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 LOML 405 Organizational LOML 430 Leadership Practice Research (3 SH) (3 SH) This course guides the student in Expanding upon the previous course, understanding the research process and students will put their leadership theories to becoming a critical consumer of research. practice as their knowledge, skills, and Organizational research concepts are abilities are tested against real-world examined in both qualitative and scenarios. This course gives the student quantitative methodologies. Students space to be introspective as they look back critically read and critique organizational over the months of education and determine research. how their beliefs and styles may have changed. Experiential and application-based Offered through Lancaster learning are utilized throughout this course to develop the student's individual LOML 410 Human Resources leadership style. Management (3 SH) Offered through Lancaster This course demonstrates the effective merging of the practice and perspectives of LOML 440 Global Trends in management and the Human Resources professional. Students will understand that Economic Justice (3 SH) human resources management recognizes This course examines global economic the value of the employee as a key trends, theories of justice, and issues in contributor. In so doing it provides a economic justice. A variety of written management challenge necessitating the materials, historical literature, and personal as well as professional development contemporary culture are examined for their of the employee. It goes far beyond the quest perspectives on economic justice and for increased productivity resultant from fairness. Local, national, and international capital improvements by including in perspectives on economic development and management techniques designed to obtain justice are studied. Students will develop a maximal contributions from the members of deepened and more nuanced perspective on the organization. issues of poverty and justice. Offered through Lancaster Offered through Lancaster

LOML 420 Leadership Theory (3 LOML 460 Application of SH) Research (2 SH) During this course, students will examine Students combine their research and the principles of management and leadership practical implementation of theories and which underlie the behavior of concepts in this capstone project. The organizations. As in earlier courses, a systems project examines an area of the student's approach will be emphasized wherein the occupation or avocation. The student's organization is viewed as a dynamic and project will be written and presented orally changing system. Working predominantly in to the instructor and cohort learning group. groups, students examine motivational LOM 461 Application of Research Project theory and its application to individual and in Aviation (for Aviation concentrators only) group functioning in work and home will be offered for 3 credits and as a situations. Leadership styles related to traditional semester length course. particular circumstances are analyzed. Offered through Lancaster Offered through Lancaster

192 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 MATH 114 College Algebra (2 graphing calculator is required. Credit will SH) not be given for both this course and MATH 185. Prerequisite: a grade of C or Equations and inequalities, polynomials, better in MATH 144 or MATH 154 or rational functions, exponential functions, high school equivalent. (Spring 2022) triangle geometry. Core: MATH Core: MATH Offered in alternate years MATH 120 Math for Social Decision Making (2 SH) MATH 154 Math for Engineering (2 SH) Game theory, fair division, apportionment, voting methods, consumer finance. This course is intended to prepare engineering students to take beginning Core: MATH courses in engineering and calculus. Students will gain a working knowledge of the mathematics used in the study of MATH 134 Finite Math: Logic measurement, circuits, statics, and and Problem Solving (2 SH) dynamics. Offered in conjunction with ENGR 156. Logic, geometric constructions and transformations, set theory, graph theory, Core: MATH programming. Core: MATH MATH 170 Discrete Mathematics (4 SH) MATH 136 Finite Math: Number Discrete Mathematics serves as an Theory and Probability (2 SH) introduction to advanced mathematics. In addition to learning material that is Number theory (including number systems, fundamental to mathematics and computer modular arithmetic, divisibility, prime science, this course will emphasize logical numbers), counting, probability. thinking, problem-solving, and Core: MATH communication about abstract problems. Topics include set theory, number theory, logic, relations, mathematical induction and MATH 144 Precalculus (2 SH) other forms of proof, combinatorics, and graph theory. Prerequisite: Four years of Trigonometric functions and identities, high school mathematics, or permission of periodic functions, logarithms, summation instructor. notation, advanced algebraic manipulations, introduction to limits. Offered every fall. Core: MATH Prerequisite: Math 114 or equivalent. Core: MATH MATH 185 Calculus I (4 SH) A study of the fundamental concepts of the MATH 150 Elements of Calculus derivative of single-variable functions, (3 SH) including limits, continuity, differentiation techniques, and applications. The course A survey of the concepts of differential and also includes an introduction to integration. integral calculus. This course emphasizes the A graphing calculator is required. Credit will applications of calculus to problems in not be given for both this course and business, economics and the sciences. A MATH 150. Prerequisite: a grade of B or Course Descriptions – 193 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 higher in MATH 144 or MATH 154 (or ordinary differential equations of first and high school equivalent). higher- order. The emphasis will be on applications to engineering and the physical Core: MATH sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 195. (Fall 2020) MATH 195 Calculus II (4 SH) Core: MATH Topics include techniques and applications Offered in alternate years of integration of single-variable functions, infinite sequences and series, conics, parametric equations, and an introduction MATH 330-335 Topics in to vectors. A graphing calculator is required. Mathematics (2 SH) Prerequisite: Grade of C- or higher in MATH 185, or permission of instructor. The content of this course is determined by the special interest of the faculty and Core: MATH students. Courses taught in the past include Number Theory, Coding Theory, Math Research, Math Modeling, Advanced MATH 284 Multivariate Calculus Geometry, History of Mathematics, and (2 SH) Computability. Prerequisite: Math 170 and Differentiation and integration of permission of the instructor. multivariate functions. Prerequisite: Grade Core: MATH of C- or better in MATH 195, or permission of instructor. (Fall 2020) Core: MATH MATH 350 Linear Algebra (3 SH) Systems of linear equations, linear Offered in alternate years transformations and matrices, vectors and vector spaces, linear independence, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, MATH 286 Vector Calculus (2 discrete dynamical systems, and inner SH) products. Pre- or corequisites: MATH 170 Vector-valued functions, line integrals, and MATH 195 or permission of instructor. Green's Theorem, surface integrals, (Fall 2021) Divergence Theorem, Stokes Theorem. Core: MATH Offered every other fall. Prerequisite: Grade of C- or better in MATH 284, or Offered in alternate years permission of instructor. (Fall 2020) Core: MATH MATH 364 Geometry (2 SH) Offered in alternate years Essentials of Euclidean geometry, geometric transformations, and non-Euclidean geometry. (Fall 2020) MATH 310 Differential Equations (3 SH) Core: MATH, WI A study of the use of differential equations - Offered in alternate years that is, equations involving both functions and their derivatives - in the construction of mathematical models to address real-world problems. Students will be taught analytical, numerical, and graphical techniques for formulating, solving, and interpreting 194 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 MATH 400 Statistical Methods MATH 499 Independent Study (3 SH) (1-3 SH) This is an introduction into the study of Individual study in an advanced topic in statistics. The goal of the class is to expose mathematics. Requirements normally the student to basic statistical ideas and include the preparation of a research paper concepts. The emphasis of the class is on to be presented at a departmental seminar. statistical logic, recognition of basic Open to juniors and seniors. Prerequisite: statistical methods, and evaluation of faculty approval. statistical research. There will be a minimum of mathematical theory and computation. MKTG 301 Principles of Marketing (3 SH) MATH 450 Introduction to An introduction to marketing. Topics Analysis (3 SH) include market creation, product A critical study of the calculus. Topics development, channels of distribution, include real numbers, sequences, limits, consumer behavior, pricing, advertising, continuity, and differentiation and sales and marketing research. Aspects of integration. Prerequisites: MATH 170 and international marketing and service MATH 195. (Spring 2021) marketing are included. Core: MATH Offered in alternate years MKTG 311 Marketing Research (3 SH) Examines a scientific approach to MATH 460 Abstract Algebra (3 confirmatory and exploratory research and SH) its application to business. Topics include A proof-based study of the properties of research design, secondary and primary data groups, rings (including polynomial theory), collection, measurement and scaling and fields. The course also builds on concepts, survey techniques, sampling number theory encountered in MATH 170. procedures, and data analysis using both Prerequisite: MATH 350. (Spring 2022) descriptive and inferential statistics. Prerequisites: grade of C (not C-) or better Core: MATH in STAT 120 and CIS 211. Offered in alternate years MKTG 321 Consumer Behavior MATH 470 Mathematical (3 SH) Probability (3 SH) A comprehensive study of behavioral models and concepts designed to help understand, A study of probability, random variables, evaluate, and predict consumer behavior. distribution and density functions, and the Deepens a student's knowledge about theory behind the statistical techniques used consumer psychology and applies the in STAT 220. Prerequisites: MATH 170, knowledge from the perspective of a STAT 220, and MATH 284. (Spring 2021) marketing manager. Stresses analytical Core: MATH thinking about consumer psychology and prediction of how marketing tactics may Offered in alternate years influence demand for products and services. Prerequisite MKTG 301. (Fall 2021) Offered in alternate years

Course Descriptions – 195 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 MKTG 330 Sales/E-Commerce internship director must approve the (3 SH) internship before it commences. This course explores the dynamic realities Core: CL and implications of sales and electronic commerce (e-commerce) from a marketer's perspective. Students learn a wide range of MUED 121 Voice Proficiency electronic commerce issues and platforms Class (1 SH) for marketers as a foundation for continuous An overview of the singing process and and emerging learning in the dynamic e- instruction in the basic vocal skills necessary commerce environment. Prerequisite to meet the proficiency requirement for MKTG 301. (Spring 2021) music education students. Please see MUPS Offered in alternate years 121 Class Voice for non-music majors.

MKTG 410 Strategic Marketing MUED 131 Class Piano I (1 SH) Management (3 SH) This is a beginner level course designed to This course takes a broad leadership view of give students a foundation in learning to the principles and practices of marketing. play the piano and basic musicianship. Topics include marketing structure, During this course, students will learn to channels of distribution, consumer behavior, play pieces at the piano, learn basic elements pricing, advertising, industrial marketing, of music theory and keyboard skills, and telemarketing and marketing research. begin to develop a critical ear for nuance Aspects of international marketing and through listening to piano performances. service marketing are included. Consumer This course is the first semester of a two- behavior topics include psychological, course sequence and is open to both music sociological and anthropological variables majors and non-music majors. For music that influence consumer motivation and majors, this course provides instruction actions. Prerequisite: MKTG 301. (OLS necessary to meet piano proficiency 610) requirements. Core: WI Core: CA

MKTG 481 Marketing Internship MUED 132 Class Piano II (1 SH) (1-3 SH) This course builds upon skills developed in Class Piano I. Students will learn more Work experience designed to integrate advanced pieces, continue to refine keyboard practice and theory, to give marketing skills, and further develop listening ability. majors insight into current policies, This course is open to music majors and procedure, and problems in all types of non-music majors. For music majors, the organizations. Frequent consultation with final exam of this course will also serve as the and written reports to the faculty advisor piano proficiency exam. Permission of guide the student's experience. Travel and instructor is required for students who have personal expenses are the student's not previously taken Class Piano I. responsibility. Can be taken during the summer. Grading is on a Pass/Fail basis. Core: CA This is highly recommended for marketing majors. Prerequisite: Admission to the department, junior or senior standing, and a department GPA of at least 2.7. The

196 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 MUED 212 The Child and MUED 226 Instrumental Adolescent Voice (2 SH) Methods: Woodwinds (2 SH) This course examines the characteristics of The Instrumental Methods courses offer the child voice, methods of working with class instruction designed to acquaint children in elementary general music class students with all the members of each family and choral settings and the changes that of instruments. Examination of current occur to the voice when students reach pedagogical materials is included. adolescence. Other topics addressed are: how to select appropriate music for Offered alternate years elementary, middle and high school choral groups and how to work with the changing male voice. MUED 341 Elementary School Music (2-3 SH) Offered alternate years A study of the methods, materials, philosophy and objectives in the elementary MUED 223 Instrumental school with an emphasis on child development through music. Students will Methods: Brasses (2 SH) experience music and musical activities The Instrumental Methods courses offer suitable for children from Pre-K through class instruction designed to acquaint grade 6 with an emphasis on appropriate students with all the members of each family motivational and teaching methods. Topics of instruments. Examination of current covered may include: the role of music in pedagogical materials is included. society and in the schools; music fundamentals; sequential and discipline Offered alternate years based music curricula; teaching strategies; integration of music throughout the school curriculum; evaluation strategies; writing MUED 224 Instrumental lesson plans; planning performances. Special Methods: Percussion (1 SH) emphasis is given to Orff and Kodaly The Instrumental Methods courses offer approaches, the needs of diverse populations class instruction designed to acquaint and the use of technology in the music students with all the members of each family classroom. Students will observe public of instruments. Examination of current school music teachers as part of the course pedagogical materials is included. and participate in a 20 hour practicum. Admission to Teacher Education may be a Offered alternate years prerequisite. Additional fee. A two-credit option without a practicum is available for students who are not pursuing Music MUED 225 Instrumental Education. Methods: Strings (2 SH) Core: CA, CL The Instrumental Methods courses offer class instruction designed to acquaint Offered alternate years students with all the members of each family of instruments. Examination of current pedagogical materials is included. MUED 342 Secondary School Music (3 SH) Offered alternate years A study of methods and materials designed to prepare students to teach in middle and high school music programs. Students will observe school music teachers as part of the course and participate in a 20 hour Course Descriptions – 197 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 practicum. Special emphasis is given to the of pedagogical techniques in voice, piano maturing adolescent voice, performing and strings with practical application ensembles, and teaching global music. through lesson observation and supervised Admission to Teacher Education may be a teaching experiences. prerequisite. Additional fee. Offered alternate years Core: CA, CL Offered alternate years MUES 310 The University Choir (0-1 SH) MUED 353 Instructional Module A large choral ensemble representing a wide (1-2 SH) variety of academic majors. The choir will sing primarily sacred repertoire from all In consultation with the music education periods of music history. Membership is advisor, each student will select an area for open to any Eastern Mennonite University concentrated study. student by audition. Alumni, faculty, staff, and community members are invited to join the choir during the fall semester to MUED 412 Vocal Pedagogy (2 participate in the annual Fall Gala Concert SH) or Christmas service. The pedagogy courses are required for Core: CA performance majors in their respective area of concentration. The courses include study of pedagogical techniques in voice, piano MUES 321 Chamber Singers and strings with practical application through lesson observation and supervised (0-1 SH) teaching experiences. A select choir that studies and performs choral literature of various periods, styles Core: CL and cultures. Performances occur both on Offered alternate years and off campus; some touring is done each year. Members of Chamber Singers are also members of The University Choir. MUED 413 Piano Pedagogy (2 Core: CA SH) The pedagogy courses are required for performance majors in their respective area MUES 331 Chamber Orchestra of concentration. The courses include study (0-1 SH) of pedagogical techniques in voice, piano An orchestra open to students, faculty and and strings with practical application community players interested in playing through lesson observation and supervised symphonic music. Several concerts are teaching experiences. scheduled each year, occasionally in Core: CL collaboration with soloists and other student ensembles. Audition required for wind Offered alternate years players. Core: CA MUED 415 String Pedagogy (2 SH) The pedagogy courses are required for performance majors in their respective area of concentration. The courses include study 198 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 MUES 332 Wind Ensemble (0-1 rehearsals before the basketball season. SH) Rehearsal times will be arranged by the director in accordance with registered A large ensemble open to students, faculty students’ schedules. Students participating and community players. Concerts are in pep band will receive 1SH of general scheduled each semester, occasionally in credit for the academic year. In order to collaboration with soloists and other student participate in pep band for the season, ensembles. Audition may be required. students must also participate in 1 semester (fall or spring) of either Wind Ensemble, Core: CA EMU Jazz, or Chamber Orchestra during the academic year. MUES 333 Chamber Ensemble (0-1 SH) MUPS 121 Class Voice (1 SH) Small ensembles of voices and/or Beginning vocal instruction in a small group instruments organized according to the setting. Excellent opportunity to learn basic interests and abilities of students, and singing skills. Open to all students and is a coached by various EMU music faculty. prerequisite for private studies if the student Additional fee. has had no previous private voice study. Core: CA, CL Additional fee. Core: CA MUES 341 EMU Jazz (0-1 SH) The EMU Jazz Ensemble provides MUPS 211 Composition (1-2 opportunities for students interested in jazz SH) to learn musical skills and techniques Credit is available for private study in the associated with jazz music performance areas listed below. A semester of private including different styles and improvising. study includes 13 weeks of lessons. Emphasis is placed on performance of jazz in Registration for 1 SH offers 40 minute the big band style. The Jazz Ensemble is lessons; registration for 2 SH offers 60 open by audition. Preferences will be given minutes of instruction per week. Instructor's to students of saxophone, trumpet, permission to enroll is required. The 200 or trombone, keyboard, drum set, bass, and 300 level is determined by the instructor guitar, but all students are welcome. The and is based on level of advancement. ensemble performs on campus and at local Lessons for 2 SH are available only to, and venues. required of, music majors with a Core: CA performance concentration after their formal admission to the program as performance majors. Approval must be granted from MUES 351 EMU Pep Band (0-1 music department chair for any exceptions. SH) Private voice students are required to hire an accompanist for weekly lessons and recitals. Want to play fun instrumental arrangements Additional fee. of popular music, feel the excitement of bringing school spirit to athletic events, and Core: CA earn general elective credit all at the same time? Join the EMU Pep Band! The pep band will play 4-8 games and events over the MUPS 290 Sophomore Recital course of the EMU Royals basketball season (0 SH) (November-February). The band’s rehearsal Sophomore recitals are arranged with the schedule will consist of a limited run of 5-6 approval of the instructor. Course Descriptions – 199 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 MUPS 390 Junior Recital (1 SH) minutes of instruction per week. Instructor's permission to enroll is required. The 200 or Preparation and presentation of a public 300 level is determined by the instructor recital containing a minimum of one half- and is based on level of advancement. hour of music. The junior recital is required Lessons for 2 SH are available only to, and for the performance concentration in music. required of, music majors with a performance concentration after their formal admission to the program as performance MUPS 490 Senior Recital: majors. Approval must be granted from Project (1-3 SH) music department chair for any exceptions. A solo performance containing a minimum Private voice students are required to hire an of one half hour of music for the music accompanist for weekly lessons and recitals. education teaching endorsement or one Additional fee. hour of music for the music performance • 201, 301 Percussion - 1-2 concentration to be presented during the final year of the student's study. Preparation • 202 Jazz Improvisation - 1 includes research, analysis, related public • 211 Composition - 1-2 performance and presentation, and critique. • 221, 321 Voice - 1-2 All details are to be worked out under the • 231, 331 Piano - 1-2 supervision of the instructor. Permission for • 241, 341 Organ - 1-2 recital performance is subject to the approval • 251, 351 Violin - 1-2 of the music faculty. • 252, 352 Viola - 1-2 • 253, 353 Cello - 1-2 MUPS 491 Senior Project (3 SH) • 254, 354 String Bass - 1-2 • 255, 355 Banjo - 1-2 A project, broad in scope, unifying the • 256, 356 Guitar - 1-2 various interests of the interdisciplinary studies student. This is a public presentation • 261, 361 Flute - 1-2 given during the senior year demonstrating • 262, 362 Clarinet - 1-2 how the student's different areas of study • 263, 363 Oboe - 1-2 connect and relate to each other. The • 264, 364 Saxophone - 1-2 project must be approved and overseen by • 265, 365 Bassoon - 1-2 the student's music advisor. It is likely there • 271, 371 Trumpet - 1-2 will also be advising and input from • 272, 372 Horn - 1-2 professors in disciplines other than music. The project will entail an aural as well as a • 273, 373 Trombone - 1-2 written component, the latter to be • 274, 374 Tuba - 1-2 contained in the student's portfolio. Core: CA

MUPS 499 Independent Study NRSL 320 Transitions in (1 SH) Professional Nursing Practice (3 SH) MUPS ### Private Lessons (1-2 This course is designed to support a smooth SH) transition for new to practice registered Credit is available for private study in the nurses who are employed in their initial areas listed below. A semester of private professional positions. Successful transition study includes 13 weeks of lessons. into the role of a professional nurse will be Registration for 1 SH offers 40 minute fostered through faculty and peer coaching lessons; registration for 2 SH offers 60 and support. An overarching aim of this Nurse Residency is professional socialization 200 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 while fostering stress management, problem- Offered through Lancaster solving, creative thinking, and durability in the new professional position. NRSL 350 Health Care Policy (4 Offered through Lancaster SH) This course focuses on contemporary health NRSL 325 Art and Science of care issues and their impact on current Effective Communication (3 SH) policy. An open systems model and change theory is used to explore the US healthcare This course is designed to enhance the system, health care organizations, health care written, oral and interpersonal policy, payment systems and the role of communication ability of students. With an nurses within this system. Possibilities for emphasis on academic integrity, the course health care reform and alternate systems are will foster writing skills using American discussed. The effect of behaviors, attitudes, Psychological Association formatting. Other values and perceptions of participants in the content will address information and media system is examined. literacy, content creation, and the ethics inherent in their use. Communication skills Offered through Lancaster will be enhanced through discussion of social media, crucial conversations, mediation, and therapeutic communication. NRSL 405 Evidence-Based Offered through Lancaster Practice for Nursing (4 SH) This course guides the student through the research process and teaches the art of NRSL 341 Professional Nurse (4 becoming a critical consumer of research. SH) Both qualitative and quantitative methods are examined. Students critically read and This course presents the knowledge, skills, critique nursing research. and abilities required for current professional nursing practice. Classroom Offered through Lancaster activities focus on library usage skills, an introduction to nursing research, concepts of professional nursing, communication skills, NRSL 410 Community Health (4 nursing and crisis theories, the history of SH) nursing, and spirituality. A paper is written in which professional nursing concepts are This course focuses on nursing with the integrated into an individual philosophy of community as the client. Theories of nursing. community nursing are examined and applied in community agencies. Offered through Lancaster Epidemiology, communicable diseases, and crisis theory are considered. Students do a community assessment and project with a NRSL 345 Health Assessment (3 community organization. SH) Offered through Lancaster This course provides students with knowledge and skills in history taking and physical examination of healthy individuals. NRSL 420 Principles of Nursing At the end of the course, each student will Management and Leadership (3 be required to do a mastery demonstration SH) of a head-to-toe assessment on a person of choice. The information and skills learned This course presents motivational theory are required of a baccalaureate curriculum. and its application to individual and group

Course Descriptions – 201 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 functioning. Leadership styles and NURS 302 Pathophysiology and governance models are examined. Legal Pharmacology for Nursing (4 issues are discussed. The effect of organizational change on nursing delivery SH) systems is evaluated. The concepts of power, Addresses the pathophysiology and oppression, advocacy, delegation, stress, and pharmacological treatment of the most change are addressed. common diseases encountered in the adult population. The course begins with basic Offered through Lancaster principles of pharmacology, and then is organized by body system or major disease group classification: fluid and electrolyte NRSL 430 Evidence-Based balance, neurological, heart and vascular, Practice Capstone (2 SH) endocrine, immune/infection, In this course the nurse explores nursing musculoskeletal, respiratory, gastrointestinal, research and applies it to a clinical problem. and cellular/cancer. The course consists of writing, implementing, and orally presenting it as a capstone presentation to the instructor and NURS 303 Foundations of learning group. Professional Nursing (4 SH) Offered through Lancaster Introduces the fundamental concepts of nursing including actions basic to nursing care, promoting healthy physiologic and NRSL 461 Family Health (4 SH) psychosocial responses, and aging. Processes key to functioning effectively as a This course focuses on nursing with the professional nurse are included: the nursing family as the client. Theories of family process, clinical decision making, and nursing are examined and applied with the teaching and learning. Covers professional family experience. Family development and roles and issues such as the nurse as team crisis theory are considered. Students home member, legal and ethical concerns, visits with a family and do a family health documentation, priority setting, and safety. assessment. Offered through Lancaster NURS 304 Fundamentals Practicum (3 SH) NURS 301 Holistic Health Skill acquisition in the learning laboratory Inquiry (3 SH) through simulation, skill demonstrations Includes interviewing, documenting, (e.g. urinary indwelling catheter insertion, understanding normal findings on physical wound care, vital signs and glucometer). examination and geriatric considerations, Clinical experiences take place in a nursing and assessment of psychosocial and spiritual home, acute care setting, schools, and other needs. Introduces beginning professional community settings. Corequisites: NURS and therapeutic communication skills with 301 Holistic Health Inquiry and NURS 303 clients and professional teams, including Foundations of Professional Nursing managing conflict. Laboratory and community settings are used for practice and mastery experiences. NURS 310 Conceptual Framework of Nursing (2 SH) Introduces the concepts basic to nursing practice: persons, health, environment and nursing. Incorporating spirituality into nursing practice will be emphasized. Taken 202 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 during the sophomore year or with Level 1. transitional and situational crises this brings Core: WI to the family. (Clinical experience: 6.5 days)

NURS 311 Conceptual NURS 326 Nursing and the Framework Bridge Course (3 Beginning Family (3 SH) SH) Focuses on the family during the Provides an overview of the conceptual childbearing cycle. Clinical application framework utilized in the EMU nursing occurs in a mother- baby hospital unit, department and reviews certain nursing childbirth classes and prenatal settings. process skills that include decision making, (Clinical experience: 4 days) teaching, research and process recordings. This course is taken by LPN and RN students in the day program. NURS 391 Faith Community Nursing (3 SH) Core: WI Faith Community Nurses assist the members of their faith community to NURS 320 Adult Health maintain and/or regain wholeness in body, Practicum I (3 SH) mind, and spirit. The course explores the personal and professionaldimensions of Clinical experiences are in medical surgical spirituality and the process of developing a settings where the student applies the health and wellness ministry within a nursing process in caring for 1-2 clients. community of faith. (Clinical experience: 11 days) NURS 420 Adult Health NURS 322 Nursing Care of the Practicum II (3 SH) Adult I (3 SH) Clinical experiences are in medical surgical Addresses the needs of clients with problems settings where the student masters complete involving endocrine, regulation, care for 2-3 clients. (Clinical experience: 10 gastrointestinal, fluid balance and immune days). Prerequisite: NURS 320. systems. Clinical experience in hemodialysis. Prerequisite: Completion of Level 1 NURS 422 Nursing Care of the NURS 323 Psychosocial Nursing Adult II (3 SH) (3 SH) Addresses the needs of clients with problems involving the cardiovascular, respiratory, Gives an overview of psychosocial nursing neurological and sensory systems. and addresses nursing care of clients with Prerequisite: Completion of Level 1 psychosocial illnesses. Application occurs in a state mental hospital. (Clinical experience: 6 days in a psychiatric hospital). NURS 426 Nursing and Family in Community (3 SH) NURS 325 Nursing Care of Focuses on nursing with the family as a unit Children (3 SH) in the community system from conception to late adulthood. Clinical application Focuses on the nursing care of children in a occurs in home visits with families. developmental setting, rehabilitation setting Prerequisite: NURS 314. and an acute hospital setting. Explores the Core: CL

Course Descriptions – 203 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 NURS 427 Professional Issues in within the communities and agencies in Nursing (1 SH) which they will work. Application of course content occurs through a semester-long This seminar course addresses current issues population-focused group project and a in nursing from the standpoint of ethics, professional presentation that utilizes economics, policy, research, and legal evidence-based literature. considerations. Students identify an area of health concern and use research and evidence-based resources to develop and NURS 438 Critical Care Nursing deliver an oral presentation. (2 SH) Crisis theory is applied with clients and their NURS 429 Leadership families in the acute stages of a health- Practicum (3 SH) related situational crisis and in disaster situations. Clinical experiences occur in the This course includes practical clinical emergency department and critical care experiences at the leadership level in acute units. (Clinical experience: 4 days). care, medical-surgical settings. Concepts of Prerequisites: NURS 319, NURS 321, delegation, time-management, and NURS 420, NURS 421. prioritization are emphasized. Prerequisite: NURS 322 & 422 NURS 439 Transition to Practice (3 SH) NURS 432 Community Health (3 SH) This senior seminar course covers professional issues and the role development Focuses on community health nursing with of the professional nurse transitioning into clinical application to individuals, families practice. In class discussions and in writing a and communities. Change theory, philosophy paper, students identify personal epidemiology, communicable diseases and beliefs and ethical issues and challenges that health care systems are considered. will affect their voice as a nurse. Students Prevention in populations is a special present an evidence-based project and emphasis in this course. (Clinical experience: advocate for a legislative policy change. 9 days plus community project.) (ASD program only) Prerequisite: NURS 426. Core: CL NURS 440 Transition to Practice (3 SH) NURS 433 Evidence Based Examines professional issues and the role Practice for Nursing (2 SH) development of the professional nurse transitioning into practice. In class Guides the student in understanding the discussions and in writing a philosophy research process and becoming a critical paper, students identify personal beliefs and consumer of research. Students apply ethical issues and challenges that will affect research findings to their capstone their voice as a nurse. Students present an presentation. evidence-based project and advocate for a legislative policy change. NURS 436 Population Health Core: WI Colloquium (2 SH) This course draws together principles of community health and leadership in order to prepare students to be active participants 204 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 NURS 480 Adult Health PE 210 Sophomore Practicum: Practicum III (2 SH) KES (1 SH) Clinical experiences are in medical surgical This individualized course provides exposure settings where the student masters complete for kinesiology and exercise science minors care for 2-3 clients. For students on an in professional adult fitness or sports extended schedule (clinical experience: 5 medicine settings. A volunteer position is days) secured in a related agency for fifty clock- hours of involvement. PE 101 Introduction to Health, Core: CL Physical Education and Recreation (3 SH) PE 301 Adapted Physical The significance and meaning of health, Education (3 SH) physical education, recreation, leisure, play, This is a combined study of academic course and sport in modern society are examined. work and a 10-hour practicum experience Includes the theories of play, models of designed to educate the student to meet the sport, and the recreational and sport physical, motor, personal-social and learning movement in the United States. Role and needs of exceptional individuals, particularly scope of health, physical education, those individuals with disabilities whose recreation and sport programs in the needs cannot be met in a mainstreamed community, schools, commercial, and physical education setting. industrial settings are examined along with an introduction to professional and career Core: CL issues in the field. (RSM 101) PE 302 Motor Learning (2 SH) PE 201 Principles of Coaching The primary intent of this course is to (2 SH) become familiar with the learner, the This course addresses issues common to all learning environment and the process of sporting experience (team management, learning in the motor skill context to practice organization, budgeting, facility and provide physical educators and coaches with equipment usage, administrative instructional decisions. relationships and scheduling). Class activities draw on life and sport experiences of students to develop principles of effective PE 401 Elementary Physical coaching at the community youth sports, Education (3 SH) middle and high school, and college levels. (Fall 2021) This course exposes students to elementary physical education history, theory, and Offered in alternate years practice and encourages them to develop appropriate teaching and management skills. This course must be taken as part of the PE 203 Coaching Practicum (1 elementary physical education professional SH) block and includes a 60-hour practicum (also includes PEM 231 and PE 403). This practicum provides an on-the-job Course prerequisites: ED 101, 245, PE 301, learning experience for students. A and 302. Admission prerequisites: First supervised placement is secured in a semester of block courses: Admission to coaching role in a local youth sports or Teacher Education recommended, 2.7 educational program. This course is not cumulative GPA and the entry assessment available for first-year students. math score required. Second semester of

Course Descriptions – 205 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 block courses: Admission to Teacher musculoskeletal system. Applications for Education required. (Fall 2020) physical educators and coaches are a primary focus. Prerequisites: BIOL 112 or BIOL Offered in alternate years 437, BIOL 122 or BIOL 447, PEM 143. Non-majors and minors by instructor PE 402 Middle and Secondary permission only. (Fall 2019) Physical Education (3 SH) Offered in alternate years This course provides students the opportunity to develop the appropriate PE 415 Exercise Physiology of teaching and management skills for the middle and secondary physical education Sport (3 SH) setting. This course must be taken as part of This course focuses on the discipline of the secondary physical education exercise physiology and explores the effects professional block and includes a 60-hour of physical activity on physiological practicum (also includes ED 351 and ED processes and the effects of various 385). Course prerequisites: ED 101, 245, physiological states on performance. This 275, HE 202, and 260. Admission segment of the course explores the acute prerequisites: First semester of block courses: responses and chronic adaptations of the Admission to Teacher Education body to the stresses of exercise. Applications recommended, 2.7 cumulative GPA and the for physical educators and coaches are a entry assessment math score required. primary focus. Prerequisites: BIOL 112 or Second semester of block courses: Admission BIOL 437, BIOL 122 or BIOL 447, PEM to Teacher Education required. (Fall 2021) 143. Non-majors and minors by instructor permission only. (Spring 2021) Offered in alternate years Core: WI PE 403 Assessment of Physical Offered in alternate years Activity (1 SH) This course is designed to prepare students PE 416 Fitness Administration to effectively assess student learning in and Assessment (2 SH) physical activity settings. Course content includes: basic theoretical and practical This class promotes familiarity and knowledge in measurement and evaluation proficiency with methods and techniques, developmentally appropriate instrumentation in administering and assessment strategies and providing feedback assessing individual fitness and establishing a in physical activity programs. Corequisites base for developing exercise prescriptions or prerequisites: PE 401 and PEM 231 (Fall and other lifestyle alternatives to improve 2020) health and fitness. This class includes advanced study in administration of Offered in alternate years prescribing and assessing of the acute and chronic adaptations of the body to the stresses and health benefits of exercise PE 414 Biomechanics of Sport students encounter. An application of (2 SH) theories and practices that will prepare them for an accredited health and fitness Biomechanics examines quantitative and certification. Prerequisites: BIOL 112 or qualitative descriptions of movement BIOL 437, BIOL 122 or BIOL 447, PEM through task and video analysis of human 143, PE 414, PE 415. movement. This segment of the course applies fundamental kinesiology and biomechanical principles to the human

206 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 PEG 110 Aerobic Cross-Training PEG 115 Fitness, Conditioning, (1 SH) and Weight Training (1 SH) This course is designed to provide This course is designed to provide opportunities to improve cardiovascular opportunities for skills improvement, endurance through a planned program of knowledge of the activity, fitness various aerobic activities, knowledge of improvement and the enjoyment of benefits of cross training, and the enjoyment participation. The course experience is of participation. An additional fee will be divided between cardiorespiratory endurance charged. and strength training aspects of physical fitness. Registration priority is given to students whose programs require this course. PEG 111 Backcountry Travel (1 SH) PEG 116 Golf (1 SH) The activity of backpacking will provide for knowledge acquisition, skill development, This course is designed to provide beginning fitness improvement, and the enjoyment of golf instruction and skill improvement, participation. Students will also master knowledge of golf rules and etiquette, fitness specific campcraft and outdoor living skills improvement, and enjoyment of for recreational camping, camp counseling, participation. Varsity golfers by permission and school outdoor education situations. An of instructor only. An additional fee will be additional fee will be charged. charged.

PEG 112 Bowling (1 SH) PEG 117 Jogging/Walking (1 This course is designed to provide SH) opportunities for skills improvement, This course is designed to provide an knowledge of bowling, fitness improvement, introduction to the understanding of the and enjoyment of participation. An benefits of engaging in regular physical additional fee will be charged. activity. Students will participate in activities that foster the development of cardiovascular endurance, cardiovascular PEG 113 Canoeing (1 SH) fitness and flexibility through a planned The activity of canoeing will provide for jogging/walking program. Varsity athletes by knowledge acquisition, skill development, permission of instructor only. fitness improvement, and the enjoyment of participation. An additional fee will be charged. PEG 118 Lifeguarding (1 SH) Upon successful completion of the requirements of the course, students will PEG 114 Cycling (1 SH) obtain an American Red Cross Lifeguarding, This course is designed to provide CPR for the Professional Rescuer, and AED opportunities for cycling skills Essentials certification. Prerequisites: improvement, knowledge of the commuter Students should be comfortable and cycling movement, to learn and practice competent in their swimming ability. A skill basic bike maintenance skills, fitness pre-assessment is required. An additional fee improvement, and enjoyment of will be charged. participation.

Course Descriptions – 207 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 PEG 119 Cave Exploration (1 PEG 124 Strength Training (1 SH) SH) The activity of cave exploration will provide The course focuses on these various for knowledge acquisition, skill approaches for developing muscular strength development, fitness improvement, and the and muscular endurance (isotonics, enjoyment of participation. Students will be isometrics, isokinetics, plyometrics, circuit exposed to caving as a personal recreational training) and the physiological responses pursuit, particularly indigenous to Virginia's and safety considerations of each. Shenandoah Valley and nearby West Virginia. An additional fee will be charged. PEG 125 Beginning Swimming (1 SH) PEG 120 Table Tennis/Net This course is designed to provide Games (1 SH) opportunity for skills improvement of basic This course is designed to provide stroke mechanics, breath control, increasing opportunities for personal skill development, knowledge of swimming safety, developing development of net games strategies, and individual comfortability in the water, improvement personal fitness through your fitness improvement, and the enjoyment of participation in the following net games: participation in swimming as a lifetime pickleball, badminton, volleyball, table activity. Prerequisites: Little experience in tennis, spikeball and tennis. swimming is required for this course, though the student should not fear the water. An additional fee will be charged. PEG 121 Skiing (1 SH) This course is designed to provide opportunities for skills improvement, PEG 126 Intermediate knowledge of skiing, fitness improvement, Swimming (1 SH) and enjoyment of participation. An This course is designed to provide additional fee will be charged. opportunity for skills improvement of stroke mechanics, increasing knowledge of swimming, developing individual workouts PEG 122 Snowboarding (1 SH) for fitness improvement, and the enjoyment This course is designed to provide of participation in swimming as a lifetime opportunities for skills improvement, sport. Prerequisites: Some prior knowledge knowledge of snowboarding, fitness of freestyle, backstroke, and breaststroke is improvement, and enjoyment of helpful for the student. A skill pre- participation. An additional fee will be assessment is required. An additional fee charged. will be charged.

PEG 123 Soccer (1 SH) PEG 127 Technical Rock Climbing (1 SH) This course is designed to provide opportunities for skills improvement, Students successfully completing the course knowledge of soccer, fitness improvement, will be competent to purchase equipment and enjoyment of participation. intelligently, top-rope climb and rappel independently, and second lead climbers. An additional fee will be charged.

208 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 PEG 128 Beginning Tennis/ PEM 141 Teaching Individual Badminton (1 SH) Sports (2 SH) This course is designed to provide Students will learn basic movement skills, opportunities for skills improvement, learn to analyze skills and plan knowledge of tennis and badminton, fitness developmentally- appropriate learning and improvement, and enjoyment of assessment. The course is based upon on the participation. Teaching Games for Understanding (TGFU) approach. Students will develop tactical awareness and skill acquisition of the PEG 129 Intermediate Tennis (1 following individual sports: pickleball, SH) badminton, tennis, yard games, bowling, golf, and archery. (Fall 2021) This course is designed to provide opportunities for advanced skills Offered in alternate years development, knowledge of the activity, fitness improvement and enjoyment of playing intermediate tennis, while also PEM 142 Teaching Team Sports gaining an understanding of higher level of (2 SH) play. Prerequisite: PEG 128 or PEG 120 or permission of instructor. A skill pre- Students will learn the basic movement assessment is required. skills, learn to analyze skills and plan developmentally- appropriate learning and assessment. The course is based upon on the PEG 130 Beginning Volleyball (1 Teaching Based on the Teaching Games for Understanding (TGFU) approach. Students SH) will develop tactical awareness and skill This course is designed to provide acquisition of the following team sports: opportunities for skills development, soccer, team handball, basketball, lacrosse, knowledge of the activity, fitness field hockey, flag football, speedball, cricket, improvement and enjoyment of playing softball and ultimate Frisbee. volleyball, while also gaining an understanding of higher level of play. Offered in alternate years

PEG 132 Introduction to Scuba PEM 143 Fitness, Conditioning (1 SH) and Strength Training (2 SH) This course is designed to provide This course is designed for department opportunity for exploration of the majors and minors to learn how to apply underwater world, by increasing knowledge scientifically sound concepts of exercise and of the underwater world as well as the fitness to activity, fitness improvement and comfort level that is required and the strength training. The course will focus on enjoyment of participation. The students all aspects of physical fitness and assessment will also, upon successful completion of the including strength training, speed requirements of the course and the four development, cardio, flexibility and program Open Water training dives, obtain a PADI development. Registration priority is given Open Water Diver Certification. A skill pre- to students whose programs require this assessment is required. An additional fee course. will be charged.

Course Descriptions – 209 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 PEM 144 Experiential Education professional block and includes a 60 hour and Recreational Games (2 SH) practicum (also includes PE 401). Course prerequisites: ED 101, 251, PE 301, and The outdoor setting provides unique 302. Admission prerequisites: First semester educational opportunities as the learner of block courses: Admission to Teacher interacts with the natural environment. This Education recommended, 2.7 cumulative course prepares prospective educators and GPA and the entry assessment math score recreation leaders to design, implement and required. Second semester of block courses: evaluate various outdoor curriculum models Admission to Teacher Education required. and teaching strategies (including (Fall 2020) recreational pursuits, teambuilding, ropes courses and other outdoor activities). It Offered in alternate years provides students the opportunity to develop expertise in the use of developmentally- appropriate recreational, PEV 151-164 Varsity Sports cooperative, and competitive games to Students may earn one semester hour of enhance skill development and fitness and elective credit per season for participation on strategies for quickly and fairly placing a varsity athletics team or for serving as an students/people into groups. (Fall 2020) athletic trainer. These credits receive pass- Offered in alternate years fail grading. Requirements include starting and finishing the season on the team, being an active team member in good standing, PEM 145 Rhythmic Activities (1 and completing an acceptable reflection paper on the selected topic. Students whose SH) course load already includes 18 SH will be A course designed to provide the pre-service required to pay an overload fee to receive teacher (health and physical education, early PEV credit. childhood and elementary education) an aesthetic and kinesthetic movement • 151 Varsity Baseball - 1 experience in a variety of basic fundamental • 152 Varsity Basketball (Men) - 1 movement situations. The course includes: • 153 Varsity Basketball (Women) - 1 creative rhythmic movement, fundamental • 154 Varsity Cross Country - 1 movement patterns, folk and line dance, • 155 Varsity Field Hockey - 1 square dance. The course also focuses on the • 156 Varsity Soccer (Men) - 1 development of the students' artistic and creative ability through the creation of an • 157 Varsity Soccer (Women) - 1 original movement routine. • 158 Varsity Softball - 1 • 159 Varsity Track and Field - 1 Core: CA • 160 Varsity Volleyball (Women) - 1 • 161 Varsity Volleyball (Men) - 1 PEM 231 Movement Education • 162 Varsity Golf (Men) - 1 (1 SH) • 163 Varsity Golf (Women) - 1 • 164 Triathlon - 1 Teacher candidates will focus on skill themes and movement concepts as well as qualitative assessment skills needed to PHIL 201 Introduction to successfully teach pre-school through fifth Philosophy (3 SH) grade physical education. The process will enable physical educators to successfully This course introduces students to key structure the development of physically figures in the Western philosophical literate students. This course must be taken tradition and to the major questions with as part of the elementary physical education which those figures wrestled. Students read a variety of classic philosophical texts paying 210 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 particular attention to problems of PHYS 252 University Physics I knowledge and skepticism, mind and world, Lecture (3 SH) ethics and politics. The first semester of a calculus-based Core: CW introductory physics sequence that aims to develop understanding of basic physical principles, problem-solving ability, and PHIL 212 Ways of Knowing (3 fluency with mathematical formulas. Topics SH) include conservation laws, Newtonian Students engage watershed questions of mechanics, oscillatory motion, and human knowing such as: how do we know? relativity. Must be taken concurrently with When can we know that someone is wrong PHYS 253. Prerequisite: MATH 154 or regarding their knowledge claims? What is MATH 185. truth? Just how important is truth? Issues of Core: NS perspective, context, social construction of knowledge and gender and cultural difference will be explored. PHYS 253 University Physics I Core: CW Lab (1 SH) Must be taken concurrently with PHYS PHIL 334 Moral Philosophy (3 252. SH) Core: NS Students encounter classical conceptions of ethics and morality articulated by Aristotle, PHYS 262 University Physics II Kant, Mill and the traditions of ethical Lecture (3 SH) virtue. The course will explore the relative importance of reason, character and good The second semester of a calculus-based consequences in determining the right and introductory physics sequence. Topics the good. Prerequisite: PHIL 201 or include electromagnetism, optics, quantum permission of the instructor. mechanics, and thermodynamics. Must be taken concurrently with PHYS 263. Core: CW Prerequisite: PHYS 252. Offered in alternate years PHYS 263 University Physics II PHIL 412 Philosophy of Religion Lab (1 SH) (3 SH) Must be taken concurrently with PHYS This course examines issues that arise from a 262. tradition of philosophical reflection on the language and truth claims of religion. Specific readings vary from year to year but PHYS 405 Thermodynamics (3 will most often include theological and SH) postcolonial responses to the phenomenon A computationally intensive foundational of the secular. study of chemical thermodynamics and Core: CW kinetics. Topics include gases, enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs free energy, chemical and Offered in alternate years phase equilibria, statistical thermodynamics, electrochemistry and chemical kinetics. Prerequisite: MATH 195 or instructor permission. (CHEM 405) (Fall 2020)

Course Descriptions – 211 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Offered in alternate years structures that influence the major political issues of time. The course will also examine the structure and activities of the most PHYS 406 Quantum Mechanics typical kinds of political systems and the (3 SH) way individuals, groups, and institutions both conflict and work together in each. A mathematically intensive study of basic QM as related to atomic and molecular Offered through Lancaster structures. Topics include the Schroedinger equation, the uncertainty principle, bound and scattering states, the hydrogen atom, POL 111 Comparative Politics and spectroscopy. Prerequisite: MATH 195 (2 SH) or instructor permission. (CHEM 406) (Fall 2021) This course provides a review of the basic framework and foundational concepts of Offered in alternate years politics, exploring key questions in contemporary comparative politics. The course will focus on several questions that PMBA 431 Financial Accounting have long been central to the study of (2 SH) comparative governments: (1) why democracy emerges and survives in some Introduces accounting principles and countries but not in others; (2) how political practices and interpretation of financial stability affects economic development; (3) statements. No background in accounting is how political institutions (constitutional, assumed. The course includes a description electoral, administrative, and party systems) and derivation of financial statements vary across countries and why these prepared by accountants and a discussion of variations matter; and (4) how contentious a conceptual framework which provides politics often turn violent and take the forms rationale for accounting practices. The of civil war. course also covers corporation accounting and examines the use of accounting Core: SB information in the planning and controlling of the firm's operations. (Online prerequisite) POL 112 American Politics (2 SH) PMBA 441 Introduction to This course provides an introduction to the study of American politics, covering a range Finance (3 SH) of substantive topics related to the American Provides an introduction to the theory and political system. Topics covered in this practice of business finance. The course course are as follows: the cultural and emphasizes the problems faced by financial constitutional foundations of American managers. Topics include the role of politics; its institutional structures, including financial markets, interest rates, time value the Congress and the presidency; the of money, valuation of securities, capital political behavior of elites as well as ordinary budgeting and working capital management. American citizens; and contemporary (Online prerequisite) political debates over issues of racism, immigration, economic inequality, and partisan polarization. POL 101 Introduction to Politics (3 SH) Core: SB An introduction to the study of politics where students will become familiar with the government policies and institutional 212 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 POL 113 International Relations historical reviews, students will also study (2 SH) empirical topics such as the United Nations, international humanitarian law, This course provides an introduction to the transnational advocacy groups and human study of international relations. It covers the rights regimes, international trade and key approaches to and issues in the field, finance organizations, and environmental including the causes of war and peace, institutions. (Spring 2021) nuclear proliferation, trade, finance, globalization, international law, human Offered in alternate years rights, and the environment. Core: CC, SB POL 250 Law, Justice, and the Local Context (3 SH) POL 220 U.S. Foreign Policy (3 This course seeks to give context to the rule SH) of law and the pursuit of justice in Harrisonburg, Rockingham County and the This course examines the history and Commonwealth of Virginia. Taking a contemporary issues of American foreign survey approach focused on juvenile justice, policy. As the most powerful country in the students will encounter theories and international system, the United States has philosophies of law, justice, youth been uniquely positioned to shape and development child advocacy and family influence international politics since the end systems relating to 'dual status youth' in of World War II. Has it been a peacemaker child welfare (protective justice) and or a warmonger? The course asks what criminal justice. The course highlights constraints, dilemmas, risks, and dynamics of immigration status, race, opportunities affected major foreign policy identity, class and power, across a range of decisions in U.S. history and evaluates the issues related to juveniles and the efficacy of America's foreign policy community at large in police work, the court instruments such as international system, detention and practices of restorative institutions, alliances, and military power in justice. The class format will engage diverse crises and conflicts. This course also aims to speakers, on-site visits to state agencies and expose students to contemporary foreign non- governmental groups, dynamic policy issues. (Spring 2022) readings and other resources. (Spring 2021) Offered in alternate years Core: CL Offered in alternate years POL 230 International Norms and Institutions (3 SH) POL 340-345 Topics in Political This course provides an overview of the Studies (3 SH) history, objectives, impacts, and effectiveness of norms and institutions in international This course is offered as instructors with politics. It examines (1) how international special expertise in an area are available to norms and institutions evolve; (2) why and offer unique or trial content. how governments and civil society actors promote international norms and institutions; (3) why states join institutions POL 441 Political Science and comply with international rules and Internship (1-3 SH) regulations; (4) how international norms Designed for upper-level political studies affect state behavior; and (5) what minors who want to explore career options determines the effectiveness of international and gain practical experience in local, state norms and laws. Along with theoretical and or federal government work. Approval from

Course Descriptions – 213 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 the history department is required one immersing themselves in important peace semester in advance. Students take initiative and security issues in East Asia. (Spring in arranging their own placement. 2022) Internship can be completed in the summer. Grading is on a pass/fail basis. Students may Core: CC, WI be able to meet the requirement (but not Offered in alternate years earn credit) through documentation of a non-credit experience, upon departmental approval. PPX 401 Human Rights and Dignity (4 SH) POL 481 Pre-Law Internship This course introduces students to the study (1-3 SH) of human rights from a political perspective. By taking this course, students should be Minors enter a semester or summer-session able to (1) think critically and analytically internship through their major. Some about human rights and dignity; (2) options would be in the immediate area, demonstrate knowledge of key conceptual while others would tap into EMU and debates, the history and evolution of the MCC programs in Washington, New York, international human rights regime, and and abroad. These might include paralegal relevant cases of human rights violations; (3) work, mediation work, VORP, WCSC, develop informed positions on key issues of SALT, or the MCC U.N. Liaison. Note: human rights and identify ways to prevent Students completing an internship/ human rights violations at home and practicum for their major (e.g. Business, abroad; and (4) attain critical writing and PXD) can use this to satisfy the pre-law oral skills through active class participation, internship with approval from the history weekly response essays, and a final paper. department. Grading is on a pass/fail basis. (Spring 2022) Students may be able to meet the requirement (but not earn credit) through Core: WI documentation of a non-credit experience, upon departmental approval. Offered in alternate years

PPX 371 Peace and Security in PPX 405-409 Topics in Politics East Asia (3 SH) and Peace Studies (3-4 SH) This course aims to introduce and analyze This course is offered as instructors with the history and international relations of special expertise in an area are available to East Asia, which is one of the most dynamic offer unique or trial content. and consequential regions in world politics today. The first part of the course will explore historical backgrounds of the region PPX 421 Genocide of the 20th with a focus on political, economic, and Century (4 SH) security development from the late 19th This course examines genocides and mass century to the post-Cold War era. The atrocities in the modern world from an second part will examine various regional interdisciplinary perspective. We will look at security challenges and foreign/ security historical and contemporary genocides— policies of the key countries (China, Japan, Armenia, the Holocaust, Nanjing, the two Koreas, and ASEAN countries), Cambodia, Rwanda, former Yugoslavia, encouraging students to think whether the Darfur, and Syria—and analyze their causes region is heading towards peace or conflict. and patterns of development. Engaging The ultimate goal of this course is to enable various disciplines such as political science, students to produce an academic research history, peace studies, psychology, and paper on a topic of their interests, by sociology, students will explore theoretical 214 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 and policy issues as the following: the PSYC 202 Developmental conceptualization of genocide, the causes Psychology (3 SH) and prevention of genocide, the responsibility to protect and international Designed to introduce the principles, intervention, genocide denial, gender and theory, and methods of developmental genocide, and collective memory. (Fall psychology. Examines the factors affecting 2021) the development of behavior, cognition, and emotions throughout the entire lifespan. Core: WI Current research relevant to the entire Offered in alternate years lifespan is reviewed and analyzed. Social and emotional issues affecting the individual, family, and community are analyzed. PPX 431 Political Reconciliation Core: SB (4 SH) How should a society address the legacies of mass atrocities and human rights violations PSYC 203 Developmental Case of the past? This course examines the issue Study (1 SH) of political reconciliation after armed Designed to introduce the skills of conflicts and violent political transitions. behavioral observation based on Students will explore key issues and debates developmental principles. A one-to-one related to transitional justice such as experience with a young child using criminal prosecutions and trials, truth suggested activities. To be taken during or commissions, reparations, official apologies, after PSYC 202. Prerequisite: minimum of amnesty, guilt and denial, and forgiveness. two semesters previous enrollment at EMU. Such frameworks of political reconciliation Registration preference given to psychology will be critically examined, asking how well majors. these policies fulfill an ethic of peacebuilding as well as justice and help Core: CL societies address their pasts marred by conflict, violence, and oppression. (Fall 2020) PSYC 221 Social Psychology (3 SH) Core: WI This course examines the major variables Offered in alternate years affecting an individual's beliefs, emotions, and behavior in social situations. Topics include prosocial behavior, aggression and PSYC 101 General Psychology violence, prejudice, social perception, social (3 SH) cognition, attitudes, self-justification, An introduction to the principles, language, persuasion, conformity, media influence, methods and major topics of the science of and attraction. Principles derived from social behavior and mental life. Emphasizes psychology research are applied to cultural, exploration and application in the following institutional, and group processes. areas of psychology: neuroscience, human Prerequisite: PSYC 101 or PSYC 202. consciousness, learning, memory, Core: SB motivation, development, and abnormal behavior among others. Core: SB PSYC 231 Applied Behavior Analysis (3 SH) Develops students' skills of behavioral observation and analysis. Students learn to

Course Descriptions – 215 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 plan, conduct and evaluate programs of the areas of assessment, therapy and behavior change for themselves and others. prevention. Students will also learn to Focuses on the ethical issues involved in the identify and evaluate the accuracy of application of behavior principles to socially psychological disorders as depicted in significant behaviors in a variety of settings. popular media. Prerequisite: PSYC 101 or PSYC 202. PSYC 301 Psychology of Interpersonal Relationships (3 PSYC 341 Cognitive Psychology SH) (3 SH) Provides a basic framework for conceiving of The field of cognitive psychology involves human communication as a unique studying and thinking about thinking. combination of theoretical and practical Questions are asked about how we acquire, skills. Students learn firsthand the dynamics store, retrieve, and use knowledge. Students of intrapersonal and small-group will actively study and apply various theories communication through a variety of about human thinking. Topics such as activities designed to foster an increased models of memory, mental imagery, awareness of how transactional language comprehension, problem solving, communication works. The importance of decision-making, and cognitive development interpersonal relationship skills in the will be covered. Enrollment priority is given helping professions is emphasized and an to sophomore and junior level psychology Anabaptist framework for working majors. Prerequisite: PSYC 101, or restoratively in community is explored in permission of the instructor. this course. Preference given to junior and Core: WI senior level psychology majors.

PSYC 311 Psychological Design PSYC 342 Cognitive Psychology and Analysis (3 SH) for Health Sciences (3 SH) An alternate offering of Cognitive This course is a laboratory course designed Psychology. In addition to covering critical to examine contemporary experimental content that will appear on the MCAT, work in psychology. Students will discuss students will read current research with an experimental research and begin to develop emphasis on applying it to health computational expertise using JASP and professions. This course does not fulfill the Excel. This course provides exposure to EMU Core Writing Intensive requirement, psychological experimental methodologies, and does not fulfill the Cognitive data analysis and application of skills learned Psychology requirement for the Psychology in STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics. major. (BMC 572) Prerequisite or corequisite: STAT 120.

PSYC 331 Abnormal Psychology PSYC 351 Positive Psychology: (3 SH) Theory Application (3 SH) The focus of this course is on theories and An interdisciplinary approach to current research in the field of positive understanding abnormal (maladaptive) psychology. Positive psychology as a science, behavior emphasizing the crucial roles of studies human flourishing. Emphasis will be learning and life stressors in the on the application of scientific knowledge of development and maintenance of abnormal positive psychological principles that assist behaviors. The clinical characteristics, causal people to thrive in their everyday lives. Some factors and treatments of maladaptive topics to be covered include: bravery, behavior patterns are examined, including 216 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 hopeful thinking, wisdom, positive PSYC 431 Psychological Testing emotions, forgiveness, optimism, courage, and Assessment (3 SH) positive schooling, and good work. (Fall 2020) An introduction to the field of psychological testing and assessment. Emphasis is placed Offered in alternate years on briefly covering a wide range of specific types of test and testing situations. Special emphasis is given to test use requirements, PSYC 361 Theories of test taker rights, and matching tests with Personality (3 SH) specific needs or questions. Theoretical and Empirical strategies that are particularly applied material will be integrated so as to relevant to the study of personality process, provide students with the rationale for and a human behavior and human experience hands-on feel of the assessment process. As provide a systematic study of the person. appropriate, students will have the Major theories and principles of personality opportunity to observe and/or informally adjustment are studied, such as administer psychological testing dispositional, genetic, cognitive and instruments. Prerequisites: STAT 120 and biological factors related to the PSYC 331. (Fall 2020) understanding of personality. Prerequisite: Offered in alternate years PSYC 331. PSYC 441 Teaching of PSYC 380-385 Topics in Psychology (1 SH) Psychology (3 SH) Students serve as teaching assistants for Courses on a variety of topics in psychology PSYC 101 or PSYC 202. Enrollment are offered on a rotating basis depending on limited to psychology majors. Prerequisite: student and faculty interest. Topics include: junior/senior level status. cross-cultural psychology, marriage and family, introduction to clinical psychology, psychology of pop culture and theology, PSYC 451 Neuropsychology (3 forensics, psychology and spirituality, SH) creativity, and narrative psychology. Open to psychology majors only. Prerequisite: Survey of the anatomy and physiology of the junior/senior level status. nervous system, including the function of sensory receptors and hormones. Emphasis is placed on the role of general PSYC 391 Introduction to neurophysiological principles that affect Counseling (3 SH) human behavior. (BIOL 451) (Spring 2022) Counseling is studied from a Christian Core: NS discipleship perspective. Emphasis is placed on understanding and developing helping Offered in alternate years skills utilized in the context of the church, mental health agencies, and school settings. Applications for counseling skills are PSYC 472 Research in examined along with a basic exposure to Psychology (2 SH) counseling theories and theories of Introduces the essentials of designing, development. Enrollment strictly limited to conducting, and evaluating research in junior and senior psychology majors and psychology. Topics include: formulating helping professions. research questions, understanding variables, research designs, control, conducting a literature review, sampling, measurement,

Course Descriptions – 217 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 collecting data, validity, reliability, and designed to develop students' professional ethics. Both qualitative and quantitative expertise in psychology. Open to senior methods are considered. Prerequisites: two psychology majors only. Prerequisite: PSYC semesters of successful coursework in 482. psychology at EMU, STAT 120, PSYC 311 and PSYC 341. Core: CL Core: WI PSYC 499 Independent Study (1 SH) PSYC 473 Research in Psychology: Applied (2 SH) PXD 151 Exploring Conflict and Students complete a research project under the supervision of psychology faculty. Peace (3 SH) Involves formulating a research question, This course introduces students to theories, conducting a literature search, collecting and key terms, concepts, and skills related to analyzing data, writing and presenting a peace and conflict in war and violence, and final report. Open to majors only. justice and peacebuilding. Students will Prerequisite: PSYC 472. discover and attend to their own conflict styles, learn about introductory skills for dealing with conflict on an interpersonal PSYC 482 Psychology level, become familiar with factors Internship I (2 SH) contributing to conflict at the community, national and international levels and explore Students gain field experience in a peacebuilding as a framework for addressing psychology related agency. The practicum is conflict. An overview of current global issues designed to begin developing students' is central to the course along with an psychological skills and abilities as exploration of rights, roles and professionals by utilizing previous responsibilities for individuals and nations. coursework. A written plan must be approved and a contract made with the Core: SB agency where the practicum work will occur. The agency and the practicum instructor provide supervision. Open to senior PXD 225 Theories of Social psychology majors only. Prerequisites: two Change (3 SH) semesters of successful coursework in psychology at EMU and PSYC 331. This course is designed as an introduction to key sociological theories, with a focus on Core: CL how these impact the dynamics of social change. The theories covered range from micro social- psychology perspectives to PSYC 483 Psychology macro-structural approaches. The course Internship II (2 SH) specifically interrogates how ideas about the nature of social relations influence our This capstone course builds on the field perceptions of how social systems are experience in Internship I. After students constructed, deconstructed and complete 150 hours of direct service in an reconstructed. The course opens up the area agency, they apply their learning in space for students to reflect on their own supervised settings by developing and personal life journeys as well as provides the presenting a case study, analyzing the opportunity for vigorous debate around real- integration of faith and practice, and time contemporary issues and engagement exploring ethical decision making in the with how theoretical frameworks actively helping profession. The internship shape the macro sphere and our collective experience and processing sessions are 218 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 lives. Most importantly, students experience PXD 335 Understanding Violent how social theories are driving agents of Conflict (3 SH) change on the personal, local and global levels. Registration priority is given to This course provides an overview of students whose programs require this course. explanations of violence at the personal, Prerequisite: PXD 151, SOC 101 or SOC group, societal and national levels. Causes of 201 (SOC 225) violence are context-specific, multi-causal, multi-dimensional and may result from a Core: WI variety of political and social, socioeconomic, and resource and environmental factors. The relationship PXD 261 Community and between violence and social change will be Conflict Analysis Techniques (3 explored. There will be special focus on SH) explanations of war, terrorism, gun violence, In order to promote sustainable change, it is and identity- based violence (gender-based, important to understand the context in hate crimes, etc.). (Fall 2021) which we work. This course provides an Offered in alternate years introduction to social situation assessment strategies and conflict analysis. Students will complete a personal and community conflict PXD 341 Mediation and assessment and consider how such analysis Facilitation (3 SH) supports and contributes to change efforts including development and peacebuilding This course is an introduction to the theory practice. Registration priority is given to and practice of mediation and facilitation, students whose programs require this course. two processes for conflict transformation. (Spring 2021) Students will learn about conflict, group dynamics theory, teambuilding, and Offered in alternate years leadership for transforming conflict. Students demonstrate learning through role plays and facilitation on campus of PXD 331 Restorative Justice conversation on issues that cause tension. and Trauma Awareness (3 SH) With its emphasis on practical applications, The course provides a critical introduction the course is useful for those planning to to the restorative justice and trauma healing work in church ministry, business, fields. Restorative justice will be examined education, social work, and many other within the criminal and traditional justice areas. First- and second-year students by systems in American as well as several permission of instructor only. international contexts. Trauma healing will be explored as a component of the restorative justice process, and both are PXD 345 Peacebuilding Theory situated in a larger peacebuilding and Action (3 SH) framework. The importance and power of The course will explore the theoretical bases Dignity will be examined as a component of for peacebuilding analysis and action. Given the restorative process in post-crime contexts the interdisciplinary nature of the field, this and as a preventative aspect of violence. One course will draw on a number of theoretical of the "hands-on" segments of the course streams to understand the assumptions that will be an Alternative to Violence Project guide peace practitioners in action and training at Graterford Prison in reflection on their peacebuilding efforts. Pennsylvania. Prerequisite: PXD 225 or permission of instructor.

Course Descriptions – 219 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 PXD 365 Social and Political Core: CL Economy (3 SH) This course introduces students to the PXD 441 Leadership Practicum interdisciplinary fields of social and political (1 SH) economy and the role that social, economic, political, cultural and environmental/ Students gain leadership experience through ecological processes play in shaping society. leading program efforts or related student Students will consider the political economy clubs in a variety of areas on campus and of various social problems such as poverty, within the community. They reflect on war, exploitation, and protracted social leadership styles and analyze their own conflict. methods of communication and leadership through direct immersion. By permission Core: WI only.

PXD 375 Globalization and PXD 451 Program Evaluation Justice (3 SH) Through Qualitative Methods (3 The task in this class is to examine the SH) debates about globalization. Is it new? Is it a This course is designed to help students force for good or bad? Does it bring people explore the theory and practice of program together or drive them apart? Is it a evaluation, especially if interested in homogenizing or fragmenting force? What, working in social service, business or who, drives it? Is 'globalization' just development, mission-related programs or another word for 'Westernization'? How is it projects, and local or international NGOs. being resisted? We will also engage a further The course will review the current range of set of questions concerning theology and the thinking on the philosophies, purpose, and church. How is globalization affecting the structure of program evaluation, with an church? What does it mean to think in emphasis on how to use qualitative methods terms of a church whose center of gravity is in evaluations. Students will gain hands-on no longer Europe and North America (if it experience in how to design an evaluation, ever was)? how to determine the appropriate methods Core: CC and collect data, and an analysis of on-going program evaluation and evaluation reports. Sociological and anthropological approaches PXD 431 Peacebuilding and will provide the theoretical and philosophical background for our work, but Development Practicum (1-3 the focus will be on practical applications of SH) qualitative methodology in evaluation. A practicum provides PXD majors (and Prerequisite: SOC 336 (PAX 516) (Fall minors by permission) opportunities for 2021) practical off-campus experience in settings Offered in alternate years related to the field. Many students complete the practicum requirement by participating in the Washington Community Scholars' PXD 485 Global Development (3 Center. Other local and global placements, including the possibility of an international SH) practicum placement through the This course introduces students to the field International Peacebuilding and of global development through examining Development Practicum (IPDP) program, both the history of the field and the current may be pursued in coordination with the debates and challenges faced by student's advisor. development practitioners. The purpose is to

220 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 explore and critically evaluate the basic PXD 499 Independent Study assumptions underlying the major (1-4 SH) competing theories and current approaches towards alleviating poverty and global inequality. This course approaches the REL 201 Introduction to phenomenon of development in its broadest Religious Studies (3 SH) sense as the study of change, with attention to global justice, equity, and the historical This course introduces a range of historical links between development, colonialism, and contemporary approaches to the study and global capitalism. (PAX 585) of religion. Various theories and methodologies will be examined with special attention given to the functions of religion PXD 494 Foundations for within culture and the insights this provides Justice and Peacebuilding I (6 for Christians. SH) Core: CW In this course a team of faculty members Offered in alternate years coaches students as they acquire foundational knowledge and practice the core skills for peacebuilding: analysis, REL 223 World Religions (3 SH) theory, research, planning, and practice. Students work individually and in teams to A historical and comparative study of the apply theories and skills to cases that great religions of the world in order to progress in complexity from interpersonal understand values and meaning in specific and small group to organizational level cultural settings. The religions are evaluated conflicts. Students also increase their self- at the level of their own claims and in light awareness as well as their capacity for of biblical revelation. Special attention is professional judgment and reflective given to a theology of religions, to emerging practice. Accelerated program students only. models of Christian witness to other (PAX 534) religions, and to Christian theological development in the context of non- Christian religions. PXD 495 Foundations for Justice and Peacebuilding II (6 Core: CC SH) In this course a team of faculty members REL 310-315 Topics in Religion coaches students as they further develop (3 SH) their knowledge and skills for dealing with This course is designed to focus on issues conflict and situations of injustice. Students that arise in the discipline of religious studies work individually and in teams to apply new or at the intersection of Christian theology ideas and skills to cases that progress in and other disciplines. Topics may include complexity from the community to the inter- religious dialogue, race and gender, national and to the global level. Students political theory, economics, peacebuilding, continue to develop their self-awareness as and trauma theory. Consideration will be well as their capacity for professional given to how theology may best enter into judgment and reflective practice. Accelerated mutually enriching conversation with other program students only. (PAX 634) religions and other academic disciplines.

Course Descriptions – 221 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 REL 423 Judaism, Christianity, profession and personal suitability to the Islam: Comparative field. Monotheisms (3 SH) Core: CL This course will focus on the three monotheistic religions. The literature, beliefs and practices of each religion will be RSM 305 Risk Management in examined and similarities and contrasts Recreation Sport (3 SH) noted. Specific religious themes will be Proactive approach to managing risks compared in the context of the Christian associated with conducting recreation and interface with Judaism and Islam. (Spring sport related programs. This course will 2022) emphasize safety as a foundation of quality Core: CW program planning. The topics include legal concepts related to specific managerial Offered in alternate years functions, impacts on functions in recreation and sport environments that result in more efficient and successful RSM 101 Introduction to operation and protection for the Health, Physical Education and organization. Recreation (3 SH) The significance and meaning of health, RSM 309 Recreation and Sport physical education, recreation, leisure, play, Program and Event Planning (3 and sport in modern society are examined. SH) Includes the theories of play, models of sport, and the recreational and sport The course focuses on the principles and movement in the U.S. Role and scope of approaches to planning and implementing health, physical education, recreation and recreation and sport programs and events. A sport programs in the community, schools, philosophical and practical basis for commercial, and industrial settings are preparing a variety of recreation programs examined along with an introduction to will be covered. Non-majors by instructor professional and career issues in the field. permission only. (Spring 2022) (PE 101) Core: WI Offered in alternate years RSM 211 Sophomore Practicum (1 SH) This is an opportunity for majors to explore RSM 402 Facility Design and involvement in the fields of recreation Supervision in Sports and leadership and sport promotion, youth Recreation (2 SH) ministry, or kinesiology and sport science. A This class follows the facility planning and seasonal-level employment or volunteer design process, from establishing and position will be secured, with a suggested defining the need, to programmatic clock-hour involvement of fifty hours. prioritization, to blueprint and specification Options include working in a university or development. Issues of supervision, high school athletic department, counseling management, and cost are considered. at a summer camp, high school or university Applications will be for commercial and athletic training operation, or a physical non-profit organizations; planning for both therapy or adult fitness facility. Assignments outdoor and indoor areas are addressed. will include several reflective exercises asking (Fall 2020) the student to explore characteristics of the Offered in alternate years

222 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 RSM 405 Recreation and Sport encounter will challenge students to analyze Administration (3 SH) and observe life from diverse vantage points as they learn to systematically reflect on how The course focuses on organization and and why individuals and groups behave as administration practices such as budgeting they do. and purchasing, office management, annual reports, supervision of personnel, working Core: SB with boards and volunteer leaders. SOC 201 Sociology of Health (3 RSM 411 Senior Internship (4 SH) SH) This course examines not only the social This course is the culminating professional contexts that shape health and illness but development experience for recreation also how these critically impact the provision leadership and sport studies majors. The as well as outcomes of medical care. The involvement consists of a pre-professional or course is organized around social entry-level position in a related organization engagement at the micro, mezzo, and macro or agency, preferably emphasizing the levels. This provides the sociology content student's specialty or concentration. The required for MCATs. time commitment is a minimum of 10 weeks and 200 hours. Assignments include a personal journal, a time log, and various SOC 210 Social Stratification (3 reflective pieces asking the student to apply SH) theory to practice, and evaluate personal This course on human behavior in the social suitability to the field. An on-site supervisor environment focuses on theories of social conducts monitoring and evaluation, with stratification and inequality. Students will an EMU faculty assigned as institutional explore various interpretations of the causes liaison. Prerequisites: Senior status and and consequences of inequality within the departmental approval. WCSC 385 may United States. Enrollment priority given to satisfy for students who have earned 90 SHs majors in the department. (SOWK 210) prior to enrolment in WCSC. Core: SB Core: CL SOC 225 Theories of Social RSM 499 Independent Study Change (3 SH) (1-3 SH) This course is designed as an introduction to Supervised readings and/or research in key sociological theories, with a focus on recreation leadership. Oral or written how these impact the dynamics of social examinations and presentation of findings change. The theories covered range from may be required. micro social- psychology perspectives to macro-structural approaches. The course specifically interrogates how ideas about the SOC 101 Introduction to nature of social relations influence our Sociology (3 SH) perceptions of how social systems are In this course students will be introduced to constructed, deconstructed and the sociological method and to key reconstructed. Most importantly, students theoretical perspectives that engage their experience how social theories are driving sociological imagination around issues such agents of change on the personal, local and as culture, race, gender, deviance, global levels. Registration priority is given to socialization, and stratification. This DASS majors and students whose programs

Course Descriptions – 223 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 require this course. Prerequisite: PXD 151 SOC 334 Cultural Anthropology or SOC 101 or SOC 201. (PXD 225) (3 SH) Core: WI This course offers an overview of the study of culture in a globalized world. It introduces students to the field of cultural SOC 245 Environment and anthropology, a field that offers concepts Society (3 SH) and tools to study culture and navigate the The goal of this course is for students to complex, multicultural, and changing develop a critical understanding of the realities of the world around them. Students dominant trends that have shaped will learn to appreciate cultural diversity and environmental policy in the United States cross-cultural engagement, gaining a deeper over the past 150 years. Key historical understanding of their role as agents of approaches include conservationism, deep social change. ecology, ecofeminism, and the Core: CC environmental justice movement. Throughout the course's duration students will interrogate how perceptions regarding SOC 336 Methods of Social the environment play a central role in Research (3 SH) regulating how they interact with their natural surroundings. The course provides an introduction to social research methods and prepares students to analyze, interpret, and critique SOC 255 Social Movements (3 quantitative social science research. Over the SH) course of the semester students design and develop a research proposal. At various times This course provides a sociological during the semester the class will meet in a framework for understanding the ways that computer laboratory in order to access people, working together, attempt to research tools and statistical software. alleviate social problems. We begin by Enrollment priority given to majors in the exploring and evaluating models and tactics department. Prerequisite: STAT 120 and of making change. We then examine forms one of the following: SOC 101, SOC 201, of collective behavior, ending with a focus POL 111, POL 113, PXD 151, GS 101. on social movements comprised of organized groups attempting to influence various audiences. Sociological theories are applied SOC 350 Urban Sociology (3 SH) to historical and contemporary cases that involve violent and nonviolent tactics. In this course students explore their connection to an increasingly urban world Offered in alternate years by examining patterns of urban settlement, theories of urbanism, the "community question," and the problems and possibilities SOC 330 Family in Social of urban life through the perspectives of Context (3 SH) urban planning. The course includes a focus Students explore contemporary family on the roles of race and class as factors structure and dynamics from historical, influencing social interaction and use of cross- cultural, developmental, and practical space in urban environments. Prerequisite: perspectives. This course provides an SOC 101 or SOC 201. overview of courtship, marriage, gender Offered in alternate years roles, parenting, aging, family crisis, and conflict resolution. Core: SB

224 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 SOC 351-355 Topics in SOC 375 People, Place and Sociology (3 SH) Community (3 SH) Courses on a variety of topics in sociology In this course we consider how communities are offered on a rotating basis depending on differ from place to place and learn about student and faculty interest community-based organizations working in and around DC to improve local neighborhoods. Community development SOC 360 Criminology (3 SH) focuses on meeting the needs of places that This course is an introduction to crime and have been marginalized from political and society centered on criminological theories economic power: communities with limited and methods and the ways such theories are access to good schools, jobs, adequate integrated within public policy and the housing, quality food, and other resources criminal justice system. Content also that make life easier and more fulfilling. We includes an examination of alternative forms learn about the ways people work together of justice and restorative approaches. to improve neighborhoods, to access Prerequisite: SOC 101 or SOC 201. external resources, and to more fully meet the needs of their neighbors. Offered in alternate years Core: SB, WCSC

SOC 362 Criminal Justice (2 SH) SOC 392 Junior Seminar in This course is designed to provide a basic Social Research (3 SH) foundation for understanding the different components of our criminal justice system, Students examine the philosophy of science including Law Enforcement (roles, in sociology and gain experience in the techniques, constitutional implications, and practice of social research through work on contemporary controversies including use of individual projects. To be taken spring force, racial profiling, and implementation semester of the junior year. Offered as part of technology); Courts (organization, of the sociology online collaborative. process, specialization, judiciary, attorneys, Prerequisite: SOC 336. trial procedures, and contemporary Core: WI controversies including fines, bail, and indigent defense); and Corrections (historical development, purposes, prison SOC 409 Field Experience in subcultures, prisoners' rights, recidivism, Sociology (3 SH) and contemporary controversies including privatization, solitary confinement, death Experience in the practice of sociological penalty, mass incarceration, and the "tough analysis or social research outside the on crime" movement). Additionally, this classroom. Corequisite or prerequisite: SOC course will cover Victimology (Crime 392. Victims' Rights Movement, patterning of victimization, costs and consequences of Core: CL victimization, victims' role within the criminal justice system, Victim Impact Statements, and victim advocacy), as well as SOC 410 Senior Capstone (1 SH) Crime Prevention (primary/secondary/ This course is designed as a summative tertiary techniques, local programs, and role experience for sociology majors. Questions of Restorative Justice). related to academic conferences, resume writing, graduate school application, and sociology as a vocation will be addressed. Students may complete their research and

Course Descriptions – 225 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 writing, culminating in a formal SOWK 200 Social Behavior and presentation of their work. Prerequisite: Diversity (3 SH) SOC 392. Social work has historically used the idea of person-in-environment and has developed a SOC 430 Environmental Justice multidimensional understanding of human (3 SH) behavior inclusive of human diversity related to gender, class, race and ethnicity, culture, The course is designed to provide a basic sexual orientation, and disability. This foundation for understanding the different course follows a multidimensional approach components of our criminal justice system, highlighting case studies and focusing on including law enforcement , courts, biological, psychological, social, and corrections, victimology, and crime spiritual dimensions of persons; as well as prevention. multiple contextual dimensions of Offered in alternate years environment including physical, cultural, social structural, family, small group, organizational, community, and social SOC 442 Teaching of Sociology movement. (1-3 SH) Core: SB Students interested in mentored teaching practice have the opportunity through this class to cultivate professional skills and to SOWK 210 Social Stratification deepen understanding of discipline-specific (3 SH) content. Students can earn credit by serving This course on human behavior in the social as teaching assistants for SOC 101 or PXD environment focuses on theories of social 151. Enrollment is limited to majors or stratification and inequality. Students will minors in the department. Prerequisite: explore various interpretations of the causes junior/senior status by permission only. and consequences of inequality within the United States. Enrollment priority given to SOC 499 Independent Study majors in the department. (SOC 210) (1-3 SH) Core: SB Individual study arrangement. Open to juniors or seniors with faculty approval. SOWK 220 History and Philosophy of Social Welfare (3 SOWK 101 Exploring Social SH) Work (3 SH) This course explores the historical roots of social welfare and the development of social This entry-level course introduces the core welfare philosophy and policy in the United competencies, skills, ethics and values States through a historical overview of necessary for generalist social work practice society's helping process toward diverse in contemporary society. Services, policies populations-at risk. This course describes and practices are presented along with the and critiques historical and current social unique experiences of marginalized welfare organizations - their policies, populations affected by various social programs, and services. Attention is given to problems. Students participate in human developing professional values to undergird service agency visits and engage in a 20-hour the helping process. Recommended community learning volunteer experience. prerequisite: SOWK 101. Core: CL

226 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 SOWK 310 Social Work Practice SOWK 360 Race and Gender (3 I (3 SH) SH) This course focuses on common models and This course focuses on the systemic nature theoretical frameworks that guide direct of racism and sexism in the United States. social work practice, client assessment and Students will explore the social patterns and intervention. The course provides structured history that shaped these realities. And they practice of the fundamental interpersonal will look at how class, poverty, age, skills required for effective social work education, power, and other elements practice teaching interviewing skills, critical contribute to social inequality related to race thinking about interview processes, and the and gender. Students will develop stages of the social work helping process conceptual tools that lead to informed, (from intake through termination). Students reflective and transformative interpersonal will learn strength-based client assessment, and institutional practices and policies. apply social work ethical principles to Prerequisite: SOC 101, SOC 201 or PSYC learning exercises and real or simulated case 101. situations that evolve their understanding of professional social work roles and Core: CC responsibilities. Course is restricted to students who have formally declared their social work major with the registrar's office. SOWK 400 Social Work Practice Prerequisites: SOWK 101, SOWK 200 or II (3 SH) PSYC 202 Social Work Practice II highlights Strengths- Based and Trauma Informed Approaches to generalist practice at the Mezzo level. SOWK 330 Social Policy Students learn a working model for knowing Analysis (3 SH) and doing in social work practice oriented This course provides an overview of social around common challenges of living welfare policy (including social insurance, including: poverty, violence, child public welfare, and social services) in the maltreatment, trauma, substance abuse, and global context. Generalist social work depression. Activities and assignments practitioners need to understand how global, provide opportunities for students to use national, state, and local policies affect the direct interaction skills with groups, and to delivery of human services, and the enhance writing and research skills in a importance of social work advocacy both on collaborative task group. Skill development behalf of vulnerable populations, and the includes effective communication, organizations and programs that address professional boundary setting, collecting and human social problems. Students engage in assessing information, documentation, crisis research, analysis and critique of a national intervention strategies, and maintaining or state level social problem and its historic professional values and ethical standards. and contemporary social welfare policy This course is a Writing Intensive (WI) responses. This course builds on content designate and restricted to social work introduced in SOWK 220 Social Welfare majors accepted into the social work History and Philosophy. program. Prerequisite: SOWK 310 Core: WI Core: WI

SOWK 410 Social Work Practice III (3 SH) Social Work Practice III focuses on social work macro practice at the group,

Course Descriptions – 227 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 community, and organizational levels. placement in an approved organizational Practice III builds on generalist social work setting. The practicum is designed to practice introduced in Practice I (Micro), provide students with opportunities to Practice II (Mezzo), and policy practice integrate and apply social work knowledge, introduced Social Policy Analysis. Course values, and skills in real practice situations in texts present holistic approaches to practice a purposeful, intentional, and professional encompassing mind, body, spirit, and manner to promote human and community environment. Sustainability at the macro well-being. The student performs social level as well as the personal-professional level work roles and responsibilities similar to is a thematic emphasis of the course. those of a new staff member logging Students observe and evaluate ideas between 30-35 hours a week. Students are regarding communities, leadership of expected to engage in beginning generalist agencies and organizations, advocacy and social work practice with attention to interagency collaboration, and enhance self- implementation of the nine CSWE core understanding for practice in preparation for competencies for social work practice. The professional BSW macro roles and practicum seminar class, taken concurrently responsibilities. This course is restricted to with practicum, assists students with further social work majors accepted into the social application and integration of social work work program. Prerequisite: SOWK 310. knowledge, values, skills, and integration of cognitive and affective responses to practicum experiences as identified by the SOWK 420 Topics in Social nine CSWE core competencies. Work (3 SH) Core: CL A Topics in Social Work course is an upper level elective course from any department chosen to deepen understanding of a topic SOWK 441 Leadership relevant to social work practice or a special Practicum (1 SH) population of interest. Students are encouraged to work with their advisor to Students gain leadership experience through choose a course that furthers the student's leading program efforts in a variety of areas unique interests and professional use of self on campus and within the community. for practice. The following courses are pre- They reflect on leadership styles and analyze approved social work topics courses: PSYC their own methods of communication and 331 Abnormal Psychology; PSYC 391 leadership through direct immersion. By Introduction to Counseling; PXD 341 permission only. Mediation and Facilitation; PXD 331 Restorative Justice and Trauma Awareness; PXD 451 Program Evaluation through SOWK 499 Independent Study qualitative methods; PXD 335 (3 SH) Understanding Violent Conflict; PXD 375 Independent research or readings in social Globalization and Justice; SOC 330 Family work under the supervision of a faculty in the Social Context, SOC 360 member. Designed for advanced students. Criminology; SOC 334 Cultural Anthropology; HUM 421 Tutorial: Becoming American. SPAN 110 Elementary Spanish I (3 SH) SOWK 430 Senior Practicum in The fundamentals of Spanish through Social Work (12 SH) listening, speaking, reading and writing, including practice in pronunciation and The senior practicum is a semester-long, development of comprehension. Regular capstone experience for the social work oral practice with a native-speaker language major. Students complete a 430-hour 228 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 assistant. This course is typically appropriate commands and/or guidelines; talking about for students with no Spanish language real, imagined, and future events). Students background or with a maximum of one year discuss short films and cultural readings and of high school Spanish. regularly attend conversation sessions with a native-speaker language assistant. This Core: CC course is typically appropriate for students who have had three or four years of high school Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN 120, SPAN 120 Elementary Spanish SPAN 130 or equivalent. II (3 SH) Core: CC Continuation of SPAN 110. Regular oral practice with a native-speaker language assistant. A student may not receive credit SPAN 220 Intermediate Spanish for both SPAN 120 and SPAN 130. This course is typically appropriate for students II (3 SH) who have completed SPAN 110 Elementary This course is a continuation of SPAN 210 I or who have had one to two years of high and focuses on conversational themes. school Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN 110. Students will increase oral and written fluency, cultural understanding, and Core: CC compare Hispanic culture to their own native culture. The course engages learners in speaking, listening, and writing activities SPAN 130 Elementary Spanish based on communicative and task-based in Review (3 SH) approaches to reinforce and review core This course is designed for high-beginning functional-linguistic structures (narrating in college students. It aims at reviewing the present and past tenses; expressing more concepts already learned in one or two years complex opinions and feelings about recent of language study in high school, and having and past events; discuss hypothetical students prepared for further study at the situations; use grammar structures specific to intermediate level. Covers in one semester oral and written language; articulate specific the same material covered in SPAN 110 and preferences; and express agreement or SPAN 120. Regular oral practice with a disagreement). Students discuss short films native-speaker language assistant. A student and cultural readings and regularly attend may not receive credit for both SPAN 120 conversation sessions with a native-speaker and SPAN 130. language assistant. This course is typically appropriate for students who have had four or five years of high school Spanish. SPAN 210 Intermediate Spanish Prerequisite: SPAN 210 or equivalent. I (3 SH) This courses focuses on conversational SPAN 231 Intermediate Spanish themes. Students will increase oral and for Healthcare Professionals I (3 written fluency, cultural understanding, and SH) compare Hispanic culture to their own native culture. The course engages learners SPAN 231-232 is an online, eight-week in speaking, listening, and writing activities summer course for healthcare workers that based on communicative and task-based seeks to increase their effectiveness in approaches to reinforce and review core communicating with Spanish speaking functional-linguistic structures (narrating in clients and co-workers. This course the present and past tenses; expressing emphasizes the development of reading, beliefs, opinions and other discourse tasks; writing, listening, and speaking skills within distinguishing between verbs "ser" and a medical context. Topics include how to "estar"; expressing likes and dislikes; giving greet patients, brief conversations, Course Descriptions – 229 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 preliminary patient information, checking SPAN 301 The Art of into the hospital, at the pediatrician's office, Storytelling (3 SH) at the gynecologist's office, and other general health subjects. Students will acquire and This conversational course is an exploration use medical vocabulary and forms and of the art of storytelling. Students will tell, structures; explore healthcare issues affecting read, and write short stories. We will focus the Hispanic world; and read about and on important decisions authors make discuss Hispanic culture. With a regarding how to write a story: the nature of conversation assistant and/or classmates, narrative voice, plot details, character students will record and role-play typical development, symbols, and metaphors. doctor/patient interactions, as well as other Students will examine the structure and medical situations. Prerequisite: SPAN 110, themes of short stories authored by Esteban SPAN 120, SPAN 130, or equivalent level Echeverría, Jorge Luis Borges, Juan Rulfo, of study in high school. This course is not Julio Cortázar, Elena Poniatowska, Isabel designed for heritage or native speakers. Allende, and Rosario Ferré (Fall 2021) (Summer 2021) Core: CC, LI Core: CC Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years SPAN 302 Flavors of Hispanic SPAN 232 Intermediate Spanish Culture (3 SH) for Healthcare Professionals II This conversational course offers a close (3 SH) understanding of Hispanic culture through a SPAN 231-232 is an online, eight-week variety of food that mirrors diversity, summer course for healthcare workers that history, traditions, believes, national and seeks to increase their effectiveness in cultural identity, collective memories and communicating with Spanish speaking taboos. The course covers from ancestral clients and co-workers. This course food practices prior to the encounter with emphasizes the development of reading, the European colonists to contemporary writing, listening, and speaking skills within culinary expressions of Hispanic dishes a medical context. Topics include how to existent in many homes, poetry, novels, greet patients, brief conversations, movies and songs of the diverse and preliminary patient information, checking multifaceted Hispanic kitchen. Prerequisite: into the hospital, at the pediatrician's office, SPAN 220 or consent of instructor. at the gynecologist's office, and other general Core: CC health subjects. Students will acquire and use medical vocabulary and forms and Offered in alternate years structures; explore healthcare issues affecting the Hispanic world; and read about and discuss Hispanic culture. With a SPAN 303 Dictatorships and conversation assistant and/or classmates, Social Movements (3 SH) students will record and role-play typical doctor/patient interactions, as well as other This conversational course explores the medical situations. Prerequisite: SPAN 110, dictatorships and social movements SPAN 120, SPAN 130, or equivalent level surrounding the Mexican Revolution, of study in high school. This course is not Cuban Revolution, The Spanish Civil War, designed for heritage or native speakers. and the dictatorships of the Southern Cone, (Summer 2021) and others. Students will examine the sociohistorical circumstances that lead to Core: CC dictatorship, characteristics of dictatorships, and the various methods activists took up to Offered in alternate years 230 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 denounce them and free their countries SPAN 330 Immigration Issues (3 from oppression. Through a deep SH) understanding of these histories, students will question the nature of democracy and This course combines experiential evaluate the post- dictatorship societies. community learning in the local Latino Prerequisite: SPAN 220 or consent of community with in-depth research and instructor. (Fall 2020) reflection on local, national and global immigration/migration issues. Community- Core: CC, HI learning combines academic study with Offered in alternate years concrete service to the community. It engages students in understanding the community in which they work, requires SPAN 320 Constructing thoughtful reflection on their experiences, and stimulates critical thinking and Identities (3 SH) academic research. Class discussions will SPAN 320 is one of two critical thinking focus on readings, documentary films, and composition courses at the 300 level personal immigrant stories, student service with emphasis on analytical reading and experiences, etc. (Spring 2022) writing skills necessary for upper level coursework. Students will practice Core: CC, CL journalistic and analytical writing while Offered in alternate years reading and discussing topics related to love, globalization, and gender. The successful SPAN 320 student will be able to discuss SPAN 335 Spanish of the United the interaction between the self and States (3 SH) environment both in the spoken and written modalities. (Fall 2020) This course provides a critical overview of the linguistic practices of Spanish-speaking Core: CC, WI communities in the United States. The class Offered in alternate years focuses on the historical migration paths of Honduran, Salvadoran, Guatemalan, and Mexican communities. The main goal is to SPAN 325 The Latino develop critical and linguistic awareness about the dynamic encounter between Experience (3 SH) Spanish and English in the United States: SPAN 325 is one of two critical thinking the shaping of Spanish and English, and composition courses at the 300 level practices of language use, attitudes, and with emphasis on analytical reading and stereotypes. Prerequisite: SPAN 220 or writing skills necessary for upper level consent of instructor. (Spring 2021) coursework. The topic of Critical Thinking and Composition B is The Latino Core: CC Experience. Students will practice Offered in alternate years argumentative writing while reading and discussing topics related to Spanish- speaking populations in the United States SPAN 340 Introduction to and the world. The successful SPAN 325 Spanish Translation and student will be able to discuss the role of voice in identity both in the spoken and Interpretation (3 SH) written modalities. This course provides an introduction to two different professions and skill sets: Core: CC, WI translation (written translation from Spanish Offered in alternate years to English and English to Spanish) and interpretation (oral translation from Spanish

Course Descriptions – 231 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 to English and English to Spanish). feminism, neoliberalism, hierarchies of Emphasis is on the practice of translating ethnicity, race and social class as well as from Spanish to English in a variety of prose human migration and trafficking. styles and working as translation teams. Additionally, students will be introduced to Core: CC and practice consecutive and simultaneous oral interpretation. Upon completion, students should be able to demonstrate an SPAN 420 Narratives of Trauma understanding of the processes involved in and Resilience (3 SH) and skills necessary and professional and How does cultural trauma shape the ethical standards for translation and identities of peoples in Hispanic America? interpretation. What does resilience look like in postconflict Core: CC societies? Students will examine a selection of contemporary texts produced in Offered in alternate years Guatemala, Perú, Colombia, and Chile in response to armed struggles and truth processes. This course will enhance students' SPAN 360 Spanish for Health critical and analytical reading and writing Care Professionals (3 SH) skills through a study of cultural production about violent histories, truth and This course enables students to develop their reconciliation, restorative justice, and proficiency in medical Spanish and inter- moving forward after trauma. Specific topics cultural competence so that they are able to that may be covered include cultural trauma communicate effectively with Spanish- and resilience studies, discourses and idioms speaking patients or to be a competent of trauma, and efforts at transitional justice. patient in a variety of health care situations. Prerequisite: SPAN 320/325 or consent of Key global health issues and the role of new instructor. health technologies are explored in the context of global health challenges and Core: CC, LI medical ethics as well as the role of national health care systems, international organizations, NGOs, and social movements SPAN 425 Indigenous People in promoting health. Prerequisite: SPAN and Conquest (3 SH) 220 or consent of instructor. (Spring 2021) This course first explores the rich history, Core: CC, CL culture, and sociopolitical structure of the Aztec, Maya, and Inca civilizations prior to Offered in alternate years the conquest of the Americas. Additionally, this course prepares students to engage in the study of myths surrounding the SPAN 411 Globalization in Latin conquest of the Americas and the role American Cinema (3 SH) indigenous allies, Africans, and traitors to This course will enhance students' critical the Spanish crown played in the conquest and analytical reading and writing skills and exploration of the New World. This through a study of cinematic production in course will also provide students with Hispanic America and Brazil from contemporary cultural knowledge of 1990-2012. The emphasis will be on the present-day indigenous culture, shift in cinema from national and historical transculturation, struggles, and survival in themes to a cinema that reflects a diverse the modern nation-state. Prerequisite: SPAN and interconnected world. Students will use 320/325 or consent of instructor. cinematographic terminology and read film Core: CC, HI criticism to explore and discuss themes related to the conquest of the New World,

232 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 SPAN 430 Marginalized Voices SRSEM 460 Business Ethics (3 in Hispanic America (3 SH) SH) This course will enhance students' critical In this course, the student formulates a and analytical reading and writing skills philosophy of life, providing the base for through an interdisciplinary study of the such concerns as ethics in business, indigenista and feminist discourses. The accountability in government, respect for emphasis will be on strategies for articulating human rights, and a responsible lifestyle in the experience of racial and ethnic our contemporary world. With a focus on minorities and women in patriarchal three basic ethical perspectives - virtue societies and the role of literature as a theory, deontological theory, and reflection of and a catalyst for political and utilitarianism, ethical theories and personal social change. Specific topics that may be values are examined through readings, covered include, but are not limited to: analysis of the workplace, and classroom resistance to and (de)construction of discussion. racialized, gendered, and ethnic categories/ social roles, creation of a narrative space for the alternative worldviews, problematic of SRSML 450 Issues and Values (3 speaking for the subaltern, the experiences of SH) indigenous peoples, and problems of representation. Prerequisite: SPAN 320/325 In this course the student formulates a or consent of instructor. (Fall 2022) philosophy of life that provides the basis for professional ethics and accountability, Core: CC, LI respect for human rights, and a responsible lifestyle in our contemporary world. Ethical Offered in alternate years theories and personal values are examined through readings, analysis of the workplace, SPAN 470 Spanish Internship and classroom discussion. (1-3 SH) Lancaster The Professional Internship Program is a cooperative endeavor among upper-level SRSML 460 Business Ethics (3 students, the community and the language and literature department. An internship SH) provides an opportunity for students to In this course, the student formulates a explore career options and to extend their philosophy of life, providing the base for classroom experiences and learning with such concerns as ethics in business, both job-related and academic accountability in government, respect for responsibilities. Department approval human rights, and a responsible lifestyle in needed one semester in advance. This our contemporary world. With a focus on course is graded on a P/F basis. Prerequisite: three basic ethical perspectives - virtue SPAN 320/325 and consent of instructor. theory, deontological theory, and utilitarianism, ethical theories and personal Core: CC, CL values are examined through readings, analysis of the workplace, and classroom SPAN 499 Independent Study discussion. (1-3 SH) Lancaster Advanced work in literature, conversation or composition. Prerequisite: SPAN 320/325 and consent of instructor.

Course Descriptions – 233 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 SSC 490 Social Sciences STAT 220 Inferential Statistics Capstone (2 SH) (2 SH) This course provides a cumulative and Normal and binomial distributions, integrative experience that ties together key confidence intervals, P-values, correlation, learning objectives with reflections on and one- and two-sample hypothesis tests, vocation and career for majors in the School using statistical software. Prerequisite: STAT of Social Sciences and Professions. These 120 or instructor approval. (Students conversations will be carried on through wishing to take STAT 220 who have not class presentations, readings, discussions, taken STAT 120 (or an equivalent course) interactions with professors and the should work through an EMU-provided preparation of a major project. module that will acquaint them with means, standard deviation, and the standard normal distribution.) STAT 120 Descriptive Statistics (2 SH) Core: MATH Displays of data, measures of center and spread, correlation, normal distributions, STAT 230 Regression and and interpretation of statistical tests. ANOVA (2 SH) Spreadsheets will be used throughout the course. Credit will not be given for both this Linear and multiple regression, logistic course and STAT 140. regression, one-way and two-way Analysis of Variance, statistical software. Prerequisite: Core: MATH STAT 220. Core: MATH STAT 130 Nonparametric Statistics (2 SH) THEO 201 Introduction to Nonparametric statistics, Chi-squared tests, Theology (3 SH) and use of statistical software. Prerequisite: STAT 120 or instructor approval. Offered An overview of the role that theological every other fall. (Spring 2022). reflection plays in the life of the believer and the church. Students will be exposed to different methods and understandings of STAT 140 Elementary Statistics theology, major issues in the history of theology, and key contemporary theological (3 SH) issues and debates. This general education course provides an introduction to descriptive and inferential Core: CW statistics. Topics include correlation, normal distributions, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing. Spreadsheets will be THEO 312 Topics in Christian introduced and used throughout the course. Theology (3 SH) Credit will not be given for both this course An advanced study of key thinkers and and STAT 120 or STAT 220. This course is topics in theology in order to more fully offered only through EMU Lancaster. develop skills of theological analysis, Core: MATH, Lancaster discussion and presentation. Students gain an appreciation of the role of theology within the life of the church to become better prepared for a role in the church's theological task. Provides an intensive setting for reflection on theological

234 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 understandings and inter-disciplinary and textual analysis as they learn to connect conversation with theology. with their bodies. This class will also make students more informed audience members Core: CW of plays and films. Core: CA THEO 323 Biblical Theology of Peace and Justice (3 SH) THR 200 Survey of World In this course, students study biblical materials relating to peace and justice. Theater History (2 SH) Aspects of the study are the Old Testament's This course covers major movements in vision of creation, fall, deliverance, world theater history, beginning with the covenant, law, and prophetic critique; the Greeks and ending with contemporary New Testament's portrayal of Jesus, the One experimental performance. Students will who fulfills the Old Testament prophetic read plays and theoretical texts and watch vision—bringing salvation and establishing a films so that they gain a full understanding community of justice and peace; the early of the intersection of text, theory, and church's interpretation of Jesus; and performance spectacle in world theatre consideration of how the biblical vision of styles. Much emphasis will be placed on peace and justice applies to our modern non-Western performance styles. world. Core: HI, LI Core: ABP THR 210 Technical Theater (2 THEO 412 Liberation SH) Theologies (3 SH) This course covers basic stagecraft and Liberation theology names the effort to design. It includes hands on experience in understand and interpret the gospel through rendering, model-building, and drafting that conscious and reflective deliberation within will allow students to realize their own experiences of injustice, inequality, violence, creative design. Students may also and oppression. This course will explore contribute to the design and construction of some of the various expressions that have public performances at EMU. arisen under the banner of liberation, such as Black theology, feminist theology, queer Core: CA theology, and theology in the face of empire. (Fall 2021) THR 230-235 Topics in Theater Core: CW (2 SH) Offered in alternate years Various theater topics are offered depending upon student interest and faculty availability. Recurring topics courses are in THEO 499 Independent Study technical theater and other areas of (1-3 SH) specialization that provide students with a broad understanding of the discipline. THR 100 Acting for the Stage Core: CA and Screen (2 SH) This course helps students of all disciplines unleash their creativity as they explore the fundamentals of acting for theater and cinema. Students will gain skills in speaking Course Descriptions – 235 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 THR 231 Topic: Musical Theater THR 350 Technical Theater (2 SH) Practicum (1-3 SH) Integrating practice with history and theory, Students may earn 1 credit per 40 hours of this course examines the use of music in work on an EMU theater production. A theater from the advent of opera in total of 3 credit hours may be earned in one Renaissance Italy to the American Broadway semester. Practicum credits may be earned. musical. Students will perform songs and engage with dance/movement as they learn to become better performers and more THR 351 Stage Management informed audience members. Students with Practicum (1-3 SH) all levels of experience from absolute beginner to seasoned performer are Students may earn 1 credit per 40 hours of welcome! (CMUS 205) (Fall 2020) work on an EMU theater production. A total of 3 credit hours may be earned in one Core: CA semester. Offered in alternate years THR 352 Assistant Directing (1-3 THR 232 Topic: Yoga and SH) Movement (2 SH) Students may earn 1 credit per 40 hours of work on an EMU theater production. A Students will learn basic to advanced yoga total of 3 credit hours may be earned in one poses as they become more physically fit and semester. aware of their bodies. Students from all academic disciplines are welcome! Core: CA THR 353 Dramaturgy (1-3 SH) Offered in alternate years Students may earn 1 credit per 40 hours of work on an EMU theater production. A total of 3 credit hours may be earned in one THR 281 Acting Practicum (1-3 semester. SH) Students may earn 1 credit per 40 hours of THR 360 Playwriting (2 SH) work on an EMU theater production. A Through various writing exercises and play total of 3 credit hours may be earned in one readings students work towards crafting semester. original short plays. Much emphasis is placed on helping students collaborate with actors as they workshop their plays/ THR 300 Directing for the screenplays. Some plays may be selected for Theater (2 SH) a showcase of new student plays during the Students learn basic principles of stage academic year. direction and apply them in production- Core: CA, WI oriented settings. This course may culminate in the direction of original student work, including short plays developed in the THR 361 Screenwriting (2 SH) Playwriting course or devised/movement pieces. These may be performed publicly. Through various writing exercises and film viewings, students work towards crafting Core: CA original short screenplays. Much emphasis is placed on helping students collaborate with actors as they workshop their screenplays. 236 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Students may also collaborate with VACA materials as well as by employing students on the development of narrative compositional and conceptual theories to films or choose to created films based on create sculptures. (Spring 2021) their own screenplays through the VACA course entitled Visual Storytelling: Fiction. Core: CA Core: CA, WI Offered in alternate years Offered in alternate years VACA 141 Foundations of Design (4 SH) THR 499 Independent Study This foundational class for Visual and (1-3 SH) Communication Arts emphasizes visual skills and creative problem-solving related to VACA 112 Digital Photography principles of design in two-dimensional art. Students explore the elements of (3 SH) composition and color theory through VACA 112 is an introduction to hands-on studio work and digital design photography using the digital format. The tools. emphasis will be on composition, artistic personal expression and the use of new Core: CA media technology. Aesthetics and the creative process begin the class. Understanding fundamental photography VACA 142 Graphic Design I (2 issues, light, composition, camera operation, SH) and digital editing are covered. Using a process approach, students will learn Photographing people, communicating an to utilize Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator and idea, and design assignments are explored. InDesign as they pertain to contemporary Core: CA graphic design. The class will explore the relationship between image, typography and other visual elements in order to learn the VACA 121 Drawing (4 SH) basics of good design. This course is designed to develop confidence in drawing and build basic VACA 151 Photography I (2 SH) drawing and perceptual skills. A variety of drawing media, techniques and conceptual This hands-on course introduces students to approaches will be used. digital imaging processes that include camera acquisition, digital image correction, Core: CA and output. Students gain foundational skills in photographic composition and digital image manipulation as well as a basic VACA 131 Three Dimensional understanding of how digital images may be Design (4 SH) employed in digital media and art production. Three-Dimensional Design develops a fundamental understanding of a variety of Core: CA techniques, processes, and styles in three- dimensional media. Students will be challenged to become thoughtful of formal and conceptual concerns in art, while investigating the technical aspects of three- dimensional design. Students will gain practical experience by using various Course Descriptions – 237 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 VACA 221 Watercolor Painting VACA 243 Graphic Design III: (3 SH) Illustration and Drawing (2 SH) This course provides an introduction to The focus will be on Adobe Illustrator and watercolor for beginning painters and those the use of the its tools to create digital interested in adding color drawings and illustrations and logo design. The emphasis sketches. This course covers a variety of will be on technical and creative process in techniques including washes, wet-in-wet, order to provide a final visual solution. wet-on-dry, monotypes, pen-and-ink with Prerequisite: VACA 142 color tinting. Students will also have opportunity for skill development following demonstrations with guided and VACA 252 Photography II (4 SH) independent practice. When the weather is Explore digital darkroom work and the especially lovely we'll move the classroom technical, historical, and philosophical outside and enjoy plein air painting. Offered foundations of photography. Topics include summers only. image capture, color theory, image Core: CA correction and interpretation, color management, digital output methods, archival printing, and contemporary VACA 222 Painting (4 SH) practices and theory related to color and monochrome photography. Students learn An introduction to painting in water- how to create professional lighting setups in mixable oil or acrylic media. This course is relation to multiple photographic genres. designed to develop confidence in painting Prerequisite: VACA 151. along with basic techniques and perceptual skills. A variety of approaches are used. Core: CA VACA 262 Video Production (4 SH) This course is a practical hands-on VACA 232 Ceramics (4 SH) introduction to the video camera and to Ceramics is a comprehensive course non-linear editing. It covers operation of the designed to explore a variety of techniques camera, basic lighting and sound, camera and processes in clay. Sculptural and movement and support. Issues of functional pieces will be created using both composition, content, aesthetics, continuity hand building and wheel techniques. and creativity will be explored with exercises, Students will be challenged to become labs and real-life shooting. The non-linear proficient in creating work, glazing, and will video editing will cover both technical and learn about firing processes. philosophical issues of editing. Productions will introduce both fiction and non-fiction Core: CA forms. Prerequisite: VACA 151 or equivalent. VACA 242 Graphic Design II: Core: CL Digital Layout (2 SH) Using the creative process approach, VACA 263 Audio Production (2 students will work with typography and SH) imagery in order to create effective layout solutions for print and digital media. Focus In this course students produce a variety of will be on Adobe InDesign and how it short and long form audio productions, works in conjunction with Illustrator and from promotional spots to news features as Photoshop. Prerequisite: VACA 142 well as music performances and audio portraits. Students will work with digital 238 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 software editing programs to produce works Offered in alternate years utilizing a variety of recording and processing techniques. Course sections include psychoacoustics (sound and how we VACA 332 Intermediate hear it), the production process (from idea Ceramics (2 SH) to finished product), microphones (types and uses), live recording, audio processing Building on the foundation of ceramics, and effects, editing, and numerous projects students are challenged to expand their with a variety of applications. Students vocabulary of ceramic form and function. should consider taking this course while Hand building and wheel throwing enrolled in VACA 262. (Fall 2021) techniques will be explored for both vessel and sculptural work. Technical Offered in alternate years understanding of surface treatments, firing techniques, glaze formulation, and ceramic processes are emphasized as tools used VACA 283 Art History: Western toward formal and conceptual success. (4 SH) Students have the opportunity to pursue more individual concerns in tandem with An overview of important factual and class directed assignments. In conjunction conceptual elements of visual art and history with increased technical proficiency, spanning over thirty thousand years. The students will expand critical awareness course covers aesthetic objects separately as through the investigation of conceptual, works of art and examines religious, social, historical and contemporary art issues, political, and philosophical concepts in ultimately increasing professionalism and historical and cultural contexts. the development of a personal aesthetic. Core: WI Offered in alternate years VACA 335 Installation and Experimental Media (4 SH) VACA 323 Printmaking and In this course students will explore how Watercolor (4 SH) installation and experimental art immerses the viewer in a multi-sensory experience. Relief printmaking is an ancient form Through both traditional and nontraditional favored by contemporary artists in which media such as photography, video, painting, images are printed on paper from wood and ceramics, sculpture, etc., students will other materials. Screen printing is a newer explore the impact of materials and process in which ink is forced through fabric techniques on form, content and the onto paper and other materials. These expressive possibilities of various materials processes are used to develop rich, colorful on a space. Through experimentation, prints with an emphasis on visual ideas and boundaries of traditional art practices will be technique. An introduction to watercolor challenged to transform the perception of covers a variety of techniques including space. (Spring 2022) washes, wet-in-wet, wet- on-dry, mono- types, pen-and-ink with color tinting. Offered in alternate years Students will also have opportunity for skill development following demonstrations with guided and independent practice. When the VACA 344 Web Design and weather is especially lovely, we'll move the Social Media (4 SH) classroom outside and enjoy painting en This class explores Web design and social plein air. (Fall 2020) media applications as they relate to Core: CA expression and organizational communication. Students will construct web

Course Descriptions – 239 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 sites using both HTML coding and Offered in alternate years contemporary Web design software. Social media applications will be integrated in a holistic way as part of an overall VACA 364 Motion Graphics/ communications strategy. Prerequisite: After Effects (2 SH) VACA 141 or equivalent. Explores the art and communication of merging video, the graphic arts and text into VACA 345 Advanced Photoshop messages with multiple layers of meaning and artistic interest. Students will become (4 SH) adept at compositing; moving video, still Students will study advanced Photoshop images, text and line art. Layered Photoshop techniques with special emphasis on files will be animated into finished video. masking and compositing photographs. The primary forms studied for this class will Students will practice layering, digital be opening and closing logos, advertising, effects, and photo repair as well as visual music and short form 2-D animated investigating imaging in a theoretical and storytelling. Students should schedule this philosophical context. Prerequisite: VACA class in the same semester at taking one of 151 and VACA 252. the Visual Storytelling classes. Prerequisite: VACA 151 or equivalent and VACA 262 or faculty approval. VACA 353 Alternative Photo Processes (4 SH) VACA 367 Hybrid Storytelling (4 Students will experiment with alternative acquisition and printing processes. SH) Acquisition methods will cover pinhole, Using photography, audio creation and panoramic, HDR, legacy lens, and infrared video production as building blocks, processes. The history of photographic students will construct narrative methods will be studied. The genre of presentations. These narratives will be landscape will be explored with several of constructed for multiple distribution the techniques. Students will print on methods including: print, epubs, online alternative forms such as art and Japanese magazines, and mixed-media forms. papers, metal surfaces, canvas and other Students will also consider possible feedback media forms. Prerequisite: VACA 151 and and interaction methods like blogging and VACA 252. other social media. Students will study storytelling, narrative construction, research and interview techniques, the history of VACA 354 Conservation photographic journalism, technical skills and Photography (4 SH) the expanding uses of the image. Students will practice this form while paying Explores the intersection of photography attention to the technical, aesthetic, and environmental conservation. Topics philosophic and ethical issues involved. include aesthetic responses to the natural Prerequisite: VACA 151. world, visual documentation of ecosystems, conservation advocacy and the relationship Core: CL between human communities and the natural world. Students work in small groups on a semester-long documentation/ VACA 381 Cinema and Visual storytelling project in conjunction with a Theory (2 SH) partner organization. Prerequisite: VACA 151 (Fall 2020) Movies will be the foundation for exploring how these texts, with their narrative and Core: CA visual formulas, influence culture. Special

240 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 emphasis will be given to critiques in the fundamentals of art; sequential and areas of gender, race and violence. Select discipline based art curricula; teaching theorists of visual communication will give strategies; art motivation; art integration students a broad theoretical base to continue with the sciences, social studies, and cultural the exploration of other digital media with understandings; evaluation; teaching art their mixture of photograph, kinetic text, history, criticism and aesthetics; writing sound and time-based media. Students will instructional objectives and lesson plans; and also explore how these theories and the teaching art production. For art education formal properties of digital media function majors a 20-hour practicum in the in their own artistic works. elementary setting is a component of the course. Admission to teacher education may be a prerequisite. A two-credit option VACA 382 Contemporary Art (2 without a practicum is available for students SH) who are not pursuing Art Education. (Fall 2021) Contemporary Art emphasizes the interpretation of artistic production within Core: CA, CL its historical, political, social, cultural, and theoretical contexts from recent history to Offered in alternate years the present. Issues may include: the meaning of originality in art, the relationship of art and mass culture, how the institutional VACA 398 Secondary School Art framework for viewing art can influence or Methods (3 SH) determine meaning, the rejection of studio– A study of the aims and philosophy of art based art, and art as it confronts the issues of education at the secondary school level. the day. Secondary School Art Methods will include advanced studies of curriculum and lesson design and integration; classroom VACA 384 Art History: World (2 organization and management techniques; SH) delivery of art courses as electives; teaching This course uses a thematic approach to the art history, aesthetics, and evaluation; history and appreciation of art outside the teaching art production appropriate to the Western mainstream. Art is presented as adolescent; and the function of art in the illustrative, laying the foundation for schools and community. Students will understanding the context and aesthetics of understand contemporary issues in art art from non-Western perspectives. (Fall education by examining research history and 2020) philosophy of art education. The relationships between developments in Offered in alternate years education as a whole and art education will be explored as well as adolescent creative learning styles and development. A 20-hour VACA 397 Elementary School practicum in a secondary art setting is a Art Methods (2-3 SH) component of the course. Admission to teacher education may be a prerequisite. A study of the aims and philosophy of art (Fall 2020) education in the elementary school with emphasis on child development through art. Core: CL Students will experience art techniques and materials suitable for children from Pre-K Offered in alternate years through grade 6 with emphasis on appropriate motivational and teaching methods. Topics to be covered may include: the role of art in society and in the schools;

Course Descriptions – 241 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 VACA 432 Advanced Ceramics I individual direction and creative voice are (2 SH) stressed along with further development of painting skills. Prerequisite: VACA 222 In Advanced Ceramics 1, students will balance assignments designed to develop technical skills, while developing projects VACA 442 Advanced Ceramics II that explore personal style. Research and (2 SH) experimentation from an array of materials and processes such as wheel and hand In Advanced Ceramics 2, students will building methods, unique firing processes, develop a body of work suitable for glaze chemistry, and clay body foundation exhibition. Research and experimentation will be used toward formal and conceptual from an array of materials and processes success. In conjunction with increased such as wheel and hand building methods, technical proficiency, students will unique firing processes, glaze chemistry, and investigate conceptual, historical, and clay body foundation will be used toward contemporary art issues to increase formal and conceptual success. In professionalism, develop a personal conjunction with increased technical aesthetic, and create artwork that is suitable proficiency, students will investigate for exhibition. conceptual, historical, and contemporary art issues to increase professionalism and develop a personal aesthetic. VACA 434 Advanced Drawing (2 SH) VACA 455 Portfolio and Further development of drawing techniques, Vocation (4 SH) visual processes and experimental approaches. The capacity to change one's This photography class offers the perspective and habits and an openness to opportunity for students to develop an taking risks are encouraged. This course is artistic and vocational vision. Using for students who want to explore drawing in advanced color and black & white its own right, strengthen work in other techniques, they will develop a coherent media through enhanced drawing skills or body of work for gallery, book and web connect drawing with other arts or display. Students will investigate vocational disciplines. Advanced investigation into options related to photography and will physical, intellectual and emotional aspects create career-based documents such as of drawing. Content development, résumés and cover letters. Prerequisites: individual direction and creative voice are VACA 151 and VACA 252. (Fall 2020) stressed along with further development of Offered in alternate years drawing skills. Prerequisite: VACA 121 Drawing VACA 465 Visual Storytelling: VACA 435 Advanced Painting (2 Nonfiction (4 SH) SH) Students will study how video documentaries are constructed and used to Further development of techniques and communicate. They will research, design visual strategies using oil and acrylic media. and produce a documentary video on a The capacity to change one's perspective and selected subject. Students will take HUM habits and an openness to taking risks are 200 the semester before this class to do encouraged to understand the various ways background research for the project. artists approach structure and meaning in Prerequisite: VACA 262. (Spring 2022) painting. Advanced investigation into physical, intellectual and emotional aspects Core: CL of paining. Content development, 242 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Offered in alternate years explore multiple dimensions of service internships in Washington, DC. VACA 466 Visual Storytelling: Core: CC, CL, WCSC Fiction (4 SH) Students will study the narrative structure of WCSC 325 Career and Vocation video story-telling and the process of (2 SH) narrative video production. They will work at creating a variety of short form narratives This course supports and builds on the and will complete independent projects WCSC internship experience. Together, from pre-production to post-production. students discuss goals and orienting values Scripts for this class will be created in THR for their careers and vocational identities, 361 which should be taken the semester engage with guest speakers who share about prior to this class. Prerequisite: VACA 262. their own career trajectories, and build nuts- (Spring 2022) and-bolts professional development skills, including conducting an informational Offered in alternate years interview and developing a cover letter and resume. This course is required for all students enrolled in the WCSC summer VACA 481 Senior Thesis (2 SH) program. This course explore professional practices Core: CC, CL, WCSC related to preparation and installation of the major senior exhibit as well as development of a thesis paper. Students take this class in WCSC 380 WCSC Internship (5 conjunction with a capstone course in their SH) major. WCSC faculty and staff work with students to place them in community service VACA 491 Internship (1-4 SH) internships that meet the student's career goals and vocational aspirations. Most Provides students with an opportunity to WCSC interns are placed in culturally integrate theory and practice by working in diverse settings with organizations working a professional art/media/design-related to address racism, injustice, violence and environment. Consultation with and other social problems. We can place students reporting to the faculty advisor guide the from any major, including the sciences, the student's experience. Travel and other arts, and professional programs. Please refer expenses are the student's responsibility. to our website for recent internship Can be done during the summer. Grading is placements: www.emu.edu/wcsc/ on a Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisite: consent of internships. instructor. Core: CL Core: CC, WCSC

VACA 499 Independent Study WCSC 385 WCSC Internship (6 (1-4 SH) SH) WCSC faculty and staff work with students to place them in community service WCSC 285 Internship Theory internships that meet the student's career and Practice (1 SH) goals and vocational aspirations. Most Through readings, analytical reflection, WCSC interns are placed in culturally journals, and guest speakers, students will diverse settings with organizations working to address racism, injustice, violence and Course Descriptions – 243 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 other social problems. We can place students 130. Upon completion of the course, from any major, including the sciences, the instructor evaluation will indicate one of the arts, and professional programs. Please refer following: 1) the student must enroll in to our website for recent internship WRIT 130 to satisfy the writing placements: www.emu.edu/wcsc/ requirement; 2) the student must enroll in internships. WRIT 120 to achieve proficiency required before enrolling in WRIT 130; 3) the Core: CC, WCSC student must re-enroll in WRIT 110.

WCSC 485 Servant Leadership WRIT 120 Introductory College (2 SH) Writing (3 SH) How are leaders made? In these critical An introductory writing course focusing on times, what kinds of leaders does our society reading and writing assignments in the need? How is leadership best practiced? various discourse communities required in College students, at the cusp of adulthood in college. Course does not satisfy the writing American society, stand at many crossroads. requirement. A grade of C- or better must Life-altering decisions, vocational choices, be achieved in the course as a prerequisite questions about how and whom to serve can for enrollment in WRIT 130. Upon stimulate or, conversely, inhibit creativity, a successful completion of the course, students willingness to engage in the serious issues of will enroll in WRIT 130 College Writing. our day, and a commitment to serve others. This course will be taught in tandem with WCSC 285 Internship Theory and Practice WRIT 130 College Writing (3 SH) and explores the many dimensions of servant leadership, starting first with traditional This first-year course develops academic definitions and moving into frameworks of reading, thinking, and writing skills in gender and race before engaging with the various discourse communities while great non-violent servant leaders of the supporting students in their transition to twentieth century. Throughout the class we EMU. Includes a research project with will talk with local servant leaders in the particular attention to analysis and synthesis. D.C. area. (Will satisfy EMU Core Senior Students enroll in the appropriate writing Seminar for students who have earned 90 course according to placement criteria. SH prior to enrollment in WCSC) Satisfies EMU Core college writing requirement. Core: CC, WCSC, SrSem WRIT 140 Advanced College WRIT 110 Preparation for Writing (3 SH) College Writing (3 SH) Extensive practice in interdisciplinary The study and practice of academic modes argument and rhetorical analysis for students of written communication accepted in who already demonstrate strong reading and American universities for students whose writing skills. This workshop-based class native language is not English. Through this helps students develop sophisticated research course, students gain fluency in essay- strategies, evaluate popular and scholarly writing, critical reading skills, improved sources and their arguments, synthesize grammatical accuracy, training in editing material to advance knowledge, and and orientation to research tools. This communicate effectively in essays, course does not satisfy the EMU Core discussions, and an oral presentation. writing requirement. A grade of C- or better Satisfies EMU Core college writing must be achieved in the course as a requirement. prerequisite for enrollment in WRIT 120 or

244 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 WRIT 150 Speech: Exploring WRIT 340 Student Kairos Place Voice in Vocation (2 SH) (1 SH) This course, ideally taken by students in the Credit available (but not required) for spring semester of their first year, invites participation in EMU's Student Kairos students to explore their calling within a Place. Full participation in the event, discipline through engaged listening and completion of a significant writing or speech events. Students will develop voice revision project, and payment of course fee and audience awareness using appropriate expected. Acceptance to program by faculty rhetoric and technology. Prerequisite: recommendation and application only. WRIT 130 or WRIT 140. WRIT 351 Fiction Writing WRIT 160 Public Workshop (3 SH) Communication (3 SH) A workshop on the craft of fiction-writing in This course addresses the principles and the short story form. The course focuses in practices of effective oral communication. writing process and revision; explores The course emphasizes rhetorical approaches varieties of characterization, setting, plot and for message design, presentation planning, structure, point of view, voice, theme, and arrangement, and delivery that are useful figurative language. Reading assignments, across settings. Students will learn to writing exercises, and extensive short story manage cross-cultural communication for workshops culminate in polished prose that effective business and workplace relations. may be appropriate for publication or Students will receive feedback from groups graduate school application. Prerequisite: and one-on-one. Prerequisite: WRIT 130 or WRIT 130 or WRIT 140. Open to WRIT 140. sophomores and above. (Spring 2020) Offered through Lancaster Core: CA, WI Offered in alternate years WRIT 200 Introduction to Creative Writing (3 SH) WRIT 352 Creative Nonfiction This four-genre course allows students to Workshop (3 SH) read, write, workshop and revise flash fiction, memoir, poetry, and dramatic A workshop on the craft of creative scenes. Team taught or with frequent visits nonfiction writing. The course focuses on from various writing and literature faculty. the writing process and revision and explores Prerequisite: WRIT 130 or its equivalent. elements of the genre's craft. Reading assignments, writing exercises, and intensive Core: CA, WI group workshops culminate in a portfolio of polished prose that may be appropriate for publication or graduate school application. WRIT 210 News and Feature Special topics such as Food Writing, Nature Writing (3 SH) Writing, and Spiritual Life Writing may be offered according to student demand. Workshop for magazine and newspaper Prerequisite: WRIT 130 or WRIT 140. writing: generating story ideas; interviewing; Open to sophomores and above. (Spring observing; fact-checking; researching and 2021) drafting news stories, features, book reviews, editorials; and writing for public relations. Core: CA, WI Prerequisite: WRIT 130 or WRIT 140 Offered in alternate years Core: WI

Course Descriptions – 245 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 WRIT 370 Poetry Workshop (3 will create a portfolio with a cover letter SH) defining their expertise, a resume, and a writing sample specific to the niche in which A workshop on the craft of versification. they want membership. Students will Requirements include writing over sixty analyze an audience in order to write, edit, poem drafts based on traditional and and proofread documents that show they experimental forms and styles, readings of understand the audience of a particular poetry and prosody, memorization of at least profession and can write to a standard one published poem, and participation on required in that profession. Students will the class discussion board. Prerequisite: become familiar with the ethical issues in WRIT 130 or WRIT 140. (Fall 2020) professional writing, how to present themselves in writing by creating a positive Core: CA impression to particular clients, and how to Offered in alternate years make connections by creating a network via various media. Prerequisite: WRIT 130 or WRIT 140. (Spring 2022) WRIT 380 Expository Writing (1 SH) Core: WI Offered in alternate years This five-week course will focus on expository elements in the academic discourse produced by writers in the WRIT 390 Literary Arts Journal: students' major fields. Students will develop an independent, critical, problem-solving Phoenix (1 SH) attitude with respect to reading the work of Credit received for serving on the editorial others to assist in the revision of their own team for the student literary arts journal. writing. Prerequisite: WRIT 130 or WRIT Detailed timesheet and reflective paper 140. (Spring 2022) required. Students may receive 1 SH per semester and may take the course multiple Core: WI times. Offered in alternate years WRIT 391 Editing and WRIT 381 Argumentative Publishing: Weather Vane (1-3 Writing (1 SH) SH) A five-week, one semester-hour course that Credit given for writing, editing, equips students to write arguments that are photography, and other production work for fully developed, rhetorically engaged, and the student- run university newspaper. critically thoughtful. Students are expected Student are encouraged to have prior school to contextualize their arguments—to see newspaper experience or have taken news themselves as agents of change. Prerequisite: writing or photography courses at EMU. WRIT 130 or WRIT 140. (Spring 2022) Students should enroll for one credit per semester, except in the case of editors serving Core: WI on the Weather Vane. Offered in alternate years WRIT 400 Senior Thesis (3 SH) WRIT 383 Professional Writing Senior writing majors work with a faculty (1 SH) advisor to envision and create a significant This five-week course has a practical focus work in a single genre. A reflective on writing in professional settings. Students introduction explores the writer's developing style and influences. The work may be a 246 – Course Descriptions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 chapbook of poems, a collection of short WRIT 352. By permission of instructor stories, a novella, a full-length play, or a only. (Spring 2021) scholarly paper produced in conjunction with a second major (in addition to or as an Offered in alternate years extended version of that major's capstone requirements). Seniors may share from their work in an end-of-semester reading, possibly WRIT 423 Advanced Poetry as part of the Writers Read series. Workshop (3 SH) Students will write new material to be workshopped, fully participating in peer WRIT 421 Advanced Fiction critique, and working with the professor to Workshop (3 SH) read and respond to new material focused Students will write new material to be on a specialized area of their choice in poetry workshopped, fully participating in peer writing. Workshop pieces should be written critique, and working with the professor to within the scope of, or as a response to, this read and respond to new material focused specialized area. In addition, students will on a specialized area of their choice in write a critical essay about this specialized fiction writing. Workshop pieces should be area, 1200 words, MLA documentation written within the scope of, or as a response style, placing their own work in the context to, this specialized area. In addition, of their chosen readings and noting how students will write a critical essay about this their work responds to the published work specialized area, 1200 words, MLA in both craft and content. Prerequisite documentation style, placing their own WRIT 370 Poetry Writing. Meets with work in the context of their chosen readings WRIT 370. By permission of instructor and noting how their work responds to the only. (Fall 2020) published work in both craft and content. Offered in alternate years Prerequisite WRIT 351 Fiction Writing Workshop. Meets with WRIT 351. By permission of instructor only. (Spring 2022) WRIT 470 Writing Internship Offered in alternate years (1-3 SH) The Professional Internship Program is a cooperative endeavor among upper-level WRIT 422 Advanced Creative students, the community, and the language Nonfiction Workshop (3 SH) and literature department. An internship Students will write new material to be provides an opportunity for students to workshopped, fully participating in peer explore career options and to extend their critique, and working with the professor to classroom experiences and learning with read and respond to new material focused both job-related and academic on a specialized area of their choice in responsibilities. Department approval creative nonfiction writing. Workshop required one semester in advance. This pieces should be written within the scope of, course is graded on a P/F basis. or as a response to, this specialized area. In Core: CL addition, students will write a critical essay about this specialized area, 1200 words, MLA documentation style, placing their WRIT 499 Independent Study own work in the context of their chosen (1-3 SH) readings and noting how their work responds to the published work in both craft and content. Prerequisite WRIT 352 Creative Nonfiction Workshop. Meets with

Course Descriptions – 247 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

disorders to assist them in their transition Academic Support into the university and in meeting their academic goals. Hartzler Library The goal of the Academic Success Center is Director: G. Marcille Frederick to provide assistance and support to both students and staff whenever requested. The Sadie A. Hartzler Library makes published research available and assists students, faculty and staff in finding and Academic Advocacy Program evaluating that research. Whether one is sifting through the results of an online Each year EMU grants conditional search, using library-provided academic and admission to a limited number of students professional databases, or finding a print who fall below the requirements for resource, the library staff is dedicated to unconditional admission but who otherwise strengthening the educational process and demonstrate the ability and motivation to improving research results. Library use adequately perform university-level work. (whether on- or off-site) is highly correlated Students participate in the Academic with academic success, whether measured in Advocacy Program, part of the Provost's grade point average or graduation rates. office. The program will provide holistic advising and student support to strengthen The library's website (www.emu.edu/library) the student's potential for success. Students is the portal to most resources and services. work with a "first year" advisor to develop a Subject-specific guides created by librarians manageable course load during their first provide concise help in finding article, video two semesters and will take a college success , book and other resources. Users may get course during their first semester. research help via chat, e-mail, phone or social media. Almost all of our 80,000 The first-year advisors help students choose academic journals and research databases can appropriate courses to develop study skills, be accessed online. Newspapers, magazines reading, and writing proficiency. They also and over 230,000 books are also available provide a link to a student's future major online. advisor and encourage a connection to that academic department's campus activities and organizations. Academic Success Center The advisors stay in touch with students, Director: Vi Dutcher professors, and coaches when appropriate; communicate EMU's academic and specific The Academic Success Center is an course expectations; and track student academic support and enrichment resource performance. Students are expected to meet for all students and staff. Staff and peer their advisor once each week at the tutors are available Monday through Friday beginning of the year and less frequently for course specific tutoring as well as study later as needs dictate. As with all students skill and time management coaching. enrolled at EMU, academic progress is Writing support is offered daily. Evening reviewed at the end of each semester. tutoring is available on the main floor of the library; areas of support are advertised each semester. In addition, course-specific tutor- Office of Academic Access led group study sessions are offered as needed. EMU is committed to providing reasonable accommodations for students with The Academic Success Center staff counsel documented disabilities to ensure equal and serve as advocates for first-year access to the university and its related conditionally admitted students as well as programs. The university seeks to comply students with disabilities and chronic with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act 248 – Academic Support Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act presentations, and online resources. Career of 1990, and the ADA Amendments Act of counseling, testing services, interest 2008. Faculty and staff support students inventories, graduate school information, with reasonable accommodations in the cover letter and résumé assistance, job/ classroom according to documented internship searching, and interview recommendations. The faculty and staff also preparation are among the most requested assist students to develop and use strategies services. For more information, visit that promote independence and personal suc www.emu.edu/careers. cess. Testing Services Accessing Services The career services office administers CLEP, Upon acceptance to EMU, students with DSST, OPI and OPIc tests that offer documented disabilities should contact the students the opportunity to obtain college office of Academic Access (540-432- 4233) credit by examination. The MAT graduate in the Academic Success Center to begin the school entrance exam is also offered through process of receiving accommodations. Career Services. Documentation can be submitted to the office of Academic Access any time after Information concerning other national acceptance to EMU. The office of Academic testing programs (GRE, GMAT, LSAT, Access is located in Sadie Hartzler Library, etc.) may be obtained from Career Services. third floor. Students with physical For more information, visit www.emu.edu/ disabilities related to housing should also careers/testing. contact the director of Housing and Residence Life located in the Student Life office, University Commons CoachLink (540-432-4128). CoachLink is a program that pairs Disclosure of a disability is voluntary, and all undergraduate students needing an extra documentation is kept confidential in the layer of support with professional mentors t office of Academic Access. Students may hat help students succeed academically, disclose and provide documentation of their physically, emotionally, and spiritually at disabilities at any time they wish to request a EMU. CoachLink mentors have years of ccommodations. experience working with college students and understand the difficulties of balancing Accommodations are not retroactive. Upon all of the demands required of students in request, information will be provided to order to persist and graduate with a degree. help students obtain documentation and CoachLink provides personalized, 1-on-1 understand their rights and responsibilities coaching and mentoring to support students in the university setting. in their college life and will help students Students who wish to appeal a decision on think about and overcome their own their accommodations may use the personal barriers to success. Email coachlink university grievance procedures located in @emu.edu for more information. the president's office or the Student Life office.

Career Services Career Services offers coaching and resources at all points of career development. Services are offered through individual appointments, workshops, classroom

Academic Support – 249 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

with an EMU admissions counselor is also Admissions required. The admissions selection process is designed to identify students who have potential for completing the academic degree they plan to Applying for Admission pursue. Students are admitted on the basis Any student wishing to enroll for the first of many different expressions of their time for 6 or more semester hours (SH) qualities and abilities: scholastic within a given semester is required to apply achievement, factors relating to character, for admission to the university. New and extracurricular activities. students are admitted for either the fall or Students are encouraged to request spring semester. Admission to EMU is information from the admissions office and granted on a rolling basis. It is are encouraged to visit campus. An interview recommended, however, that high school with an admissions counselor is a students apply in the fall of their senior year. recommended step in the application process. Arrangements for visits can be made 1. Application for Admission: A completed through the admissions office at admission application must be submitte 540-432-4118 or at www.emu.edu/ d to the admissions office by anyone admissions. wishing to enroll for 6 or more semester hours for the first time. Applying for admission to EMU High School Preparation for constitutes an indication of a student's College desire to be a part of a university Students completing the college preparatory community made up of students, faculty, program of study in their high school will be administrators and staff members. best prepared for college. Typically students 2. Transcripts: Applicants need to request take four units of English, three of math, a current transcript be sent from their three of science, three of social studies, and high school to the admissions office. A two or more of foreign language. Chemistry is essential for students who plan to enter supplementary (final) transcript will be the nursing program. Students accepted into required upon completion of high school. EMU who have not completed their high Home schooled applicants must submit a school's college preparatory program should transcript for course work from grades give special consideration to their course 9-12. Transfer applicants should also selection with their advisor. request that official transcripts of all college courses completed be sent to the Early Admission admissions office. The transfer transcript(s) must include all college- Students who have accelerated their high level credit earned. If a transfer student school program and wish to enroll at EMU prior to graduation from high school are has earned thirty or more SH post high required to submit an application for school from other colleges or admission. In addition to regular admission universities, a high school transcript is requirements, applicants for early admission not required. will be asked to demonstrate academic 3. Entrance Tests: Scores from either the excellence and social readiness for college. Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) of the C Letters of recommendation from the high ollege Entrance Examination Board or school counselor and an English teacher are required of early applicants. An interview the American College Testing Program (ACT) are optional for all first-year applicants. EMU's SAT college code is

250 – Admissions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

5181; the ACT college code is 4348. counselor for transfer students or the EMU Students can have scores sent directly to registrar's office at [email protected]. the university from the testing Transfer students must take at least 30 SH organization. in residence at EMU. At least 9 hours in the 4. References: Applicants who do not meet student's major,and 6 hours in any minor the basic entry requirements may be must be taken at EMU. required to submit contact information For a full statement of transfer credit policies of an academic and a character and practices see the university registrar's reference. The academic reference website: https://emu.edu/registrar. should be an English teacher. 5. Student Life Transfer Recommendation Form: Transfer Application for Readmission applicants are required to submit a EMU students not enrolled at the university Student Life Transfer Recommendation for one semester (fall or spring) or more or Form from residential institutions who withdraw from EMU while a semester previously attended. is in progress must complete an application for readmission prior to re-enrollment. Applications for readmission may be Transferring to EMU obtained online or at the admissions office. Applicants are evaluated on academic as well Students from other institutions who are as student life standing within the EMU considering a transfer to EMU are invited to community. Unconditional readmission visit the university, talk with professors, and may be granted when an applicant has met visit classes. Upon request, unofficial the satisfactory academic progress criteria assessments of how credits will be and has a positive recommendation from transferred to EMU will be provided after an Student Life. application for admission is submitted. Transfer students from two-year Any applicant who is denied readmission colleges may transfer up to 65 semester may appeal that decision by filing a written hours (75 from Hesston College) toward a request for review to the provost within 10 degree at EMU. Students planning to days of being notified of the decision. The transfer to EMU for the completion of a student should include with that request any degree will find it helpful to contact the additional supporting information not EMU admissions staff as early as possible. previously available, particularly information of an academic nature. Credit will be awarded for transfer courses i n which the student has earned a grade of Students readmitted to EMU after an C or better. All transfer courses will be absence from enrollment at any college or recorded with the titles and grades university for at least four successive reported by the previous school. However, semesters may request that their entire EMU transfer credits will not be included when record be re-evaluated as a transfer record. calculating the EMU cumulative GPA. To qualify, the student must earn a 2.0 GPA for the first 12 SH following re-enrollment EMU maintains a special transfer agreement and submit a written appeal to the Academic with Hesston College (Hesston, KS), Blue Review Committee. Ridge Community College (Weyers Cave, VA), and Lord Fairfax Community College The following regulations govern this (Middletown, VA) to assure the most option: beneficial transfer of credits for students of these institutions continuing their education • The request must be made within 60 days a at EMU. For details of the transfer fter completing the first 12 SH of credit agreements, contact the admissions following readmission. Admissions – 251 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• The option will be granted only once to a section for information on the Bridge student. program. • Eligible students will receive degree In addition to the above requirements, an credit for only those courses in which international student must demonstrate grades of C or better were earned prior to "ability to pay." readmission. • Quality points earned for all courses Summer School completed prior to readmission will not be included in calculating the new Enrollment in summer school is a separate cumulative GPA. process and does not constitute regular admission to the university. Students • All grades will remain on the transcript. wishing to enroll in summer courses should contact the university registrar's office International Student 540-432-4110. Admission As a university which emphasizes cross- Requirements for Admission cultural education, EMU welcomes Factors given consideration in the admission international students who have the decision include previous academic necessary preparation to enter a degree performance in high school or college, program. ability as indicated by the SAT, ACT, GED, International students should clearly TOEFL or IELTS scores, personal maturity, indicate their nationality in all and commitment to uphold the lifestyle correspondence with the admissions office. expectations of EMU. If the student is currently in the United Admission may be granted to first- States, he or she must indicate U.S. year applicants who have a high school grade immigration status. point average of 2.6 or above (on a 4.00 Financial aid, in the form of partial tuition scale), and thorough review of the student’s grants and on-campus employment, is application and other supporting application available on a limited basis. Federal materials. Non-academic criteria are assistance is not available for international considered in the admission process. students. Applicants must demonstrate positive character and good community standing. Completion of the International Student Applicants who do not meet these criteria Application Form constitutes the first step will be reviewed by the Admissions in the application process for the Committee; admission may be denied or international student. Applicants whose revoked. native language is other than English must demonstrate English language proficiency • An international applicant whose primary with a paper-based Test of English as a native language is other than English Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 550+, must demonstrate English language or a computer- based TOEFL score of 213+ proficiency through a paper-based TOEFL or an internet-based TOEFL score of 79+, score of 550+ or computer-based TOEFL or an IELTS score of 6.5+. SAT and ACT scores are also accepted. International score of 213+ or internet-based TOEFL students with scores lower than what is listed score of 79+ or an IELTS score of 6.5+ or above may be granted admission to the SAT evidenced-based reading and writing university with designated enrollment in the of 460 or ACT English score of 19. SAT Bridge program. See the Special Programs scores prior to March 1, 2016 will be converted to the new SAT scale.

252 – Admissions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

• A General Educational Development during their first two semesters and will (GED) score may be submitted for take a college success course during their consideration in the admission process in first semester. See the Academic Support place of a high school transcript. section for more information. • A transcript for coursework from grades 9-12 may be submitted for consideration in the admission process for home The Admission Decision schooled applicants. The receipt of an application by the • Transfer applicants may receive admissions office is acknowledged by letter, unconditional admission by submitting email or phone call. An admission decision is considered when the file is transcripts of previous accredited college complete with all requested information. work showing at least a 2.00 grade point The applicant will be notified of delays in average in 15 SH of transferable credit. receiving necessary information. A letter of Transfer applicants with fewer than the admission, outlining any conditions minimum requirements for unconditiona associated with the admission, or a letter of l admission may be granted academic denial will be sent to the student within warning or academic probation based on seven days after a decision has been made. Students qualifying for unconditional a review of previous academic admission are granted admission by the performance and credit hours earned. admissions office. Admission decisions for • Applicants who have not been enrolled applicants not meeting unconditional full-time in post-secondary education or admission criteria are made by the have accumulated fewer than 15 SH will Admissions Committee. be evaluated on their high school and post-secondary records. Appealing the Admission • Admitted students whose final high Decision school grade point average falls below 2.6 will be reviewed by the admissions Any applicant who is denied admission, or committee. Admission status may be who is granted conditional admission may a ppeal that decision by filing a written changed or revoked. request for review to the director of Admissions within 10 days of being notified of the decision. The student should include Conditional admission is granted to a with that request any additional supporting limited number of students each semester information not previously available, who fall just below the requirements for unc particularly information of an academic onditional admission but who otherwise nature. demonstrate the ability and motivation to adequately perform university-level work. The Admissions Committee will consider th e appeal and report its decision to the • Conditional admission means that student in writing within 30 days of the students participate in the Academic receipt of the request. Advocacy program, under the Any student who chooses to go beyond the supervision of the Provost’s office. The first appeal must direct a second appeal in program will provide holistic advising writing to the Vice President for Innovation and student support to strengthen the and Student Recruitment and the Provost’s student's potential for success. Students office within ten days of receiving the work with a "first year" advisor to committee's decision on the first appeal. develop a manageable course load

Admissions – 253 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Continuance of Admission Preparation for Enrollment Status The following steps are important in Students that meet the required academic completing the admission process and criteria are granted unconditional preparing for enrollment. readmission each subsequent semester. Students failing to meet the criteria may be placed on an academic warning, academic Tuition Deposit probation, or denied readmission. A tuition deposit of $200 is required of new Academic review information can be found and readmitted students prior to enrollment under the Academic Policies section of the and is credited to the student’s account. The academic catalog. deposit is nonrefundable after May 1 (fall enrollment) or December 1 (spring enrollment). On-campus housing Credit by Examination and assignments and course registration will not be made prior to the receipt of the tuition Experience deposit. Options for advanced placement, credit by examination and service-learning credit are described in Credit by Examination and Medical Forms Service-Learning Credit in the Academic The university requires new students to and Degree Information section. complete the Physical Examination Record prior to the first day of classes. Part-Time Enrollment Part-time enrollment is defined as taking 11 Orientation and Preregistration SH or fewer in a semester. To enroll for 6 Believing that orientation to university life is hours or more, a student must be admitted a very important step, the university to the university (see Applying for provides opportunity for this prior to Admission in the Admissions section). enrollment. Participation in Student Students may enroll for fewer than 6 hours Orientation, Advising and Registration by completing registration forms available (SOAR) is recommended for all new first- from the university registrar's office. year and transfer students. This program provides opportunity for increased familiarit y with the campus environment, High School Concurrent preregistration for classes and establishing relationships with other new students. Paren Enrollment ts are given opportunity to learn more about Students in their senior year of high school the philosophy and objectives of student life may enroll in one course per semester, with at EMU. the written recommendation from their high school guidance counselor or principal. Registration for credit or audit by persons Financial Assistance/Loan not yet at the high school senior level or by Applications high school seniors who want to take more New and returning students who wish to be than one course per semester must have considered for financial assistance are special approval from the vice president and required to complete financial assistance a dean. forms early in the calendar year prior to enrollment. Deadlines and appropriate forms are available from the financial assistance office.

254 – Admissions Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Payment of First Semester Bill accounts office can help the student and parents arrange a payment plan. (See the Payment for each semester is due one week Financial Assistance pages for details.) before classes begin. See the Tuition and Fees section for more details. 2020-21 Tuition and Fees* Fall Orientation and Registration All new students are expected to participate i Campus charges Sem An n orientation sessions held immediately este nu prior to the start of classes. Students are r al introduced to more specific details related to campus living and student life expectations. Details regarding these sessions are sent Undergraduate Tuition $19,4 $38 several weeks in advance. All students (12-18 credit hours) 25 , (including those who participated in spring 850 registration) participate in final fall registration at the start of the school year. Room and board $5,86 $11 5 , Tuition and Fees 730 Financial considerations are important and require careful planning. EMU attempts to meet a student's financial needs through a Other charges combination of the following: personal and family resources, public and private Part time tuition per $1,430 scholarships, the college work program, and credit hour (1-11 hours) a college grant or bank loan which should meet most, if not all, of any remaining need. Tuition per credit hour, $835 A student's annual budget should include more than 18 hours tuition and fees, living expenses, books and supplies, personal expenses, travel, and Auditing per credit hour $155 miscellaneous expenses. The amount to be paid from earnings or personal or family resources depends on verified need and Applied Music, private $275 support received through the university or instruction (1 SH) outside sources. The annual tuition and fee charge of $38,85 Applied Music, private $400 0 is less than the actual cost of a student's instruction (2 SH) education. The difference is met through the university annual fund, endowment and Proficiency examination $90 other sources. The typical charge for living & external exam fee on campus for room and board is $11,730. Books and supplies, travel, and Credit by examination, $90 miscellaneous expenses are budgeted at per credit hour $3,230. An application for financial assistance Final examination out of s $35 should be submitted as early as possible. The chedule financial assistance office will aid the student in preparing a budget, and the student

Tuition and Fees – 255 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Summer School (2020-21 term is available from the Student Accounts o Academic Year) ffice and is also included in the student hand book. Tuition per credit hour $4 Note: A student who withdraws prior to the 27 first day of classes will receive a full refund of all payments made except for tuition Audit per credit hour $1 deposits. 05 Adjustments (refunds) to student financial aid may also be required due to enrollment *The university reserves the right to increase status changes. Detailed information the published rates should economic (including an example) about the financial conditions demand. The above fees apply to aid refund policy on-campus programs. Other fees may apply may be found in the financial assistance for off-campus programs, including office or in the student handbook. cooperative and extension programs. Veterans Benefits Payment Policy Students who wish to have EMU certify Tuition, fees, room and meal plan charges, their eligibility to receive benefits from the less processed financial aid, are due one week Veterans Administration must submit a before classes begin each semester. Unpaid certificate of eligibility and provide accounts may be subject to the following: additional information as needed for the proper certification of their benefits. EMU • EMU network access for student-owned will not impose any penalty (late fees, denial computers will be denied. of access to classes or campus facilities, etc.) • Charging at the bookstore and coffee on a student covered by Chapter 31 or 33 shop will be denied. benefits because of the individual’s inability to meet financial obligations to the • Grades, transcripts, enrollment, class institution due to delayed disbursement of attendance and diploma will be denied. funding from the VA. • Monthly finance charges of 1.5% (18% annually) will be assessed. The Virginia State Approving Agency (SAA), is the approving authority of • Delinquent accounts will be reported to education and training programs for all three major credit agencies. Virginia. Their office investigates complaints • Collection and/or attorney fees necessary f of GI Bill beneficiaries. While most or collection of unpaid accounts will be complaints should initially follow school paid by the debtor. grievance policy, if the situation cannot be resolved at the school, the beneficiary should contact our office via email [email protected]. Refund Policy gov. A student who withdraws or drops below full-time enrollment prior to completing FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 60% of the current enrollment period may be entitled to an adjustment (refund) of institutional charges. Activity fees are non- Financial Assistance refundable. The refund amount for each applicable charge is based on a percentage of Purpose the original charge determined by the remaining weeks in the enrollment period. A Financial assistance is available to eligible chart of the refund percentages for each students to help with educational expenses. 256 – Financial Assistance Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

This assistance may be used to meet both progress" should be discussed with the direct educational charges (tuition, fees, financial assistance office to determine the books) and personal living expenses (food, effect on eligibility. housing, transportation). Students who lose merit scholarships or federal aid eligibility will be informed of the Financial assistance includes tuition appeal process. discounts, grants, scholarships, employment and loan dollars. Students and parents are encouraged to contact the financial Distribution of Aid assistance office for information or visit the financial assistance website: https:// Aid is distributed among students based on emu.edu/financial-aid/ . various eligibility criteria and in a manner consistent with enrollment management Upon receipt of an application for goals. The specific awarding policy for each admission, the admissions office will send year is available upon request. new students instructions and application forms for financial assistance. Continuing Aid awards are usually divided equally students are notified annually about the between semesters. Subject to meeting distribution and deadlines for financial program eligibility requirements, financial assistance application forms. aid (except student employment earnings) is credited directly to students' tuition A student must reapply for financial accounts at the beginning of each semester. assistance each academic year. Student and parent loan funds and funds from non-EMU scholarship agencies are credited to students' accounts upon receipt Eligibility and Application and endorsement of checks or upon receipt of electronic fund transfers transmitted from In general, to be eligible for financial the funding source. Student employees are assistance, a student must be enrolled at least issued biweekly paychecks based on hours half-time and must maintain "satisfactory worked. academic progress." EMU's Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy is available on the Financial Assistance Types of Assistance policies web page at www.emu.edu/ financial-aid/financial-assistance-policies. Some institutional aid programs, such as Discounts academic scholarships, may have different Students whose parents are employed by an maintenance requirements. approved Mennonite education institution Assistance is based on one or more of the may be eligible for tuition discounts. Special following criteria: grade level, application restrictions apply. date, GPA, level of financial need, test scores, state of residence, receipt of other aid, and parental employment. Grants EMU uses the Free Application for Federal A grant is an award that does not need to be Student Aid (FAFSA) to determine financial repaid. Federal need-based grants include need. Following receipt of appropriate appli the Federal Pell Grant and Federal cations, the financial assistance office will se Supplemental Educational Opportunity nd each applicant Grant. a Financial Aid Notification detailing State grants include the Virginia Tuition eligibility for all applicable aid programs. Assistance grant and several other state Anticipated changes in enrollment status or grants. failure to maintain "satisfactory academic

Financial Assistance – 257 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

EMU grants include alumni grants, institution. Enrollment in a study abroad international student tuition grants, program must be through EMU. matching church grants, need-based EMU grants, and need-based AHANA (African, Hispanic, Asian and Native American) Rights and Responsibilities grants. Students and parents have the right to know the specific criteria of each aid award. Scholarships Students and parents are responsible to provide complete and accurate disclosure on a EMU offers renewable academic id application forms and to meet scholarships to new students based on specific deadlines. standardized test scores and high school or previous college GPAs. Prospective students Students receiving loans must complete are invited to contact the admissions office online entrance and exit counseling as for further details regarding these prescribed by federal student aid regulations scholarships. for the purpose of reviewing borrower rights and responsibilities, repayment options and Outside scholarships may be obtained interest rate information. Details about through community, civic, business, and deferment options are reviewed during the church organizations. exit interview.

Employment Opportunities Refund/Repayment Policy On-campus employment may be available to A student who withdraws or drops below students who apply for financial assistance full-time enrollment prior to completing and are determined eligible. Terms and 60% of the current enrollment period may conditions of employment are outlined on be entitled to an adjustment (refund) of the student employment contract which institutional charges. Activity fees are non- must be signed by each employee. Students refundable. The refund amount for each must complete an I-9 form and annually applicable charge is based on a percentage of complete federal and state tax withholding the original charge determined by the certificates. remaining weeks in the enrollment period. A chart of the refund percentages for each term is available from the student accounts o Loans ffice and is also included in the student Educational loans are available for college handbook. expenses and must be repaid. Federal loans If a student drops and/or adds a course(s) include Direct Subsidized and Unsubsidized which changes enrollment status, his or her Loans and Parent Loans. award letter will be reviewed to determine if Private student loan programs are available and what financial aid awards must be from outside lenders. Loan application adjusted. Some financial aid programs procedures are outlined in an insert require full-time enrollment for receipt of an provided with the Financial Assistance award, while others allow for pro-rated Award Letter. awards if enrollment is less than full-time. The effect of increasing or decreasing the tuition and fees amount in a student's cost Study Abroad Programs of attendance (budget) may also impact eligi bility for receipt of and/or the amount of an Financial aid is available for some study award. More information is available on the abroad programs. Arrangements are made Financial Assistance Policies web page at ww with the director of cross-cultural programs and must specify EMU as the home w.emu.edu/policies.

258 – Financial Assistance Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

If a student withdraws from the university time of withdrawal. If you drop your classes and has been awarded financial aid, he/she before they are 60% completed, you may be will have their aid reviewed to determine the required to repay a portion of your federal amount (percentage) that has been earned aid. If Title IV funds were disbursed in using the formula required by the federal aid excess of the earned amount they must be refund policy. If the student has received returned by EMU and/or by you to the more aid than has been earned, the excess federal government. This situation could amount will be returned. The amount of result in you owing federal aid funds to excess aid that is returned is equal to the Eastern Mennonite University, to the lesser of the student's institutional charges government, or to both. This does not apply multiplied by the unearned percentage of to you if you have dropped some of your funds, or the entire amount of the excess classes but remained enrolled in others, or funds. An example of the tuition and aid have successfully completed at least one refund calculations due to a withdrawal may class. be found in the student handbook. When you withdraw from classes 100%, Full details of the tuition and financial aid EMU must determine the actual amount of refund policies are available upon request federal aid that you earned while you from the student accounts and financial attended your classes. To determine the assistance offices. Students are encouraged to amount of aid you have earned up to the review the refund policies, the withdrawal time of withdrawal, EMU will divide the example including refund calculations, and number of calendar days you attended schedule of refundable/non-refundable classes by the total number of calendar days charges and deposits found in the student in your program of study (less any scheduled handbook. breaks of 5 days or more). The resulting percentage is then multiplied by the total federal funds that were disbursed to you for Drop/Add Policy the semester. This calculation determines Adjustments to financial aid awards may the amount of aid you earned which you occur if classes are dropped prior to the may keep (for example, if you attended 25% point in each term described generally as of the term, you have earned 25% of the aid "the last day to drop and receive a 'W' disbursed). The unearned amount (total aid grade." disbursed less the earned amount) must be returned to the federal government by EMU or by you. EMU will notify you if you Consumer Information and are required to repay any of your federal Financial Aid Policies funds. For financial assistance policies and other Federal funds that may be affected by a consumer information required by the 100% withdrawal are the Federal Pell grant, federal government to be available to Federal student loans and Federal SEOG grant. Financial aid returned must be students, see https://emu.edu/financial-aid/ allocated in the following order: policies. 1. Federal Unsubsidized Student Loan 2. Federal Subsidized Student Loan Return of Title IV Funds and 3. Federal Grad PLUS Loan Refund Policies 4. Federal PLUS (Parent) Loan Return of Title IV Funds 5. Federal Pell Grant The federal government mandates that if 6. Federal Supplemental Educational you withdraw either officially or unofficially Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) from all of your classes you may only keep 7. Federal TEACH Grant the financial aid you have earned up to the Financial Assistance – 259 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

contacting the Assistant Provost for Retention. Official contacts should be made A student may be eligible for a post- with the student financial aid office, the withdrawal disbursement if, prior to business office, the registrar’s office, the withdrawing, the student earned more academic adviser, and the resident director federal financial aid than was disbursed. If a (if living in the Residence Halls). The date student is eligible for a post-withdrawal of withdrawal is the date the student notifies disbursement for Title IV funds, it will be the Assistant Provost. A student who stops processed for the student and a refund will attending classes but has not followed the be issued within 14 days of the credit process above does not constitute an official balance. withdrawal. Students who withdraw from If the post-withdrawal disbursement some classes but not all of their classes, must includes loan funds, EMU must get the contact their academic adviser and the student’s permission before it can disburse registrar. the loan. Students may choose to decline Unofficial Withdrawal some or all of the loan funds so that s/he does not incur additional debt. A notice will Occurs when a student leaves the school be sent to the student, and the student must without notice or when all courses in which notify the financial aid office in writing the student is enrolled are given an F grade within 14 days. due to non- completion of the course. The student’s last date of attendance or EMU may automatically use all or a portion participation in any academic activity will be of the post-withdrawal disbursement of the date used to calculate the Return of Title grant funds for tuition and fees. However, IV Funds. If the last date of attendance or the school needs the student’s permission to participation in any academic activity use the post-withdrawal grant disbursement cannot be determined, EMU will use the for all other school charges. If the student midpoint (50% point) of the semester. does not give his/her permission, the student will be offered the funds. However, it may Refund Policies be in the student’s best interest to allow the school to keep the funds to reduce the For refund policies including refund charts student’s debt at the school. and calendars that show refund dates and percentages please visit the appropriate page It is also important to understand that in the EMU undergraduate handbook- here R accepting a post-withdrawal disbursement of efund and Withdrawal Policy- student loan funds will increase a student’s Undergraduate overall student loan debt that must be repaid under the terms of the Master Promissory Note. Additionally, accepting the disbursement of grant funds will reduce the remaining amount of grant funds available to the student should the student continue his/her education at a later time. EMU must calculate the Return of Title IV Funds within 30 days, and must return the Title IV funds within 45 days. Official Withdrawal Process It is the student’s responsibility to officially withdraw from classes. To officially withdraw from all classes in a semester, the student should initiate the process by

260 – Financial Assistance Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021 Administration and B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; Faculty M.M., D.M.A., James Madison University. David Berry 2017 Assistant Professor of Music President B.M., Eastman School of Music; M.M., D.M.A, The Juilliard School. Dr. Susan Schultz Huxman 2017 B.A., Bethel College; Lisa Burkholder 2015 M.A., Ph.D., University of Kansas. Instructor of Nursing B.S., M.S.N., Eastern Mennonite University . Provost Owen D. Byer 1991, 1999 Dr. Fred Kniss 2009 Professor of Mathematics B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; B.A., Messiah College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware. Wendy Carr 2011 Academic Deans Instructor of Nursing B.S., Bridgewater College; David R. Brubaker 2004 B.S.N., M.S.N., Virginia Commonwealth Professor of Organizational Studies University. B.S., Messiah College; M.B.A., Eastern University; Melody Miller Cash 1995 Ph.D., University of Arizona. Professor of Nursing B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; Suzanne Cockley 1996 M.S.N., Ph.D., University of Virginia. B.S., Juniata College; M.A., Marshall University; Stephen Cessna 2000 Ph.D., University of Virginia. Daniel G. Suter Professor of Chemistry B.A., University of Colorado at Boulder; Tara L. S. Kishbaugh 2004 Ph.D., Purdue University. Professor of Chemistry B.S., Wheaton College; Kate Clark 2011 Ph.D., Dartmouth College. Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; M.S.N., D.N.P., University of Virginia. Faculty Stefano Colafranceschi 2017 Gail Arthur 2020 Assistant Professor of Computer Science Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Rome. B.A., University of Virginia; M.D., University of Maryland School of Charles D. Cooley 1999 Medicine; Assistant Professor of Computer Science M.S., Eastern Mennonite University. B.S., Roanoke College; M.S., James Madison University. Kirsten E. Beachy 2007 Assistant Professor of English, Jeffrey Copeland 2009 Director of the EMU Core Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; B.A., University of Virginia; M.F.A., West Virginia University. Ph.D., California Institute of Technology. Benjamin Bergey 2019 Bethany Detamore 2019 Assistant Professor of Music Instructor of Nursing

Administration and Faculty – 261 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan; M.A., Temple University; M.S.N., Western Governors University. Ph.D., The State University of New Jersey. Peter Dula 2006 Douglas S. Graber Neufeld 1998 (sabbatical leave 2020-21) Professor of Biology Professor of Religion and Culture B.A., Tabor College; B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. M.A.T.S., Associated Mennonite Biblical Seminary; Chad Gusler 2008 Ph.D., Duke University. Associate Professor of Language and Literature Deanna Durham 2008 B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; Assistant Professor of Social Work and M.F.A., Seattle Pacific University. Sociology B.A., Northwest Nazarene College; Cyndi D. Gusler 2001 M.S.W., Howard University. Professor of Art B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; Violet A. Dutcher 2006 M.F.A., James Madison University. (sabbatical leave spring 2021) Professor of English Nancy R. Heisey 1999 B.A., Kent State University; Professor of Biblical Studies and Church M.A., The University of Akron; History, Ph.D., Kent State University. Associate Dean of Eastern Mennonite Seminary Martha Greene Eads 2003 B.A., Messiah College; Professor of English M.Div., Eastern Mennonite Seminary; B.A., M.A., Wake Forest University; Ph.D., Temple University. M.A., Ph.D., The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Judith Hiett 2012 Instructor of Nursing Katherine Evans 2011 B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; Associate Professor of Special Education Master’s in Practical Ministry, Wagner B.S., Baylor University; Leadership Institute; M.A., Southwestern Baptist Theological Master’s in Nursing Education, James Seminary; Madison University. Ph.D., The University of Tennessee. Jennifer Holsinger 2013 Marcille Frederick 2015 (sabbatical leave 2020-21) Director of Sadie Hartzler Library Associate Professor of Sociology B.A., Beloit College; B.A., Seattle Pacific University; M.A., M.L.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington. M.Phil.F., Institute for Christian Studies, Toronto. Jerry Holsopple 1998 Professor of Visual and Communication Beth Good 2019 Arts Assistant Professor of Intercultural Programs B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; M.Div., Associated Mennonite Biblical M.S.N., Ph.D., Widener University. Seminary; Ph.D., European Graduate School. Ryan Good 2017 Assistant Professor of Applied Social Simone Horst 2014 Sciences, Special Collections Librarian Assistant Director of WCSC B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; B.A., Goshen College; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina. M.A., Associated Mennonite Biblical Seminary; 262 – Administration and Faculty Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Carol Grace Hurst 2014 M.S., Iowa State University; Associate Professor of Social Work M.Div., Eastern Mennonite Seminary. B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; M.S.W., Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth Sharon M. D. Miller 1989 University. Assistant Professor of the Practice of Preparatory Music Steven D. Johnson 2005 B.S., Liberty University; Professor of Visual and Communication M.Ed., Towson State University; Arts M.M., East Carolina University. B.A., Houghton College; M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Susannah Moore 2020 Design. Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; Ji Eun Kim 2017 M.S., Ph.D., University of Northern Assistant Professor of Political Studies Colorado. B.A., The Catholic University of Korea; M.A., Seoul National University; Audrey Myers 2015 M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Assistant Professor of the Practice of Nursin g Daniel King 2013 B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; Associate Professor of Physics B.S.N., M.A. University of Virginia; B.A., Goshen College; Ph.D., James Madison University. M.S., PhD., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Justin Poole 2013 (sabbatical leave spring 2021) Leah M. Kratz 2007 Associate Professor of Theater Assistant Professor of Business B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; M.A., Villanova University; M.B.A., James Madison University. Ph.D., University of Maryland. James M. Leaman 2006 Marcia Pusey 2012 Associate Professor of Business Instructor of Nursing B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; B.S. Eastern Mennonite University; M.P.A., James Madison University; M.S., University of Virginia. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. Gloria I. Rhodes 1988-1992, 1995 Joohyun Lee 2017 (sabbatical leave 2020-2021) Assistant Professor of Recreation Leadership Associate Professor of Conflict Studies B.A., Catholic University of Korea; B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; M.A., Radford University; M.S., Ph.D., George Mason University. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. James K. Richardson 2008 Alyse Lehrke 2020 Assistant Professor of Music Instructor of Business and Leadership B.M., Covenant College; B.A., Regent University; M.M., Peabody Conservatory of Music of M.A., Spring Arbor University. the Johns Hopkins University. Roger E. Mast 1991 Cathy Rittenhouse 2007-2019, 2020 Associate Professor of Physical Education Associate Professor of Nursing B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; B.S.N., Eastern Mennonite University; M.S., West Chester University; M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania. Ed.D., Argosy University. Andrea Dalton Saner 2013 Andrew Miller 2012 (sabbatical leave 2020-21) Instructor of Business Assistant Professor of Old Testament and B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; Hebrew Language

Administration and Faculty – 263 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

B.A., Messiah College; B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; M.A., Anabaptist Mennonite Biblical M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina. Seminary; Ph.D., Durham University. Daniel Showalter 2015 Associate Professor of Mathematics Mark Metzler Sawin 2001 B.S., Urbana University; Professor of History M.S., Ph.D., Ohio University. B.A., Goshen College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of Texas at Maria Esther Showalter 2013 Austin. Instructor of Language and Literature B.A., Universidad Autonoma Gabriel Rene Kimberly D. Schmidt 1999 Moreno; Professor of History, M.A., George Mason University. Director of the Washington Community Scholars' Centerr Ronald Shultz 2011 B.A., Bethel College; Assistant Professor of Elementary Education M.A., Ph.D., Binghamton University. B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; M.A., Millersville University; Kristopher Schmidt 2017 Ph.D., George Mason University. Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Trinity Western University; Matthew S. Siderhurst 2006 M.S., University of British Columbia; (sabbatical leave spring 2021) Ph.D., Simon Fraser University. Professor of Chemistry B.A., Goshen College; Carmen Schrock-Hurst 2011 Ph.D., Colorado State University. Instructor of Spiritual Formation and Ministry Cathy K. Smeltzer Erb 2002 B.A., Eastern Mennonite College; Jesse T. Byler Professor of Teacher M.A., Associated Mennonite Biblical Education Seminary. B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Toronto. Kevin S. Seidel 2008 Associate Professor of English Kimberly Souther 2020 B.A., University of California, Berkeley; Director of the Preparatory Music Program, M.A., Regent College; Instructor of Music Ph.D., University of Virginia. B.M., James Madison University; M.M., Shenandoah University. Tim Seidel 2015 Assistant Professor of Community and Angela Spotts 2019 International Development Instructor of Health and Physical Education B.S., Messiah College; B.S., Bridgewater College; M.A., American University School of M.S., East Stroudsburg University. International Service; Mary S. Sprunger 1992 M.T.S., Wesley Theological Seminary; Professor of History Ph.D., American University. B.A., Bethel College; Wendell Shank 2019 M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Instructor of Spanish Carolyn Stauffer 2010 B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; Associate Professor in Applied Social M.Ed., James Madison University; Sciences M.A., Universidad De Salamanca. B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; Audrey Shenk 1986 M.A., Virginia Commonwealth University; Systems Librarian Ph.D., University of the Witwatersrand.

264 – Administration and Faculty Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Andrew Suderman 2017 Laura A. G. Yoder 2003 Assistant Professor of Theology Associate Professor of Nursing B.A., Canadian Mennonite University; B.S.N., Goshen College; M.T.S., Conrad Grebel University College; M.S., University of South Florida; Ph.D., University of KwaZulu-Natal. Ph.D., University of Virginia. Ryan Thompson 2017 Laurie Miller Yoder 2015 Assistant Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor of Chemistry, B.S., Berry College; Chemical Hygiene Officer M.A., Psy.D., George Fox University. B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. Esther Tian 2013 (sabbatical leave fall 2020) Lela Faye Yoder 2019 Associate Professor of Engineering Assistant Professor of the Practice of B.S., M.S., Changsha Institute of Nursing Technology; B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; Ph.D., University of Virginia. M.S., University of Toledo. Matthew Tibbles 2019 Paul Yoder 2016 Teaching Fellow in Applied Social Sciences Assistant Professor of Education B.A., Harding University; B.A., M.A., Eastern Mennonite University; M.A., Eastern Mennonite University. Ph.D., University of Virginia. Donald L. Tyson 1999 Associate Professor of Nursing Affiliate Faculty B.S., Goshen College; M.S.N., University of Virginia; Kelton (Tad) Cobb Ph.D. George Mason University. Affiliate Professor of Christian Thought and History, Oregon Extension Jennifer M. Ulrich 1989 B.A., George Fox College; Catalog Librarian M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary; B.A., Goshen College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. M.L.S., Indiana University; M.A., Claremont Graduate University. Seaton Tarrant Affiliate Assistant Professor of Political Scien Anna Westfall 2015 ce and Sustainability Studies, Oregon Extens Assistant Professor of Art ion B.A., James Madison University; B.A., M.A., University of Florida; M.F.A., University of New Mexico. M.A., Appalachian State University; Barbara Wheatley 2018 Ph.D., University of Florida. Assistant Professor of Education B.S., Mississippi University for Women; M.Ed., Wichita State University; Clinical Laboratory Sciences M.S., Indiana State University; Adjunct Faculty Ed.D., University of Virginia. Abigail Blosser MLS (ASCP) CM, B.S. Nancy Wise 2014 Sentara RMH Medical Center Associate Professor of RN-BSN B.S., James Madison University. B.S., Millersville University; Cynthia Lowe MLS (ASCP) CM, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Villanova University. M.A. James M. Yoder 1999 Program Director, Sentara RMH Medical Professor of Biology Center B.S. Eastern Mennonite University; B.S., M.A., Eastern Mennonite University. M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University.

Administration and Faculty – 265 Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Ann Ridder, MBA, MLS (ASCP) CM, B.A. M.S., West Chester University; Program Director, Augusta Health Ed.D., Argosy University. B.A., Bridgewater College; M.B.A., Eastern Mennonite University. John D. McCurdy 2005 Head Coach, Women’s Softball Misty Turner, MLS (ASCP) CM, B.S. B.S., Bridgewater College. Education Coordinator, Augusta Health B.S., James Madison University. Adam Posey 2019 Head Coach, Baseball B.S., Eastern Mennonite University. Coaches Katie Russo 2018 Casey Steinbrecher 2020 Head Coach, Women's Lacrosse Head Coach, Women's Volleyball B.A., Randolph-Macon College; B.A., Ball State University; M.Ed., Frostburg State University. M.A., University of Dallas. Andre Swartzentruber 2020 Kyle Dickinson 2020 Head Coach, Golf Associate Coach, Track and Field, Cross B.A., Eastern Mennonite University. Country B.S., Shippensburg University; M.S., California University of Pennsylvania. Emeriti Ted Erickson 2014 Helen Benoit Anderson 1980-2007 Head Coach, Women’s Soccer Professor Emerita B.S., Eastern Mennonite University. James R. Bomberger 1961-1998 Melvin Felix 2018 Professor Emeritus of English Head Coach, Men’s Basketball Lois Bowman 1962-2014 B.S., Roanoke College; Faculty Emerita Library M.S., Eastern Mennonite University. Kim Gingerich Brenneman Bob Hepler 2018 Professor Emerita of Psychology Head Coach, Cross Country, Track and Fiel d, Women’s Triathlon Sandra Brownscombe 1978-2018 B.A., UCLA; Professor Emerita of Physical Education M.B.A., Santa Clara University; M.S., Loyola University. Kenton K. Brubaker 1977-1996 Professor Emeritus of Biology Ashley Kishorn 2017 Head Coach, Field Hockey Gerald Brunk 1965-2001 B.S., Salisbury University; Professor Emeritus of History M.Ed., Lynchburg College. Donald C. Clymer 1984, 2001-2016 Danielle Lickey 2017 Faculty Emeritus of Spanish Head Coach, Men's Volleyball Phyllis Y. Coulter 1989-2003 B.S., University of Charleston; Professor Emerita of Education M.S., University of Charleston. Spencer Cowles 1988-2016 Jenny Logan 2018 Professor Emeritus of Business Head Coach, Women’s Basketball B.S., Bridgewater College; Omar Eby 1964-1966, 1972-1999 M.Ed., Lynchburg College. Professor Emeritus of English Roger E. Mast 1991 Diana Enedy 1981-2000 Head Coach, Men’s Soccer Faculty Emerita of English B.S., Eastern Mennonite University; 266 – Administration and Faculty Undergraduate Catalog 2020-2021

Barbara P. Fast 1989-2015 Joseph W. Mast 1964-1965, 1968-2005 Professor Emerita of Art Professor Emeritus of Computer Science John W. Fast 1975-2014 Michael Medley 1999-2017 Faculty Emeritus of Music Professor Emeritus of English Chris Gingrich 1995-2017 Clair Mellinger 1970-2007 Professor Emeritus of Economics Professor Emeritus of Biology Ervie L. Glick 1987-2004 Elroy J. Miller 1995-2014 Professor Emeritus of German Faculty Emeritus of Social Work Linda Gnagey 2000-2020 Roman J. Miller 1985-2016 Faculty Emerita Professor Emeritus of Biology Ann Hershberger 1980-85, 1990-2019 Judy Mullet 1986-2019 Professor Emerita of Nursing Professor Emerita of Psychology John L. Horst, Jr. 1960-2004 Kenneth J. Nafziger 1977-2017 Faculty Emeritus of Physics Professor Emeritus of Music Ray E. Horst 1991-2003 Millard E. Showalter 1966-1998 Faculty Emeritus of Spanish Professor Emeritus of Mathematics Samuel L. Horst 1949-1951, 1954-1967, Donovan D. Steiner 1982-2014 1972-1984 Professor Emeritus of Teacher Education Professor Emeritus of History Herbert L. Swartz 1973-1997 Vernon E. Jantzi 1975-2008 Professor Emeritus of Biblical Studies Professor Emeritus of Sociology Arlene Wiens 1986-2012 Glenn M. Kauffman 1965-2003 Professor Emerita of Nursing Professor Emeritus of Chemistry Carroll D. Yoder 1966, 1971-2004 Naomi M. Krall 1977-1995 Professor Emeritus of French Professor Emerita of Education Richard A. Yoder 1985-1989, 1993-2006 Galen R. Lehman 1973-2014 Professor Emeritus of Business and Professor Emeritus of Psychology Economics Wilmer Lehman 1959-2000 Faculty Emeritus of Mathematics

Administration and Faculty – 267